M /S. GODAVARI BIOREFINERIES LTD.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

For

[PROPOSED EXPANSION OF CHEMICAL UNIT FROM 6,715.00MT/M TO 20,090.94MT/M]

[Project or Activity of Schedule 5(f), 1(d) under Category ‘A’]

By

M /S. GODAVARI BIOREFINERIES LTD. PO-Sakarwadi, Tal: Kopargaon, Ahmednagar

Maharashtra.

Prepared By

BUILDING ENVIRONMENT INDIA PVT. LTD. C.B.D Belapur, Navi Mumbai, Maharashtra 400614

NABET Accreditation No. – NABET/EIA/1821/RA 0133

Submitted To

MINISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT, FOREST AND

CLIMATE CHANGE (MOEF & CC), GOVERNMENT OF INDIA

Study Period: March 2018 to May 2018

June 2021

cBLisAK/ /633 Date: 26.04.2021

To.The Director & Member Secretary,Expert Appraisal Committee ( I ndustries)Ministry of Environment & Forest, Climate Changelndra Paryavaran Bhavan, Jorbagh, Aliganj,New Delhr - 110003

Godavari Biorefineries Ltd

Sub: Submission of EIA & EMP Report and Form -2 for Environmental Clearance of ProposedExpansion of Existing lndustry and Addition of New Products by M/s. GodavariBiorefineries Ltd. located at Sakanruadi Village, Tal: Kopargaon, Dist.: Ahmednagar

Reference: TOR obtained on 13th May 2019 vide No. lA-J-1 1011115412019-lA-ll(l) withproposal number lA/MH/lND21 1 0188312019

Respected Sir.

With reference to the above mentioned subject, industry has submitted its application videproposal number iA/MH/lND2l1O1883l2O19 on 11th April 2019 for proposed expansion ofexisting activtty in terms of production enhancement and addition of new products by M/s.

Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. located at Gut No. '159-165, 180/1 ,18012, 18111,18112, 18711,

18712,188, 189, 199, 158, '167-178,511, 13912 Np - Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District -

Ahmednagar. TOR was granted on '13'h May 2019 vide No. lA-J-1 1011115412019-lA-ll(l) forthe same.

According to the granted ToR, industry has prepared EIA/EMP Report and proposed thepublic hearing on 7'h April 2020 which was postponed due to Covid -19 and rescheduled and

conducted on 14tn October 2020. lndustry has incorporated the Public Hearing minutes and

revised the EIA Report as per public hearing minutes and recommendation.

Herewith industry is submittrng EIA & EMP Report and Form-2 for Environmental Clearance of

Proposed Expansion of Existing activity and Addition of New Products by M/s. Godavari

Biorefineries Ltd. located at Sakarwadi Village, Tal: Kopargaon, District Ahmednagar.

lndustry request your good selves to acknowledge the same and consider the case for the next

upcoming agenda of EAC.

Thanking you,

Yours faithfully,

For, M/s Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.

P. O. : Sakarwadi. Tal Kopargaon. Dist Ahmednagar 413 709. {t\,j.:. } INDiATei : tC2423) 2793Cgl 279396 / 27e440 Fax : {021123) 273339 [-nraii : sakarwaCirQsomaiya.con

Regd. Office : Sorraiya Bhavan, 45147, lrilahatma Gandhi Road, Fort. Mr"rnrbai - 4C0 !0.; lNDiA.Tei : (91-22) 2204 8272 I 2285 8430 Fax : i9 1 -22) 2204 7ZS7 lvww.somarla.ccin

CIN : U67120MH1956P1-C009707

Godavari

@G RO U P

Master Index

Sr. No. Particulars Page Nos.

1. Declaration for EIA --

2. Undertaking by Industry For Ownership of EIA Report --

3. NABET Certificate --

4. Declaration by Expert Contributing to the EIA Report --

5. List of Abbreviation --

6. Standard ToR Compliance 1 - 8

7. Executive Summary 1 – 17

8. Chapter 1st – Introduction 1 – 12

9. Chapter 2nd - Project Description 13 – 73

10. Chapter 3rd - Description of the Environment 74 – 141

11. Chapter 4th - Anticipated Environmental Impact Assessment 142 – 175

12. Chapter 5th - Analysis of Alternatives 176 – 182

13. Chapter 6th - Environmental Monitoring Program 183 – 197

14. Chapter 7th - Additional Studies 198 – 272

15. Chapter 8th - Project Benefits 273 – 286

16. Chapter 9th - Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 287

17. Chapter 10th - Environmental Management Plan 289 – 323

18. Chapter 11th - Summary & Conclusion 324 – 340

19. Chapter 12th – Disclosure of Consultant --

Note – Each Chapter carries Detailed Self Index

Declaration by Experts Contributing in EIA of M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited

(GBL)

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

EIA Coordinator: Name: Mr. Sanjay Shevkar Date: 26.04.2021 Signature & Date:

Period of involvement: Till obtaining clearance.

Contact information:

M/s. Building Environment India Pvt. Ltd.

Dakshina Building, Office No-401, 4th Floor,

Beside Raigard Bhavan, Sakal Bhavan Rd,

Sector 11, CBD Belapur, Navi Mumbai, Maharashtra - 400614

Tel. No. : 022-27578554/41237072

Task of Functional Area Expert:

Sr.No

Functional Areas

Name of the experts Task

1 Land Use Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar

Secondary data collection from Organisation (Govt. & Private).

Preparation of topographical maps Analysis of Data related to Land use pattern

and Preparation of Land use map using GIS tools and its classifications.

Verification of present status by visiting the site and surrounding area.

2 Air

AP Mr. Sanjay Shevkar

Air pollution monitoring. Meteorological parameter measurement. Identification & assessment of quantum of

emission and its Mitigation measures.

AQ Mr. Sanjay Shevkar

Ambient Air Quality monitoring network designing.

Processing of micrometeorological data for using in model.

Air quality modelling through ISC- Aermod for proposed prediction of impact due to proposed installation of D.G. Sets.

3 Noise Mr. Sanjay Shevkar

Monitoring of noise levels of the project site and surrounding area.

Assessment of noise level and vibration potential due to proposed project and its mitigation measures.

4 Water Ms. Ketaki Ashok Patil

Water Quality monitoring network designing Sampling of water samples (surface and

ground water). Monitoring of water quality. Water Balance, budgeting and water

conservation.

Identification & assessment of quantum of water pollution and its Mitigation measures.

STP - ETP Suggestion.

5 Geology Mr. Shrivallabbh Kothe Geology & Geomorphologic analysis and

preparation of maps

6 Hydrogeology Mr. Shrivallabbh Kothe

Hydrological studies & analysis preparation of drainage patterns of the study Analysis and description of aquifer characteristics

Preparation of water budget details Rain water harvesting proposal to recharge

bore-wells

7 Soil Conservation

Mr. Amol Kulkarni

Sampling analysis & characterization of soil quality

Soil pollution & contaminated soil probability and its mitigation measures

8 Ecology & Biodiversity

Mr. Sunil Maruti Belvelkar

Conducting Ecological survey for ground truthing & preparation of status report.

Application of taxonomy in resource inventory (Flora & Fauna)

List of species animals and plants report. Secondary data collection & validation from

Organisation (Govt. & Private). Identification & assessment of ecological

impact due to proposed project and its Mitigation measures.

Green Belt Development

9 Risk & Hazard Assessment

Mr. Nilesh Potdar

Identification of hazards due to proposed project.

Identification of hazardous substances in the proposed project.

Preparation of risk assessment report and onsite emergency plan.

10 Solid & Hazardous Waste

Ms. Yogeshwari

Ashwani Kumar

Identification of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes

Reuse and recycling of solid wastes including material balance

Handling and disposal of Non- Hazardous solid waste & Hazardous waste

Identification & assessment of impact due to proposed project and its Mitigation measures.

11 Socioeconomic

Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar

Baseline socio economic survey (Interviews, Questionnaires, focused group discussion)

Evaluation of Socio economic development status of the area

Secondary data collection & validation from Organization (Govt. & Private).

Corporate Social Responsibility Identification & assessment of impact due to

proposed project and its Mitigation measures.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization I, Mr. Hrushikesh Kolatkar, hereby, confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the

EIA of M/s. Building Environmental India Pvt. Ltd., C.B.D Belapur, Navi Mumbai I also confirm

that I shall be fully accountable for any misleading information mentioned in this statement.

Signature:

Name: Hrushikesh Kolatkar

Designation: Managing Director

Name of the EIA Consultant Organization:

M/s. Building Environmental India Pvt. Ltd. NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA1821/RA0133

List of Abbreviations

MIDC Maharashtra Industrial Development Corporation

EIA Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP Environmental Management Plan

BEIPL Building Environment India Pvt. Ltd.

GBL Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.

NABET National Accreditation Board of Education & Training

EC Environmental Clearance

SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

ToR Term of Reference

SEAC State Expert Appraisal Committee

EAC Expert Appraisal Committee

MSL Meter at Sea Level

CMD Cubic Meter per Day

MSEDCL Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Corporation Ltd.

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

MPCB Maharashtra State Pollution Control Board

CHWTSDF Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal Facility

USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency

MoEFCC Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change

ISCST Industrial Source Complex Short Term

GLC Ground Level Concentrations

NAAQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards

ANQS Ambient Noise Quality Standards

OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration

EMC Environmental Management Cell

OHS Occupational Health Safety

PPE Personal Protective Equipment

MPCB Maharashtra Pollution Control Board

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

HIRA Hazards Identification & Risk Analysis

HAZOP Hazards & Operability Study

No.IA-J-11011/154/2019-IA-II(I)

Goverment of India

Minister of Enviroment,Forest and Climate Change

Impact Assessment Division

***

Indira Paryavaran Bhavan,

Vayu Wing,3rd Floor,Aliganj,

Jor Bagh Road,New Delhi-110003

13 May 2019

To,

M/s Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.

A/p- Sakarwadi, Tal- Kopergoan, Dist- Ahmednagar, State- Maharashtra, Pin- 413708Vari,

Ahmednagar-413708

Maharashtra

Tel.No.2423-279308; Email:[email protected]

Sir/Madam,

This has reference to the proposal submitted in the Ministry of Environment, Forest

and Climate Change to prescribe the Terms of Reference (TOR) for undertaking detailed EIA

study for the purpose of obtaining Environmental Clearance in accordance with the provisions of

the EIA Notification, 2006. For this purpose, the proponent had submitted online information in the

prescribed format (Form-1 ) along with a Pre-feasibility Report. The details of the proposal are

given below:

1. Proposal No.: IA/MH/IND2/101883/2019

2. Name of the Proposal: M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.

3. Category of the Proposal: Industrial Projects - 2

4. Project/Activity applied for: 5(f) Synthetic organic chemicals industry (dyes

& dye intermediates; bulk

5. Date of submission for TOR: 11 Apr 2019

In this regard, under the provisions of the EIA Notification 2006 as amended, the Standard TOR

for the purpose of preparing environment impact assessment report and environment

management plan for obtaining prior environment clearance is prescribed with public consultation

as follows:

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FOR PROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

5(f):STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE FOR CONDUCTINGENVIRONMENT IMPACT ASSESSMENT STUDY FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYEINTERMEDIATES; BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATESEXCLUDING DRUG FORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS;BASIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANICCHEMICALS AND CHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES) ANDINFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN EIA/EMP REPORT

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

1) Executive Summary

2) Introduction

i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

ii. Information about the project proponent

iii. Importance and benefits of the project

3) Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate landis available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram,man-power requirement (regular and contract)

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet(quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained forthe project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of thelatest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forestsas per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulatedin all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR) FOR EIA/EMP REPORT FORPROJECTS/ACTIVITIES REQUIRING ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing Iexisting operationof the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for nottaking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate andConsent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE andCTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliancereport to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

4) Site Details

i. Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justificationfor selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site.

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plantarea, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layoutof Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, showphotographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular.

viii. Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (notrequired for industrial area)

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall beincorporated. Land use details of the study area

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 kmradius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrencefrequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of theproject site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green fieldprojects)

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition processand expected time of complete possession of the land.

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy.


5) Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, andrecommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineatingthe forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with lateststatus shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves,Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map dulyauthenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project locationand the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the StateGovernment for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to theStanding Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6) Environmental Status

i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micro-meteorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and directionand rainfall.

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and otherparameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be basedCPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zoneand sensitive receptors including reserved forests.

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in theNAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values foreach of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexureto the EIA Report.

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point)and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, ifyes give details.

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines.

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials,additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.


x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study areashall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared andfurnished.

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area.

7) Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based onsite-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, theAQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics fordetermining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sourcesof emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details ofthe model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air qualitycontours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitationnearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge in water body

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environmenthall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials andfinished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-cum-rail transport shall be examined.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reusedfor different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristicsof untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)Rules.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copiesof MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also beincluded. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recovertechniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailedplan of action shall be provided.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shallbe included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greeningof the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvestrainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to


use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the waterrequirement from other sources.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measuresshall be included.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency ManagementPlan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should belinked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8) Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casualworkers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is beingevaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement andperiodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzeddata of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and departmentwise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazardsand whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL,what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be preserved,

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health andSafety.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board ofDirectors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bringinto focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms /conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with theenvironmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearanceconditions? Details of this system may be given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmentalnorms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders atlarge? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


10) Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to thelabour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers duringoperation phase.

11) Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

i. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the EnterpriseSocial Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with timebound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to beelaborated upon.

12) Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Lawagainst the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any noticeunder the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and WaterActs? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

13) 'A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCEFOREIASTUDIES FOR SYNTHETICORGANIC CHEMICALS INDUSTRY (DYES & DYE INTERMEDIATES;BULK DRUGS AND INTERMEDIATES EXCLUDING DRUGFORMULATIONS; SYNTHETIC RUBBERS; BASIC ORGANICCHEMICALS, OTHER SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS ANDCHEMICAL INTERMEDIATES)

1. Detailsonsolvents to be used,measuresfor solventrecovery and for emissions control.

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

3. Ambient air quality data should include VOC, otherprocess-specificpollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*,HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-asapplicable)

4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including ssegregation of effluent streams for units adopting'Zero' liquid discharge.

6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted.

7. A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearlythat they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

8. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste inTSDF, if any.

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

11. Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.


12. Details of incinerator if to be installed.

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling& safety system to be incorporated.

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

***

M /s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.

Compliance of Terms of Reference

TOR Letter Reference No F.No ide letter No. IA-J-1011/154/2019-IA-II(I) dated 13th May

2019

A. STANDARD TERMS OF REFERENCE

Sr. No.

TOR Points TOR Compliance

1 Executive summary It is attached as a separate Chapter 11 to the EIA/ EMP report.

2 Introduction

Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

Please refer Chapter 12 of the EIA/ EMP Report for the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation

Information about the project proponent Please refer Chapter 1, Point no. 1.3.2 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Importance and benefits of the project Please refer Chapter 8 of the EIA/ EMP Report

3 Project Description

Cost of project and time of completion Please refer Chapter 2, Point No 2.6.9

Products with capacities for the proposed project

Please refer Chapter 2, Table N o. 2.3 of the EIA/ EMP report

If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any.

Please refer Chapter 2, Table No. 2.3 & Point no. 2.6.1 of the EIA/ EMP report Industry do not have any existing EC. Proposed expansion shall be carried out within same premises and no additional land will be acquire for expansion.

List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Please refer Chapter 2, Point No. 2.6.3, & Table No. 2.6 of the EIA/ EMP report

Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

Please refer Annexure 10 of the EIA/ EMP report

Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management

Please refer Chapter 10, Point no. 10.5 for detailed emission details and its management plan during operation phase of the EIA/ EMP report

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Please refer Chapter 2, Point No. 2.6 of the EIA/ EMP report

Process description along with major equipment’s and machineries, process flow sheet (quantities) from raw material to products to be provided

Please refer Chapter 2, Point no. 2.7 of the EIA/ EMP report

Hazard identification and details of proposed safety systems.

Please refer Chapter 7, Point no. 7.5 & Table no.7.2 of the EIA/ EMP report

Expansion / Modernization proposals:

Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012

EC was not applicable for existing activity as Industry is operating prior EIA Notification 2006 and accordingly it has obtained “No Objection Certificate” [Annexure 4 of EIA/EMP Report] on 25th January 1993 from Government of Maharashtra, Environment Department, for existing operation.

on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Industry is operating prior EIA Notification 2006 and has obtained “No Objection Certificate” [Annexure 4 of EIA/EMP Report] on 25th January 1993 from Government of Maharashtra, Environment Department, for existing operation. Industry has obtained Consent to Establish and Consent to Operate and same is attached as Annexure 39 and 7 respectively.

4 Site Details

Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Please refer Chapter 1, Point no. 1.4.3 and Chapter 5, Point no. 5.2 of the EIA/ EMP report.

A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive place)

Please refer Chapter 3, Figure No. 3.2 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site

Please refer Chapter 5, Point no. 5.2 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site

Please refer Chapter 2, Table No.2.2 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site


Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.


Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular


Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area

Please refer Chapter 2, Table no. 2.4 of the EIA/ EMP report.

A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

Please refer Chapter 3, Point No. 3.23 - Table No. 3.36 of the EIA/ EMP report

Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.


Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)


Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Land is already in possession with the proponent. The proposed expansion will be done on existing premises only.

R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

The site is situated on a barren land without having human settlements. Therefore no R & R study is required.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

Not Applicable as no forest land is involved within 10 km radius of the project site.

Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

No forest land is involved. Please refer Chapter 3, Figure no. 3.9 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

Not Applicable.

The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon

No National Parks, sanctuaries, Biosphere reserves within the 10 km radius of the project site

Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

Not Applicable. No National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals located within 10km radius of the project site.

Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable.

6 Environmental Status

Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Please refer Chapter 3, Point no. 3.15 of the EIA / EMP report.

AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other


parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests

Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Please refer Annexure 14 for Baseline Monitoring Reports of the EIA/EMP report.

Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge Point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.

Please refer Chapter 3, Point no. 3.19.4 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

No. The site does not falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC

Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Please refer Chapter 3, Table no. 3.19.6 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.


Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines Please refer Chapter 3, table no. 3.20 of the EIA/ EMP report.

Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.


Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished


Socio-economic status of the study area Please refer Chapter 3, Point no. 3.22 of the EIA/ EMP report

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from the stack emission based on site specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Please refer Chapter 4, Point no. 4.5.1.1 of the EIA/ EMP report

Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor cum-rail transport shall be examined

Please refer Chapter 4, Table no. 4.3 of the EIA/ EMP report

A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P) Rules

Please refer Chapter 10, Point no. 10.6.1 of the EIA/ EMP report

Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards


Measures for fugitive emission control Please refer Chapter 10, Point no. 10.5.1.3 of the EIA/ EMP report

Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation

Please refer Chapter 10, Point no. 10.7 & Point 10.12 of the EIA/ EMP report

Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided

Fly Ash generated from Coal is handed over to brick manufacturer for further reuse. Annexure 36 MOU with Brick Manufacturer Please refer Chapter 10, Point 10.12 of the EIA/ EMP report

Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Please refer Chapter 10, Point no. 10.8 of the EIA/ EMP report

Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources


Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Please refer Chapter 6, Table no. 6 . 7 of the EIA / EMP report.

Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted


Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management

Please refer Chapter 7, Point no. 7.10 & Figure no. 7.7 of the EIA/ EMP report.

plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

8 Occupational health

Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health & safety of all contract and casual workers


Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise

Please refer Annexure 32 for Medical Health reports of workers of the EIA/ EMP report

Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved

Please refer Chapter 7, Point no. 7.11 & Table no. 7.2 of the EIA/ EMP report

Annual report of health status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety.

Attached as Annexure 32 of EIA/EMP Report.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

Attached as Annexure 35 of EIA/EMP Report.

Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes, Attached as Annexure 35 of EIA/EMP Report.

What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given

Please refer Chapter 10, Figure No. 10.12 of the EIA/ EMP report

Does the company have system of reporting of non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report


10

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation

As the expansion will be done in existing factory premises hence, all the infrastructure facilities will be available for construction workers.

phase.

11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-economic development activities need to be elaborated upon.

Management of GBL is committed to upliftment of living standard of villagers through various activities. Please refer Chapter 8, Point no. 8.8.10 of the EIA/ EMP report

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case.

Case No-68/2014 in Hon,ble NGT (WZ) Pune, related to Distillery effluent pollution. Distillery plant closed since Feb 2013 and Distillery license also surrendered. Case is disposed on 19th May 2015. Now execution work is in progress. Please refer Annexure 43 for NGT Order and its compliance

A tabular chart with index for Point wise compliance of above TOR.

Complied

B. SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE

Sr. No.

TOR Points TOR Compliance

1. Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent recovery and emissions control

Please refer Chapter 2, Point no. 2.6.3, & Table no. 2.6 of the EIA/ EMP report

2. Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control


3.

Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process specific pollutants* like NH3*, Chlorine*, HCL*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*, etc. (* as applicable)


4. Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals


5. Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting Zero liquid discharge.


6. Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Please refer Chapter 10, Point no. 10.5.1.5 of the EIA/ EMP report.

7.

A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufactures indication clearly that they co-process organic solid / hazardous waste generated

Not Applicable

8. Authorized membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid /hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Industry has proposed ZLD, thus no effluent is discharged outside the Industry Premises. Please refer Annexure 15 of EIA/EMP report

9. Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts.

MEE salts are sent to CHWTSDF for disposal purpose. Please refer Annexure 15 for Hazardous Waste Disposal certificate of EIA/EMP report

10. Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being used/will be used.

Please refer Annexure 37 of EIA/EMP report

11. Authorization/membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Please refer Annexure 15 of EIA/EMP report

12. Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not Applicable

13. Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Please refer Chapter 7, Table no.7.2 of the EIA/ EMP report

14. Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Please refer Chapter 7, Point no.7.11 of the EIA/ EMP report

EIA/EMP Report Executive Summary

M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. 1

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

1.0 Introduction M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited (GBL) located at Sakarwadi, Kopargaon, District Ahmednagar of Maharashtra. The industry was incorporated in 1939 under the name of Godavari Sugar Mills. In 1961, Chemical unit was established as "Somaiya Organo Chemical" which was later demerged to M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. in 2009. GBL is one of the entity formed under the Somaiya Group and one of the oldest and well-established industrial houses in India with diversified interests in Sugar, Alcohol and Bulk Organic Chemicals, Specialty Chemicals, Printing and Publishing & Education & Social welfare. GBL is the leading company in the field of manufacturing and exporting of the Specialty Chemical products. Industry has obtained Environmental Clearance (No Objection Certificate) for manufacturing of 11 products from Environment Department, dated 25th January 1993. Industry is currently manufacturing 25 products (including 7 R&D products and 6 By-products) with prodcution capacity of 6,715MT/month and has obtained Consent to Operate for the same from MPCB on 24.06.2020 vide UAN No. CAC/UAN No. 0000093199/CO-2006001085 Looking towards the abrupt increase in market demand, industry is proposing for expansion. The proposed capacity enhancement along with new addition is from 6,715.00 MT/Month to 20,090.94 MT/Month and post expansion, Industry shall manufacture total 42 types of products. As per the latest EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Govt of India (MoEF&CC) dated 14th September 2006 and 10th December 2014, the proposed expansion of the said project falls under item no. 5(f) of its schedule and is classified as Category ‘A’ as the project is not located within the notified industrial area hence attracts the Public Hearing and it is necessary to obtain prior Environmental Clearance from Expert Appraisal Committee [EAC], Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change [MoEF&CC], Delhi. With regards to this, Industry has applied for Terms of Reference [ToR] on 11.04.2019 and EAC has awarded Standard Terms of Reference [ToR] on 13.05.2019 vide letter no. IA-J-11011/154/2019-IA-II(I). The present EIA report is prepared based on the conditions given in the awarded as well as Standard Terms of Reference [ToR] and submitting for Public Hearing. 2.0 Details of Project Proposal is for Capacity Enhancement in existing facility along with addition of new products and proposed expansion will be done within existing plot area. Project is located at Sakarwadi, Tal: Kopargaon, Dist. Ahmednagar. Site comes under Gram Panchayat Wari Jurisdiction. The site is located at Gut No. 159-165,180/1,180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1,187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178,511,139/2, PO – Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar - 413708, Maharashtra. Nearest railway station is at Kanhegaon about 0.3km away from project site. Geocoordiinates of proiect is 19°49’11.78”N latitude and 74°34’8.55”E longitude. 3.0 Project Desciption The existing and proposed details in terms of production, utilities, solid waste, liquid waste generation of the project are summarized in Table 1.1



Table 1.1 Project Details

Particulars Details

Name and Location of project

Proposed Expansion of Existing activity and addition of New products by: M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District - Ahmednagar - 413708, Maharashtra.

Adress Gut No. 159-165,180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2, Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar – 413708, Maharashtra.

Geo Coordinates

Latitude 19°49’11.78”N

Longitude 74°34’8.55”E

MSL 504 m

Land Type of Project Site Private industrial plot & located outside MIDC area

Name of applicant Mr. Balchandra B. Bakshi

Postal Address PO - Sakarwadi, Taluka – Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar - 413708, Maharashtra

E-mail [email protected]

Phone (02423) 279308, 279308, 279396, 279397

Year of Commissioning

Industry was established under the name of “The Godavari Sugar Mills Ltd.” in 1939 and commencement of Chemical unit took place in 1961 as ‘Somaiya Organo Chemicals’ which is later demerged to “Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.” in 2009

Is land procured or to be procured for new project or for expansion?

No, The proposed development will be within existing premises

Screening category (as per SO 1533 as timely amended)

5(f) – “Synthetic Organic Chemicals” Category: “A”

Total Plot Area 13,92,123.00m2

Land for Green Belt 4,59,839.00m2

Cost of project

Total INR. 366.44 Cr.

Existing INR. 166.44 Cr.

Proposed INR. 200.00 Cr.

Capital and recurring cost earmarked for EMP

Total Capital Cost for EMP: INR. 2,803.30 Lakhs

Existing: INR. 1,558.30Lakhs

Proposed: INR. 1,245.0Lakhs Total Recurring Cost for EMP: INR.640.0 Lakhs/Annum

Existing: INR. 301Lakhs

Proposed: INR. 339Lakhs

Water Requirement

Existing Water Requirement 2,919.0CMD[Fresh:1,495CMD + Recyle 1,424CMD]

Proposed Water Requirement 2,864.0CMD[Fresh:1,196CMD + Recyle 1,668CMD]

Total Water Requirement 5,783.0CMD[Fresh:2,691CMD + Recyle 3,092CMD]

Source

Surface Water: Godavari River, Canal Water RWH Tank of 85,000m3 and 45,000m3(Industry has obtained permission from irrigation department) & CGWA permission for ground water extraction-725M3/Day

Purchase Power Requirement and Source

Power Requirement Existing: 2.9MW/H Proposed: 8.3MW/H Total: 11.2MW/H

Transformer Existing: 1500KVA x 2 Proposed: 4000KVA Total: 1500KVA x 2 and 4000KVA

Source MSEDCL

Utility Details

Particulars Existing Proposed Final

mailto:[email protected]



D.G. Set 1000KVA x 1 1000KVA x 3 1000KVA x 4

590KVA x 1 NA 590KVA x 1

Boilers 18TPH x 2 24TPH x 2 24TPH x 2

12TPH x 1 45TPH x 1 45TPH x 1

Turbine (Captive power generation)

2.3MWH 4.8MWH 7.1MWH

Thermic Fluid Heater NA 2Lakhs x 1 2Lakhs x 1

NA 10Lakhs x 1 10Lakhs x 1

Hydrogen Generator NA 5200cum/day x 3 5200cum/day x 3

Nitrogen Generator NA 1000cum/day x 1 1000cum/day x 1

Recycling plant (RO plant) –for WTP

600 M3/day 2100M3/day (cumulative)

2700M3/day (cumulative)

MEE plant for WTP NA 120 M3/day (cumulative)


Note: The Existing 3 Boilers shall be replaced with Boiler of 45TPH

Fuel requirement


Coal 218TPD 250TPD 468TPD

HSD 5.1KLD 14.60KLD 19.7KLD

Emissions Control

Stack Attached to APC System Height (m)

Existing Stack Details

Boiler 18TPH x 2 ESP 30 Each

Boiler 12TPH Bag Filter 30

D.G. Set 1000KVA Adequate Stack Height 9


Proposed Stack Details


Boiler 45TPH ESP 50

D.G. Set 1000KVA x 3 Adequate Stack Height 6 Each

Thermic Fluid Heater 10Lac Kcal/Hr. Adequate Stack Height 15


Hydrogen Generator NA NA

Nitrogen Generator NA NA

Solid/ Hazardous Wastes and Management

Category Source and Name Quantity

Unit Disposal Existing Proposed Final

Hazardous Waste

5.1 Used/Spent Oil 1.2 1.8 3.0 KL/Y Recycler

35.3 Chemical Sludge from WW Treatment Plant

1.5 2.5 4.0 TPD CHWTSDF

1.4 Organic Residue 8.0 0.0 8.0 CMD CHWTSDF/ Recycler/ Cement industry

36.1 Distillation/ Process Residue

0.192 14 14.192 TPD CHWTSDF/ Recycler/ Cement industry

1.6 Spent Catalyst and Molecular Sieve

1.4 180 181.4 Kg/Day CHWTSDF/Cement industry

28.3 Spent Carbon 00 0.3 0.3 TPD Authorized Recycler

26.4 Mixed Spent Solvents 00 5.0 5.0 KLD CHWTSDF/ Recycler/ Cement industry

A1160 Lead Acid Batteries 00 80 80 No’s/Y Registered recycler

Used Filters (HEPA 00 100 100 Nos./Y CHWTSDF/



filters, oil filters, etc.) Recycler

Used/Discarded Filters Bags

00 100 100 Nos./Y Detoxified and reused

Discarded PPE’s 00 0.5 0.5 TPA CHWTSDF

Salts generated in MEE 0.3 15.0 15.3 TPD CHWTSDF

Salt generated in MEE from RO reject

0.3 3.0 3.3 TPD CHWTSDF for Land filling

Bio Medical Waste 00 0.8 0.8 TPA CHWTSDF

Non Hazardous Waste Source and Name Existing Proposed Total UOM Disposal

Dust 3.0 4.0 7.0 MT/D Sent to Brick manuf.

Bio-Degradable Waste 408 198 606 Kg/D

Composted and used as manure

Non-Biodegradable Waste 272.5 132 404.5 Kg/D Given to authorized vendors

Boiler Ash 65 85 150 TPD Sent to Brick manuf.

Glass Bottles 00 100 100 No./M

Sent to outside agencies/recyclers

HDPE Containers 00 100 100

Nos/ M

Detoxified & Reused

Liner and Bags 00 0.5 0.5 TPM Authorized Recycler

Paper, Cotton waste and packing materials i.e wood, carton, ropes

00 5.0 5.0 TPA Sent to outside agencies/recyclers

STP Sludge 28.5 4.98 33.48 Kg/D Used as manure

Metal Scrap 00 30 30 TPA Authorized Recycler

Plastic Waste 00 0.5 0.5 TPA Authorized Recycler

Waste Packing Wood/ Broken glass etc.

00 5.0 5.0 TPA Authorized Recyclers

Used/Discarded RO membrane


Insulation and glass wool waste

00 1.0 1.0 TPM Dispose off to outside agencies after detoxification

4.0 Basic Requirement of The Proposed Project

a. Land: The company owns total 13,92,123.00m2 of land and proposed expansion shall be accommodated in the existing land onnly

b. Water: Total Fresh Water demand is 2,691m3/day. Permission of Irrigation Department is obtained. Water source is Godavari River, Canal Water and Rain water harvesting Tank of 85,000m3 and 45,000m3 & CGWA permission for ground water extraction-725M3/Day

c. Power: Power requirement is met through MSEDCL. Industry is having existing turbine of 2.3MWH and has proposed additional Turbine of 4.8MWH

d. Fuel: Coal and Diesel will be used as fuel for the Boilers [12TPH, 18TPH, 24TPHx2 and 45TPH] and D.G. Set [1000KVAx4, 590KVA]. The requirement for the same is as 468TPD and 19.7KLD respectively

e. Man Power: Existing manpower is 413 and additional 200 employees shall be required in proposed expansion. More than 85% of the manpower requirement will be fulfilled by employing the local people. Man power requirement for construction work will be fufilled from nearby vicinity

5.0 Manufacturing Process Currently GBL is actively involved in manufacturing of Ethyl Acetate, Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde, Acetic Acid, Dilute Acetic Acid and wide range of chemicals and has proposed to manufacture Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal, 3-Methoxy Butanol, Acetaldehyde Oxime and many other chemicals.



Genral Process Description All the chemical reactions or routes of synthesis are either patented rights or applied for patent and hence not disclosed in this public document. However the same shall be made available as a controlled document for regulatory clearance purpose. The proposed project is for manufacturing varieties of products in Continuous & batch operation having different chemicals and formulations. The manufacturing process shall have a combination of Unit operations which shall be undertaken in series or simultaneously operation to produce the desired product. In the following sections, the different kinds of unit operations proposed to be adopted for the manufacturing processes are detailed. Therefore, the overall Process Flow Diagram for the proposed project would remain the same and would vary by eliminating one of more of the processes not required for a given product.

Reactor Chemical Reaction Neutralization Separation Extraction Decanting Condensation Mixing Distillation Centrifugation Filtration Crystallization Vacuum System Drying

Genral manufacturing process flow daigram is presented in Figure 1.1

Figure 1.1 General Manufacturing Process Flow Diagram



6.0 Pollution Control Technology and Equipment

i. Air Pollution Control Equipment: Details of air pollution sources of the industry along with pollution control equipment is presented in the Table 1.2

Table 1.2 Air Pollution Activity & APC

Sr. No.

Particulars Stack Height [m] APCD provided

1 Boiler – 12TPH 30 Bag Filter

2 Boiler – 18TPH 30 ESP





7 Thermic Fluid Heater 10Lac Kcal/Hr. 15 ESP

8 Thermic Fluid Heater – 2Lac Kcal/Hr. 10 Adequate Stack Height

ii. Water and wastewater: Industry shall be utilizing 5,783CMD [Fresh Water

2,691CMD and Recycled 3,092CMD]. Treated water from STP shall be utilized for gardening and treated waste water from ETP shall be utilized in Cooling Tower hence acheiving the Zero Liquid Discharge [ZLD]

iii. Hazardous Waste: Hazardous waste generated from industry shall ne handled as per The Hazardous and other Waste [Management and Trans-boundary Movement] Rules 2016. Generarted shall be disposed off to CHWTSDF and authorized vendors. Industry is having valid membership of CHWTSDF valid up to 28.05.2022

iv. Solid Waste: Solid Waste generated shall be segreagted as per the characteristrics of solid waste and stored in designated isolated storage area. Wet waste shall be treated through the vermicoposting and other solid waste shall be disposed of throgh the vendors or authorized recyclers

7.0 Description of Environment The area around the proposed proejct is being surveyed for physical features and existing environmental scenario. The field survey and baseline environmental monitoring has been carried out during the period of 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018. Environmental Setting (10km radius) Environemntal setting of the proposed project along with important locations with respect to transportation, emergency and environmental sensitivity of the site are presented in Table 1.3.

Table 1.3 Environmental Settings of the Propsoed Proejct

Amenities Name Directions Aerial distance

from Project site (km)

Connectivity

Nearest Airport Shirdi International Airport SW 23.32

Nearest Railway Station Kanhegaon R.S. S 0.75

Nearest Road Vari Village Road E 0.22

State Highway 47 SW 3.22



Nearest Post office Sakarwadi P.O SSE 0.28

Nearest School Z P Primary School Sakarwadi NE 0.18

Emergency

Nearest Hospital Atma Malik Hospital W 10.10

Nearest Post office Vari Post Office S 0.60

Environment Sensitivity

Nearest Religious / Historical Place Prasadalya Shirdi Sai Baba Mandir

SW 11.88

Nearest Water Body / Canal / Dam Godavari River W 1.0

Nearest Archaeological Monuments

None within 10km radius study area however There is a small forest area on Gut No. 125 and 126

Nearest Protected Forest / National Park/ Wildlife Sanctuary

Inter-state boundaries

Seismic Zone Zone III (Moderate)

7.1. Metereological Condition Of Site Site specific data has been geenrated during the period of March 2018 to May 2018. Data shows that Predominant wind direction during baseline monitoring period was North-West followed by West. The average wind speed during this period was found to be 1.66m/s. Meteorological data is presented in the Table 1.4 and windrose diagram is represented in Figure 1.2.

Table 1.4 Average of Meteorological Data

Month

Temperature (°C)

Relative Humidity (%)

Mean Wind Speed

(K.m.p.h.)

Pre-dominant Wind

Direction

Precipitation (mm)

Max. Min. Mor. Eve.

March 35.2 15.8 43 17 7.6 NW 0.3

April 37.6 19.3 43 19 9.6 NW 6.2

May 37.6 21.9 57 30 12.9 W 24.5

Figure 1.2 Windrose Diagram of Project Site

WRPLOT View - Lakes Environmental Software

WIND ROSE PLOT:

M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited

COMMENTS: COMPANY NAME:


MODELER:

Technogreen Environmental Solutions

PROJECT NO.:

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

3.6%

7.2%

10.8%

14.4%

18%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 11.10

8.80 - 11.10

5.70 - 8.80

3.60 - 5.70

2.10 - 3.60

0.50 - 2.10

Calms: 17.66%

TOTAL COUNT:

2204 hrs.

CALM WINDS:

17.66%

DATA PERIOD:

Start Date: 3/1/2016 - 00:00End Date: 5/31/2016 - 23:00

AVG. WIND SPEED:

1.66 m/s

DISPLAY:

Wind SpeedDirection (blowing from)



7.2. Ambient Air Quality During baseline monitoring, Ambient Air Monitring was carried out at 8 locations in and aroud the proejct site. All the location monitoried are mostly rural / residential. MOnitorig was carried out as oer guifelines of CPCB. PM10 and PM2.5 ranges from 53.60 to 79.60µg/m3 and 22.90 to 51.30µg/m3

whereas SO2, NOx & CO ranges from 12.55 to 27.92/m3 15.11 to 39.11/m3 and 0.12 to 0.58 μg/m3 respectively. Results shows all the parameters are well within the presecribed limit of NAAQS Standards. 7.3. Ambient Nosie Quality Thirteen monitoring stations [6 within site and 7 in nearby area] were selected based on the criteria used for designing the network in and around the project site. The Leq values of noise levels during daytime Leq (d) varied between 42.0 to 68.5 dB (A). Highest Leq value recorded near industries’ main gate was 68.5dB(A) and lowest Leq value recorded at Mukundvasti was 42.0dB(A). Similarly, Leq value near the Bio Gas Plant Area showed noise level as 64.2dB(A). On the other hand, the values of noise level during night time varies between 32.6 to 60.9dB(A). Highest Leq value was recorded near the industries main gate which was 60.9dB(A) whereas the lowest Leq value was recorded at Mukundvasti which was 32.6dB(A). Noise monitoring data reveals that all the results of day time and night time are within the CPCB standards. 7.4. Water Quality Total 11 sampes were collected to assess the water quality of project area, out of 11, 8 samples were of groud water and 3 samples were of surface water. Groud Water Quality pH ranges from 6.75 to 7.86. Total Hardness is in the range of 198.9-264 mg/lit. Chlorides ranges from 17.4-129.8mg/lit. TDS is found higher than the prescribed satdards at all 8 locations but water can be utilized for drinking after providing further treatments. Highest TDS concentration was found at Mukind Vasti village i.e. 741.4mg/l. Copper, Magnesium, Zinc, Mercury, Arsenic and Selenium was not found at any of the locations. Surface Water Quality pH ranges from 7.6 to 7.9. TDS in the range of 411.4 to 419.9mg/lit. Whereas DO in the range of 5.7 to 5.9mg/lit. BOD was foud tin the range of 2.3 to 2.6mg/lit. Total Coliforms were found to be very minimal i.e. in the range of 10 to 16 MPN/100ml. All parameters are well within the stadards and it can be stated that all the three samples fall under Classification A of the inland surface water standards which mean it can be used as Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection. 7.5. Soil Quality Soil quality was assessed at Eight locations. It is observed that pH is in the range of 7.3 to 8.7, moderatley on alkaline side. Electrical Conductivity value ranges from 0.22mmhos/cm to 0.54mmhos/cm. which is not harmfull for germination. The water holding capacity of soil observed in range of 37.1 to 48.9%. Calcium and Magnesium are in the range of 15.3 to 22.4mg/kg and 1.44 to 4.86mg/Kg respectively whereas; Sodium and Potassium are in the range of 29 to 48mg/Kg and 144-221 mg/kg respectively. Sand percentage varied between 15 to 25% and silt percentage varied from 53-58% whereas clay percentage is in range of 24



to 32%. Soil texture of study area is Loam. it can be concluded that soil fertility is high in nature. 7.6. Ecology Approx. 66 species of trees, herbs & shrubs and 6 grasses were observed within the study area. From the faunal study it was observed that there were 22 different species of birds, 6 species of Mammals, 4 species of Reptiles, 5 species of Butterfly and 8 species of Fishes were found in Schedule 1 as per per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Protected Forest located within 10km radius from the project site. 7.7. Socio - Economic Environment Out of total 24 villages and 2 urban areas coming in the study area, socio-economic survey conducted in 10 villages, covering all the directions. Total geographical area of project iste is 31,772.55sq. km and overall population density is 299 persons/sq. km. As per Census 2011 record of the 10km radius of project site, total population of proejct site is 1,96,564 out of which male population is 1,01,204 and female population is 95,360 with average literacy rate of 69.37%. Main workers are 70,003 (35.61%) and marginal workers are 7,538 (3.83%).Total non-working population is 1,19,023 (60.55%). 8.0 Anticipated Environmental Impact And MItigation Measures The environmental impacts of proposed project during construction and operation phases have been assessed and detailed management plan has been evolved to mitigate the anticipated impacts. There are no major constructional activities involved in the proposed project. The environmental impacts during the construction stage will be short term, temporary in nature and will be confined close to the project sites only. The manpower required for these activities will be sourced from nearby villages. 8.1 Air Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 1.5.

Table 1.5 Air Quality Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Impact

Probable Source Mitigation Measures

During Construction Phase

Dust Generation

Due to construction and Demolition phase

Construction vehicle and movements on unpaved roads

Sprinkling of Water as and when required The stockpiles will be minimized & covered to

prevent re-suspension due to wind & subsequent dust fall

Vehicles used for transportation of material shall be covered to reduce spills & dust blowing off the load

Gaseous Pollutant & Emission Generation

Operation of Construction Plant

Emissions from D. G. Set

Govt. approved D.G. Set shall be utilized Adequate stack heights shall be provided as per

CPCB norms for the proper dispersion of pollutants

During Operation Phase

Gaseous pollutants & Emission

Vehicular Movement Emissions likely to occur from the vehicular

movement is negligible All vehicles shall be having PUC to confirm the



Anticipated Impact



generation standards

Emissions from D.G. Set

Low Sulphur/ Govt. approved DG sets shall be used

DG sets shall be used only in case of power failure

Adequate stack heights shall be provided as per CPCB norms for the proper dispersion of pollutants

Existing D.G. Sets are provided with Adequate stack height and same shall be provided for proposed expansion

Ambient air quality shall be checked periodically according to monitoring plan as per NAAQS standards

Emissions from Boiler Fly Ash Generation

Good quality Indian Coal will be used with low Sulphur content

Existing Boilers are provided with Bag filter and ESP proposed Boilers will be provided with ESP and adequate stack height

Online emission monitoring instruments are installed for all the boilers to check the efficiency of Air Pollution Control Equipment

Fly Ash generated will be stored in silo and disposed of properly

Emissions from Thermic Fluid Heaters

Thermic fluid Heaters will be provided with adequate stack height

Emissions from Manufacturing Processes

Industry has installed scrubbers for Acetaldehyde and Acetic Acid manufacturing processes

For other manufacturing plants, process emissions will be directed to the common vent condenser of each plant and condensate from same will be collected as mix solvent and same shall be sent to the CHWTSD

Proper engineering controls will be provided to reduce chances of such leaks

8.2 Noise Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 1.6.

Table 1.6 Impats on Noise Quality & MItigation Measures

Anticipated Impact

Probable Source

Mitigation Measures


Irritation, Headache, reduced Work

Concerting, hammering, Drilling, fitting, D.G. Set

Construction activity will be limited during day time Construction activity for proposed activity shall be

temporary D.G. Set shall be in case of power failure only



Anticipated Impact

Probable Source

Mitigation Measures

efficiency operation The existing D.G. Set shall be used during construction activity and shall be provided with adequate stack height

Provision of PPE’s like ear muff/ plugs shall be provided to the workers

Existing green belt shall help to reduce the noise level crossing the project boundary


Irritation, Headache, reduced Work efficiency due to Various Industrial Activity

Noise generation from D. G. Set

Acoustic Enclosure shall be provided for existing D. G. Set and same shall be done for proposed activity

Regular Monitoring of the D. G. set shall be carried out

Honking Strict prohibition of blowing horn within premises.

Machinery and Equipment’s

PPE’s like Ear Muffs and Plugs shall be provided Worker shall be educated about importance of using

PPE’s Exposure control shall be done if any worker is engaged

in activities in intense noise area Regular maintenance & lubrication of all noise generating

equipment will be done Existing green belt development (Noise Breaker species

such as Azardirachta indica, Mangifera indica etc.) will help to reduce noise to great extent and also proposed greenbelt development will further attenuate the chances of noise generation outside the premises

There is residential colony within the premises hence, noise barrier plantation like Terminalia Arjuna, Azadirachta Indica, Mangifer Indica, Butea Monosperma etc. around these colonies will also be done to reduce noise at receptor level

Noise generated from Boiler

PPE’s like Ear Muffs and Plugs shall be provided for people working in that area

8.3. Water Environment Major Water source of industry is Godavari river and Canal Water for which industry has pbtained permission form Irrigation department. Anticipated impact, source along with its mitigation measure for during construction and operation phase is presented in Table 1.7

Table 1.7 Impats on Water Quality & MItigation Measures

Anticipated Impact



Competing Users

Fresh water consumption for construction activity

Utilization of Water from Rain Water Harvesting Tank

Recycle of treated water to reduce fresh water consumption

Water Quality

Wastewater from construction Labour

Generated wastewater shall be treated in the existing STP




Competing Users

Domestic and Industrial activity

Permission from Irrigation Department for withdrawal

Utilization of Water from Rain Water Harvesting in Monsoon

Water Meter will be set up at Inlet Tank Monthly water audit to prevent wastage of water Recycle of treated water to reduce fresh water

consumption

Water Quality

Wastewater from Industrial Activities

ETP of 1250CMD [Existing 600CMD and Proposed 650CMD] followed by RO and MEE

Treated Effluent will be recycled and utilized in Cooling Tower

No treated water shall be discharged outside the factory premises as industry is achieving ZLD

Maintaining quality of Treated effluent as per CPCB Norms

Online Monitoring system provided for continuous quality check

Regular analysis of effluent by MoEFCC/NABL accredited laboratory to ensure that quality is as per prescribed norms

Daily analysis of effluent for few parameters in In-house Laboratory

Wastewater from Domestic Activities

STP of 250CMD [Existing 200CMD and proposed 50CMD]

Treated sewage used for gardening [219CMD] Regular analysis of sewage by MoEFCC/NABL

accredited laboratory to ensure that quality is as per prescribed norms

Maintaining quality of Treated sewage as per CPCB Norms

Daily analysis of sewage for few parameters in In-house Laboratory

Run off storm water

Adequate network for Storm water through closed pipe line

Separate drainage system for storm water and ETP treated water

8.4. Solid Waste [HW and Non HW] Management Environment Industry generates various types of Hazrdous as well as Non Hazardous Waste from different industrial and domestic activities. Anticipated impacts along with its mitigation measures are listed in Table 1.8

Table 1.8 Impacts On Solid Waste Environment and Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Impact



Generation of excavated material and construction waste

Construction activity

Excavated material shall be reused for site leveling, backfilling and road construction

Construction waste shall be segregated properly and reused to the maximum possible extent at site only

Non recyclable material shall be disposed of



Anticipated Impact


by authorized vendor

Generation of Domestic Solid Waste

Domestic activity of Construction Labours

Generated solid waste shall be segregated and wet waste shall be treated through Vermi-composting and dry waste shall be handed over to the authorized vendors


Generation of Hazardous Waste

Manufacturing process and other Industrial Activities

Generated Hazardous Waste shall be segregated as per the category

Isolated and designated storage area shall be provided with non percolated flooring

All Stored Hazardous waste shall be labelled Hazardous Waste shall be handled as per

The Hazardous and Other Waste (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

PPEs shall be provided for handling of Hazardous Waste

Industry has membership of CHWTSDF for disposal of Hazardous Waste

All generated Hazardous waste shall be sent to the CHWTSDF only

As industry is in operation phase, Annual Hazardous Waste Return is being submitted regularly and Manifest forms is also maintained and same shall be continue after expansion

Generation of Domestic Solid Waste [Non Hazardous Waste]

Domestic Activity

Generated Solid Waste shall be segregated and stored in isolated and designated storage area

Wet waste [Bio-degradable] shall be treated through Vermi-composting and resultant manure shall be used for gardening and landscaping

Non Biodegradable waste shall be handed over to the authorized vendors for recycling purpose

Generation of Bio Sludge

STP & ETP [Non Chemical] operation

This Sludge is of Bio sludge is considered as non-hazardous waste and shall be used as Manure for the gardening and greenbelt development within the plant premises

8.5. Land Environment Proposed expansion shall be carried out in the same plot area and no additional plot shall be added. Anticipated Impacts along with its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 1.9

Table 1.9 Impacts On Land Environment and Mitigation Measures

Anticipated Impact Probable Source Mitigation Measures


Land Acquisition & Conversion of Land

For Proposed Expansion Proposed Expansion shall be carried out in the same plot premises hence




there shall not be any land acquisition

Change in Topography and Geology

Excavation work and leveling of proposed site for construction

Very Minimal leveling of site as proposed site has flat terrain

Soil Erosion Loosening of top soil due to excavation

Care will be taken to compact the soil after refilling so that, soil erosion and consequent soil import is avoided

Generation of Debris Construction activity Waste generated will be reused for construction activities

Contamination of Soil Leakage of oil from vehicles & DG Sets

DG Set shall be installed on concrete roof with proper oil collection system


Soil Contamination

Manufacturing Process and ETP Operation

Hazardous waste generated shall be stored, transport and disposed as per The Hazardous and Other Waste (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

Hazardous Waste shall be stored in a Isolated and designated storage area with non percolated flooring and care will be taken that no Hazardous Waste shall be placed on barren land

Chemicals required for ETP shall be stored in a designated storage room

Leachate from storage site shall be treated in the ETP

DG sets, transformer, vehicle maintenance, fuel carrying vehicle accidents, etc.

Containment of contaminated land/soil in earmarked areas will be sent to CHWTSDF

Soil Erosion Runoff during monsoon Care will be taken to compact the soil after refilling so that, soil erosion and consequent soil import is avoided

Contamination of land due to discharge of untreated effluent and sewage

Discharge of untreated effluent and sewage

Industry has provided ETP of 600CMD and STP of 200CMD for treating the generated effluent and sewage

For proposed activity industry shall be providing additional ETP of 650CMD and STP of 50CMD thus accounting to 1250CMD and 250CMD respectively

The treated effluent shall be reused in Cooling Tower and treated sewage shall be discharged for gardening

8.6. Ecological Environment Environmental Impacts on ecological environment during construction phase and operation phase along with its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 1.10



Table 1.10 Impacts On Ecological Environment and Mitigation Measures



Loss of vegetation associated with site clearance, road construction etc.

Construction activities for land preparation and site development

There shall be minimal clearance of site that too restricted to the wild grass only

Construction shall be carried out on barren land designated for industrial activity only

Deposition of fine dust on leaves and plants due to emission

Transportation and Construction activity

Construction activities will be temporary and restricted to plant premises

All the construction raw materials will be covered with tarpaulin to emit the chances of fugitive dust emissions

Regular sprinkling of water will be done to suppress dust generation

Plantation as per landscaping plan using native flora, which will enhance the overall ecology of the area

Topsoil removed from an area during construction, will be replaced & reused


Impact on Fauna & Flora due emissions

Industrial Activity

Adequate stack height with adequate APCE for proper dilution and dispersion of pollutants

Extensive Green Belt Development

Detailed environmental impact matrix considering proposed mitigation measures to mitgate the anticipated environmental impacts are preared for construction phase and operation phase. Cumulative Impact Matrix of proposed expansion is presented in Table 1.11

Table 1.11 Cumulative Impact Matrix

Environmental Attributes Cumulative score

for each parameter

Cumulative score for

each attribute, Si

Relative Importance of

each attribute, Wi (%)

Cumulative Significance, (Si x Wi) / 100

Air Environment

0 25 0 Climate, Air Quality -2

Odour 0

Water Environment

-4 25 -1 Water Quality 0

Water Quantity -4

Land Environment

11 10 -0.2 Land Use Pattern 7

Topography 1

Soil Quality 3

Ecological Environment

1 10 -0.1 Terrestrial Flora & Fauna 4

Aquatic Flora & Fauna -3

Social Environment 6 10 0.6

Aesthesis 6

Economic Environment 52 5 2.6



Employment 21

Trade & Contract Services 31

Noise Environment 1 0 5 0

Occupational Health & Safety -5 -5 10 -0.5

Cumulative Score 1.65

The matrix analysis reveals that the cumulative value of significance of the project, in terms of the impacts on the environment, without mitigation measures and with mitigation measures works out to be, (-28.7) and (+1.65) respectively. Therefore, it can be indicated that the proposed project would be posing Marginal Positive impacts on the environment. Apart from them, there are significant positive impacts on the environment due to the proposed project. From the overall study and evaluation of impacts, it can be concluded that the overall negative impacts from various polluting sources on different environmental attributes are negligible with proper EMP in place. Even some of the negative impacts can be converted into positive beneficial impacts with proper and timely implementation of EMP. Hence, the project can be considered environmentally safe & fit. 9.0 Corporate Environment Responsibility [CER] As per the new Office Memorandum dated 1.05.2018 issued by MoEF&CC, GBL has to contribute 0.75% of Additional Project Cost (Brownfield project) (i.e. 150 Lakh) towards Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) activity which will bring environmental development in the nearby areas of the Company . GBL shall carry out various activities which shall uplift the living standards of nearby villages and this shall result in the strengthening the Socio-economic status of surrounding areas. Details of CER activites and allocated budget is presented in the Tabel 1.12

Table 1.12 CER Activites Along with Allocated Budget

CER Activity Amount [INR]

Providing RO for Drinking Water

1,50,38,000

Sanitation (Providing Toilets)

Providing Dustbins

Electrification Including Solar Power

Health [Donating Ambulance to Hospital]

Road [Making Road]

Providing Books to the Schools

Scientific Support and Awareness to Local Farmers to Increase Yield of Crop and Fodder

Rain Water Harvesting, Soil Moisture Conservation Works

Avenue Plantation

Plantation in Community Areas

10.0 Corporate Social Responsibility [CSR] Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. [GBL] is doing activities of Corporate Social Responsibility on founder’s philosophy “What We Receive Gives Back Multi Fold”. The Company’s CSR activities are focused on different sectors with main emphasis on promotion of education, health, gender equity and empowering women towards holistic betterment of society. Different CSR Activities to be carried by Godavari Biorefineries Ltd, Sakarwadi is enlisted in Tabel 1.13



Table 1.13 Proposed CSR Activites of GBL

Sr. No.

List of CSR Activities Budgetary

provision in Lakhs

1. Water Supply to Villages (Wari,Kanhegaon,Sade) 210

2. Road-Reparis & Maintance,JCB Work (as and when required) 30

3. Puntamba & Shingave KT Weir-Repairs 60

4. Village Tree Plantation,Temples repairing/Construction 40

5. Balwadi & Balak Mandir Social Activities at Sakarwadi 15

6. Rameshwar Highschool -Painting, roof sheets & repairing 10

7. Financial help Deaf&dump School Kopargaon –Shoes 5

8. Financial help to Shikshan Mandal Mahabaleshwar 5

9. Financial help-Saptaha,Jayanti Ustava & dindi 40

10. Finanacial help for by way of diesel to Ustava/Gram.Wari 2

11. Help Child (help for education to Student) 15

12. Help ZP School,Sakarwadi 70

Total 502

11.0 Environment Monitoring And Management Plant Environment monitoring is prescribed during pre-construction, construction and operation phase. Environmental monitoring will comply Air, Water, Soil, Ecology, and Noise parameters as per monitoring compliance norms and schedule. All parameters will be tested as per standard tools and methods and obtained results should be compared with CPCB norms. Details of environmental activities along with budgetory allocation is presented in Table 1.14

Table 1.14 EMP Cost

Sr. No.

Activity

Existing cost Proposed Cost Total

Capital Recurring Capital Recurring Capital Recurring

Lakhs (Lakhs/Y) Lakhs (Lakhs/Y) Lakhs (Lakhs/Y)

1 Air Pollution Control System

304 15 250 15 554 30

2 Water pollution control systems

1081 100 800 100 1881.3 200

3 Noise pollution control 10 1 10 1 20 2

4 Green Belt Development/ Maintenances

10 4 25 5 35 9

5 Environmental monitoring / Environmental Management

81 5 40 3 121 8

6 Occupational health & safety

40 26 50 15 90 41

7 Solid Waste Management 10 150 20 200 30 350

8 Energy Conservation Measures

22 0 50 0 72 0

TOTAL 1,558.30 301.00 1,245.00 339.00 2,803.30 640.00

CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

INDEX 1.0 Introduction .................................................................................................... 1

1.1 History of Company ....................................................................................... 1

1.2 Purpose of the Report .................................................................................... 2

1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent ................................................. 2

1.4 Brief Description ............................................................................................ 3

1.4.1 Nature of Project ............................................................................................ 3

1.4.2 Size of the Project .......................................................................................... 3

1.4.3 Location of Project ......................................................................................... 4

1.5 Importance to the Country and Region .......................................................... 5

1.6 Regulatory Framework .................................................................................. 6

1.7 Scope of the Study ...................................................................................... 10

1.7.1 Objective of EIA Study ................................................................................. 10

1.8 Approach & Methodology adopted for EIA Study ........................................ 10

1.9 Structure of EIA Report ................................................................................ 11

1.9.1 Chapter 1: Introduction ................................................................................ 11

1.9.2 Chapter 2: Project description ..................................................................... 11

1.9.3 Chapter 3: Description of the Environment .................................................. 11

1.9.4 Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures ....... 12

1.9.5 Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) ............................. 12

1.9.6 Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program ........................................... 12

1.9.7 Chapter 7: Additional Studies ...................................................................... 12

1.9.8 Chapter 8: Project Benefits .......................................................................... 12

1.9.9 Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis ......................................... 12

1.9.10 Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan ............................................ 12

1.9.11 Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion ........................................................... 12

1.9.12 Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged ......................................... 12

LIST OF TABLES Table 1.1 List of Directors .............................................................................................. 3

Table 1.2 Applicable Environmental Laws and Regulations .......................................... 7

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1.1 M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited ............................................................... 1 Figure 1.2 Project Location ............................................................................................. 4 Figure 1.3 Approach & Methodology of EIA Study ....................................................... 11

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION


CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

1.0 Introduction M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited (GBL) located at Sakarwadi, Kopargaon, District Ahmednagar of Maharashtra. The industry was incorporated in 1939 under the name of Godavari Sugar Mills. In 1961, Chemical unit was established as Somaiya Organo Chemical which was later demerged to M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. in 2009. Land ownership and Industry registration Certificate is attached as Annexure 1 & 2 respectively. GBL is one of the entity formed under the Somaiya Group which is one of the oldest and well-established industrial houses in India with diversified interests in Sugar, Alcohol and Bulk Organic Chemicals, Specialty Chemicals, Printing and Publishing & Education & Social welfare. GBL is the leading company in the field of manufacturing and exporting of the Specialty Chemical products.

Figure 1.1 M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited (GBL) has proposed for capacity enhancement in existing facility along with addition of new products at its facility located at Gut No. 159-165, 180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2,188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2 A/p - Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District - Ahmednagar. The proposed capacity enhancement and new addition is from 6,715.00 MT/M to 20,090.94 MT/M. The Plot area of existing plant is 13,92,123.00Sq.m. Proposed expansion shall be within the same Plot area and BUA shall increase from 1,12,685.00Sq.m to 1,98,667.00Sq.m. Capital Cost of the project shall increase from 166.44Cr. to 366.44Cr.

1.1 History of Company 1939 - Industry was incorporated under the name of “The Godavari Sugar Mills Ltd.” 1961 - Chemical division was established as “Somaiya Organo Chemicals Ltd.” 1985 - Industry has obtained its first Consent to Operate on 10.04.1985 vide Consent No.

GODA/21/R/B- 2281 for manufacturing of 5 products (Annexure 3)



1993 - Obtained Environmental Clearance "No Objection" for manufacturing of 11 products on 25th January 1993" from Environment Department. (Annexure 4)

2002 – Amalgamation of “Somaiya Organo Chemicals Ltd.” with “The Godavari Sugar Mills Ltd.” (Annexure 5)

2009 – “The Godavari Sugar Mills Ltd.” Demerged to “Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.” (Annexure 6)

2011 - Started exporting its products 2020 - Obtained Renewal of Consent to Operate for manufacturing of 25 products

(including 7 R&D products and 6 By-products) on 24.06.2020 vide Consent No. CAC/UAN No. 0000093199/CO-2006001085 (Annexure 7)

Looking towards the abrupt increase in market demand, industry is proposing for capacity enhancement in existing production facility along with addition of new products. Applicability of EIA came into effect on 27th January 1994 in India through EIA Notification S.O 60(E) published in gazette on 27.01.1994 which had list of various projects requiring Environmental Clearance as per their manufacturing activity and sizes. As per the Notification, EC was not required for industries involved in manufacturing of "Synthetic Organic Chemical" as inclusion of ‘Synthetic Organic Chemical’ was not done in the EIA Notification amendment dated 7th July 2004. In 2006, MoEF&CC amended EIA notification again and included broader category as “Synthetic Organic Chemicals (dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates). Since 2006 the quantity of products has remained same with addition of few new products (under product-mix) by reducing the quantity of Acetic Acid from 1500MT/M to 598.85MT/M. Hence, industry has not applied earlier for Prior Environmental Clearance. 1.2 Purpose of the Report The present EIA report incorporates the environmental consequence of the proposed project along with the measures adopted for control of pollution and enhancement of environmental quality within the 10km radius of the project. As per the latest EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Govt. of India (MoEF&CC) dated 14th September 2006 and 10th December 2014, the proposed expansion of the said project falls under item no. 5(f) of its schedule and is classified as Category ‘A’ as the project is not located within the notified industrial area hence attracts the Public Hearing and it is necessary to obtain prior Environmental Clearance from Expert Appraisal Committee [EAC], Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change [MoEF&CC], Delhi. With regards to this, Industry has applied for Terms of Reference [ToR] on 11.04.2019 and EAC has awarded Standard Terms of Reference [ToR] on 13.05.2019 vide letter no. IA-J-11011/154/2019-IA-II(I). The present EIA report is prepared based on the conditions given in the awarded as well as Standard Terms of Reference [ToR]. Compliance of awarded as well as standard terms of reference along with ToR letter is attached as Annexure 8. 1.3 Identification of Project & Project Proponent 1.3.1 Identification of Project Proposal is for Capacity Enhancement in existing facility along with addition of new products at Gut No. 159-165, 180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2,188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2 A/p- Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District - Ahmednagar. The proposed capacity enhancement along with new addition is from 6,715.00 MT/M to 20,090.94 MT/M. Industry shall manufacture 42 types of products after expansion.



1.3.2 Details of Project Proponent M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. promoted by Late Shri. Karamshibhai Jethabhai Somaiya (Padmabhushan) and his son, Dr. Shantilal Karamshibhai Somaiya, under the dynamic leadership of the Chairman and Managing Director Shri. Samir Somaiya & his professional team. List of directors and other executives person involved are listed in Table 1.1

Table 1.1 List of Directors

1.3.3 Vision of M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. towards sustainability

To be a World class organization & To be an integrated Biorefinery To understand and exceed customer needs and expectations To participate in, and contribute to the all-round development of the community in

which the company operates To work on the triple bottom line. Social, environmental, and financial with innovation

running through all that we do To help our farmers employ best practices that enable environmental and financial

sustainability over the short and long term 1.4 Brief Description Looking towards the abrupt increase in market demand, industry has proposed for Capacity Enhancement in existing production facility along with addition of new products to cater market demand. 1.4.1 Nature of Project GBL is a Large Scale Industry [LSI] involves in manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Chemical located at Sakarwadi, Kopargaon, Ahmednagar. Manufacturing activity is categorized as “Synthetic Organic Chemicals (Dyes & dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates) under 5(f) Category of EIA Notification 2006. The proposed expansion involves capacity enhancement along with addition of new products in the existing production facility. 1.4.2 Size of the Project Present production capacity of Industry is 6,715.00 MT/M with 25 types of products and has proposed for expansion in production to the tune of 13,375.94 MT/M thus accounting to total

Sr. No. Name Designation

1. Mr. Samir Somaiya Chairman & Managing Director

2. Dr. Sangeeta Srivastava Executive Director

3. Mr. Bhalachandra Bakshi Executive Director

4. Mr. D V Deshmukh Director - Works (Sakarwadi)

5. Mr. Kailash Pershad Independent Non- Executive Director

6. Shri Sanjay Puri Independent Non- Executive Director

7. Mrs. Lakshmi Kantam Mannepalli

Independent Non- Executive Director

8. Mr. Uday Garg Investor Nominee Director

9. Mrs. Preeti Singh Rawat Non- Executive Director

10. Mr. Hemant Luthra Independent Non- Executive Director



production quantity of 20,090.94 MT/M. Proposed expansion will be done within existing plot area of 13,92,123.00Sq.m. Total Built-up area after expansion shall be 1,98,667.00 Sq.m. Existing Capital investment is INR. 166.44 Crore and Capital Investment for expansion shall be INR. 200.00Crore accounting to total Capital Investment of INR. 366.44Crore. 1.4.3 Location of Project Industry is located at Gut No.- 159-165, 180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2, Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District - Ahmednagar. The Geographical Co-ordinates of the project is 19°49'11.78"N & 74°34'8.55"E. Mean Sea Level [MSL] of Project is 504m. Project location and Google Image showing plot boundary with marking of existing industrial area and proposed area is given in Figure 1.2

Figure 1.2 Project Location



1.5 Importance to the Country and Region Chemical industry is the mainstay of industrial and agricultural development of the country and provides building blocks for several downstream industries such as textiles, papers, paints, soaps, detergents, pharmaceuticals, varnish etc. Covering more than 80,000 products, this industry services large number of end use application industries. In India it is estimated that more than 2 Million people are employed in this industry. India has a very strong outlook for the key end user industries. It is estimated that the demand of chemical products is expected to grow at ~9% p.a. by the year 2023 and is pegged at 1.2X GDP growth. Globally, chemical industry is estimated at $ 4.7 Trillion in 2017. It is also driven by demand from end use industries. Indian chemical industry is estimated to be valued at $163 Billion in 2017 and contributes 3.4% to the global chemical industry. It ranks 14th in exports and 8th in imports of chemicals (excluding pharmaceutical products) globally. Net imports have grown at 5.8% between 2014 and 2018 in volume. Indian chemical industry is one of the fastest growing in the world. Currently it ranks 3rd In Asia and is 6th largest market in the world with respect to output after USA, China, Germany, Japan and Korea. Consumption Driven Demand Indian chemical industry's growth is largely driven by country's consumption growth story. Per capita consumption of chemicals India is 1/10th of world average, and even among developing countries Indian consumption is low. This makes India a very attractive destination to invest and grow. In past two years the absolute consumption of chemicals (Both Petrochemicals and Chemicals) increased by more than 1.2 MM MT. (Report on Indian Chemicals & Petrochemicals Industry, Prepared by FICCI & TSMG - 2018) As per the above basement there is huge gap between demand and supply of in the chemical industries. Looking to huge market requirement and business potential, GBL has proposed to expand its existing production capacity to contribute in filling the demand supply gap. Proposed project will lead to employment generation for the local people which will directly improve the lifestyle of people. Industry is engaged in manufacturing of 42 types of various chemicals which is widely used has huge applications in the various sectors. Advantages of some of major chemical are briefed below; Ethyl Acetate Versatile solvent is used widely in various Industries like paints, Pharma, Extraction, Ink,

Printing, etc. Hence a steady growth of demand is envisaged By increasing the production capacity, our overheads will be distributed and we can face

the international and domestic markets more competitively Due to the erosion of margin on the product, we would like to take the advantage of the

economy of scale, to make the unit more sustainable, as this product contributes substantially to our unit’s turnover

Acetaldehyde Acetaldehyde Market size is expected to witness significant gains over the forecast

timeline owing to its usage as an intermediate chemical to produce Acetic Acid, Ethyl Acetate, Pentaerythritol, and Peracetic Acid. It caters to numerous industries including chemical, paints & coatings, plastics, food & beverage, and water treatment industry stimulating the demand of acetaldehyde market. [Global Market Insight - Report ID: GMI3529]

Acetic Acid



Acetic Acid also known as Ethanoic Acid, it is a colorless liquid that acts as a major precursor for the production of various chemicals used in textile, rubber and plastic industries among others. It acts as an intermediary for the formulation of various coatings, sealants, and greases that are widely used in the construction, electronics, and the packaging industry Acetic Acid Market size exceeded USD 10.9 Billion in 2016 and is predicted to witness more than 6% CAGR from 2017 to 2024. [Global Market Insight Report ID: GMI1594]

Butanol [Oxo Alcohols] Oxo Alcohols finds strong application scope in air conditioning & refrigeration,

transportation, chemical processing, paints, coatings & adhesives, lubricants and consumer goods. Consumer inclination and dependency on polymer based products along with growing emphasis on cost minimization should throttle industry growth. 2-Ethylhexanol (2-EH) and n-Butanol are majorly consumed type of Oxo-alcohol which should sustain industry growth during forecast period. Oxo Alcohols Market size was over USD 14.5 Billion in 2016 and consumption should exceed 13 Million Tons by 2024. [Global Market Insight - Report ID: GMI2224]

Sodium Sulphate Sodium Sulphate Market size will witness a significant growth, owing to rising application

of product in soaps and detergents over the forecast period. Upsurge in production of dry form detergents will add to Sodium Sulphate market size. Increasing consumption of dry detergent powder over liquid detergent is the major driving factor for product market growth. Sodium Sulphate owing to non- corrosive property can be used as an alternative of sodium chloride for coloring application. It helps in reducing negative charges on fibers so that dyes can penetrate evenly. Extensive application scope as a chemical ingredient in the chemical industry as well as animal feeding stuff will further drive the product demand. [Global Market Insight - Report ID: GMI1750]

Acetonitrile Acetonitrile Market size is likely to witness a significant upsurge in the next 6-7 years due

to growing demand for plastic products. It is majorly utilized to obtain pure Acrylonitrile and Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (ABS) plastic through Polymerisation offering superior tensile & impact strength and chemical resistance which should accelerate industry growth. This chemical offers superior miscibility with alcohol, epoxy resin and acetone without epoxy Polymerisation interference. [Global Market Insight - Report ID: GMI3533]

1.6 Regulatory Framework The current EIA study has been conducted to fulfil the requirements of various applicable regulatory provisions. The major Environmental Acts & Rules applicable to the proposed project are given below in Table 1.2



Table 1.2 Applicable Environmental Laws and Regulations

Issues Applicable Legislation Agency

Responsible Applicable Permits and

Requirement Status

Protection and improvement of Natural Environmental Resource

Article 51-A Clause (g) of the & Directive Principles of State Policy (Article 47)

Every Citizen of India It states that it shall be the duty of every citizen of India to protect and improve the natural environment including forests, lakes, rivers and wildlife and to have compassion for all living creatures. Consent to Establish Consent to Operate Compliance under the Act

Being an existing unit the Project Proponent has already obtained Consent to Operate with its subsequent renewal from MPCB and complying all conditions as mentioned in the consent

Prevention and Control of Water Pollution

The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, amended in 1988

Maharashtra Pollution Control Board [MPCB]

Consent to Establish Consent to Operate Compliance under the Act

Being an existing unit the Project Proponent has already obtained Consent to Operate with its subsequent renewal from MPCB and complying all conditions mentioned in the consent

Prevention and Control of Air Pollution

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, amended in 1987 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules 1982, as amended up to 18th

Feb 1992.


Consent to Establish Consent to Operate Compliance under the Act

Being an existing unit the Project Proponent already has obtained Consent to Operate with its subsequent renewal from MPCB and complying all conditions mentioned in the consent

Environmental Protection

The Environment (Protection) Act 1986, as amended in April 2003;

MoEF&CC Department of Environment

Compliance under the rules to maintain stipulated standards and environmental management through various supporting rules promulgated under the Act.

After obtaining EC, Industry will submit Six Monthly Compliance Report timely





Requirement Status

Environmental Protection – EIA related

EIA Notification, September 2006

MoEF&CC Department of Environment

Requirement of EC, EIA for environmental appraisal of a project by MoEF&CC

Application was submitted to EAC on 11.04.2019 and Standard ToR has been approved by the committee on 13.05.2019.

Noise Emissions The Noise (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000 as amended in January 2010


Compliance under the rules to maintain stipulated standards

The Industry carries out Noise Monitoring regularly and has provided various control equipment for regulating noise

Hazardous material Storage Handling & Transport

Manufacture Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals 1989 and amendment Rules 2000 under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986, and Rules framed there under

MPCB, CPCB, MoEF&CC, District Collector, Chief Controller of Explosives

Identification of Major Accident Hazard under Rule 4

Filing of Safety Report under Rule10

Preparation of Onsite and Offsite Emergency Control Plan under Rules 13 & 14

Collection, Development and Dissemination of information including Do’s and Don’ts and labelling for hazardous substances handled onsite under Rule 17

Chemical usage like solvents, paints, oil, etc. are recorded and well maintained MSDS. Hazardous waste generated is being handled as per the Hazardous and other Waste [Management and Trans-boundary Movement] Rules 2016. Industry is member of Maharashtra Enviro Power Ltd., Ranjangaon MIDC, Pune

Construction and Demolition waste

Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016.

Every Individual generating C&D waste, MPCB, CPCB, BIS and IRC

Compliance under the rules to maintain stipulated standards

For the proposed expansion, construction activity will be very minimal and no demolition activity will be done. Hence, C&D waste generation will also be very minimal and shall be reused internally within the premises for construction itself and for minor landscaping.





Requirement Status

Electronic Waste E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016.

Bulk consumer, MPCB Records of E- waste generated in Form 2 to SPCB

Annual Returns in Form 3 to SPCB by 30th June

E-waste generated from the industry is in small quantity which is being sold to authorized dismantler / recycler.

Used Batteries Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules, 2001

Consumer and MPCB Used batteries shall be disposed to depositing with the dealer, registered recycler, re-conditioner or at the designated collection centres.

The generated used batteries are in small quantity and is disposed to registered recycler/ re-conditioner.


M/s Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. 10

1.7 Scope of the Study In line with the sequential proceeding for Prior EC described in EIA Notification 14th September, 2006 with subsequent amendments, proponent had applied in Form-I along with pre-feasibility report for approval of Terms of Reference for proposed project on 11.04.2019 and has been granted the Standard ToR on 13.05.2019. Standard ToR enclosed as Annexure 8 The EIA study has been conducted covering 10km of radial distance from project site. All points of ToR issued by EAC have been addressed in the study and covered in the present EIA report under respective headings. As per OM of MoEF&CC dated 10th December, 2014 and minutes of 37th Expert Appraisal Committee meeting (Industry) held on 31st May 2018,GBL is obligatory to conduct Public Hearing. Accordingly Public Hearing was conducted on 14th October 2020 on project site and details of the same is incorporated in the Chapter 7 of the EIA/EMP Report. 1.7.1 Objective of EIA Study The major objective of the present EIA study is to determine the change in impact due to the proposed project. As per approved ToR by EAC, the area considered for monitoring is a radial coverage of 10km around the proposed project site. The Approved ToR along with additional ToR has been referred to comply with all the conditions provided therein for EIA study.

The objectives of the present EIA conducted for the development of a proposed project are to examine the following with respect to the ToR awarded by EAC.

To assess the prevailing environmental status of project area - 10km radial area from site To prepare necessary maps of project area- 10 km radial area from the site and to improve

EIA quality To identify potential sources of impacts of proposed unit, which includes impacts due to

emission, water consumption & wastewater disposal, hazardous & solid waste generation & disposal, noise generation, contamination of environment by chemicals, toxic effects of raw materials & products, hazards & risk of various operations and employment & other social aspects of projects

To predict and evaluate the major impact on environment along with pollution control measures.

To ensure that there will not be considerable impacts on sensitive areas situated in the surrounding through preparing adequate Environment Management Plan& Environment Monitoring plans.

To ensure that all necessary action plan are prepared for implementation to avoid any critical environmental & safety issue in the surrounding area due to proposed project operation

1.8 Approach & Methodology adopted for EIA Study The EIA studies for the proposed project has been conducted with respect to the process cycle of EIA as suggested by MoEF&CC vide EIA Notification. A generic EIA procedure has been presented in Figure 1.3



Figure 1.3 Approach & Methodology of EIA Study

1.9 Structure of EIA Report The report of the EIA study for the proposed projects has been prepared in the following generic structure. 1.9.1 Chapter 1: Introduction This chapter provides introduction about the company, project proponent, vision of company, nature and type of project, need of the project, size of the project, project location, site connectivity, scope of study, objective of EIA Study, methodology adopted for EIA Study and structure of EIA report. 1.9.2 Chapter 2: Project description This chapter deals with the project description with project cost, land selection, area statement, raw material, proposed schedule of approval and implementation, manufacturing process, recovery options, project utilities, pollution control measures, parking provision and employment generation. 1.9.3 Chapter 3: Description of the Environment



The chapter presents the methodology and findings of field studies undertaken to establish the environmental baseline conditions, which is also supplemented by secondary published data. 1.9.4 Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact assessment of the proposed project during various phases of project advancement, such as design, location of project, construction and regular operations. It also describes the overall impacts of the proposed project activities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures. 1.9.5 Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site) The technology and project site alternatives are discussed in the chapter. 1.9.6 Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Program Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures (incl. Measurement methodologies, frequency, location, data analysis, reporting schedules, emergency procedures, and detailed budget & procurement schedules. 1.9.7 Chapter 7: Additional Studies The chapter describes Public Hearing, Risk Assessment, Disaster Management Plan, R&R Studies carried out for proposed project. 1.9.8 Chapter 8: Project Benefits This chapter describes Improvements in the physical infrastructure, Improvements in the social infrastructure, Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled and other Tangible benefits. 1.9.9 Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis This chapter describes environmental cost benefit analysis only if it is recommended at scoping stage. 1.9.10 Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan It also provides recommendations/ Environment Management Plan (EMP) including mitigation measures for minimizing the negative environmental impacts of the project. 1.9.11 Chapter 11: Summary & Conclusion Overall justification for implementation of the project, Explanation of how, adverse effects have been mitigated 1.9.12 Chapter 12: Disclosure of Consultants Engaged The list of various experts involved in preparation of the present EIA/EMP report is given along with brief introduction of the consultancy organization involved in EIA report.

CHAPTER 2

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT

INDEX

2.1 Type of Project 13 2.2 Need for the Project Expansion 13 2.3 Brief Description of Magnitude of Operation 13 2.4 Project Location 16 2.5 Product List with Quantity 19 2.6 Resource Requirement for Proposed Project 20 2.6.1 Land Requirement .................................................................................................. 20 2.6.2 Road and Parking Requirement.............................................................................. 21 2.6.3 Raw Material Requirement ..................................................................................... 22 2.6.4 Water Use and Source ........................................................................................... 23 2.6.5 Power Requirement and Source ............................................................................. 27 2.6.6 Fuel Requirement ................................................................................................... 27 2.6.7 Equipment’s and Machineries Requirement ........................................................... 28 2.6.8 Human Resource .................................................................................................... 28 2.6.9 Capital Cost Requirement ....................................................................................... 28 2.7 Manufacturing Process 29 2.7.1 Ethyl Acetate ........................................................................................................... 33 2.7.2 Acetaldehyde .......................................................................................................... 34 2.7.3 Crotoresin ............................................................................................................... 35 2.7.4 Croto-Di-Urea ......................................................................................................... 36 2.7.5 Crotonaldehyde ...................................................................................................... 37 2.7.6 1,3- Butylene Glycol ................................................................................................ 38 2.7.7 Acetic Acid .............................................................................................................. 39 2.7.8 Acetaldol ................................................................................................................. 40 2.7.9 Paraldehyde ............................................................................................................ 41 2.7.10 Crotonic Anhydride ................................................................................................. 42 2.7.11 Crotonitrile .............................................................................................................. 42 2.7.12 2-Ethyl, 1-3 Hexane Diol ......................................................................................... 44 2.7.13 3-Methoxy Butanol .................................................................................................. 45 2.7.14 Methoxy Butyl Acetate (3-MBA) .............................................................................. 46 2.7.15 Methyl, 3-Pentene, 2-One (MPO) ........................................................................... 47 2.7.16 Absolute Alcohol ..................................................................................................... 48 2.7.17 Acetaldehyde Oxime ............................................................................................... 48 2.7.18 Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal ................................................................................... 49 2.7.19 Ethyl Vinyl Ether ..................................................................................................... 50 2.7.20 Acetonitrile .............................................................................................................. 51 2.7.21 Diethyl Oxalate ....................................................................................................... 52 2.7.22 GB Amber ............................................................................................................... 53 2.7.23 Sorbic Acid .............................................................................................................. 54 2.7.24 Acetal ...................................................................................................................... 56 2.7.25 Esters ...................................................................................................................... 57 2.7.26 Oximes .................................................................................................................... 58 2.7.27 Other Aldehyde ....................................................................................................... 59 2.7.28 Other Acid ............................................................................................................... 60 2.7.29 Other Alcohol .......................................................................................................... 61 2.7.30 Ketone .................................................................................................................... 62 2.7.31 Waxes ..................................................................................................................... 63 2.7.32 Nitriles ..................................................................................................................... 63 2.7.33 Ethers ..................................................................................................................... 64 2.7.34 Ketene .................................................................................................................... 66 2.8 Compliances 67 2.9 Pollution Sources, Impact and Management 68 2.10 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation 69

2.10.1 Proposed Schedule for Approval ............................................................................ 70 2.11 NGT Order dated 19.05.2015 70 2.12 Conclusion 73

LIST OF TABLES

Table 2.1 Details of the Existing and Proposed Expansion .................................................... 13

Table 2.2 Geo Co-ordinates of Project ................................................................................... 16

Table 2.3 List of Products Along With Its Quantity ................................................................. 19

Table 2.4 Area Statement (In Sq. m.) ..................................................................................... 20

Table 2.5 Parking Details ....................................................................................................... 21

Table 2.6 Raw Material Requirement ..................................................................................... 22

Table 2.7 Water Budget for Existing and Proposed Activity ................................................... 24

Table 2.8 Details of Power Consumption ............................................................................... 27

Table 2.9 Fuel Details ............................................................................................................ 27

Table 2.10 Details of Utilities with their APC ............................................................................ 28

Table 2.11 Manpower Requirement ......................................................................................... 28

Table 2.12 Project Cost (In lakhs) ............................................................................................ 29

Table 2.13 Material Balance of Ethyl Acetate .......................................................................... 33

Table 2.14 Mole Balance of Ethyl Acetate ............................................................................... 33

Table 2.15 Material Balance of Acetaldehyde .......................................................................... 34

Table 2.16 Mole Balance of Acetaldehyde ............................................................................... 34

Table 2.17 Material Balance of Crotoresin ............................................................................... 35

Table 2.18 Mole Balance of Crotoresin .................................................................................... 35

Table 2.19 Material Balance of Croto- Di Urea ........................................................................ 36

Table 2.20 Mole Balance of Croto-Di-Urea .............................................................................. 36

Table 2.21 Material Balance of Crotonaldehyde ...................................................................... 37

Table 2.22 Mole balance if Crotonaldehyde ............................................................................. 37

Table 2.23 Material Balance of 1,3- Butylene Glycol ............................................................... 38

Table 2.24 Mole Balance of 1,3- Butylene Glycol .................................................................... 38

Table 2.25 Material Balance of Acetic Acid .............................................................................. 39

Table 2.26 Mole Balance of Acetic Acid ................................................................................... 39

Table 2.27 Material Balance of Acetaldol ................................................................................. 40

Table 2.28 Mole Balance of Acetaldol ...................................................................................... 40

Table 2.29 Material Balance of Paraldehyde ........................................................................... 41

Table 2.30 Mole Balance of Paraldehyde ................................................................................ 41

Table 2.31 Material Balance of Crotonic Anhydride ................................................................. 42

Table 2.32 Mole Balance of Crotonic Anhydride ...................................................................... 42

Table 2.33 Material Balance of Crotonitrile .............................................................................. 43

Table 2.34 Mole Balance of Crotonitrile ................................................................................... 43

Table 2.35 Material Balance of 2-ethyl, 1-3 Hexane Diol ......................................................... 44

Table 2.36 Mole Balance of 2-Ethyl,1-3 Hexane Diol ............................................................... 44

Table 2.37 Material Balance of 3-Methoxy Butanol .................................................................. 45

Table 2.38 Mole Balance of 3-Methoxy Butanol ....................................................................... 45

Table 2.39 Material Balance of 3Methoxy Butyl Acetate .......................................................... 46

Table 2.40 Mole Balance of 3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate .............................................................. 46

Table 2.41 Material Balance of 3-Methyl, 3-Pentene, 2-One ................................................... 47

Table 2.42 Mole Balance of 3-Methyl, 3-Pentene, 2-One ........................................................ 47

Table 2.43 Material Balance of Absolute Alcohol ..................................................................... 48

Table 2.44 Material Balance of Acetaldehyde Oxime .............................................................. 48

Table 2.45 Mole Balance of Acetaldehyde Oxime ................................................................... 49

Table 2.46 Material Balance of Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal ................................................... 49

Table 2.47 Mole balance of Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal ........................................................ 50

Table 2.48 Material Balance of Ethyl Vinyl Ether ..................................................................... 50

Table 2.49 Mole Balance of Ethyl Vinyl Ether .......................................................................... 51

Table 2.50 Material Balance of Acetonitrile .............................................................................. 51

Table 2.51 Mole Balance of Acetonitrile ................................................................................... 51

Table 2.52 Material Balance of Diethyl Oxalate ....................................................................... 52

Table 2.53 Mole Balance of Diethyl Oxalate ............................................................................ 52

Table 2.54 Material Balance of Gb Amber ............................................................................... 53

Table 2.55 Mole Balance of Gb Amber .................................................................................... 53

Table 2.56 Material Balance of Sorbic Acid ............................................................................. 54

Table 2.57 Mole Balance of Sorbic Acid .................................................................................. 55

Table 2.58 Material Balance for Potassium Sorbate ................................................................ 55

Table 2.59 Mole Balance for Potassium Sorbate ..................................................................... 55

Table 2.60 Material Balance of Acetals .................................................................................... 56

Table 2.61 Mole Balance of Acetals ......................................................................................... 56

Table 2.61 Material Balance of Esters ..................................................................................... 57

Table 2.62 Mole Balance of Esters .......................................................................................... 57

Table 2.63 Material Balance of Oxime ..................................................................................... 58

Table 2.64 Mole Balance of Oxime .......................................................................................... 58

Table 2.65 Material Balance of Other Aldehyde ....................................................................... 59

Table 2.66 Mole Balance of Other Aldehyde ............................................................................ 59

Table 2.67 Material Balance of Other Acid ............................................................................... 60

Table 2.68 Mole Balance of Other Acid .................................................................................... 60

Table 2.69 Material Balance of Other Alcohol .......................................................................... 61

Table 2.70 Mole Balance of Other Alcohol ............................................................................... 61

Table 2.71 Material Balance of Ketones .................................................................................. 62

Table 2.72 Mole Balance of Ketones ....................................................................................... 62

Table 2.73 Material Balance of Waxes ..................................................................................... 63

Table 2.74 Material Balance of Nitriles ..................................................................................... 63

Table 2.75 Mole Balance of Nitriles .......................................................................................... 64

Table 2.76 Material Balance of Ethers ..................................................................................... 65

Table 2.77 Mole Balance of Ethers .......................................................................................... 65

Table 2.78 Material Balance of Ketene .................................................................................... 66

Table 2.79 Mole Balance of Ketene ......................................................................................... 66

Table 2.80 Material Balance of Hydrogen ................................................................................ 67

Table 2.81 Mole Balance of Hydrogen ..................................................................................... 67

Table 2.83 Major Pollution Aspects With Their Sources And Management Plan ..................... 68

Table 2.84 Required NOC ........................................................................................................ 70

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 2.1 Google Image ......................................................................................................... 17

Figure 2.2 Photographs of Existing Site .................................................................................. 18

Figure 2.3 Master Layout of Project ........................................................................................ 21

Figure 2.4 Water Budget for Existing Activity .......................................................................... 25

Figure 2.5 Water Balance for Existing and Proposed Activity ................................................. 26

Figure 2.6 Typical process flow diagram ................................................................................. 32

Figure 2.7 Luxuriant vegetation developed on highly contaminated soil ................................. 71

Figure 2.8 Thick carpet of weeds and grasses grown on the contaminated site for Bioremediation ............................................................................................................................. 72

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 2 Description of Project

` M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. 13

CHAPTER 2

DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT 2.1 Type of Project M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. [GBL] has proposed capacity enhancement in existing production facility along with addition of new products at Gut No. 159-165,180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2, Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar – 413708, Maharashtra. GBL is large scale industry engaged in manufacturing of wide range of Synthetic Organic Chemicals. Proposed expansion shall be from 6,715.00 MT/M to 20,090.94 MT/M in terms of production within existing plot. As per EIA Notification 2006, the proposed activity falls under 5(f) category A; Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry (dyes and dye intermediates; bulk drugs and intermediates excluding drug formulations; synthetic rubbers; basic organic chemicals, other synthetic organic chemicals and chemical intermediates), which requires prior Environmental Clearance. Project is located outside MIDC area hence, classified as a Category ‘A’ project, thus project will be required Environmental Clearance from EAC [Expert Appraisal Committee], MoEF&CC. 2.2 Need for the Project Expansion Indian chemical industry's growth is largely driven by country's consumption growth story. Per capita consumption of chemicals India is 1/10th of world average, and even among developing countries Indian consumption is low. This makes India a very attractive destination to invest and grow in Chemical manufacturing sectors. In past two years the absolute consumption of chemicals (Both Petrochemicals and Chemicals) increased by more than 1.2 MM MT. (Report on Indian Chemicals & Petrochemicals Industry, Prepared by FICCI & TSMG - 2018). It is clear that there is huge gap in demand and supply of chemical in Indian market and also chemical industry is having very good business potential in this scenario. Presently industry is producing 17 products with production capacity of 6,715.00 MT/Month only. Looking at the market demand it is need of time to propose Capacity Enhancement in existing production facility and come up with certain new products and hence industry has proposed 25 new products. Post expansion, industry shall able to produce total 20,090.94 MT/Month. The proposed expansion will provide a potential growth opportunity for already running business of the company. Additional capacities of product range are required over and above the existing capacities as the company expects significant growth of products in local & export market. 2.3 Brief Description of Magnitude of Operation The existing and proposed details of the project are summarized in Table 2.1.

Table 2.1 Details of the Existing and Proposed Expansion

Sr. No.

Particulars Details

1. Name and Location of project


2. Address

Gut No. 159-165,180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2, Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar – 413708, Maharashtra.



3. Geo Coordinates Latitude : 19°49’11.78”N Longitude : 74°34’8.55”E MSL: 504 m

4. Land Type of Project Site

Private Industrial plot & located outside MIDC area

5.

Name of applicant Mr. Bhalachandra B. Bakshi

(a)Postal Address PO - Sakarwadi, Taluka – Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar - 413708, Maharashtra

(b) E-mail [email protected]

(c) Phone (02423) 279308, 279308, 279396, 279397

6. Year of Commissioning


7.



8. Screening category (as per SO 1533 as timely amended)


9. Total Plot Area 13,92,123.00m2

10. Land for Green Belt 4,59,839.00m2

11. Cost of project




12.

Capital and recurring cost earmarked for EMP:






13. Water Requirement

14.

Existing Water Requirement 2919.0CMD[Fresh:1495CMD+Recycle1424CMD]

Proposed Water Requirement 2864.0CMD[Fresh:1196CMD+Recycle1668CMD]

Total Water Requirement 5783.0CMD[Fresh:2691CMD+Recyle 3092CMD]

Source

Surface Water: Godavari River, Canal RWH Tank of 85,000m3 and 45,000m3(Industry has obtained permission from irrigation department) & CGWA permission for ground water extraction-725M3/Day

15. Purchase Power Requirement and Source

16.



Source MSEDCL

17. Utility Details

18. Particulars Existing Proposed Final














Recycling (RO) plant- WTP 600m3/day 2100 M3/day (cumulative)

2700 M3/day

MEE for WTP NA 120 M3/day (cumulative)

120 M3/day (Cumulative)


19. Fuel requirement

20.




21. Emissions Control

22. Solid/ Hazardous Wastes and Management

23.

Category

Source and Name

Quantity

Unit Disposal Existing

Proposed

Final

Hazardous Waste




1.4 Organic Residue 8.0 0.0 8.0 CMD CHWTSDF / Recycler / /Cement industry

36.1 Distillation/ Process Residue

0.192 14 14.192 TPD CHWTSDF / Recycler / /Cement industry




26.4 Mixed Spent Solvents 00 5.0 5.0 KLD CHWTSDF / Recycler / /Cement industry


Used Filters (HEPA filters, oil filters, etc.)

00 100 100 Nos./Y CHWTSDF / Recycler

Used/Discarded Filters Bags

00 100 100 Nos./Y Detoxified and reused




0.3 3.0 3.3 TPD CHWTSDF for Landfilling


Non Hazardous Waste

Source and Name Existin

g Propos

ed Total UOM Disposal






Non-Biodegradable Waste 272.5 132 404.5 Kg/D

Given to authorized vendors




HDPE Containers 00 100 100 Nos/ M Detoxified & Reused


Paper, Cotton waste and packing materials i.e. wood, carton, ropes






00 5.0 5.0 TPA Authorized Recycler



Insulation and glass wool waste 00 1.0 1.0 TPM

Dispose off to outside agencies after detoxification

2.4 Project Location Industry is located at Gut No. 159-165, 180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2, Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar -413708, Maharashtra. Industry has proposed expansion within same plot area without acquisition of additional land for proposed expansion activity. Geographical co-ordinates are shown in Table 2.2. Google Image showing project boundary is represented in Figure 2.1. Photographs of existing site are presented in Figure 2.2

Table 2.2 Geo Co-ordinates of Project

Sr. No. Latitude Longitude Sr. No. Latitude Longitude

Centre 19°49'30.30"N 74°34'40.96"E Project location

19°49'26.61"N 74°33'56.07"E

G1 19°49'11.95"N 74°34'15.70"E G16 19°49'50.69"N 74°33'51.60"E

G2 19°49'90.50"N 74°34'15.64"E G17 19°49'49.37"N 74°33'56.36"E

G3 19°49'90.52"N 74°34'16.88"E G18 19°49'48.03"N 74°33'56.64"E

G4 19°49'00.39"N 74°34'90.86"E G19 19°49'47.94"N 74°33'57.83"E

G5 19°49'20.12"N 74°34'00.58"E G20 19°49'45.66"N 74°33'57.98"E

G6 19°49'20.12"N 74°33'53.71"E G21 19°49'45.92"N 74°34'40.71"E

G7 19°49'11.52"N 74°33'48.60"E G22 19°49'37.44"N 74°34'40.50"E

G8 19°49'21.43"N 74°33'41.19"E G23 19°49'36.58"N 74°34'13.44"E

G9 19°49'38.71"N 74°33'36.37"E G24 19°49'33.64"N 74°34'13.04"E

G10 19°49'49.79"N 74°33'38.33"E G25 19°49'32.98"N 74°34'16.80"E

G11 19°49'52.89"N 74°33'35.04"E G26 19°49'12.09"N 74°34'17.09"E

G12 19°49'53.41"N 74°33'41.15"E G27 19°49'25.85"N 74°34'19.45"E

G13 19°49'54.22"N 74°33'42.63"E G28 19°49'21.92"N 74°34'26.97"E

G14 19°49'53.96"N 74°33'47.97"E G29 19°49'14.17"N 74°34'20.19"E

G15 19°49'53.03"N 74°33'50.69"E G30 19°49'14.27"N 74°34'19.48"E



Figure 2.1 Google Image



MPO Plant Croton aldehyde Storage Tank

Finished Storage Tank Green Belt Area

Figure 2.2 Photographs of Existing Site

Ethyl Acetate Plant

Main Entrance



2.5 Product List with Quantity Industry is under operation for manufacturing of wide range of chemicals since 1961. The consented products along with production capacity of existing as well as proposed expansion are presented in Table 2.3

Table 2.3 List of Products Along With Its Quantity

Name of Products Quantity [MT/M]

Existing Proposed Final

Ethyl Acetate 3000.00 5700.00 8700.00

Acetaldehyde 1500.00 1300.00 2800.00

Croto Resin and Croto Di Urea 45.00 85.00 130.00

Crotonaldehyde 500.00 500.00 1000.00

1,3 Butylene Glycol 41.66 158.34 200.00

Acetic Acid 598.85 0.00 598.85

Dilute Acetic Acid 110.00 0.00 110.00

Dilute Ethyl Acetate and other ester 0.00 30.00 30.00

Acetaldol 0.00 425.00 425.00

Paraldehyde 60.00 0.00 60.00

Crotonic Anhydride 8.33 1.67 10.00

Crotonitrile 8.33 1.67 10.00

Dilute 1-3 Butylene Glycol 12.90 19.32 32.22

Butanol 64.60 53.10 117.70

2-Ethyl, 1, 3 Hexane Diol 33.33 0.00 33.33

3-Methoxy Butanol 25.00 250.00 275.00

Dilute 3 Methoxy Butanol 0.00 30.00 30.00

3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate 0.00 340.00 340.00

3-Methyl 3- Pentene -One (MPO) 333.33 166.70 500.00

Sodium Sulphate 242.00 3.00 245.00

Ketone Mixture 131.67 65.80 197.50

Absolute Alcohol (Fuel Grade from RS/IS) 0.00 2000.00 2000.00

Acetaldehyde Oxime 0.00 175.00 175.00

Ammonium Sulphate 0.00 139.70 139.70

Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal 0.00 250.00 250.00

Ethyl Vinyl Ether 0.00 100.00 100.00

Acetonitrile 0.00 425.00 425.00

Diethyl Oxalate 0.00 175.00 175.00

Gbamber 0.00 100.00 100.00

Sorbic Acid or Potassium Sorbate 0.00 500.00 500.00

Acetals (534-15-6, 109-87-5, 462-95-3, 871-22-7, 4285-59-0, 13002-09-0, 10602-34-3, 4461-87-4, 7148-78-9, 5870-82-6, 6607-66-5, 3390-12-3, 3658-95-5, 94089-21-1)

0.00 15.00 15.00

Esters (623-70-1, 623-43-8,14205-39-1,7318-00-5, 24937-93-7,105-54-4,123-25-1,131-11-3, 6284-46-4, 142-92-7, 6259-76-3, 84-66-2, 108-22-5, 96-33-3, 105-37-3, 109-60-4, 123-86-4,93-92-5, 2155-60-4, 1608-72-6, 1516-17-2,102-76-1,109-94-4,)

0.00 20.00 20.00

Oximes (110-69-0, 96-29-7) 0.00 15.00 15.00

Other Aldehydes (123-72-8, 97-96-1, 19780-25-7, 14371-10-9, 142-83-6, 101-86-0, 645-62-5, 123-05-7, 67801-65-4,27939-60-2, 1742-14-9, 530-45-0, 6728-26-3)

0.00 200.00 200.00



Other Acids (107-92-6, 107-93-7, 99-04-7,65-85-0) 0.00 15.00 15.00

Other Alcohol (97-95-0,104-76-7, 111-27-3, 111-28-4, 6117-91-5, 104-54-1,78-83-1,77-99-6, 1883-75-6, 60-12-8, 98-85-1, 123-51-3, 142583-61-7)

0.00 20.00 20.00

Ketones (108-29-2, 565-61-7, 78-93-3, 67-64-1, 96-22-0, 98-86-2, 590-90-9)

0.00 15.00 15.00

Waxes –(NA) 0.00 12.00 12.00

Nitriles (107-12-0, 109-74-0, 78-82-0, 110-59-8) 0.00 20.00 20.00

Ethers (109-53-5, 107-25-5, 111-34-2, 60-29-7) 0.00 15.00 15.00

Ketene (463-51-4) 0.00 15.00 15.00

Other Salts (532-32-1,7647-14-5, 7783-20-2 & 7757-82-6)

0.00 19.64 19.64

TOTAL 6,715.00 13,375.94 20,090.94

2.6 Resource Requirement for Proposed Project For the proposed expansion various resources will be required like water, fuel, power, etc. The details of individual resources are represented below; 2.6.1 Land Requirement The entire plot of M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. is located in non-agricultural land admeasuring 13, 92,123m2. Existing B.U.A is 1, 12,685m2 and Total proposed BUA after expansion shall be 1, 98,667m2. Most of the buildings and other infrastructure of existing unit are sufficient to cater expansion in existing products. However, industry has proposed construction of new production blocks and up-gradation of effluent treatment plant for additional products. Detailed area statement for existing and proposed activity is presented in Table 2.4 and Master Layout is attached as Annexure 9

Table 2.4 Area Statement (In Sq. m.)

Description Existing Proposed Total %

Total Plot Area 13,92,123 - 13,92,123 Total Built up Area 1,12,685 85,983 1,98,667 Industrial Activity Area 1,12,300 46,468 1,58,768 11.4%

Residential Area 16,314 - 16,314 1.2%

Green Belt Area 4,21,433 38,406 4,59,839 33.0%

Parking Area 4,619 2,309 6,928 0.5%

Internal Road Area 36,015 39,525 75,540 5.4%

Open Space 8,01,442 - 6,74,735 48.5%



Figure 2.3 Master Layout of Project

2.6.2 Road and Parking Requirement GBL has designed the existing unit in such a way that all the internal roads have width of minimum 6m and average Turning radius around 9m and in proposed expansion all internal road shall have minimum 6m and Turning radius of average 9m. Existing parking area is 4,619m2. Industry has proposed 2,309m2 for expansion. Total Parking area after expansion shall be 6,928m2. Parking details are provided below in Table 2.5

Table 2.5 Parking Details

Particulars Numbers Area considered (m2) Total Area (m2)

Car 16 12.5 200

Two Wheelers 200 3.00 600

Truck for [Raw Material/ Finished Goods]

50 30.0 1500

Bicycles 25 1.40 35

Total Area Required 1,67,054



Total Area Provided 6,928.5

2.6.3 Raw Material Requirement Maximum raw materials required for the production are easily available in local market and few are imported whereas some are manufactured in-house. Raw Material required are depicted in Table 2.6 and detailed list of Raw Material is provided in Annexure 10

Table 2.6 Raw Material Requirement

Raw Materials Nature of

R.M Existing (MT/M)

Proposed (MT/M)

Total (MT/M)

Source Means of

transportation

Ethyl Alcohol Liquid 3552.0 7438.0 10990.0 Import/Local Tanker

Acetic Acid Liquid 2070.0 5302.0 7372.0 Import/Local Tanker

Acetaldehyde Liquid 1500.0 1300.0 2800.0 In-house Mfg./Local

Tanker

Acetaldol Liquid 79.0 301.0 380.0 Inhouse Mfg. Tanker/ Drum

Hydrogen Gas 5.0 26.0 31.0 In-house Mfg /Local

Cylinder Trolleys

Crotonic Acid Solid 12.0 2.0 14.0 Local/Import Bags

Acetic Anhydride

Liquid 8.0 2.0 9.0 Local Drum/ Tanker

HAS Solid 30.0 172.0 202.0 Local/Import Bags

Crotonaldehyde Liquid 21.0 389.0 410.0 In-house Mfg / Import

Tanker / Drums

NAHCO3 Solid 31.0 6.0 37.0 Local Bags

Ortho Di Chloro Benzene

Liquid 21.0 4.0 25.0 Local/ Import Tanker/ Drums

Butyraldehyde Liquid 77.0 0.0 77.0 Local Tanker/ Drums

Methanol Liquid 13.0 94.0 107.0 Local / Import Tanker/ Drum

MEK Liquid 317.0 158.0 475.0 Local/Import Tanker

Sulphuric Acid Liquid 86.0 55.0 141.0 Local Tanker/ Drum

Caustic Lye 50%

Liquid 117.0 92.0 209.0 Local Tanker

Liq Ammonia (24%)

Liquid 21.0 190.0 212.0 Local Tanker

Diethyl Acetal Liquid 0.0 202.0 202.0 Local/In-house Mfg.

Tanker/ Drum

Ammonia Gas 0.0 246.0 246.0 Local Cylinder

Oxalic Acid Solid 0.0 157.0 157.0 Local/ Import Bags

Myrecene Liquid 0.0 84.5 84.0 Local/ Import Tanker/ Drum

3-Methyl 3-Pentene 2-One

Liquid 0.0 56.0 56.0 In-house Mfg.

Tanker/ Drum

O-Phosphoric Acid

Liquid 0.0 29.0 29.0 Local Tanker/ Drum

HCL-30% Liquid 0.0 250.0 250.0 Local Tanker/ Drum

Toluene Liquid 0.0 20.0 20.0 Local/ Import Tanker/ Drum

Benzaldehyde Liquid 0.0 192.8 192.8 Local/ Import Tanker/ Drum

Isoprene Liquid 0.0 116.0 116.0 Local/ Import Tanker/ Drum

O-Xylene Liquid 0.0 198.0 198.0 Local/ Import Tanker/ Drum

Na2Co3 Solid 33.0 135.0 169.0 Local Bags



2.6.4 Water Use and Source Water source for the industrial activity is from Godavari River, Canal Water and Rain water harvesting Tank of 85,000m3 and 45,000m3 for which industry is having permission from Irrigation Department which is attached as Annexure 11a. Apart from surface water source, industry is having permission to withdraw ground water to the tune of 725m3/day and CGWA permission is attached as Annexure 11.b. Presently industry requires 1,495CMD [200CMD Domestic and 1,295CMD industrial activity] of Fresh Water and generated Wastewater of 456CMD is treated in existing ETP of 600CMD and Sewage of 190CMD is treated in STP of 200CMD which is further used for gardening. For proposed expansion industry shall be requiring 1,196CMD of Fresh Water which shall account to total fresh water of 2,691CMD. The generated wastewater of 1,082CMD [Existing 456CMD and Proposed 626CMD] shall be treated in ETP of 1,250CMD [600CMD +650CMD] and treated water shall be utilized for Cooling Tower, whereas the sewage of 223CMD [Existing 190CMD and proposed 33CMD] shall be treated in STP of 250CMD [200CMD +50CMD] and further used for gardening. Detailed Water Budget for Existing as well as proposed activity is presented in Table 2.7 and same is depicted in Figure 2.4 and Figure 2.5 respectively. Treated water is not discharged outside the industrial premises and shall be used within the premises for industrial activity thus achieving ‘Zero Liquid Discharge’ [ZLD].



Table 2.7 Water Budget for Existing and Proposed Activity

Particulars

Existing Expansion Total

Fresh Recycl

ed Total

Loss/ Consumed

WW Fresh Recycl

ed Total Loss WW Fresh

Recycled

Total Loss/

consumed WW

Domestic 200 0 200 10 190 35 0 35 2 33 235 0 235 12 223

Scrubber 50 0 50 0 50 30 0 30 0 30 80 0 80 0 80

Washing 30 0 30 0 30 20 0 20 0 20 50 0 50 0 50

DM Plant 240 0 240 0 60 321 0 321 0 40 561 0 561 0 100

Process 100 0 100 0 170 161 0 161 0 297 261 0 261 0 467

Boiler Makeup Water

80 784 864 849 15 120 1032 1152 1137 15 200 1816 2016 1986 30

R&D 5 0 5 0 5 0 0 0 0 0 5 0 5 0 5

Cooling Tower 970 454 1424 1298 126 790 603 1393 1169 224 1760 1057 2817 2467 350

Gardening 0 186 186 186 0 0 33 33 33 0 0 219 219 219 0

Total Water Requirement

1495 1424 2919 2343 646 1196 1668 2864 2341 659 2691 3092 5783 4684 1305

Note:

All water quantity is in Cubic Meter Per Day [CMD]

WW: Wastewater

There is addition of reaction water in process effluent hence effluent generation is 170CMD though water required is only 100CMD.

Hence there shall be difference of 70CMD, 136CMD and 206CMD in existing, proposed and total quantity respectively while computing

total water required, loss and effluent generation



Figure 2.4 Water Budget for Existing Activity

Total Water Consumption = 2919

[Fresh=1495+Recycled=1424]

Reaction Water:

70

DM Plant

240

Process

100

Effluent: 170

Boiler makeup water

80

Boiler: 864

(F- 80+ R-784)

Blow Down: 15 Sewage Generation: 190 Effluent: 50 Effluent: 30 Effluent: 5 DM Reject: 60 Blow Down: 126

Scrubber

50

Domestic

200 CT: 1424

(F-970+ R-454)

Washing

30

R & D

5

90% Recovery

RO Permeate

410

200 CMD STP

Treated Sewage 186CMD

Total Effluent Generation: 456 ETP 600CMD: 456

Gardening:

186

Loss: 2.28

MEE Condensate

44

456

600CMD RO

46

60CMD MEE MEE Salt: 2



Figure 2.5 Water Balance for Existing and Proposed Activity

Loss 170

Loss: 12 Loss: 2467

Total Water Consumption [Post Expansion] = 5783

[Fresh=2691+Recycled=3092]

Reaction Water:

206

DM Plant

561

Process

261

Effluent: 467

Boiler makeup water

200

Boiler: 2016

(F- 200+ R-1816)

Blow Down: 30 Sewage Generation: 223 Effluent: 80 Effluent: 50 Effluent: 5 DM Reject: 100 Blow Down: 350

Scrubber

80

Domestic

235

CT: 2817

(F-1760+ R-1057)

Washing

50

R & D

5

90% Recovery

RO Permeate

969

250 CMD STP

(200 Existing & 50 Proposed)

Treated Sewage 219CMD

Total Effluent Generation: 1082 ETP 1250 [600+650]: 1082

Gardening:

219

Loss: 5.4

MEE Condensate

88

1076

1250CMD RO [Existing 600+Proposed 650]

108

160CMD MEE 160 [Existing 60+Proposed100] MEE Salt: 20

4 CMD Loss

Loss 170

For Fresh Water- Recycling plant &

MEE plant



2.6.5 Power Requirement and Source Power requirement is met through MSEDCL. Permission is attached as Annexure 12. Furthermore, industry is having a Turbine of 2.3MW and has proposed 2 additional Turbine of 2.4MW capacity each. The generated electricity will be utilized within industry for carrying out various activities. The power generated from Turbine will account to 7.1MW. The power consumption details of proposed and existing are detailed below in Table 2.8

Table 2.8 Details of Power Consumption

Energy Details Existing Proposed Total

Source MSEDCL

Power Demand 2.9MW/H 8.3MW/H 11.2MW/H

D.G Set 1000 x 1 590 x 1

1000 x 3 590 x 1

1000 x 4

Turbine Power Generation 2.3MWH 4.8MWH 7.1MWH

Transformer 1500KVA x 2 4000KVA 1500KVA x 2,

4000KVA

In case of power failure, GBL has made provision of D.G. Sets for existing as well as proposed activities. The existing unit has D.G. Set of 1000KVA and 590KVA and an additional 3 D.G. Sets of 1000KVA will be installed in proposed expansion. The steam required for the existing and proposed activity will be met through Boiler. 2.6.6 Fuel Requirement For carrying out existing activity industry is using two types of fuel i.e. Coal and H.S.D to the tune of 218TPD and 5.1KLD respectively. For proposed expansion, Coal consumption shall increase by 250TPD and H.S.D by 14.6KLD. Total Fuel consumption after expansion shall be 468TPD for Coal and 19.7KLD for H.S.D. This fuel will be utilized for Boiler, D. G Set and Thermic Fluid Heater. The details of fuel required for existing and proposed activities is represented in Table 2.9 and Air Pollution Control Equipment’s provided to the utilities are depicted in Table 2.10.

Table 2.9 Fuel Details

*Existing 3 Boilers [12TPH, 18TPH] shall be replaced with Boiler of 45TPH

Sr. No.

Utilization Fuel Consumption Calorific

Value Ash (%)

Sulphur (%) Existing Proposed Total

1.

D.G. Set 1000KVA x 1

HSD

3.6KLD NA

19.7KLD 10600 Kcal/

Hg Max 0.01

Max 0.35

D.G. Set 590KVA 1.56KLD

D.G. Set 1000KVA x 3 NA 10.8KLD

2.

Thermic Fluid Heater[2Lakh Kcal /Hr]

NA 0.63KLD

Thermic Fluid Heater [10Lakh Kcal /Hr]

NA 3.17KLD

3.

Thermax Boiler 12TPH

Coal

52.08TPD

NA

468TPD 4,200 -

4600 Kcal /Kg

33-37

Max 0.35

FBC Boiler 18TPH 84.12TPD

ISGEC Boiler 18TPH 81.72TPD

Boiler 45TPH NA 218TPD

Boiler 24TPH x 2 NA 250TPD



Table 2.10 Details of Utilities with their APC

Stack Attached To Capacity Stack Nos.

APC System Height

(m) Diameter

(m)

Existing

D. G. Set 1000KVA 1 Adequate Stack

Height

9 0.4

590KVA 1 9 0.21

Boiler 18TPH 2 ESP 30 1.2 & 1.6

12TPH 1 Bag Filter 30 1.6

Proposed

D. G. Set 1000KVA 3 Adequate Stack

height 6 0.4

Boiler 24TPH 2 ESP 45 1.6

45TPH 1 ESP 50 2.3

Thermic Fluid Heater

10Lakh Kcal/Hr. 1 Adequate Stack

height 15 0.4

2 Lakh Kcal/Hr. 1 Adequate Stack

height 10 0.2

Hydrogen Generator 5200 x 3 cum/day

1 NA - -

Nitrogen Generator 1000 cum/day 1 NA - -

2.6.7 Equipment’s and Machineries Requirement The list of major equipment’s and machineries required during existing and proposed activities are attached as Annexure 13 2.6.8 Human Resource The existing unit has provided employment to 413 people. Unit will use good faith efforts to employ local people from the nearby villages depending upon the availability of skilled and un-skilled man-power surrounding the project site. After proposed expansion, along with existing workers the proposed project would require more workforces of non-technical and technical persons. Project proponent shall be employing 200 people for expansion phase and about 180 contractual workers. The details of man-power requirement is presented in Table 2.11

Table 2.11 Manpower Requirement

2.6.9 Capital Cost Requirement The total estimated existing and proposed cost of the unit is INR 366.44Cr. Table 2.12 depicts the project cost along with breakup of existing and proposed expansion of the unit. Project shall be initiate immediately after obtaining EC and shall be completed within 15-18 months after obtaining EC.

Particular Existing Proposed Final

Skilled 324 128 452

Un-Skilled 47 24 71

Semi-skilled 42 48 90

Residential Population 1,239 300 1,539

Total 1,659 500 2,159



Table 2.12 Project Cost (In lakhs)


Factory land 299.80 -- 299.8

Factory Building 747.62 4,035 4,782.62

Plant and machinery 14,414.62 15,790 30,204.62

Office equipment and furniture 186.26 75 261.26

Any other movable or fixed assets 139.82 100 239.82

Capital Cost (In progress) 856.30 -- 856.3

Total 16,644.42 20,000.00 36,644.0

2.7 Manufacturing Process Currently GBL is actively involved in manufacturing of Ethyl Acetate, Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde, Acetic Acid, Dilute Acetic Acid and wide range of chemicals and has proposed to manufacture Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal, 3-Methoxy Butanol, Acetaldehyde Oxime and many other chemicals. Following section describes the manufacturing process of the above mentioned products: Process Description All the chemical reactions or routes of synthesis are either patented rights or applied for patent and hence not disclosed in this public document. However the same shall be made available as a controlled document for regulatory clearance purpose. The proposed project is for manufacturing varieties of products in Continuous & batch operation having different chemicals and formulations. The manufacturing process shall have a combination of Unit operations which shall be undertaken in series or simultaneously operation to produce the desired product. In the following sections, the different kinds of unit operations proposed to be adopted for the manufacturing processes are detailed. Therefore, the overall Process Flow Diagram for the proposed project would remain the same and would vary by eliminating one of more of the processes not required for a given product. Description of Unit Operations Reactors The most common type of reactor vessel is the kettle/Agitated-type reactor. These reactors typically range in capacity from 50-litre to several thousand liters. The vessels are made of either stainless steel or glass-lined carbon steel. Reactors are equipped to provide a range of capabilities that may be required during the batch reaction step. This equipment may include: A jacket for heating and cooling, connections for charging raw materials and for discharging the contents of the reactor, an agitation and recycle line for mixing, control systems for temperature and pressure, a condenser system for controlling vent losses, return line for refluxing condensable, a steam ejector for vacuum operation, a nitrogen supply for purging the reactor, and a man way for taking samples and adding solid catalysts, reactants, and other solid materials to the reactor. Raw materials or ingredients, including solvents, used to produce the intermediate or bulk substances are charged into the reactor vessel. Liquid ingredients are drawn into the reactor either by pumping or through vacuum from drums and storage tanks. Solids may be charged manually or via mechanical means such as through a vacuum system. Once the reactor vessels are charged with the raw materials, the reaction takes place. The reactor can be operated at atmospheric pressure, elevated pressure, or under vacuum. Because of their flexibility, reactors may be used in a variety of ways. Besides hosting chemical reactions, they can act as mixers, heaters, holding tanks, crystallizers, and evaporators. Typical reactions performed include Condensation, Esterification Acetylation,



Oxidation, hydrogenations, Dehydrogenation, dehydration etc. Temperature, pressure and the degree of mixing are carefully monitored to achieve the desired product and to ensure safety. Chemical Reaction A chemical compound is a pure chemical substance consisting of two or more different chemical elements that can be separated into simpler substances by chemical reactions. Chemical reaction is a process that leads to the transformation of one set of chemical substances to another and can often be described by a chemical equation. Neutralization Neutralization is a chemical reaction in which an acid and a base react to form a salt. Water is frequently, but not necessarily, produced as well. Neutralizations with Arrhenius acids and bases always produce water where acid–alkali reactions produce water and a metal salt. Separation Several separation mechanisms are employed by the chemical industry including extraction, decanting, centrifugation and filtration. These mechanisms may be employed jointly or individually, in multiple stages, to separate the intermediate or bulk substance from the reaction solution and to remove impurities. Extraction Extraction is used to separate liquid mixtures by taking advantage of differences in the solubility of the mixture components. Absolvent that preferentially combines with only one of the components is added to the mixture. Decanting Decanting is a simple process used to separate mixtures of liquid and insoluble solid/liquid that has settled to the bottom of a reactor or settling vessel. The liquid over the solid/liquid is either pumped out of the vessel or poured from the vessel leaving behind the insoluble solid/liquid. Condensation Condensation is the change of the physical state of matter from gas phase into liquid phase, and is the reverse of vaporization. The condensation will take place when the hot vapours and cold liquid exchange heat across a common surface, thus the gas losing its latent heat to the liquid. Condensers are generally water cooled or chilled water/Brine Cooled condensers depending on the temperature of condensation of the vapour to be condensed. Mixing Mixing is a unit operation that involves manipulation of a heterogeneous physical system with the intent to make it more homogeneous. Mixing is performed to allow heat and/or mass transfer to occur between one or more streams, components or phases. Modern industrial processing almost always involves some form of mixing. Some classes of chemical reactors are also mixers. With the right equipment, it is possible to mix a solid, liquid or gas into another solid, liquid or gas. Distillation Distillation is a process of separating component substances from liquid mixtures through Vaporization and condensation, based on different volatility point of components in the mixture. Distillation column are of Packed or Plate column as per design & are equipped with re-boilers for heating & condensers for condensation of vapours with reflux arrange to get pure product as distillate.



Centrifugation Centrifuges are used to remove the intermediate or product solids from a liquid stream. Centrifuges work on the principle of centrifugal force, in which an outward force is exerted on rotating object. Centrifuges are cylinders with rotating baskets within them. The sides of the basket are perforated and covered with filter medium such as woven fabric or metal. Filtration Filtration is the separation of fluid-solids mixture-involving passage of most of the fluid through a porous barrier (the filter medium), which retains most of the solid particulates, contained in the mixture. In the pharmaceutical industry, filtration is used to remove solids from a liquid, whether these solids be product, process intermediates, catalysts or carbon particulates (e.g., from a Discoloring step). Crystallization After the reaction takes place, the intermediate or final bulk substance (which is usually in solid form) can be separated from the reaction solution by crystallization. Crystallization is one of the most common separation techniques and is often used alone or in combination with one or more of the separation techniques described above. In crystallization, a supersaturated solution is created in which crystals of the desired compound are formed. Super saturation depends on the solubility of the desired compound. Vacuum System Vacuum System is ideal for high boiling solvents. Typical applications are High Boiler distillation or Heat sensitive Product distillation & drying. Drying Drying is done by evaporating the solvents/water from the solids. Solvents/water released from drying operations can be condensed for reuse or disposal. There are various types of dryers used by the industry including tray dryers, rotary dryers, or pressure filter dryers. The selection of the dryer type depends primarily on the characteristics of the solid. Scrubber Scrubber systems are a diverse group of air pollution control devices that can be used to remove some particulates and/or gases from industrial exhaust streams. Traditionally, the term "scrubber" has referred to pollution control devices that use liquid to wash unwanted pollutants from a gas stream. Scrubbers are one of the primary devices that control gaseous emissions, especially acid gases. Depending on the characteristics of gases emitted, Acidic or Basic, the scrubbing liquid is chosen for scrubbing. The scrubbed liquid from the scrubber is then recycle or send to ETP.



Figure 2.6 Typical process flow diagram



2.7.1 Ethyl Acetate Process Description: Ethyl acetate is produced by esterification of acetic acid and ethanol in presence of Para Toluene Sulphonic Acid as catalyst. Material Balance and Mole balance of Ethyl Acetate is shown below in Table 2.13 and 2.14.

Table 2.13 Material Balance of Ethyl Acetate

Input Quantity Unit Output Quantity Unit

Acetic Acid 690 Kg Ethyl Acetate 1000 Kg

Alcohol 575 Kg Water Effluent Send to ETP 257 Kg

PTSA 0.25 Kg Loss 5 Kg

Recycle Water 1060 Kg Water recycle to Process 1060 Kg

Dilute Ethyl Acetate 3 Kg

Total 2325 Kg Total 2325 Kg

Table 2.14 Mole Balance of Ethyl Acetate

Input No. of Moles Mol. Wt. Output No. of Moles Mol. Wt.

Acetic Acid 1 60 Ethyl Acetate 1 88

Ethanol 1 46 Water 1 18

Total

106 Total 106

Water Consumption Statement :- Process water 0.00 m3/day Utility water 707 m3/day

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 2.1MT/Ton Steam required per day 609MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 25.4MT/Hr Power Consumption 120Kwh/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water Recycle Water Reaction Water Generation 60.03m3/day Water in RS Feed 12.62 m3/day Total effluent generated 74.27 m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 2500 m3/Hr. Cooling Water drift loss 570 m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 76 m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 646 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 646 m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 61 m3/day Actual water Required 707 m3/day



2.7.2 Acetaldehyde Process Description: Acetaldehyde is manufactured by vapour phase oxidation of alcohol with air in presence of silver catalyst. The reaction is presented as follows. Material Balance and Mole Balance of Acetaldehyde is shown below in Table 2.15 and 2.16.

Table 2.15 Material Balance of Acetaldehyde


Alcohol 1207 Kg Acetaldehyde 1000 Kg

Air 1724 Kg Unreacted Air Vent 1392 Kg

Process Water 1756 Kg Water Effluent Send to ETP 2295 Kg


Table 2.16 Mole Balance of Acetaldehyde


Ethanol 1 46 Acetaldehyde 1 44

Air 0.5 16 Water 1 18

Total

62 Total 62

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 1.50MT/Ton Steam required per day 140MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 5.8MT/Hr Power Consumption 250Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water 1756Kg Reaction Water Generation 435Kg Water in RS Feed 91Kg Total effluent generated 213m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 920m3/Hr Cooling Water Evaporation & drift loss 210m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 28.0m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 238m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 238m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 14m3/day Actual water Required 252m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 164m3/day Utility Water 252m3/day



2.7.3 Crotoresin Process Description: Crotoresin is prepared by amination of crotonaldehyde polymer (C4-C6 Aldehyde) with liquid ammonia by using Acetone/ethyl alcohol (SDS) as solvent. Material Balance of Crotoresin is given in Table 2.17 and 2.18

Table 2.17 Material Balance of Crotoresin


Croto. Sep. Polymer 874 Kg Crotoresin 1000 Kg

Ethyl Alcohol / Acetone 87 Kg

Recovered Water send to ETP 649 Kg

Lq. Ammonia (20% Sol.) 774 Kg Mix spent Solvent 87 Kg


Table 2.18 Mole Balance of Crotoresin


Crotonaldehyde 1 70 Crotoresin 1 69

Liq Ammonia 1 17 Water 1 18.0

Total

87 Total 87

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 6.0MT/Ton Steam required per day 10MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 0.4MT/Hr Power Consumption 500Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup Process Water Nil Reaction Water Generation 261Kg RM water generated 619Kg Total Net Effluent generated 649Kg Total Effluent Generate 1.12m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 50m3/Hr Cooling Water Evaporation & drift loss 11m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 1.8m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 13m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 13m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 1.6m3/day Actual water Required 15m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water Nil Utility Water 15m3/day



2.7.4 Croto-Di-Urea Process Description: Crotonaldehyde Diurea solution is prepared by the reaction of aqueous crotonaldehyde or effluent containing crotonaldehyde with urea. Then reaction mass is concentrated to get CDU solution under vacuum pressure & recovered water send to ETP. Material Balance and Mole Balance of Croto-Di-Urea is shown in below Table 2.19 and Table 2.20.

Table 2.19 Material Balance of Croto- Di Urea


Aqueous layer from Croto Plant

4745 Kg Croto Di-Urea Solution 1000 Kg

Urea 403 Kg Recovered Water Send to ETP

4301 Kg

Sulphuric Acid 24 Kg

Lq. Ammonia (20% Sol.) 130 Kg


Table 2.20 Mole Balance of Croto-Di-Urea


Crotonaldehyde 1 70 Croto Di Urea 1 172

Urea 2 120 Water 1 18

Total 190 Total

190

2.7.5

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 8.50MT/Ton Steam required per day 22MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 0.9MT/Hr Power Consumption 500Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water Nil Reaction Water Generation 104.6Kg RM water generated 4197.4Kg Total Net Effluent generated 4301Kg Total Effluent Generated 11.2m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 90m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 21m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 3.3m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 24m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 24m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 3.3m3/day Actual water Required 27m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water Nil Utility Water 27m3/day



2.7.5 Crotonaldehyde Process Description: Crotonaldehyde is prepared by aldol condensation of acetaldehyde followed by dehydration of aldol form the product Crotonaldehyde. The aqueous effluent collected from the process is treated in the Croto Di-Urea plant. The reaction mass is concentrated by distillation process to get Croto Di-Urea & the recovered water is send to ETP. Material Balance and Mole Balance of Crotonaldehyde is given in Table 2.21 and 2.22

Table 2.21 Material Balance of Crotonaldehyde


Acetaldehyde 1420 Kg Crotonaldehyde 1000 Kg

Caustic Soda 2.5% 1 Kg Impure Cut used for Croto blending 61 Kg

A/Acid 23% 9 Kg Recovered Water send to ETP 332 Kg

DM Water 121 Kg Loss 25 Kg

Urea 31 Kg CDU sale as product or sent to incineration

80 Kg

Sulphuric Acid 2 Kg Residue Send to Incineration/To Crotoresin plant

45 Kg

Lq. Ammonia 10 Kg Residue Send to Incineration 51 Kg


Table 2.22 Mole balance if Crotonaldehyde


Acetaldehyde 2 88 Crotonaldehyde 1 70

Water 1 18.0

Total

88 Total 88

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 6.0MT/Ton Steam required per day 200MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 8.3MT/Hr Power Consumption 750Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water 121Kg Reaction Water Generation 290Kg RM water generated Nil Total Net Effluent generated 465Kg Total Effluent Generated 15.5m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 940m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 214m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 28.6m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 243m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 243m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 20.0m3/day Actual water Required 263m3/day Water consumption statement

Process Water 4.0m3/day Utility Water 263m3/day



2.7.6 1,3- Butylene Glycol Process Description: 1,3 – Butylene Glycol is prepared by hydrogenation of Acetaldol with Hydrogen gas using Raney Nickel as catalyst. After hydrogenation catalyst is separated by filtration. The filtered mass is then feed to solvent recovery column to recover the Ethanol & Butanol solvent & crude 1, 3 – Butylene Glycol is purified by vacuum distillation. Material Balance and Mole Balance of 1,3- Butylene Glycol is given in Table 2.23 and 2.24

Table 2.23 Material Balance of 1,3- Butylene Glycol


Acetaldol 1900 Kg 1.3.Butylene Glycol 1000 Kg

Hydrogen 55 Kg Impure 1.3.BG 161 Kg

Water 3000 Kg Impure Ethanol send to Acetaldehyde Plant

155 Kg

RNC 1.5 Kg Butanol 170 Kg

Residue 83 Kg

Spent Catalyst 1.5 Kg

Loss to Dry vacuum pump 51 Kg

Water Send to ETP 3326 Kg

H2 loss 10.0 Kg


Table 2.24 Mole Balance of 1,3- Butylene Glycol


Acetaldol 1.00 88.00 1.3.BG 1.0 90

Hydrogen 1.00 2.00

Total

90 Total 90

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 12.0MT/Ton Steam required per day 80MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 3.3MT/Hr Power Consumption 1,500Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water Required 3000Kg Reaction Water Generation Nil RM water generated 338Kg Total Net Water Effluent generated 3326Kg Total Effluent Generated 22.2m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 580m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 132m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 17.6m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 149.9m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 149.9m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 8.0m3/day Actual water Required 158m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 20 m3/day



2.7.7 Acetic Acid Process Description: Acetic acid is manufactured by liquid phase oxidation of acetaldehyde with air in presence of catalyst. Material balance and Mole Balance of Acetic Acid is given in Table 2.25 and 2.26

Table 2.25 Material Balance of Acetic Acid


Acetaldehyde 835 Kg Acetic Acid 1000 Kg

Air 1429 Kg Dilute Acetic Acid 184 Kg

Catalyst (MnAc+Kmno4) 2 Kg Spent Catalyst 3 Kg

Water 46 Kg Air Vent 1125 Kg


Table 2.26 Mole Balance of Acetic Acid


Acetaldehyde 1 44 Acetic Acid 1 60

Oxygen 1 16

Total

60 Total 60

2.7.8

Utility Water 158m3/day

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 2.0MT/Ton Steam required per day 40MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 1.7MT/Hr Power Consumption 450Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water 1.50m3/day Reaction Water Generated Nil Total Net Water Effluent generated Nil Total Effluent Generated Nil Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 250m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 57m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 9.1m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 66m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 66m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 4.0m3/day Actual water Required 70m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 1.5m3/day Utility Water 70m3/day



2.7.8 Acetaldol Process Description: Acetaldol is prepared by aldol condensation of acetaldehyde. After reaction mass neutralized by Acetic Acid & feed to Aldehyde recovery section to recover unreacted acetaldehyde & Concentrated Acetaldol is withdraw as Final product. Material Balance and Mole Balance of Acetaldol is given in Table 2.27 and Table 2.28

Table 2.27 Material Balance of Acetaldol


Acetaldehyde 900 Kg Acetaldol 1000 Kg

Caustic Soda 1 Kg Loss 9 Kg

A/Acid 5 Kg Dilute Croto Purge & sale as crotonaldehyde

30 Kg

DM Water 149 Kg Residue 16 Kg


Table 2.28 Mole Balance of Acetaldol


Acetaldehyde 2 88 Acetaldol 1 88

Total

88 Total 88

2.7.9

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 2.5MT/Ton Steam required per day 35MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 1.5MT/Hr Power Consumption 200Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water 149Kg Reaction Water Generated 31Kg RM Water generated Nil Total Effluent Generated Nil Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 150m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 34m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 4.6m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 39m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 39m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 3.5m3/day Actual water Required 42m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 2.1m3/day Utility Water 42m3/day



2.7.9 Paraldehyde Process Description: Paraldehyde is manufactured by condensation of acetaldehyde in presence of acid catalyst. After completing the reaction Crude mass is purified by vacuum distillation. Material Balance and Mole Balance of Paraldehyde is given in Table 2.28 and Table 2.29.

Table 2.29 Material Balance of Paraldehyde


Acetaldehyde 1150 Kg Paraldehyde 1000 Kg

Residue 96 Kg

Loss 55 Kg


Table 2.30 Mole Balance of Paraldehyde


Acetaldehyde 3 132 Paraldehyde 1.00 132

Total

132 Total 132

2.7.10

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 6.0MT/Ton Steam required per day 12MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 0.5MT/Hr Power Consumption 900Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water Nil Reaction Water Generated Nil RM Water generated Nil Total Effluent Generated Nil Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 60m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 14m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 2.2m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 16m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 16m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 1.8m3/day Actual water Required 18m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0.0m3/day Utility Water 18m3/day



2.7.10 Crotonic Anhydride Process Description: Crotonic Anhydride is prepared by reaction of Acetic Anhydride & Crotonic Acid. After completing the reaction Crude Crotonic Anhydride is purified by vacuum distillation.

Table 2.31 Material Balance of Crotonic Anhydride


Crotonic Acid 1400 Kg Acetic Acid Send to Ethyl acetate Plant

1351 Kg

Acetic Anhydride 940 Kg Crotonic Anhydride 1000 Kg

Hydroquinone 12 Kg Residue 51 Kg


Table 2.32 Mole Balance of Crotonic Anhydride

Input No. of Moles

Mol. Wt. Output No. of Moles Mol. Wt.

Crotonic Acid 2 172 Crotonic Anhydride 1 154

Acetic Anhydride 1 102 Acetic Acid 2 120

Total

274 Total 274

2.7.11 Crotonitrile Crotonitrile is produced from Crotonaldehyde as basic raw material reaction with Hydroxyl amine sulphate (HAS), Sodium Bicarbonate.

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 15MT/Ton Steam required per day 5.0MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 0.2MT/Hr Power Consumption 900Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Process Water Nil Reaction Water Generated Nil RM Water generated Nil Total Effluent Generated Nil Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity :- 40m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 9m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 1.5m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 11m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 11m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 0.8m3/day Actual water Required 11m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0.0m3/day Utility Water 11m3/day



Table 2.33 Material Balance of Crotonitrile


Crotonaldehyde 2561 Kg Crotonitrile 1000 Kg

HAS 3585 Kg Solvent Loss 2500 Kg

Sodium bicarbonate 3687 Kg CO2 Vent 1931 Kg

Solvent 2500 Kg Salt 13228 Kg

Water 1495 Kg Water Send to ETP 3732 Kg

Thionyl Chloride 5121 Kg

NaOH 3442 Kg

Total 22,391 Kg Total 22,391 Kg

Table 2.34 Mole Balance of Crotonitrile

Input No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Output No. of Moles Mol. Wt.

Crotonaldehyde 1 70 Crotonitrile 1 67

HAS 0.5 82 CO2 Vent 1 44

socl2 1 119 Sodium Sulphate 0.5 71

Sodium Bicarbonate 1 84 Water 4 72

Caustic Lye 3 120 Sodium Sulphite 1 104

Sodium Chloride 2 117

Total

475 Total 475

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 60MT/Ton Steam required per day 20MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 0.8MT/Hr Power Consumption 3,000Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) R.M Water 0.57m3/day Reaction Water Generated 0.44m3/day RM Water generated Nil Total Effluent Generated 1.24m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 100m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 23m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 23.6m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 26m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 26m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 3.0m3/day Actual water Required 29m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0.0m3/day Utility Water 29m3/day



2.7.12 2-Ethyl, 1-3 Hexane Diol Process Description: 2-Ethyl 1-3Hexane-diol is produced from condensation of Butyraldehyde followed by hydrogenation reaction. The reaction mass mass is feed to solvent recovery column to recover the Methanol & Butanol then crude 2-Ethyl 1-3Hexane diol is purified by vacuum distillation.

Table 2.35 Material Balance of 2-ethyl, 1-3 Hexane Diol


Butyraldehyde 2300 Kg 2Ethyl 1-3 Hexane Diol 1000 Kg

Water 300 Kg Butanol 1256 Kg

Diethyl Amine 46 Kg H2 Vent 8 Kg

Hydrogen 40 Kg Water Send to ETP 303 Kg

Methanol 100 Kg Residue 100 Kg

Catalyst 4.5 Kg Solvent Loss 120 Kg

Spent Catalyst 2.5 Kg


Table 2.36 Mole Balance of 2-Ethyl,1-3 Hexane Diol

Input No. of Moles

Mol. Wt. Output No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Butyraldehyde 2.00 144.00 2 Ethyl 1-3 Hexane Diol 1.00 146

Hydrogen 1.00 2.00

Total

146 Total 146

2.7.13

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 20MT/Ton Steam required per day 22MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 0.9MT/Hr Power Consumption 1,500Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water required 300Kg R.M Water Nil Reaction Water Generated Nil RM Water generated Nil Total Net Water Effluent Generated 303Kg Total Effluent Generated 0.34m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 110m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 25m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 4.0m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 29.1m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 29.1m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 3.3m3/day Actual water Required 32m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0.333m3/day Utility Water 32.76m3/day



2.7.13 3-Methoxy Butanol Process Description: 3-Methoxy Butanol is manufactured by Methoxylation of Crotonaldehyde using Acetaldehyde as basic raw material followed by hydrogenation. The reaction mass is then feed to solvent recovery column to recover the solvent at atm pressure & then recovered the 3-Methoxy Butanol under high vacuum.

Table 2.37 Material Balance of 3-Methoxy Butanol


Acetaldehyde 1278 Kg 3-Methoxy Butanol 1000 Kg

Caustic Soda Sol.2.5% 1 Kg Impure 3-MB 108 Kg

Acetic Acid Sol.23% 8 Kg Butanol 136 Kg

D.M.Water 112 Kg Residue 207 Kg

Urea 36.9 Kg H2 Vent 10 Kg

H2So4 2.2 Kg Loss 43 Kg

Aq. Ammonia 11.9 Kg Spent catalyst 2 Kg

Hydrogen 45 Kg Recovered Water to ETP

407 Kg

Catalyst (RNC) 2 Kg

Methanol 376 Kg

Caustic Soda Sol.30% 40 Kg


Table 2.38 Mole Balance of 3-Methoxy Butanol

Input No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Output No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Acetaldehyde 2.0 88.0 Water 1.00 18

Methanol 1.0 32.00 3 Methoxy Butyraldehyde

1.00 102

3 Methoxy Butyraldehyde 1.0 102.00 3 Methoxy Butanol 1.00 104

Hydrogen 1.0 2.00

Total 224 Total 224

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 12 MT/Ton Steam required per day 110 MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 4.6 MT/Hr Power Consumption 1,700Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water required 112.05Kg Reaction Water Generated 261.41Kg R.M Water 34.46Kg Total Net Water Effluent Generated 407.41Kg Total Effluent Generated 3.73m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 730m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 116m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 22.2m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 188.6m3/day



2.7.14 Methoxy Butyl Acetate (3-MBA) The 3-methoxy butyl Acetate (3-MBA) is produced by the esterification reaction of 3-Methoxy butanol with acetic acid.

Table 2.39 Material Balance of 3Methoxy Butyl Acetate


3- Methoxy butanol 735 Kg 3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate 1000 Kg

Acetic Acid 419 Kg Water + Salt Send to ETP 125 Kg

Catalyst 1 Kg Loss 30 Kg


Table 2.40 Mole Balance of 3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate

Input No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Output No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

3- Methoxy butanol 1.00 104.00 3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate 1.00 146

Acetic Acid 1.00 60.00 Water 1.00 18

Total

164 Total 2.00 164

2.7.15

Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 188.6m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 11.0m3/day Actual water Required 199.6m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 1.03m3/day Utility Water 200m3/day

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 8.0MT/Ton Steam required per day 91MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 3.8MT/Hr Power Consumption 900Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water required Nil Reaction Water Generated 127Kg R.M Water Nil Total Net Water Effluent Generated 125Kg Total Effluent Generated 1.4m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 400m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 91m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 12.2m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 103m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 103m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 9.1m3/day Actual water Required 112m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0m3/day Utility Water 112m3/day



2.7.15 Methyl, 3-Pentene, 2-One (MPO) Process Description: 3-Methyl 3-Penten 2-One is produced by the condensation reaction of Acetaldehyde & Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK). The final product is purified under vacuum distillation. The Sodium sulphate salt generated during neutralization & this salt is recovered in evaporation section, the recovered water is being sent to ETP.

Table 2.41 Material Balance of 3-Methyl, 3-Pentene, 2-One


Methyl Ethyl Ketone 950 Kg 3-Methyl,3-Pentene,2-One

1000 Kg

Acetadehyde 620 Kg Sodium Sulphate 377 Kg

Sulphuric Acid 260 Kg Ketone Mixture 301 Kg

Na2Co3 (20% sol with Water)

500 Kg Water Send to ETP 930 Kg

NaOH (50%) 350 Kg Loss 30 Kg

Activated Carbon 4 Kg Co2 vent 42 Kg

Spent Carbon 5 Kg


Table 2.42 Mole Balance of 3-Methyl, 3-Pentene, 2-One


MEK 1.00 72.00 MPO 1.00 98

Acetaldehyde 1.00 44.00 Water 1.00 18

Total

116 Total 116

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 7.50MT/Ton Steam required per day 125MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 5.2MT/Hr Power Consumption 850Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Water Required for Process 400Kg Reaction Water Generated 349.61Kg R.M Water Generated 175Kg Total Net Water Effluent Generated 924.61Kg Total Effluent Generated 15.41m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 670m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 153m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 20.4m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 173m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 103m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 9.1m3/day Actual water Required 112m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0m3/day Utility Water 112m3/day



2.7.16 Absolute Alcohol Process Description: Absolute alcohol is recovered from the rectified spirit by using series of distillation column of molecular sieves to remove the water.

Table 2.43 Material Balance of Absolute Alcohol


Rectified Spirit 1081 Kg Absolute Alcohol 1000 Kg

Water 78 Kg

Loss 3 Kg


2.7.17 Acetaldehyde Oxime Acetaldehyde Oxime is prepared by Oximation reaction of Acetaldehyde, Hydroxyl Amine Sulphate (HAS) & Aqueous Ammonia. The Ammonium sulphate salt generated during neutralization & this salt will be recovered in evaporation section, the recovered water will be recycle to process for blending & excess water will be send to ETP.

Table 2.44 Material Balance of Acetaldehyde Oxime


Hydroxyl Amine Sulphate 950 Kg Acetaldehyde Oxime sol. 1000 Kg

Lq. Ammonia 834 Kg Ammonium Sulphate 765 Kg

Acetaldehyde 500 Kg Water Send to ETP 500 Kg

Amine Loss 19 Kg


Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 0.75MT/Ton Steam required per day 45MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 1.9MT/Hr Power Consumption 75Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Water Required for Process Nil Total Effluent Generated 4.67m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 280m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 64m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 8.5m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 72m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 72.4m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 4.5m3/day Actual water Required 77m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0m3/day Utility Water 77m3/day



Table 2.45 Mole Balance of Acetaldehyde Oxime

Input No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Output No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Hydroxyl Amine Sulphate 1 164 Acetaldehyde Oxime 2 118

Ammonia 2 34 Ammonium Sulphate 1 132

Acetaldehyde 2 88 Water 2 36

Total

286 Total 286

2.7.18 Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal Diethyl acetal is prepared by acetylation reaction of acetaldehyde with Ethanol. Product Acetaldehyde Diethyl acetal & ethanol purified under vacuum.

Table 2.46 Material Balance of Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal


Acetaldehyde 500 Kg Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal 1000 Kg

Fresh Cumene 100 Kg Residue 192 Kg

Ethanol 1050 Kg Mixed spent solvent 100 Kg

Catalyst 6 Kg Water to ETP 1133 Kg

Soda Ash 3 Kg Loss 40 Kg

Process Water 917 Kg Spent Catalyst 6 Kg

Forerun Cut (Recycle to Reaction)

104 Kg


Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 3.50MT/Ton Steam required per day 20MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 0.9MT/Hr Power Consumption 600Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water required Nil Reaction Water Generated 204.55Kg RM Water Generated 637.14Kg Total Net Water Effluent Generated 500Kg Total Effluent Generated 2.92m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 80m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 18m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 2.4m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 20.7m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 20.7m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 3.1m3/day Actual water Required 23.73m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0m3/day Utility Water 23.73m3/day



Table 2.47 Mole balance of Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal


Acetaldehyde 1 44.00 DEA 1 118

Cumene 2 92.00 Water 1 18

Total

136 Total 136

2.7.19 Ethyl Vinyl Ether Process Description:- Ethyl vinyl ether is produced using Acetaldehyde diethyl Acetal as basic raw material. The unreacted/recovered Diethyl Acetal will recycle to reaction & final product purified by distillation. The recovered ethanol will send to Diethyl Acetal plant as a raw material.

Table 2.48 Material Balance of Ethyl Vinyl Ether


Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal

2019 Kg Ethyl Vinyl Ether 1000 Kg

Acetaldehyde send to Diethyl Acetal plant

88 Kg

Ethanol send to Diethyl Acetal plant

766 Kg

Residue 121 Kg

Loss 44 Kg


Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 8.50MT/Ton Steam required per day 71MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 3.0MT/Hr Power Consumption 800Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water required 917Kg Reaction Water Generated 195Kg RM Water Generated Nil Total Net Water Effluent Generated 1133Kg Total Effluent Generated 9m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 450m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 103m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 13.7m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 116.3m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 116.3m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 7.1m3/day Actual water Required 123.4m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 8m3/day Utility Water 123m3/day



Table 2.49 Mole Balance of Ethyl Vinyl Ether


DEA 1.0 118.00 EVE 1 72

Ethyl Alcohol 1 46

Total

118 Total 118

2.7.20 Acetonitrile Process Description:- Acetonitrile is produced from two basic raw materials i.e. Acetic acid & Ammonia as per following reaction.

Table 2.50 Material Balance of Acetonitrile


Acetic Acid 1550 Kg Acetonitrile 1000 Kg

Ammonia 485 Kg Water Send To ETP 1286 Kg

Process Water 310 Kg Loss 19 Kg

Catalyst 3 Kg Spent Catalyst 3 Kg

Mix Solvent 40 Kg


Table 2.51 Mole Balance of Acetonitrile


Acetic Acid 1.0 60.00 Acetonitrile 1 41

Ammonia 1 17.00 Water 2 36

Total

77 Total 77

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 8.50MT/Ton Steam required per day 28MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 1.2MT/Hr Power Consumption 900Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water required Nil Reaction Water Generated Nil RM Water Generated Nil Totl Net Water Effluent Generated Nil Total Effluent Generated Nil Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 250m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 57m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 9.1m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 66.1m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 66.1m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 2.8m3/day Actual water Required 69m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 0m3/day Utility Water 69m3/day



2.7.21 Diethyl Oxalate Process Description: Diethyl Oxalate is prepared by esterification reaction of Oxalic acid & Ethyl alcohol.

Table 2.52 Material Balance of Diethyl Oxalate


Oxalic Acid 900.00 Kg Diethyl Oxalate 1000 Kg

Ethyl Alcohol 730.09 Kg Water Send to ETP 523 Kg

Sulfuric Acid 48.00 Kg Residue 53 Kg

Sodium Carbonate 51.92 Kg Loss 15 Kg

CO2 gas Vent 22 Kg

Sodium Sulphate 70 Kg

Mix. Solvent 48 Kg


Table 2.53 Mole Balance of Diethyl Oxalate


Oxalic Acid 1 126.00 DEO 1 146

Ethanol 2 92.00 Water 4 72

Total

218 Total 218

Steam Balance Steam Consumption 7.50 MT/Ton of Product

Steam Balance: Steam Consumption 4.00MT/Ton Steam required per day 57MT/Day Steam Required Per hour 2.4MT/Hr Power Consumption 800Kw/Ton Water Balance (consumption and generation breakup) Misc. Process Water required 240Kg Reaction Water Generated 960.1Kg RM Water Generated Nil Total Net Water Effluent Generated 1346.1Kg Total Effluent Generated 19.1m3/day Cooling Water Requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 390m3/Hr Cooling Water drift loss 89m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 11.9m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 100.8m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water 100.8m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler 5.7m3/day Actual water Required 106.4m3/day Water consumption statement Process Water 3.40m3/day Utility Water 106m3/day



Steam required per day 44 MT/day

Steam Required Per hour 1.8 MT/Hr

Power Consumption 600 Kwh/Ton of Product

Water Balance (Consumption & generation break-up) :-

Misc. Process Water required 0 Kg

Reaction water generated 523 Kg

RM Water generated 0 Kg

Total net water effluent generated 523 Kg

Total Effluent Generated 3.05 m3/day Cooling Water requirement

Cooling Tower Capacity 280 m3/hr.

Cooling water drift loss 64 m3/day

Cooling Tower Blow Down water 10.2 m3/day

Required Cooling Tower make-up 74.05 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 74.1 m3/day

Required make-up water for Boiler 6.6 m3/day

Actual water Required 80.6 m3/day

Water Consumption Statement

Process water 0 m3/day

Utility water 81 m3/day 2.7.22 GB Amber Process Description It is Deals-Alder reaction of Myrecene with 3-Methyl-3-Pentene-2-One (MPO). After reaction aqueous mass send to evaporation section to recover salt & recovered water send to ETP. The organic layer fractionate in distillation section to recover pure GB Amber.

Table 2.54 Material Balance of Gb Amber


Myrcene 845 Kg GB Amber 1000 Kg

3-Methyl-3-Pentene-2-One

560 Kg Mix. Solvent 31 Kg

Boron Tri Fluoride Etherate

48 Kg Residue 387 Kg

Antioxidant (BHT) 3 Kg Loss 14 Kg

O-phosphoric Acid (H3PO4 (85%)

285 Kg Recovered Water sent to ETP

182 Kg

Toluene 28 Kg Evaporation Salt to TSDF

475 Kg

Caustic Soda 321 Kg


Table 2.55 Mole Balance of Gb Amber


Myrcene 1.000 136.00 GB Amber 1.000 234



MPO 1.000 98.00

Total

234 Total 234

Steam Balance :- Steam Consumption :- 15.00 MT/Ton of Product

Steam required per day:- 50 MT/day

Steam Required Per hour :- 2.1 MT/Hr

Power Consumption:- 1,000 Kwh/Ton of Product

Water Balance

Misc. Process Water required :- 0 Kg

Reaction Water generated:- 139 Kg

RM water generated :- 43 Kg

Total net water effluent generated :- 182 Kg

Total Effluent Generated :- 0.61 m3/day

Cooling Water requirement :- Cooling Tower Capacity :- 200 m3/hr.

Cooling water drift loss :- 46 m3/day

Cooling Tower Blow Down water :- 7.3 m3/day

Required Cooling Tower make-up 52.9 m3/day

Recycle Water From ETP :- 0.0 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required:- 52.9 m3/day

Required make-up water for Boiler:- 5.0 m3/day

Actual water Required:- 57.9 m3/day

Water Consumption Statement Process water 0.00 m3/day

Utility water 57.90 m3/day 2.7.23 Sorbic Acid Sorbic Acid is produced from condensation reaction of crotonaldehyde and ketene. Ketene used in this reaction is produced from cracking of glacial acetic acid. Potassium Sorbate is produced from reaction of Sorbic acid and Potassium Hydroxide & product will recover by Evaporation & drying process.

Table 2.56 Material Balance of Sorbic Acid


Acetic Acid 1089 Kg Sorbic Acid 1000 Kg

Catalyst (TEP) 2 Kg Acetic Acid Used as Raw material for Esters production

419 Kg

Ammonia Gas 7 Kg Salt (NaCL) 240 Kg

HCL-30% 500 Kg Residue 235 Kg

Crotonaldehyde 769 Kg Water Send To ETP 591 Kg

Tolune 23 Kg Co2 Gas Vent 90 Kg

Na2CO3 218 Kg Loss 32 Kg




Table 2.57 Mole Balance of Sorbic Acid


Acetic Acid 1.000 60.00 Ketene 1.0 42

Crotonaldehyde 1.000 70.00 Water 1.0 18

Ketene 1.0 42.00 Sorbic Acid 1.0 112

Total

172 Total 172

Table 2.58 Material Balance for Potassium Sorbate


Sorbic Acid 760 Kg Potassium Sorbate 1000 Kg

Potassium Hydroxide

385 Kg Water Send To ETP 145 Kg


Table 2.59 Mole Balance for Potassium Sorbate


Sorbic Acid 1.00 112 Potassium Sorbate 1.00 150

Potassium Hydroxide

1.00 56 Water 1.00 18

Total 168 Total 168

Steam Balance :- Steam Consumption 4.00 MT/Ton of Product


Steam Required Per hour 2.1 MT/Hr.

Power Consumption 600 Kwh/Ton of Product

Water Balance :-



RM water generated 350 Kg


Total Effluent Generated 9.85 m3/day 2.7.24

Cooling Water requirement : Cooling Tower Capacity 450 m3/hr.


Cooling Tower Blow Down water 14 m3/day

Required Cooling Tower make-up 116 m3/day

Recycle Water From ETP 0 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 116 m3/day

Required make-up water for Boiler 5 m3/day

Actual water Required 121 m3/day Water Consumption Statement:-


Utility water 121 m3/day



2.7.24 Acetal Process Description: TEB is manufactured by the Esterification of crotonaldehyde with ethanol. Product is purified by distillation process. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.60

Table 2.60 Material Balance of Acetals


Crotonaldehyde 470 Kg Tri Ethoxy Butane 1000 Kg

Ethanol 870 Kg Mix Solvent 113 Kg

Catalyst (PTSA) 50 Kg Loss 99 Kg

Na2Co3 50 Kg Rec. water send to ETP 116 Kg

Co2 Gas Vent 21 Kg

Salt 91 Kg


Table 2.61 Mole Balance of Acetals

Input No. of Moles Mol. Wt. Output No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Crotonaldehyde 1.000 70.00 Tri ethoxy Butane 1.000 190

Ethanol 3.000 138.00 Water 1.000 18

Total 208 Total 208

Steam Balance : Steam Consumption 15.00 MT/Ton



Power Requirement 600 Kwh/Ton

Water Balance (Consumption & generation break-up) :

Misc. Process Water required 0.00 Kg

Reaction water generated 116.1 Kg

Total net water effluent generated 116.1 Kg

Total Effluent Generated 0.06 m3/day

Cooling Tower Capacity



Required Cooling Tower make-up water 3.5 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 21.2 m3/day





Utility water 22.3 m3/day

Total Water 10.3 m3/day



2.7.25 Esters Process Description: Ethyl Beta Amino Crotonate is prepared by reaction of Ethyl Aceto Acetate & Ammonia. After reaction, the reaction mass send to distillation section to recover the product. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.61

Table 2.61 Material Balance of Esters

INPUT Quantity Unit OUTPUT Quantity Unit

Ethyl Aceto Acetate 1200 Kg Ethyl beta amino crotonate 1000 Kg

Ammonia 157 Kg Residue 167 Kg

Rec. Water send to ETP 166 Kg

Loss 24 Kg


Table 2.62 Mole Balance of Esters

INPUT No. of Moles Mol. Wt. OUTPUT No. of Moles Mol. Wt.

Ethyl Aceto Acetate

1 130.00 Ethyl beta amino crotonate

1.00 129

Ammonia 1 17.00 Water 1.00 18

Total 147 Total 147

Steam Balance Steam Consumption 15.00 MT/Ton



Power Requirement 1000 Units/Ton

Water Balance (Consumption & generation break-up)






Cooling Water requirement :- Cooling Tower Capacity 60 m3/hr.



Required Cooling Tower make-up water 18 m3/day

Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 18 m3/day


Actual water Required 20 m3/day


Process water 0.00 m3/day


Total Water 20 m3/day



2.7.26 Oximes Process Description: Butyraldehyde oxime is prepared by oximation of Butyraldehyde using Hydroxyl Amine Sulphate (HAS) & Aqueous Ammonia. The Ammonium sulphate salt generated during neutralization & this salt will be recovered in evaporation section, the recovered water will be send to ETP. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.63

Table 2.63 Material Balance of Oxime


Butyraldehyde 930 Kg Butyraldehyde oxime

1000 Kg

Hydroxyl Amine sulphate

1123 Kg Ammonium sulphate

904 Kg

Aq. Ammonia 931 Kg Water 2433 Kg

Water 1488 Kg Residue 116 Kg

Loss 20 Kg


Table 2.64 Mole Balance of Oxime


Butyraldehyde 2 144.00 Butyraldehyde oxime

2 174

Hydroxyl Amine sulphate

1 164.00 Ammonium sulphate

1 132

Ammonia 2 34.00 Water 2 36

Total 5.00 342 Total 5.00 342

Steam Balance

Steam Consumption 10.00 MT/Ton

Steam required per day 5.0 MT/day









Cooling Water requirement




Required Cooling Tower make-up 12 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 12 m3/day







Utility water 13.0 m3/day 2.7.27 Other Aldehyde Process Description:- Cinnamaldehyde produced by reaction of Benzaldehyde & acetaldehyde. After completion of reaction the organic layer send to distillation unit to recovered the unreacted benzaldehyde which will recycle for reaction section & from purification column recovers the pure Cinnamaldehyde & High boils as residue. The aqueous layer will send to ETP. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.65

Table 2.65 Material Balance of Other Aldehyde


Benzaldehyde 964 Kg Cinnamaldehyde 1000 Kg

Acetaldehyde 400 Kg Residue 144 Kg

Sodium Hydroxide 42 Kg Aqueous Layer Send ETP 3110 Kg

Water 2852 Kg Loss 56 Kg

Sulphuric Acid 52 Kg Total 4310 Kg Total 4310 Kg

Table 2.66 Mole Balance of Other Aldehyde


Benzaldehyde 1.00 106 Cinnamaldehyde 1.00 132

Acetaldehyde 1.00 44 Water 1 18

Total 150 Total 150

Steam Balance Steam Consumption 11.00 MT/Ton










Cooling Water requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 300 m3/hr.











Utility water

101 m3/day 2.7.28 Other Acid Process Description: Crotonic acid is manufactured by liquid phase oxidation of Crotonaldehyde with air. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.67

Table 2.67 Material Balance of Other Acid


Crotonaldehyde 957 Kg Crotonic Acid 1000 Kg

Air 1042 Kg Loss 100 Kg

Ethyl Acetate 50 Kg Air Vent 823 Kg

Catalyst (Cobalt/MnAcetate) 10 Kg Residue 126 Kg

Spent Catalyst 10 Kg


Table 2.68 Mole Balance of Other Acid


Crotonaldehyde 1 70.00 Crotonic Acid 1.00 86

Oxygen 1 16.00

Total 2.00 86 Total 1.00 86

Steam Balance

Steam Consumption 20.00 MT/Ton Steam required per day 10 MT/day Steam Required Per hour 0.42 MT/Hr Power Requirement 1000 Units/Ton Water Balance (Consumption & generation break-up) Misc. Process Water required 0 Kg Reaction water generated 0 Kg RM water generated 0 Kg Total net water effluent generated 0 Kg Total Effluent Generated 0.00 m3/day Cooling Water requirement Cooling Tower Capacity 60 m3/hr. Cooling water drift loss 15 m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water 3 m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water 18 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required

18 m3/day

Required make-up water for Boiler 2 m3/day Actual water Required 20 m3/day Water Consumption Statement Process water 0.00 m3/day Utility water 20 m3/day



2.7.29 Other Alcohol Process Description: Crotyl alcohol is prepared by MPV reduction of Crotonaldehyde with Isopropyl alcohol. The pure Crotyl alcohol is recovered by fractionation distillation under high vacuum. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.69

Table 2.69 Material Balance of Other Alcohol


Crotonaldehyde 2000 Kg Crotyl Alcohol 1000 Kg

Isopropyl Alcohol

1029 Kg Impure Crotyl Alcohol 123 Kg

Catalyst 200 Kg Residue 1141 Kg

Loss 20 Kg

Acetone 945 Kg


Table 2.70 Mole Balance of Other Alcohol


Crotonaldehyde 1 70 Crotyl alcohol 1 72

Isopropyl Alcohol 1 60 Acetone 1 58

Total 130 Total 130













Cooling water drift loss 13.7 m3/day

Cooling Tower Blow Down water 2.74 m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up wate

16.4 m3/day

Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 16.4 m3/day





Utility water 16.5 m3/day



2.7.30 Ketone Process Description: Acetophenone is prepared by oxidation of Ethyl Benzene. After reaction unreacted ethyl benzene & pure product is recovered by fractional distillation. Recovered ethyl benzene is recycle to reaction. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.71

Table 2.71 Material Balance of Ketones


Ethyl Benzene 1527 Kg Acetophenone 1000 Kg

Air 2821 Kg Phenyl Methyl Carbinol 256 Kg

Catalyst 36 Kg Sodium Benzoate 211 Kg

Caustic Soda 72 Kg Residue 264 Kg

Water 721 Kg Loss 83 Kg

Activated Carbon 2.77 Kg Excess Air Vent 2360 Kg

Water Send to ETP 1003 Kg

Spent Carbon 3 Kg


Table 2.72 Mole Balance of Ketones


Ethyl Benzene 1 106.00 Aceotophenone 1 120

Oxygen 1 32.00 Water 1 18

Total 138 Total 138




Power Consumption 1,800 Kwh/Ton of Product

Water Balance (Consumption & generation break-up) Misc. Process Water required 721 Kg


RM Water generated 0 Kg








Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required 15.5 m3/day






Total Water 18.4 m3/day



2.7.31 Waxes Process Description: Naturowax powder is produced from the sugarcane press mud using ethanol & hexane as solvent to separate resin. This Crude powder wax is further treated/bleached with 50% Hydrogen peroxide solution. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.73

Table 2.73 Material Balance of Waxes


Press mud 30525 Kg Naturowax 1000 Kg

Hexane 30525 Kg Resin 429 Kg

H2O2 300 Kg Hexane recycle 30021 Kg

Ethanol 3000 Kg Ethanol to recycle 2799 Kg

Press Mud to Recycler 29096 Kg

Effluent 300 Kg

Loss 705 Kg






















Total Water 12 m3/day 2.7.32 Nitriles Process Description:- Propionitrile is prepared from Propionic acid & Ammonia. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.74

Table 2.74 Material Balance of Nitriles




Propionic Acid 1463 Kg Propionitrile 1000 Kg

Ammonia 571 Kg

Aq. Ammonia send to Oxime plant

941 Kg

Water 928 Kg Residue 42 Kg

Water send to ETP 934 Kg

Loss 45 Kg


Table 2.75 Mole Balance of Nitriles


Propionic Acid 1 74 Propionitrile 1 55

NH3 1 17 Water 2 36

Total 91 Total 91

Steam Balance : Steam Consumption 15.0 MT/Ton of Product




Water Balance (Consumption & generation break-up) :-






Cooling Water requirement :-











Total Water 17 m3/day 2.7.33 Ethers Process Description:- Diethyl ether is prepared by dehydration of ethyl alcohol. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.76



Table 2.76 Material Balance of Ethers


Rectified Spirit

1420 Kg

Diethyl Ether 1000 Kg

Water ( Send to ETP) 363 Kg

Residue 26 Kg

Loss 30 Kg


Table 2.77 Mole Balance of Ethers

INPUT No. of Moles Mol. Wt. OUTPUT No. of Moles

Mol. Wt.

Ethyl Alcohol 2 92.00 Diethyl Ether 1 74

Water 1 18

Total 92 Total 92

Steam Balance :-

Steam Consumption :-

20.0 MT/Ton of Product

Steam required per day:- 10.0 MT/day Steam Required Per hour :- 0.42 MT/Hr Power Requirement:- 1000 Units/Ton Water Balance (Consumption & generation break-up) :- Misc. Process Water required :- 0 Kg Reaction water generated :- 257 Kg RM water generated :- 106 Kg Total net water effluent generated :- 363 Kg Total Effluent Generated :- 0.18 m3/day Cooling Water requirement :- Cooling Tower Capacity :- 60 m3/hr. Cooling water drift loss :- 14 m3/day Cooling Tower Blow Down water :- 2.7 m3/day Required Cooling Tower make-up water:- 16 m3/day Actual Cooling Tower make-up water Required:- 16 m3/day Required make-up water for Boiler:- 1 m3/day Actual water Required:- 17 m3/day Water Consumption Statement Process water 0.00 m3/day Utility water 17 m3/day Total Water 17 m3/day



2.7.34 Ketene The ketene gas is produced from cracking of acetic acid. Representative Material Balance is presented in Table 2.78

Table 2.78 Material Balance of Ketene


Acetic Acid 1904.8 Kg Ketene 1000.0 Kg

Catalyst 2.4 Kg Water Send to ETP 605.4 Kg

Water 34.01 Kg Residue 336 Kg


Table 2.79 Mole Balance of Ketene


Acetic Acid 1 60.00 Ketene 1 42

Water 1 18

Total 60 Total 60






















Total Water 12 m3/day



2.7.3.1 Hydrogen Generation Plant Process Description: Hydrogen is produced by the Methanol Cracking or by water Electrolysis. Hydrogen & off gases are cooled by cooler & feed to Hydrogen Purification section PSA system (Pressure Swing Adsorption), Pure Hydrogen separated out will be send to cylinder bank & off gases will be vent out through scrubber. Material Balance of Hydrogen is given in Table 2.78 and Table 2.79

Table 2.80 Material Balance of Hydrogen


Methanol 7056 Kg Hydrogen Gas 1000 Kg

Water 4032 Kg Off Gases 10025 Kg

Water 63 Kg


Table 2.81 Mole Balance of Hydrogen


Methanol 1 32 Hydrogen 3 6

Water 1 18 Carbon Dioxide 1 44

Total

50 Total 50

2.8 Compliances Industry has obtained ‘No Objection Certificate’ from MoEF&CC dated 25.01.1993.Till date industry has complied all the statutory compliances and assures that production activity will be commenced after obtaining Environmental Clearance from MoEF&CC and Consent to Establish and Operate from MPCB. Consent details are as described below in Table 2.82

Table 2.82 Consent Details

Sr. No.

Consent Number Issue Date

1 Consent To Operate - Goda/21/R/B-2281 10.04.1985

2 Consent To Operate - BOU/Goda/21/R/C-2777 07.05.1990

3 Consent To Operate - BO/U.Goda/21/R/C-3723 10.10.1990

4 Consent To Operate - BO/U-Goda/21/R/C-1473 30.11.1991




8 Consent to Operate - BO/A/W/RON/U-Goda/WC-171 04.03.1997

9 C to E[Expansion] - BO/Ahmednagar/E/01/99 22.10.1999

10 Consent to Operate - BO/Ahmednagar/R/S-2/99 22.10.1999

11 Consent to Operate - BO/RCN/ANagar/CC-117 16.03.2002

12 Consent to Establish - BO/RON/A’Nagar/CC-118 16.03.2002






13 Consent to Operate - BO/RON/Ahmednagar-4/132-03/O/CC-13 13.01.2004

14 Consent to Establish - BO/RON/Ahmednagar-6/323-03/E/CC-21 14.01.2004

15 Consent to Operate - BO/WPAE/EIC NO NK0642-06/R/CCHWA-472 16.06.2006

16 Consent to Operate - MPCB/WPAE/Amendment/A’Nagar/CC-5/2 07.07.2006

17 Consent to Establish - BO/RONASHIK/PCI-I/EIC-NK-1307-08/E/CC-188 15.10.2008

18 Consent to Operate - BO/RONASHIK/PCI-I/EIC-NK-2745-09/O/CC-147 21.07.2009

19 Consent to Operate - BO/JD(WDC)EIC No. NK-9843-11/CAC-6168 26.07.2013

20 Consent to Operate - BO/JD(WPC)/EIC No.-9843-11/CAC-6268 26.07.2013

21 Consent to Establish (Product Mix) - BO/CAC-Cell/EIC No.:-NK-15531-13/20thCAC/CC/CAC-1351

11.02.2014

22 Consent to Operate - BO/CAC-CELL/EIC No. NK-17108-14/R/CAC-7498 02.06.2016

23 Consent to Operate - BO/CAC-Cell/UAN No:-0000028056 & 0000017570-17/CAC/1808000081

02.08.2018

24 Consent to Operate – CAC/Cell/UAN No.0000078500/AR/CAC-1910000780

16.10.2019

25 Consent to Operate – CAC/UAN No.0000093199/CO-2006001085 24.06.2020

2.9 Pollution Sources, Impact and Management Being an existing industry M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. is already generating some pollutant and in proposed expansion few sources shall be added. Various sources of pollutant will be generated from different source. The brief about the major pollution aspects, their sources and their management are described below in Table 2.83

Table 2.83 Major Pollution Aspects With Their Sources And Management Plan

Pollution Aspect

Sources and Management

Wastewater Generation

The major source of industrial wastewater generation will be from process, utility and domestic activities.

1,082CMD effluent shall be generated from industrial activities after proposed expansion which shall be treated in ETP of 1,250CMD (existing 600CMD and proposed 650CMD) followed by RO (Existing 600CMD and Proposed (650CMD) and MEE (Existing 60CMD and Proposed 100CMD). Industry shall achieve Zero Liquid Discharge [ZLD]

The domestic sewage generation will be to the tune of 223.0CMD which will be treated in Sewage Treatment Plant of 250CMD (Existing 200CMD and proposed 50CMD).

Air Emissions

The major sources of air emissions will be from process and utility.

Process emissions in form of CO2, H2 and Solvent loss will generate from various chemical reactions during the process. Industry has installed chilling condensers & various scrubbers for Aldehyde plant and Acetic acid plant. Adequate stack height is provided for stack.

The various sources of utility emissions are from Boilers, Thermic Fluid Heater and D.G. Sets. In the existing unit the industry has three Boilers and two DG sets. Coal and HSD is used as a fuel.

ESP is provided for Boilers of 18TPH x 2 Nos. and Bag Filter are provided for Boiler of12TPH. The proposed stacks of 24TPH x 2 and 45TPH will be provided with ESP. D. G. Set will be provided with adequate stack height, port and ladder

For the expansion project, the industry has proposed three Boilers, 3



D.G Sets and two Thermic Fluid Heaters. Adequate stack height and Pollution Control Equipment’s [ESP] will be provided for stacks.

Noise Generation

The major sources of noise generation will be from process, D.G’s, Boiler’s, pumps, machineries, loading and unloading of materials etc.

Another source will be movement of vehicles and honking inside the project site and while transportation of material in the surrounding environment.

As the management step, DG sets shall be acoustically enclosed. All rotating equipment's/ machineries shall be regularly lubricated and maintained. Unwanted use of horns shall be restricted through signs on pathway. Tree plantation shall be done so as to act as noise pollution barrier.

Hazardous and solid waste generation

The hazardous waste generated in existing unit is in the form of ETP, Used Oil, Spent Catalyst, Salt Solution, Bio Medical Waste, Discarded PPE’s, etc.

Proper designated area is given for storage of the hazardous waste.

The generated hazardous waste is sent to CHWTSDF / MPCB approved re-processors and the same shall be followed after proposed expansion. Due care shall be taken while transportation of this hazardous waste.

The solid wastes generated will be Boiler ash, Bio-degradable waste and non-bio-degradable waste, HDPE containers, discarded RO membranes, etc.

Biodegradable Waste and STP sludge will be treated and used as manure

2.10 Proposed Schedule for Approval and Implementation A good planning, scheduling and monitoring program are imperative to complete the project on time and without cost overruns. To complete the project within stipulated time frame following NOC is required from regulatory authorities.



2.10.1 Proposed Schedule for Approval Being an industrial unit there are various approval and NOCs are required for establishment and operation. List of required approval and its status is mentioned in Table 2.84

Table 2.84 Required NOC

Sr. No.

Required Approval Regulatory Authority

Current Status

1. Electricity Supply Permission MSEDCL 02.05.2002

2. Water Supply Permission Irrigation Department 30.09.2016

3. Environmental Clearance (NOC) MoEF&CC 25.01.1993

4. Incorporation Certificate Govt. of Maharashtra 10.11.2006

5. Factory License Factory Inspector - Ahmednagar

24.10.2018

6. Consent to Operate MPCB 24.06.2020

7. Hazardous Waste Disposal CHWTSDF 29.05.2017 to 28.05.2022

2.11 NGT Order dated 19.05.2015 As per Hon’ble NGT, Western Zone, Pune, Judgment and Order dated 19.05.2015 it is found that the Ground water of the nearby vicinity of the industry is polluted due to Distillery operation. Major points of NGT order is as below;

1. CPCB to execute Bio- remediation plan of soil & water [Ground & Surface] contaminated by the earlier Distillery Unit,

2. Under the Guidance of Professor C.R. Babu, appointed by CPCB to remediate the area and Prepare Ground Water Remediation Action Plan

Industry has been carrying out Bioremediation Activity since 2017and major Achievements over Bioremediation Till Date are mentioned below:

Contaminated water in the aquifer at 32’ is decontaminated by flushing out of contaminated water through continuous extraction and recharging and recharging through water reservoirs and trenches using flood water of Godavari River.

Contaminated soils, surface waters and sub-soil waters were successfully bio remediated by vegetating the contaminated area with herbaceous weedy species, grasses and deep rooted tree species. Photographs are presented in Figure 2.7 & 2.8



F

Figure 2.7 Luxuriant vegetation developed on highly contaminated soil



Figure 2.8 Thick carpet of weeds and grasses grown on the contaminated site for Bioremediation



2.12 Conclusion Chapter 2, describes the size, magnitude and other basic requirements of the project. Product [Quantity and UoM] along with Raw Material required, manufacturing process along with Mole balance, steam, water balance, water requirement of each process as depicted above. It can be observed that the major impacts are likely to occur are from Wastewater disposal and Air Emissions aspects for which the industry has provided adequate measures in existing activity and has proposed adequate measure for proposed expansion also which are given as below;

The effluent generated shall be treated in ETP followed by RO and MEE. The treated effluent shall be utilized in Cooling Tower. The sewage generated shall be treated in STP and the same shall be disposed ‘On Land for Gardening’. The treated Wastewater is not discharged outside industrial premises thus making the unit a Zero Liquid Discharge Unit

Industry will be utilizing Coal and Diesel as fuels for D. G. Set, Boiler and Thermic Fluid heaters. To avoid the pollution likely to occur by utilizing Coal and Diesel; industry shall be providing proper Air pollution Control Equipment’s like D. G. Set is provided with Adequate Stack Height, Boilers are provided with ESP and hydrogen and Nitrogen Generator are provided with Scrubber/PSA

Industry is complying with all the regulatory norms. Till date industry is having Consents for carrying out all the industrial activities and has also obtained NoC from various Regulatory Authorities.

CHAPTER 3

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

INDEX

3.1 Prelude ............................................................................................................................ 74 3.2 Approach and Methodology of Baseline Study ............................................................... 74 3.3 Study Area ...................................................................................................................... 75 3.4 Study Period .................................................................................................................... 75 3.5 Frequency of primary data collection .............................................................................. 75 3.6 Project Location shown on Map ...................................................................................... 76 3.7 Environmental Settings within the Study Area ................................................................ 80 3.8 Physiography .................................................................................................................. 80 3.9 Topography ..................................................................................................................... 81 3.10 Geology ........................................................................................................................... 84 3.11 Hydrogeology .................................................................................................................. 84

Deccan Trap Basalt ............................................................................................................. 84 3.12 Drainage .......................................................................................................................... 87 3.13 Land use pattern ............................................................................................................. 90

3.13.1 Methodology .......................................................................................................... 90 3.13.2 Inference ............................................................................................................... 92

3.14 Seismology ...................................................................................................................... 92 3.15 Meteorology .................................................................................................................... 93

3.15.1 Climatic Condition ................................................................................................. 93 3.15.2 Methodology .......................................................................................................... 93 3.15.3 Average Meteorological Condition (Source: IMD) ................................................ 93

3.15.4.1 Rainfall ........................................................................................................... 94 3.15.4.2 Temperature ................................................................................................... 94 3.15.4.3 Relative Humidity ........................................................................................... 94 3.15.4.4 Wind Direction & Wind Speed ........................................................................ 95

3.16 Traffic Study .................................................................................................................... 96 3.16.1 Objective ............................................................................................................... 97 3.16.2 Methodology .......................................................................................................... 97 3.16.3 Data Collection ...................................................................................................... 97 3.16.5 Results ................................................................................................................ 102

3.17 Ambient Air Environment ........................................................................................ 102 3.17.1 Designing of Ambient Air Quality Modeling Network ........................................... 103 3.17.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling .................................................................. 103 3.17.3 Sampling locations .............................................................................................. 103 3.17.4 Results ................................................................................................................ 105 3.17.5 Interpretation of the Ambient Air Monitoring Results ........................................... 105

3.18 Ambient Noise Environment .......................................................................................... 107 3.18.1 Designing of Ambient Noise Quality Modeling Network ...................................... 108 3.18.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling .................................................................. 108 3.18.3 Results ................................................................................................................ 110 3.18.4 Interpretation of the Ambient Noise Monitoring Results ...................................... 110

3.19 Water Environment ....................................................................................................... 111 3.19.1 Designing of Water Quality Modeling Network .................................................... 111 3.19.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling .................................................................. 112 3.19.3 Sampling locations .............................................................................................. 112 3.19.4 Results ................................................................................................................ 114 3.19.5 Interpretation of the Surface Water Results ........................................................ 116 3.19.6 Sampling locations .............................................................................................. 116 3.19.7 Results ................................................................................................................ 119

3.19.8 Interpretation of the Ground Water Results ......................................................... 120 3.20 Soil Environment ........................................................................................................... 120

3.20.1 Designing of Soil Quality Modeling Network ....................................................... 121 3.20.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling .................................................................. 121 3.20.3 Sampling locations .............................................................................................. 121 3.20.4 Results ................................................................................................................ 124 3.20.5 Interpretation of the Soil Sampling Results ......................................................... 126

3.21 Biological Environment .................................................................................................. 128 3.21.1 Frequency and Duration of Sampling .................................................................. 128 3.21.2 Reconnaissance Survey ...................................................................................... 128 3.21.3 Methodology ........................................................................................................ 128 3.21.4 Flora of the study area ........................................................................................ 129 3.21.5 Fauna of the study area ...................................................................................... 131 3.21.6 Observations ....................................................................................................... 133

3.22 Socio-Economic Environment ....................................................................................... 133 3.22.1 Socio-Economic Survey ...................................................................................... 133 3.22.2 Overview ............................................................................................................. 134 3.22.3 Demography ........................................................................................................ 134 3.22.4 Observations: ...................................................................................................... 136 3.22.5 Literacy ................................................................................................................ 137 3.22.6 Observations: ...................................................................................................... 138 3.22.7 Workers Categorization ....................................................................................... 138 3.22.8 Observations: ...................................................................................................... 140 3.22.9 Infrastructure ....................................................................................................... 142 3.22.10 Salient Observation of the Survey/ Study Area ............................................... 142

3.23 Existing Industries in the Study Area ............................................................................ 143 3.24 Conclusion .................................................................................................................... 144

Table

Table 3.1 Frequency of Primary Data Collection ................................................................... 75 Table 3.2 Environmental Settings ......................................................................................... 80 Table 3.3 Land Use/ Land cover Statistics ............................................................................ 90 Table 3.4 Average of meteorological data ............................................................................. 93 Table 3.5 Summary of Temperature ..................................................................................... 94 Table 3.6 Summary of Relative Humidity .............................................................................. 95 Table 3.7 Traffic study observation locations ....................................................................... 99 Table 3.8 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on rural roads ............. 99 Table 3.9 Traffic Scenario- Existing of TS1 ........................................................................ 100 Table 3.10 Traffic Scenario- Proposed of TS1 ...................................................................... 100 Table 3.11 Traffic Scenario- Existing of TS2 ......................................................................... 101 Table 3.12 Traffic Scenario- Proposed of TS1 ...................................................................... 101 Table 3.13 Traffic Survey Comparison for TS1 .................................................................... 102 Table 3.14 Traffic Survey Comparison for TS2 .................................................................... 102 Table 3.15 Details of Ambient Air Monitoring Station ............................................................ 103 Table 3.16 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results .............................................................. 105 Table 3.18 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Results ......................................................... 110 Table 3.19 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations ..................................................... 112 Table 3.20 Surface Water Quality Results ........................................................................... 114 Table 3.21 Classification of Inland Surface Water ............................................................... 116

Table 3.22 Details of Ground Water Sampling Locations ..................................................... 117 Table 3.23 Ground Water Quality Results ............................................................................ 119 Table 3.24 Details of Soil Sampling Station .......................................................................... 121 Table 3.25 Soil Sampling Results ........................................................................................ 124 Table 3.26 Standard Soil Classification ................................................................................. 127 Table 3.27 Standard Soil Classification ................................................................................. 127 Table 3.28 List of Flora of Study Area ................................................................................... 129 Table 3.29 List of Fauna of Study Area ................................................................................. 131 Table 3.30 Block wise Population in the Project Study Area (as per census 2011) .............. 135 Table 3.31 Summary of Demographic Structure in Study Area ............................................ 135 Table 3.32 Literacy rate in the Project Study Area ................................................................ 137 Table 3.33 Workers Categorization Details within Study Area .............................................. 138 Table 3.34 Village wise Details of Employment Pattern ....................................................... 139 Table 3.35 Infrastructure Resources ..................................................................................... 142 Table 3.36 List of Existing Industries ..................................................................................... 143

Figures

Figure 3.1 Google Image Showing 10 Km Study Area .......................................................... 77 Figure 3.2 Toposheet of the Study Area ................................................................................ 78 Figure 3.3 Satellite Image of the Study Area ......................................................................... 79 Figure 3.4 Topography Map of the District ............................................................................ 82 Figure 3.5 DEM Map of the Study Area ................................................................................. 83 Figure 3.6 Hydrogeology of the District ................................................................................. 86 Figure 3.7 Drainage Map of the District ................................................................................. 88 Figure 3.8 Drainage Map of the Study Area .......................................................................... 89 Figure 3.9 Land use Map of the Study Area .......................................................................... 91 Figure 3.10 Seismic Zone Map ............................................................................................ 92 Figure 3.11 Wind Rose Diagram for 2018 ........................................................................... 96 Figure 3.12 Road Map of the Study Area ............................................................................ 98 Figure 3.13 Traffic Observation Locations ............................................................................ 99 Figure 3.14 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations ........................................................ 104 Figure 3.15 Results of PM10 µg/m3 .................................................................................. 106 Figure 3.16 Results of PM2.5 µg/m3 ..................................................................................... 106 Figure 3.17 Results of NO2 µg/m3 ...................................................................................... 106 Figure 3.18 Result of SO2 µg/m3 ....................................................................................... 107 Figure 3.19 Result of CO mg/m3 ........................................................................................ 107 Figure 3.20 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ................................................... 109 Figure 3.21 Result of Noise Monitoring .............................................................................. 111 Figure 3.22 Surface Water Sampling Locations ................................................................. 113 Figure 3.23 Ground Water Sampling Locations .................................................................. 118 Figure 3.24 Soil Quality Sampling Locations ...................................................................... 123 Figure 3.25 Soil Texture Classifications .............................................................................. 126 Figure 3.26 Demographic Structure .................................................................................... 136 Figure 3.27 Literacy Rate and Sex Ratio of the Villages within Study Area........................ 138 Figure 3.29 Baseline Monitoring Photographs .................................................................... 141

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 3

Description of Environment


CHAPTER 3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 Prelude To assess environmental impacts likely to take place due to proposed expansion, it is essential

to monitor the environment quality prevailing in the surrounding areas prior to its

implementation. In order to avail Environmental Clearance, a methodology for Environmental

Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Clearance is necessary to be followed.

The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study provides an evaluation of likely

environmental quality with the current industrial activity. Baseline data of environment plays a

vital role in understanding region’s physicochemical, biological, cultural & social environmental

characteristics. Information and data presented in this section is based on primary surveys

conducted for environmental quality in and around industrial unit as depicted in the project

description. Secondary data have been collected from various departments and from other

studies available on the project. The information on the baseline environmental conditions forms

the basis to analyze the probable impacts of proposed activities.

This chapter presents the existing baseline environmental status of the study area, which is

within 10km radius from the center of the project site. The database for all environmental

components is collected from primary site investigations as well as secondary database.

Furthermore the primary data have been obtained from Environmental Monitoring surveys viz.

air, water, noise, soil & meteorology using standard published / reference protocols.

3.2 Approach and Methodology of Baseline Study The guiding factors for the present baseline study are as per the requirements prescribed by the

guidelines given in the EIA Manual of the MoEF&CC and ToR approved by Expert Appraisal

Committee [EAC].

Field monitoring was done for primary data collection of various environment components such

as air quality, water quality, soil quality, noise, micrometeorology, traffic study etc. Also,

secondary data from authenticated sources was used as a guideline and reference material.

The entire data has been collected through actual physical surveys and observations, literature

surveys, government agencies and departments. Ideally, the primary data has to be considered

along with the secondary data for complete understanding of the existing environmental status

of the area.

The baseline study begins with site visits and reconnaissance survey in the study area. The

details of the study area, study period, frequency of sampling & method of environmental

sampling & analysis are shown below in succeeding chapter under respective titles.




3.3 Study Area Industry is located at Gut No 159-165,180/1,180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1,187/2, 188, 189, 199,

158, 167-178,511,139/2, PO – Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar -

413708, Maharashtra. The geographical coordinates of the site are 19°49'22.75"N and

74°34'8.91"E at an elevation of 504 m above the mean sea level. For conducting Environmental

Impact Assessment, 10km radial distance from project site has been selected for preparing the

site map, infrastructure setup and administrative map, land use/land cover map and socio

economic study whereas the area falling within 10km was considered to monitor the baseline

environmental quality.

3.4 Study Period The baseline study was carried out from 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018 within 10km radius,

considering the center of the project activity. Baseline study and all analytical work is carried out

from a recognized lab, viz Excellent Enviro Laboratory & Research Centre, which is a NABL &

MoEF&CC recognized laboratory under the EP Act -1986.

3.5 Frequency of primary data collection Details of frequency of primary data collection considered for the study are shown in Table 3.1

Table 3.1 Frequency of Primary Data Collection

Attribute Parameters Frequency of Monitoring

Ambient Air Quality

SO2, NO2, PM10, PM2.5, CO and HC 8 Locations – Nearby villages 24 hourly samples Twice a week for 3 months

Meteorology Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Temperature, Relative Humidity and Rainfall

Microprocessor based Weather Monitoring Station – For Study Period Continuous hourly recording

Noise Level Noise Level in dB(A) 7 Locations – Nearby villages 6 locations – Within industry

Water Quality Physical, Chemical, Elemental and Microbial Parameters

8 Locations – Ground Water 3 Locations – Surface Water

Soil As per BIS standards 8 Locations – Nearby villages Once during study period

Land use pattern Based on data published in Primary Census Abstract and satellite imagery LISS –III

Once in a study period Secondary Data

Ecology Existing terrestrial and aquatic flora and fauna

Once in a study period General in 10 km radial study area and data collected around




the project site through field visits

Socio –economic aspects

Population, sex ratio, income, education, living facilities, amenities etc.


Geology Data collected from secondary sources


Vehicular Traffic No. of vehicles PCU Count & Dispersion Modelling

Once in a study period

3.6 Project Location shown on Map Industry is located at Gut No: 158-165, 167, 168, 180/1, 180/2, 181/1,181/2, 187/1, 187/2, 188,

189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2, PO – Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District –

Ahmednagar – 413708, Maharashtra and expansion activity shall be carried out within same

premises. Google image showing project location with various geographical features within

10km radius of the project site, Toposheet of project site and Satellite image are presented in

Figure 3.1, 3.2 & 3.3 respectively.




Figure 3.1 Google Image Showing 10 Km Study Area




Figure 3.2 Toposheet of the Study Area




Figure 3.3 Satellite Image of the Study Area




3.7 Environmental Settings within the Study Area Important locations with respect to transportation, emergency and environmental sensitivity of

the site are presented in Table 3.2.

Table 3.2 Environmental Settings

Amenities Name Directions Aerial distance from

Project site (km)

Connectivity







Emergency




Nearest Religious / Historical Place

Prasadalya Shirdi Sai Baba Mandir

SW 11.88

Nearest Water Body / Canal / Dam

Godavari River W 1.0


None within 10km radius study area


There is a small forest area on Gut No. 125 and 126

Inter-state boundaries None within 10km radius study area


3.8 Physiography Ahmednagar is the largest district of Maharashtra State in respect of area. It is situated in the

central part of the State and lies between North latitudes 18°19’ and 19°59’ and East longitudes

73°37’ and 75°32’ and falls under the Survey of India degree sheets 47 E, 47 I, 47 M, 47 J and

47 N. It is bounded by Nashik district in the North, Aurangabad and Beed districts to the East,

Osmanabad and Solapur districts to the South and Pune and Thane districts to the West. The

district has a geographical area of 17114 sq. km., which is 5.54% of the total State area. It is

divided in to 14 talukas namely Ahmednagar, Rahuri, Shrirampur, Nevasa, Shevgaon, Pathardi,

Jamkhed, Karjat, Srigonda, Parner, Akole, Sangamner, Kopargaon and Rahata. The population

of the district is 4,543,159 as per 2011 census with density of 265 persons per sq. km. There

are 18 towns and 1581villages in the district, out of which 2 villages are not habited. The district

has 14 Panchayat Samitis, 8 Nagar Parishads, 1 Municipal Corporation and 1310 Gram




Panchayats. As per the land use details (2011), the district has an area of 134 sq. km. occupied

by forest. The gross cultivable area of district is 15097sq.km and net area sown is 11463sq.km.

(Source: http://cgwb.gov.in)

3.9 Topography The entire Ahmednagar district stands on the gorgeous tableland of the Deccan, which has a

general slope from West to East. There are various land forms founds in Ahmednagar district.

These various types of relief feature in the region create its physical setup. The topographically

Ahmednagar district has following divisions.

Western Hilly Region: The Sahyadri range touches Akole talukas in the western side. The

Sahyadri forms three main ranges such as Kalsubai-Adula range in the North, the Baleshwar

range in the middle and the Harishchandragad in the south. Kalsubai is the highest peak of the

Sahyadri range (1646 mtr.).

Central Plateau Region: Parner, Ahmednagar taluka and parts of Sangamner, Shrigonda and

Karjat talukas are included in this region.

Northern and Southern plain region: It includes northern part of Ahmednagar district;

Kopargaon, Rahata, Shrirampur, Rahuri, Newasa, Shevgaon and Pathardi tehsil. There are two

main basins the Bhima basin in the south and the Godavari basin in the north, which contains

the Pravara-Mula basin. The southern part includes tehsils of Shrigonda, Karjat, and Jamkhed

etc. This region covers the basin of the Ghod, Bhima and the Sina rivers.

(Source: http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in)

The Topographic Map of the District is given below in Figure 3.4 and the DEM Map of the study

area is provided in Figure 3.5.

From the topographic map given below in Figure 3.4 of Ahmednagar district, it can be noticed

that the district is having a general slope from West to East. It can also be seen that Kopargaon

is having elevation less than 500m and the same can be seen for project site in DEM map

below. The elevation is lower near the project site due to the presence of Godavari River on the

western side of the project whereas northern region of the project site is at higher elevation as

compared to project site.

http://cgwb.gov.in/

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/




Figure 3.4 Topography Map of the District




Figure 3.5 DEM Map of the Study Area




3.10 Geology The whole district forms part of the great trap region of the Deccan and the trap rock is distinctly

stratified. Throughout Ahmednagar the trap rock is distinctly stratified and, as in the rest of the

Deccan, the alternative belts of basalt and amygdaloids preserve a striking parallelism to each

other. The basaltic rock formation is intruded by dykes. The lava-flows are almost horizontal in

disposition but local gentle tilting, undulations and minor flexures are rarely seen. Compound

lava (Pahoehoe flows are seen in the northern part of the district and in the southern part it is

simple (aa - lava type) in nature. Pahoehoe Lava -- Surfaces are smooth, billowy, or ropy.

aa lava. Surfaces are fragmented, rough, and spiny, with a "cindery" appearance.

(Source: https://gsda.maharashtra.gov.in)

3.11 Hydrogeology The major part of the district is underlain by the basaltic lava flows, which were formed by the

intermittent fissure type eruptions during upper Cretaceous to lower Eocene age. The Deccan

Trap has succession of 19 major flows in the elevation range of 420 to 730 m above mean sea

level (AMSL). These flows are characterized by the prominent units of vesicular and massive

Basalt. The Alluvium of Recent age also occurs as narrow stretch along the course of major

rivers deposited over the Traps. A map depicting the hydrogeological features of the district is

shown in Figure 3.6.

Deccan Trap Basalt Deccan Traps occupy about 95% area of the district and it occurs as basaltic lava flows which

are normally horizontally disposed over a wide stretch and give rise to table-land type of

topography also known as plateau. These flows occur in layered sequence ranging in thickness

from 15 to 50m. Flows are represented by massive portion at bottom and vesicular portion at

top and are separated from each other by marker bed known as bole bed. The thickness of

weathering varies widely in the district from 5 to 25m below ground level. The weathered and

fractured trap occurring in topographic lows form the main aquifer in the district. The ground

water occurs under phreatic, semi-confined and confined conditions. Generally the shallower

zones down to the depth of 20m below ground level form phreatic aquifer. The water bearing

zones occurring between the depths of 20 and 40m are weathered interflow or shear zones and

yield water under semi-confined conditions. Deeper semi-confined to confined aquifers occur

below the depth of 40m as the bore wells drilled have shown presence of fractured zones at

deeper depths at places. The vesicular portion of different lava flows varies in thickness from 8




to 10m and forms the potential aquifer zones. However the nature and density of vesicles, their

distribution, inter-connection, depth of weathering and topography of the area are the decisive

factors for occurrence and movement of ground water in vesicular units. The massive portion of

basaltic flows are devoid of water, but when it is weathered, fractured, jointed or contain weaker

zones ground water occurs in it. The yield of the dug wells ranges from 2 to 3655 LPM, whereas

that of bore wells ranges from 500 LPH to about 20000 LPH when favorably located.

Alluvium Alluvium occurs in small areas along banks and flood plains of major rivers like Godavari,

Pravara, Mula rivers and their tributaries. In the Alluvium the coarse grained detrital material like

sand and gravel usually occurring as lenses forms good aquifer. The ground water occurs in

phreatic aquifer under water table conditions in flood plain Alluvium deposits near the river

banks. Confined conditions are also found wherever the thick clay deposits confine the ground

water below it. From CGWB exploration in Godavari - Pravara Alluvium it is observed that the

thickness of Alluvium is less than 30m and the aquifer thickness is limited up to 3m. The yield of

the dug wells ranges from about 1 to 53 LPS, whereas in shallow tube wells ranges from 0.08 to

7.14LPS.

(Source: http://cgwb.gov.in )




Figure 3.6 Hydrogeology of the District




3.12 Drainage Ahmednagar district blessed with hundreds of large and small rivers which drain the length and

breadth of the Ahmednagar district. River constitutes the most useful natural resource. They

have attracted the attention of planners, economists, geographers, geologists, hydrologists and

a host of the other specialists from different fields. They are the great source of water irrigation,

industries and domestic purpose and offer innumerable sites for producing hydroelectricity.

There are the two major rivers in the district the Godavari in the north and the Bhima in the

south. The Pravara River is the tributary of Godavari. The Mula, Adhala and Mhalungi are the

important tributary to the Pravara. The southern part of the Ahmednagar district consisting of

Parner, Ahmednagar, Pathardi, Shrigonda and Karjat talukas consisting the Bhima basin with

the tributaries of Kukadi and Ghod. Among the rivers the Godavari, Pravara, Mula is the boon to

this district. The drainage map of the district and the study area are given below in Figure 3.7

and Figure 3.8 respectively.

Godavari River Godavari is the largest peninsular River also known as “Dakshin Ganga‟. Godavari originates at

“Trimbakeshwar‟ of Sahyadri hills fall under the district Nashik. After passing through the Nashik

city, it enters in the Kopargaon taluka of the district. It flows southeast covering many villages to

right bank forming a continuous boundary between Aurangabad and Ahmednagar districts. The

Wadgaon is the village in Kopargaon where Godavari enters the district and Mungi is the village

in Shevgaon taluka, where river left the district and enters in the Marathwada region. Pravara,

Adula, Mahalungi, Dhora are the main tributaries of Godavari within the district boundary.


Figure 3.7 shows the district drainage map of Ahmednagar, which shows five Rivers flowing

through the District. The Rivers are Godavari, Mula, Pravara, Bhima and Sina of which Godavari

River passes through Kopargaon. Figure 3.8 shows the 10km radius study zone in which

Godavari River is seen showing dendritic pattern passing from the study area and further

distributed in three-four Nalas like Kath Nala, Korde Nala, Narangi Nala etc. in the study area.




Figure 3.7 Drainage Map of the District




Figure 3.8 Drainage Map of the Study Area




3.13 Land use pattern Land use, land cover is a fundamental parameter describing the Earth’s surface. This parameter

is a considerable variable that impacts on and links many parts of the human and physical

environments.

The project area was placed, based on coordinates taken on the site, on satellite imagery and

determined the study area for the proposed project. The resulting satellite data of study area

was interpreted through onscreen visual interpretation using basic elements of interpretation

resulting in the combined land use/cover map for the proposed project. Detailed ground truth

verification was carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. It comprises of data

collection of ground features along with the respective geographical position in terms of latitudes

and longitudes. The aim of ground truth studies is to confirm whether the interpreted land use/

cover are correct thus, improving the quality of the output.

3.13.1 Methodology

Acquisition of satellite data

Preparation of base map from Survey of India Toposheet

Interpretation of satellite data

Ground truth study/ Field survey

Area calculation for statics generation

Land use pattern of 10km study area is depicted in Figure 3.9 and summary of land use is

presented in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 Land Use/ Land cover Statistics

Sr. No. Type Color Code bifurcation Area in Sq. km. Area in %

1. Agricultural Land 18.8 6.0

2. Built up Land 20.4 6.5

3. Fallow Land 88.3 28.1

4. Harvested Agriculture 29.5 9.4

5. Open Land 56.3 17.9

6. Vegetation 88.4 28.1

7. Water body 12.5 4.0

Total Area 314.20 100.0




Figure 3.9 Land use Map of the Study Area




3.13.2 Inference A map depicting major land use/ land cover classes under inhabitations is given in Figure 3.9.

The details of land use/ land cover statistics of 10km radius periphery from project site boundary

are tabulated in Table 3.3. It can be observed that the maximum percentage of land is under

“Vegetation and Fallow Land” followed by “Open Land”.

3.14 Seismology Approx. 59 % of the land area of India is liable to seismic hazard damage. In India, seismic

zones are divided into four zones i.e. V, IV, III and II.

Zone – V: Very High Risk Zone

Zone – IV: High Risk Zone

Zone – III: Moderate Risk Zone

Zone – II: Low Risk Zone

From Seismic Zone map, it appears that, the plant site as well as study area lies in Zone-III

(Moderate Risk Zone) of Seismic Zoning Map as per national standards. In this zone, the

probable earthquake intensity of 5-6 Richter scale could be observed. Seismic Zoning Map of

India showing the plant location is given in Figure 3.10.

Figure 3.10 Seismic Zone Map




3.15 Meteorology Assessment of micro and macro meteorology is an important from the standpoint of

understanding the nature and extent of air pollution in the study area. Climate has an important

role in the build-up of pollution levels. Meteorological characteristics of an area will help in

evaluating possible environmental impacts and in preparing environmental management plan.

3.15.1 Climatic Condition Ahmednagar district mainly experiences a tropical climate. The weather in the summer season

is hot and humid while the winter season is pleasant. The climate is characterized by a warm

summer and universal aridness throughout chief element of the year except for the period of the

South-west downpour period. The cold season persists for three months from December to

February. Generally from March to the first week of June there is the hot season. It is followed

by the South-West monsoon period, which lasts till the September every year.


3.15.2 Methodology Secondary data from already published literature of Indian Meteorological Department, Ozar

have been utilized to establish the general meteorological pattern. Site-specific meteorological

data i.e. temperature, relative humidity, rainfall, wind speed and wind direction for the project

site have been generated by installing weather station at project site during the period of March

2018 to May 2018.

3.15.3 Average Meteorological Condition (Source: IMD) The IMD observatory is installed at the Ozar Airfield, Nashik at an approx. aerial distance of

75km towards the NW direction from the project site. The height of installation is 608m above

MSL. The average of meteorological data of IMD observatory is presented in Table 3.4 and the

average of the site-specific meteorological data generated during the study period is presented

in Table 3.5. The wind rose diagram of the study period is given as Figure 3.11.

Table 3.4 Average of meteorological data

Month

Temperature (°C)


Mean Wind Speed

(K.m.p.h.)

Pre-dominant

Wind Direction

Precipitation (mm)

Max. Min. Mor. Eve.

http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/




January 29.3 10.4 69 30 4.9 NW 2.4

February 31.5 12 56 23 6.3 W 0.1

March 35.2 15.8 43 17 7.6 NW 0.3

April 37.6 19.3 43 19 9.6 NW 6.2

May 37.6 21.9 57 30 12.9 W 24.5

June 33.1 22.7 75 58 14.3 W 135.9

July 28.8 22 85 76 14 W 156.1

August 27.7 21.2 87 80 12.7 W 137.0

September 29.6 20.4 86 73 8.4 W 131.5

October 31.9 17.7 73 49 5.1 NW 63.3

November 30.7 13.7 65 39 4.3 E 17.9

December 29.1 10.7 69 35 4.3 E 3.3

Annual Total or Mean

31.8 17.3 67 44 8.7 W 678.4

Source: IMD Location: At the Ozar Airfield, Nasik; (Lat: N 20° 08', Long: E 73° 55') (Station Code: 42920) Aerial Dist from Project Site: Approx. 75km NW Height of installation: 608 m above MSL 3.15.4.1 Rainfall The annual rainfall is received during the southwest monsoon season i.e. from June to

September, with July being the month with highest rainfall. The total annual rainfall observed

from the IMD data is 678.4mm. There was no rain during the study period as the monitoring has

been conducted in winter season.

3.15.4.2 Temperature The summer season from March to June is one with continuous increase in Temperatures

which decreases during monsoon, increases slightly during the post monsoon season and again

decreases during the winter. During the study period, the daily Maximum Temperature was

recorded at 41.10°C in the month of May and daily Minimum Temperature was recorded at 24°C

in the month of March. The average Temperature of the study period has been recorded at

31.14°C

Table 3.5 Summary of Temperature

Month & Year Temperature (°C)

Minimum Maximum Average

March 2018 24.00 34.20 28.62

April 2018 25.00 40.10 30.33

May 2018 30.80 41.10 34.46

March – May 2018 26.60 38.47 31.14

3.15.4.3 Relative Humidity




The climate of the region is characterized by dry summer. Humidity is usually high during the

monsoon months, with average relative humidity generally exceeding 67%. Humidity decreases

gradually during the post monsoon months and for rest of the year, the average relative

humidity ranges around 40-60%. The values of maximum & minimum relative humidity observed

during the study period are 70% & 42.33% respectively with average humidity level of 58.65%.

Summary of Relative Humidity is given in Table 3.6.

Table 3.6 Summary of Relative Humidity

Month & Year Relative Humidity (%)

Min Max Average

March 2018 42.00 70.00 57.04

April 2018 45.00 71.00 62.56

May 2018 40.00 69.00 56.34

March – May 2018 42.33 70.00 58.65

3.15.4.4 Wind Direction & Wind Speed Site specific meteorological data was analyzed for the study period from March 2018 to May

2018 and is represented in wind rose diagram which shows that predominant wind direction

during baseline monitoring period was North-West followed by West. The average wind speed

during this period was found to be 1.66 m/s which is represented in Figure 3.11.




Figure 3.11 Wind Rose Diagram for 2018 3.16 Traffic Study The existing project site is located outside industrial area. The traffic survey was conducted on

the approach Vari village road at two locations adjacent to the railway line. The major traffic on

this road is truck, public vehicles such as taxis, auto rickshaws and private vehicles such as two

wheelers and four wheelers. The present section discusses the results of assessment of the

present scenario of local transportation and connectivity to the project site. The study attempts

to achieve this by analyzing the adequacy of the existing infrastructure related to vehicular


WIND ROSE PLOT:




MODELER:


PROJECT NO.:

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

3.6%

7.2%

10.8%

14.4%

18%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 11.10

8.80 - 11.10

5.70 - 8.80

3.60 - 5.70

2.10 - 3.60

0.50 - 2.10

Calms: 17.66%

TOTAL COUNT:

2204 hrs.

CALM WINDS:

17.66%

DATA PERIOD:


AVG. WIND SPEED:

1.66 m/s

DISPLAY:





movement and based on this the impacts of increased load of transportation related facilities will

be proposed. Appropriate mitigation measures are suggested at the end of the section in order

to eliminate or minimize the impacts related to vehicular congestion around the proposed project

site.

3.16.1 Objective The objective of the study is to assess & evaluate the present traffic pattern from the main

approach roads to the project site in order to estimate the traffic flow pattern on completion of

the proposed project.

3.16.2 Methodology Generally traffic surveillance study involves one or other survey techniques either by manual

observation or automatic method by using instruments. The traffic survey methodology adopted

for current study is manual observation. The survey by this method mainly involves visual

counts by the survey team. The road map is shown in Figure 3.12. The sampling locations for

the study are depicted in Figure 3.13 and provided in Table 3.7.

Equipment’s utilized

1) Garmin GPS - was used to locate the pre decided observation points.

2) Measuring Tape - A measuring tape was used to measure the road breadth.

3.16.3 Data Collection The transport roads for the proposed project have been identified; transportation of material

carrying vehicles will mainly take place through Vari village road. Further access up to project

site is achieved by internal connecting Highway.




Figure 3.12 Road Map of the Study Area




Figure 3.13 Traffic Observation Locations

Table 3.7 Traffic study observation locations

Sr. No. Observation Point Code Observation Point Details Aerial Distance from project site

(km)

1. TS1 Vari- Puntamba Road Adjacent to project site

2. TS2 Vari Village Road Adjacent to project site

3.16.4 Categorization of Traffic To establish effective vehicle count during the survey the traffic was categorized into Truck,

Tempo, Bus, Car, Auto (Three Wheelers), Motorcycle (Bike) & Cycle. The results of vehicle

count are converted into Passenger Car Units (PCU’s) as per the equivalent PCUs prescribed

by Indian Road Congress (IRC) guidelines, as given in following Table 3.8, Table 3.9, Table

3.10, Table 3.11, Table 3.12, Table 3.13 and Table 3.14.

Table 3.8 Recommended PCU factors for various types of vehicles on rural roads

Types of Vehicles Equivalent PCU’s

Two Wheelers, Motor Cycle or Scooter etc. 0.5

Passenger Car, Pick – up Van, Auto rickshaw 1.0

Light Commercial Vehicle 1.5

Truck or Bus 3.0

Agricultural Tractor Trailer 4.5

Cycle 0.5

Cycle Rickshaw 2.0

Bullock cart 8.0

Hand Cart 3.0

Source IRC: 64-1990




Table 3.9 Traffic Scenario- Existing of TS1

Time

Type of Vehicle

Total Vehicle

Total PCU/

hr

Tractor &

Tempo

@ 1.5 PCU

Truck

@ 3

PCU

Bullock cart

@ 8

PCU

Bus

@ 3

PCU

Auto

@ 1

PCU

Car

@ 1

PCU

Motor-cycle

@ 0.5

PCU Cycle

@ 0.5

PCU

Peak Hours

8.00 -9.00 am

23 35 16 48 3 24 10 30 24 24 28 28 100 50 40 20 244 259

9.00 – 10.00 am

29 44 7 21 5 40 8 24 27 27 20 20 80 40 65 33 241 248

4.00 -5.00 pm

19 29 14 42 2 16 12 36 20 20 12 12 60 30 45 23 184 207

5.00 - 6.00 pm

21 32 11 33 6 48 7 21 21 21 17 17 110 55 70 35 263 262

Table 3.10 Traffic Scenario- Proposed of TS1

Time

Type of Vehicle

Total Vehicle

Total PCU/ hr.

Tractor & Tempo

@ 1.5 PCU

Truck

@ 3

PCU

Bullock cart

@ 8

PCU

Bus

@ 3

PCU

Auto

@ 1

PCU

Car

@ 1

PCU

Motor-cycle

@ 0.5

PCU Cycle

@ 0.5

PCU

Peak Hours

8.00 -9.00 am

10 30 6 18 0 0 0 0 8 8 11 11 70 35 17 9 122 111

9.00 – 10.00 am

25 75 8 24 0 0 0 0 6 6 15 15 32 16 12 6 98 142

4.00 -5.00 pm

30 90 6 18 0 0 0 0 5 5 5 5 20 10 15 8 81 136

5.00 - 6.00 pm

21 63 11 33 0 0 0 0 14 14 11 11 35 18 20 10 112 149




Table 3.11 Traffic Scenario- Existing of TS2

Time

Type of Vehicle

Total Vehicle

Total PCU/ hr

Tractor & Tempo

@ 1.5 PCU

Truck

@ 3

PCU

Bullock cart

@ 8

PCU

Bus

@ 3

PCU

Auto

@ 1

PCU

Car

@ 1

PCU

Motor-cycle

@ 0.5

PCU Cycle

@ 0.5

PCU

Peak Hours

8.00 -9.00 am

19 29 5 15 4 32 4 12 22 22 16 16 112 56 46 23 228 205

9.00 – 10.00 am

15 23 12 36 3 24 3 9 31 31 12 12 84 42 60 30 220 207

4.00 -5.00 pm

11 17 10 30 5 40 2 6 40 40 18 18 63 32 49 25 198 207

5.00 - 6.00 pm

14 21 7 21 2 16 4 12 61 61 15 15 128 64 65 33 296 243

Table 3.12 Traffic Scenario- Proposed of TS1

Time

Type of Vehicle

Total Vehicle

Total PCU/ hr

Tractor & Tempo

@ 1.5 PCU

Truck

@ 3

PCU

Bullock cart

@ 8

PCU

Bus

@ 3

PCU

Auto

@ 1

PCU

Car

@ 1

PCU

Motor-cycle

@ 0.5

PCU Cycle

@ 0.5

PCU

Peak Hours

8.00 -9.00 am

2 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 8 2 2 20 10 13 5 45 31

9.00 – 10.00 am

2 6 3 9 0 0 0 0 9 9 5 5 13 7 12 5 44 40

4.00 -5.00 pm

1 3 2 6 0 0 0 0 4 4 4 4 27 14 9 4 47 34

5.00 - 6.00 pm

1 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 6 5 5 25 13 14 6 51 32




Table 3.13 Traffic Survey Comparison for TS1

Name of Road Recommended PCU/Hr. as per IRC 64-1990 guidelines

for capacity of Roads in Rural

Areas (for Single lane Roads)

Maximum PCU/hr.

Observed during peak hour

Expected from proposed

Project PCU/ hr.

Future after proposed

project

Vari- Puntamba

Road 2000 PCU/Hr. 262 149

411 which is less than standards

Table 3.14 Traffic Survey Comparison for TS2

Name of Road Recommended PCU/Hr. as per IRC 64-1990 guidelines

for capacity of Roads in Rural Areas (for Single lane Roads)

Maximum PCU/hr Observed during

peak hour

Expected from proposed project

PCU/ hr.

Future after proposed

project

Vari Village Road

2000 PCU/Hr. 243 40 283 which is less than standards

3.16.5 Results Peak hours for both the locations TS1 and TS2 are considered from 8:00 am – 10:00 am and

4:00 pm – 6:00 pm. Highest peak hourly traffic on this route after proposed project is expected

to be approximately 411 and 283 PCU/hr. for TS1 and TS2 respectively. As per the above data,

the additional load on the carrying capacity of the concern roads is not likely to have any

significant adverse effect.

The observations and line source dispersion modelling of the traffic is discussed in Chapter 4

(i.e. Impact Assessment and its Mitigation Measures) of this EIA/ EMP Report.

3.17 Ambient Air Environment Ambient air quality monitoring is done to determine the general background concentration

levels. The ambient air quality was studied for the study period of March 2018 to May 2018 in

the 10km radius of the study area. The impact of these emissions is reflected in the results of

ambient air quality. The major air pollutants released into atmosphere from different sources are

Sulphur Dioxide, Nitrogen Dioxide, PM10, PM2.5, Carbon Monoxide and Hydrocarbons. The

various sources of air pollution in the present area are agricultural land and existing industrial

activity.




3.17.1 Designing of Ambient Air Quality Modeling Network The following criteria were taken into account while designing the ambient air quality-monitoring

network:

Pre-dominant wind direction from IMD for the study area

Two locations in the upwind direction

Two locations in the downwind direction

Two location in the core

Population zone and sensitive receptors

Prediction of maximum concentrations and distances of their likely occurrence under

prevailing meteorological conditions

3.17.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out for 24hrs for SO2, NOx, PM10, PM2.5, CO and

HC twice a week for a period of three month at eight locations from March 2018 to May 2018.

3.17.3 Sampling locations Based on the established selection criteria, eight locations of ambient air quality monitoring

(AAQM) stations have been identified. Details of air quality locations with global coordinates,

distance from project site and wind direction are presented in Table 3.13 and locations are

depicted in Figure 3.15. The samples were collected as per the CPCB norms. Baseline

Monitoring Photographs of are shown in Figure 3.29

Table 3.15 Details of Ambient Air Monitoring Station

Sample Code

Sample Location

Co-ordinates Justifica

tion

Distance from Project

Site (Km)

Direction w.r.t. Project

Site Latitude Longitude

AA1 Project Site 19°49'21.94"N 74°34'13.74"E Core - -

AA2 Mukind Vasti 19°48'51.18"N 74°36'28.46"E DW 4.18 E

AA3 Sade 19°50'6.39"N 74°32'24.82"E UW 3.27 NW

AA4 Sanvatsar 19°52'33.57"N 74°31'28.75"E UW 7.56 NW

AA5 Puntamba 19°46'3.70"N 74°37'12.87"E DW 7.95 SE

AA6 Kanhegaon 19°50'15.76"N 74°33'41.24"E CW 1.87 N

AA7 Shingave 19°47'57.35"N 74°33'23.10"E CW 2.82 SW

AA8 Babtara 19°47'30.04"N 74°37'21.49"E DW 6.31 SE




Figure 3.14 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations




3.17.4 Results The results of all eight air quality monitoring stations are summarized in the below Table 3.16.

The detail monitoring results of air quality is attached as Annexure XIV

Table 3.16 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Sampling Location

Parameters PM10 PM2.5 NOx SO2 HC CO

UoM µg/m3 mg/m3

Project Site

Min 69.40 32.42 18.70 10.40 BDL 0.22

Max 79.60 51.30 24.80 17.20 BDL 0.47

Average 74.80 45.01 21.56 13.07 BDL 0.32

98th Percentile 79.51 50.84 24.48 16.46 BDL 0.47

Mukind Vasti

Min 61.30 37.40 17.31 8.90 BDL 0.11

Max 72.80 49.30 24.70 15.20 BDL 0.54

Average 68.38 42.47 20.05 11.60 BDL 0.32


Sade

Min 61.80 36.90 15.80 8.80 BDL 0.26

Max 74.20 45.20 23.60 15.48 BDL 0.52

Average 68.66 41.09 19.21 11.21 BDL 0.35


Sanvatsar

Min 50.50 23.80 16.70 8.90 BDL 0.24

Max 69.20 43.40 22.70 14.20 BDL 0.55

Average 60.41 32.69 19.74 11.75 BDL 0.37


Puntamba

Min 53.60 22.90 17.20 8.70 BDL 0.23

Max 68.20 38.60 23.60 13.70 BDL 0.52

Average 59.49 29.64 20.34 10.73 BDL 0.34


Bhojade

Min 60.20 30.70 13.80 6.10 BDL 0.25

Max 66.90 41.20 22.70 11.20 BDL 0.52

Average 63.51 35.12 17.56 7.81 BDL 0.38


Shingave

Min 62.70 30.20 13.80 7.10 BDL 0.23

Max 71.60 44.30 22.70 10.80 BDL 0.45

Average 66.91 35.97 17.56 8.67 BDL 0.33


Babtara

Min 54.10 22.90 18.70 8.70 BDL 0.21

Max 70.80 35.60 24.10 14.20 BDL 0.51

Average 60.18 28.37 21.34 11.70 BDL 0.33


NAAQS Limit 100 60 80 80 - 4

(24 Hourly Concentration)

3.17.5 Interpretation of the Ambient Air Monitoring Results Air Quality monitoring reports depicts that all the parameters are well within the limits of NAAQS

standard. It can be observed that the PM10 and PM2.5 ranges from 53.60 to 79.60µg/m3 and

22.90 to 51.30µg/m3. All monitored parameter are well within the prescribed standards. It can be




seen that Hydro Carbon is below Detectable limit (BDL). Graphical representation of PM10,

PM2.5, NOx, SO2, HC and CO is represented in Figure 3.15, 3.16, 3.17, 3.18 and 3.19

Figure 3.15 Results of PM10 µg/m3

Figure 3.16 Results of PM2.5 µg/m3

Figure 3.17 Results of NO2 µg/m3

0.00 10.00 20.00 30.00 40.00 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.00 110.00

AA1 AA2 AA3 AA4 AA5 AA6 AA7 AA8

Re

sult

sμg/

m3

Locations

PM10 μg/m3


98 Percentile Standard Limit

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70


Re

sult

sμg/

m3

Location

PM 2.5 μg/m3


98 Percentile Standard Limit

0

50

100


Re

sult

s μ

g/m

3

Locations

NOx μg/m3

Minimum Maximum Average 98 Percentile Standard Limit




Figure 3.18 Result of SO2 µg/m3

Figure 3.19 Result of CO mg/m3 3.18 Ambient Noise Environment Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and hearing and is

intense enough to damage hearing or is otherwise annoying. Noise can also disturb natural

wildlife and ecological system. The ambient noise levels were monitored at selected villages

along with project site within the study area during day and night time covering residential,

commercial, industrial and silence zones. The objective of survey was to assess the impact of

noise, being generated by the existing industrial unit and other related activities within the

project site and its surrounding areas.

0

1

2

3

4

5


Re

sult

s μ

g/m

3

Locations

CO μg/m3

Minimum Maximum Averagae 98 Percentile Standard Limit

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90


Re

sult

s μ

g/m

3

Locations

Sox μg/m3

Minimum Maximum Average 98 Percentile Standard Limit




3.18.1 Designing of Ambient Noise Quality Modeling Network An assessment of baseline noise quality was undertaken to establish the status of exposure of

the major sensitive receptors. This assessment was accomplished by conducting a site specific

background monitoring program. To understand the noise environment in the study area, a

survey was conducted using Sound Level Meter.

3.18.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling Ambient noise quality monitoring has been carried out once in a study period during March 2018

in and around project site at both day and night time. As per ‘The Noise Pollution (Regulation

and Control) Rules, 2000, notified by the MoEF&CC, day time is (06:00 am to 10:00 pm) and

night time is (10:00 pm to 06:00 am).

3.18.1 Sampling locations Thirteen monitoring stations [6 within site and 7 in nearby area] were selected based on the

criteria used for designing the network in and around the project site. Details of noise monitoring

locations along with coordinates, distance and direction from project site are presented in Table

3.17 and locations are depicted in Figure 3.20. Baseline Monitoring Photographs of are shown

in Figure 3.29

Table 3.17 Details of Ambient Noise Monitoring Station

Sample Code

Sample Location

Co-ordinates Category of Area / Zone

Distance from

Project Site (Km)

Direction w.r.t.

Project Site

Latitude Longitude

N1 Main Gate

Within Factory Premises

Industrial - -

N2 Bio Gas Plant Area Industrial - -

N3 Survey No.2 Residential - -

N4 Guest House Residential - -

N5 CD type of Colony Residential - -

N6 Gandhi Maidan Residential - -

N7 Vari 19°49'15.31"N 74°34'23.86"E Residential 0.43 E

N8 Mukind Vasti 19°48'50.95"N 74°36'28.26"E Residential 4.18 E

N9 Babtara 19°47'29.88"N 74°37'21.31"E Residential 6.31 SE

N10 Bhojade 19°51'50.22"N 74°35'31.34"E Residential 4.56 NE

N11 Sade 19°50'8.12"N 74°32'26.06"E Commercial 3.27 NW

N12 Shingave 19°47'56.50"N 74°33'25.82"E Commercial 2.82 SW

N13 Kanhegaon 19°50'15.44"N 74°33'39.23"E Silent 1.87 N




Figure 3.20 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations




3.18.3 Results The results of all eight noise quality monitoring stations are summarized in the Table 3.18. The

detail monitoring results of noise quality is attached as Annexure 14

Table 3.18 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Results

Sample Code

Location Category of Area /

Zone

Day Time

CPCB Permissible

Limit (Day Time)

Night Time

CPCB Permissible

Limit (Night Time)

dB(A)

N1 Main Gate Industrial 68.5 75 60.9 70

N2 Bio Gas Plant Area Industrial 64.2 75 57.5 70

N3 Survey No.2 Residential 50.6 55 43.4 45

N4 Guest House Residential 52.6 55 41.3 45

N5 CD type of Colony Residential 45.2 55 40.4 45

N6 Gandhi Maidan Residential 44.2 55 39.1 45

N7 Vari Residential 46.9 55 43.9 45

N8 Mukind Vasti Residential 42.0 55 32.6 45

N9 Babtara Residential 46.1 55 33.1 45

N10 Bhojade Residential 43.8 55 38.8 45

N11 Sade Commercial 54.5 65 42.3 55

N12 Shingave Commercial 66.8 65 45.7 55

N13 Kanhegaon Silent 46.2 50 37.6 40

3.18.4 Interpretation of the Ambient Noise Monitoring Results The value of noise levels during daytime varies between 42.0 to 68.5 dB (A). Highest Leq value

recorded near industries main gate was 68.5dB(A) and lowest Leq value recorded at Mukind

Vasti was 42.0dB(A). Similarly, Leq value near the Bio Gas Plant Area showed noise level as

64.2dB(A). Comparing all the Noise level with standards it was observed that all the readings

during day time were found within CPCB limits.

The values of noise level during night time varies between 32.6 to 60.9dB(A). Highest Leq value

was recorded near the industries main gate which was 60.9dB(A) whereas the lowest Leq value

was recorded at Mukind Vasti which was 32.6dB(A). Comparing all the Noise level with

standards it was observed that all the readings during night time were found within CPCB limits.




Figure 3.21 Result of Noise Monitoring 3.19 Water Environment Water environment consists of water resources such as Rivers, Ponds, Streams, Lakes, Dams,

Ground water etc. Water quality forms the essential component of study that not only helps

identify resource availability for potability and other human applications but also to evaluate

critical impacts / issues with a view to suggest appropriate mitigation measures for

implementation. In general, any major industrial development project is expected to cause

impacts on water environment in two ways: one is stress on water resources (continuous

withdrawal of large quantities of water) and other is pollution impacts through discharge of

effluents. These impacts may be related to either or both surface and groundwater resources

present in the study area. To address these issues, it is necessary to ensure the availability of

water resources in project area with respect to their existing quality to represent the baseline

status of water environment.

3.19.1 Designing of Water Quality Modeling Network Water sampling stations were designed and selected to assess the surface and ground water

quality in and around the project site. The surface and ground water sampling was carried out

by using central pollution control board (CPCB) guidelines. Standard procedures were followed

for the analysis of physico-chemical and biological parameters of the water. Assessment of

water quality in the study area includes the water quality testing and assessment as per the

Indian standard IS 10500:2012 (Drinking Water Standard).

0 20 40 60 80

dB

(A)

Location

Noise [dB(A)]

Day time Night time Day time (Limit) Night time (Limit)




3.19.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling Surface and Groundwater sampling has been carried out once in a study period during March

2018 in study area of 10km radius.

A. Surface Water Environment Surface water bodies are like River, Dam, Stream, Lake etc. 3.19.3 Sampling locations Surface water samples were collected from two different locations comprising of River upstream

and downstream. Details of surface water sampling locations along with coordinates, distance

and direction from project site are presented in Table 3.19 and map showing locations are

depicted in Figure 3.22. Baseline Monitoring Photographs of are shown in Figure 3.29

Table 3.19 Details of Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sample Code

Sample Location

Distance from

Project Site (Km)

Direction from

Project Site

Co-ordinates

Latitude Longitude

SW1 Godavari River (Upstream) Vari village

0.12 NW 19°49'44.28"N 74°33'32.09"E

SW2 Godavari River (Downstream) Vari village

0.23 SW 19°48'56.15"N 74°33'53.09"E

SW3 Godavari River (Downstream) Shingave village

2.11 SSW 19°47'57.64"N 74°33'33.57"E




Figure 3.22 Surface Water Sampling Locations




3.19.4 Results The results of all three surface water quality sampling are summarized in the below Table 3.20. The detail monitoring results of

surface water quality is attached as Annexure XIV

Table 3.20 Surface Water Quality Results

Sr. No.

Parameters Unit

Locations Classification of Inland Surface Water (IS: 2296-1982)

Godavari River near Vari Village (upstream)

Godavari River

(Downstream)

Godavari River near

Shingave village

A B C D E

Physical Parameters

1. Color Hazen 1 1 1 10 300 300 NA NA

2. Odour -- Odorless Odorless Odorless UO NA NA NA NA

3. Turbidity NTU 6.7 6.2 6.8 NA NA NA NA NA

4. TDS mg / lit 419.9 421.1 411.4 500 NA 1500 NA 2100

5. TSS mg / lit 26 28.1 26.4

6. Total Solids mg / lit 447 454 461

Chemical Parameter

1. pH -- 7.9 7.65 7.89 6.5 – 8.5 6.5 – 8.5 6.0 – 9.0 6.5 – 8.5 6.0 – 8.5

2. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg / lit 164.7 155.5 130.3 300 NA NA NA NA

Elemental Parameter

1. Total Alkalinity(as CaCO3) mg / lit 193.3 196.9 208.1 NA NA NA NA NA

2. Calcium as Ca mg / lit 51.4 53.1 52.8 NA NA NA NA NA

3. Magnesium as Mg mg / lit 24.8 23.4 22.6 NA NA NA NA NA

4. Chloride as Cl mg / lit 162.1 155.8 131.2 250 NA 600 NA 600

5. Sulphate (as SO4) mg / lit 123.4 168.2 113.8 400 NA 400 NA 1000

6. Total Phosphate (as PO4) mg / lit 0.101 0.021 0.022 NA NA NA NA NA

7. Copper (as Cu) mg / lit 0.03 BDL BDL 1.5 NA 1.5 NA NA

8. Manganese (as Mn) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL 0.5 NA NA NA NA

9. Iron (as Fe) mg / lit BDL 0.08 0.1 0.3 NA 50 NA NA

10. Fluoride (as F) mg / lit 0.08 0.08 0.09 1.5 1.5 1.5 NA NA

11. Cyanide (as CN) mg / lit 0.05 0.05 0.05 NA NA




12. Phenolic Compounds (as D6H5OH)

mg / lit 0.002 0.005 0.005 NA NA

13. Boron (as B) mg / lit 0.16 0.16 0.18 NA NA NA NA 2

14. Zinc (as Zn) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL 15 NA 15 NA NA

15. Aluminium (as Al) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL NA NA NA NA NA

16. Cadmium (as Cd) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL 0.01 NA 0.01 NA NA

17. Lead (as Pb) mg / lit 0.1 NA 0.1 NA NA

18. Nickel (as Ni) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL NA NA NA NA NA

19. Mercury (as Hg) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL 0.001 NA NA NA NA

20. Arsenic (as As) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL 0.05 0.2 0.2 NA NA

21. Selenium (as Se) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL 0.01 NA 0.05 NA NA

22. Sodium (as Na) mg / lit 70.2 67.3 72.1 NA NA NA NA NA

23. Potassium (as K) mg / lit 1.2 1.2 1.3 NA NA NA NA NA

24. COD mg / lit 4.6 4.8 4.4 NA NA NA NA NA

25. BOD mg / lit 2.6 2.6 2.3 ≤ 2 ≤ 3 ≤ 3 NA NA

26. Dissolved Oxygen mg / lit 5.9 5.7 5.8 ≥ 6 ≥ 5 ≥ 4 ≥ 4 NA

Microbial Parameter

27. Total Coliform Organism

MPN/100ml

10 13 16 ≤ 50 ≤ 500 ≤ 5000 NA NA

*Note: UO= Unobjectionable, NA=Not Available, BDL= Below Detection Limit




Table 3.21 Classification of Inland Surface Water

Class of water Type of Use

A Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

B Outdoor bathing (Organized)

C Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

D Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

E Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal

3.19.5 Interpretation of the Surface Water Results pH: pH of the Godavari River upstream and downstream was found to be in range of 7.65 which

falls under classification A.

DO: Dissolved Oxygen levels were in range of 5.7mg / lit in all the Surface Water samples which

is good and falls under classification A.

BOD: BOD was found to be in range of 2.6mg/lit.

Total Coliform: Coliforms were found to be very in minimal range of 10MPN/100ml in all the

samples and so it again falls under classification A as per IS 2296-1982 for inland surface

water.

Looking at the results it can be stated that all the three samples fall under Classification A of the

inland surface water standards which mean it can be used as Drinking Water Source without

conventional treatment but after disinfection.

B. Ground Water Environment Ground water bodies are like Dug well, Bore well etc. 3.19.6 Sampling locations Ground water samples were collected from eight different locations comprising of Dug well or

Bore well. Details of ground water sampling locations along with coordinates, distance and

direction from project site are presented in Table 3.22 and locations are depicted in Figure 3.23.

Baseline Monitoring Photographs of are shown in Figure 3.29




Table 3.22 Details of Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sample Code

Sample Location

Source Distance from

Project Site (Km)

Direction from

Project Site

Co-ordinates

Latitude Longitude

GW1 Project site DW - - 19°49'25.36"N 74°34'13.48"E

GW2 Vari DW 0.04 E 19°49'18.27"N 74°34'24.80"E

GW3 Bhojade BW 4.65 NE 19°51'50.43"N 74°35'31.03"E

GW4 Shingave BW 2.39 SW 19°47'50.39"N 74°33'23.16"E

GW5 Dongaon DW 6.53 SE 19°46'21.57"N 74°36'39.90"E

GW6 Mukind Vasti BW 3.95 ESE 19°48'50.34"N 74°36'32.62"E

GW7 Sade BW 2.27 WNW 19°50'8.34"N 74°32'27.34"E

GW8 Kanhegaon BW 0.78 N 19°50'16.08"N 74°33'38.31"E




Figure 3.23 Ground Water Sampling Locations




3.19.7 Results The results of all eight ground water quality sampling are summarized in the below Table 3.23. The detail monitoring results of ground

water quality is attached as Annexure 14

Table 3.23 Ground Water Quality Results

Sr. No.

Parameters Unit

Locations Limits (IS:10500

) GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW 8

Project Site

Vari Bhojade Shingave Dongaon Mukind Vasti

Sade Kanhegaon

Physical Parameters

1. Temperature 0C 27.6 26.1 27 28.6 27.1 26.6 27.6 28.2 --

2. Color Hazen <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5

3. Odour --

Odorless

Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Odorless Agreeabl

e

4. Turbidity NTU 0.9 0.7 0.5 2.6 0.8 3.2 0.9 1.2 ≤ 5

5. TSS mg / lit 9.4 9 8.7 28 9.5 7.9 18.3 8.9

6. TDS mg / lit 639.9 721.3 651.4 592.7 647.3 741.4 671.8 610.9 ≤ 500

7. TSS mg / lit 770 854 791 619.4 775.4 869.9 725.9 735

Chemical Parameter

1. pH -- 7.5 7.7 7.3 6.75 7.16 6.67 7.46 6.91 6.5 - 8.5

2. Total Hardness (as CaCO3)

mg / lit 264 255.6 210 240.4 212 198.9 225.1 245.7 ≤ 300

Elemental Parameter

1. Total Alkalinity(as CaCO3)

mg / lit 122.2 128.5 162.6 180 174 121.2 102.2 200.3 ≤ 200

2. Calcium as Ca mg / lit 22.2 34.5 26.9 11.8 9.8 36.1 27.25 21.2 75

3. Magnesium as Mg mg / lit 6.2 4.3 2.4 12.6 3.3 5.9 6.5 5.2 30

4. Silica 16.7 16.36 9.56 4.06 12.8 7.94 9.44 12.32

5. Chloride as Cl mg / lit 54.9 52.4 129.8 17.4 19.9 87.4 75.98 54.98 ≤ 250

6. Sulphate (as SO4) mg / lit 49.2 20.1 150.8 43.5 67.74 49.2 40.1 38.05 ≤ 45

7. Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen mg / lit 14.2 13.5 15.3 11.2 12.4 13.51 14.19 12.2 -




(as N)

8. Total Phosphate (as PO4)

mg / lit 0.213 0.036 0.053 0.105 0.069 0.27 0.033 0.046 -

9. Copper (as Cu) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.05

10. Manganese (as Mn) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL ≤ 0.1

11. Iron (as Fe) mg / lit 0.01 0.03 0.05 0.1 0.14 0.13 0.02 0.01 0.3

12. Fluoride (as F) mg / lit 0.35 0.3 BDL 0.8 0.1 BDL BDL BDL 1.0

13. Chromium mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

14. Boron (as B) mg / lit 0.015 0.002 0.003 0.014 0.004 0.005 0.017 0.006 0.5

15. Zinc (as Zn) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 5

16. Aluminium (as Al) mg / lit 0.017 0.015 0.031 0.013 0.012 0.004 0.023 0.013 ≤ 0.03

17. Cadmium (as Cd) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.003

18. Nickel (as Ni) mg / lit 0.001 0.004 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.02

19. Mercury (as Hg) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001

20. Arsenic (as As) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL ≤ 0.01

21. Selenium (as Se) mg / lit BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.01

22. Sodium (as Na) mg / lit 0.15 0.13 0.26 0.17 0.35 0.16 0.12 0.32 -

23. Potassium (as K) mg / lit 0.4 0.61 0.13 0.18 0.06 0.28 0.09 0.1 -

Microbial Parameter

1. MPN (Coliform Bacteria) MPN/100

ml Absent Absent Absent Absent 3 Absent 10 8 ≤10

3.19.8 Interpretation of the Ground Water Results The ground water pH ranges from 6.75 to 7.86. Total Dissolved Solid (TDS) value is slightly higher than the limits. Water can be

utilized for drinking after providing further treatments. Total Hardness is in the range of 198.9-264 mg/l. Chlorides ranges from 17.4-

129.8 mg/lit. TDS is higher at all 8 locations wherein it is found highest at Mukind Vasti village i.e. 741.4mg/l. Copper, Magnesium,

Zinc, Mercury, Arsenic and Selenium was not found at any of the locations.

3.20 Soil Environment Soil is one of the vital resources on living planet Earth. The comprehensive understanding of temporal variability, physicochemical

parameters and effect on the environment is becoming an essential task in soil environment. The project site is located in a residential




area and there are much places where any agricultural activities are prevalent. The plains in Kopargaon tehsil have comparatively a

good depth of soil, near the Pravara and Godavari rivers, wide tracks of deep rich lands are found. Soil in the study region is Red to

Deep Black Soil.

3.20.1 Designing of Soil Quality Modeling Network

The sampling locations have been identified with the following objectives;

To determine the baseline soil characteristic of the study area

To determine the impact identification of proposed project on soil characteristic

To determine impact on soil more importantly from agricultural productivity point of view

Collected soil samples were subjected to the physical and chemical analysis for various parameters.

3.20.2 Frequency and Duration of Sampling Soil sampling has been carried out once in a study period during March 2018 in study area of 10km radius covering agricultural area,

residential area, industrial area and forest area, if any.

3.20.3 Sampling locations Eight locations were selected based on the criteria used for designing the network in and around the project site. Details of soil

sampling locations along with coordinates, distance and direction from project site are presented in Table 3.24 and locations are

depicted in Figure 3.24. Baseline Monitoring Photographs of are shown in Figure 3.29

Table 3.24 Details of Soil Sampling Station

Sample Code

Sample Location Distance from

Project Site (Km)

Direction w.r.t. Project Site

Co-ordinates

Latitude Longitude

S1 Project Site - - 19°49'27.72"N 74°33'56.84"E




S2 Vari 0.54 S 19°48'43.66"N 74°34'3.34"E

S3 Rastapur 3.14 S 19°47'22.05"N 74°34'30.61"E

S4 Kanhegaon 0.94 NNW 19°50'21.11"N 74°33'37.18"E

S5 Sade 3.76 NW 19°50'33.06"N 74°31'43.41"E

S6 Dongaon 6.33 SSE 19°46'27.21"N 74°36'33.60"E

S7 Mukind Vasti 3.87 E 19°48'50.07"N 74°36'31.28"E

S8 Shingave 2.49 SW 19°47'49.70"N 74°33'23.21"E




Figure 3.24 Soil Quality Sampling Locations




3.20.4 Results The results of all eight soil quality sampling are summarized in the below Table 3.25. The detail sampling results of soil quality is

attached as Annexure 14

Table 3.25 Soil Sampling Results

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Location

S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8

Physical Parameter

1. Sand

%

19 15 20 20 20 22 22 25

2. Silt 54 58 56 54 56 53 54 55

3. Clay 27 32 24 26 24 25 24 27

4. Water Holding Capacity

% 46 42.4 38 44.3 44.9 46 44 50.1

5. pH -- 8.7 8.1 7.3 7.9 8.5 7.8 7.3 7.7

6. E. Conductivity mmhos/cm 0.26 0.54 0.46 0.28 0.34 0.3 0.22 0.51

7. Texture Class Loam

Silty Clay Loam

Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam Loam

8. Bulk Density (gm/cm3) 1.26 1.32 1.21 1.38 1.35 1.37 1.31 1.22

9. Porosity (%)

48.9 43.2 37.8 35.2 38.1 36.3 37.1 39.1

10. Water Holding Capacity

(%) 46 42.4 38 44.3 44.9 46 44 50.1

11. Moisture Content (%) 3.2 3.7 6.2 4.8 4.5 3.01 6.1 5.2

12. Total Organic Matter

(%) 1.43 1.66 2.3 3.44 2.53 1.28 2.57 2.34

Chemical Parameters

1. pH 8.7 8.1 7.3 7.9 8.5 7.8 7.3 7.7

2. EC µohms 0.26 0.54 0.46 0.28 0.34 0.3 0.22 0.51

3. Ca++ mg /kg 19.1 21.3 20.2 14.8 15.3 19.2 22.4 18.9

4. Mg++ mg /kg 1.44 4.36 4.92 3.51 2.83 3.94 4.86 2.85

5. Na+ mg /kg 48 51 29 34 44 31 32 42

6. Cl- mg /kg 6. 18 7.96 12.9 10.82 5.92 7.36 3.86 4.18




Macro Nutrient

1. Organic Carbon (%) 1.22 1.54 1.5 1.26 1.32 0.74 1.69 1.78

2. N mg /kg 29.1 18.9 23.7 13.2 15.3 18.9 34.3 27.9

3. P mg /kg 13.21 17.6 8.9 6.32 11.4 12.4 11.8 12.9

4. K mg /kg 221 161 144 186 234 147 103 187

Heavy Metals

1. Fe Mg/ kg 5.57 5.1 3.53 6.9 4.53 5.24 6.55 6.42

2. Cu Mg/ kg 1.82 1.57 0.29 2.92 1.9 1.64 1.81 0.43

3. Ni Mg/ kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

4. Zn Mg/ kg 0.65 0.52 0.51 0.7 0.53 0.41 1.12 0.25

5. Pb Mg/ kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

6. As Mg/ kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

7. Cr Mg/ kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

8. Cd Mg/ kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

9. Se Mg/ kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

10. Hg Mg/ kg BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

11. Mn Mg/ kg 3.93 3.8 4.63 4.37 5.06 9.9 4.25 3.24




3.20.5 Interpretation of the Soil Sampling Results pH: The pH of the samples varied from 7.3 to 8.7. As per the results in above table, it is found

that pH of all the locations is moderately on alkaline scale.

Electrical Conductivity: Electrical Conductivity value ranges from 0.22mmhos/cm to

0.54mmhos/cm. Hence, it can be stated that the soil is not harmful for germination or cropping.

Porosity: The water holding capacity of soil observed in the study area ranged from 37.1 to

48.9%. It is observed that Calcium and Magnesium concentrations are in the range of 15.3 to

22.4mg/kg and 1.44 to 4.86mg/Kg respectively whereas; Sodium and Potassium are in the

range of 29 to 48mg/Kg and 144-221 mg/kg respectively. Nitrogen and Phosphorous are in the

range of 13.2 to 34.3mg/Kg and 8.9 to 13.21mg/Kg respectively. Micro and Macro nutrients are

found in ample amount. The soil porosity is found to medium hence, the water holding capacity

of the soil will be medium. From above observations it can be concluded that soil fertility is high

in nature.

Soil Texture: As per Table 3.26, the sand percentage varied between 15 to 25% and silt

percentage varied from 53-58% whereas clay percentage is in the range of 24 to 32%. When

obtained results are compared with standard soil texture classification given in Figure 3.25, it

can be concluded that soil texture of study area is Loam.

Figure 3.25 Soil Texture Classifications




Table 3.26 Standard Soil Classification

Sr. No.

Soil Test Parameter Classification

1 pH

< 4.50 Extremely acidic

4.51- 5.00 Very strongly acidic

5.51-6.00 Moderately acidic

6.01-6.50 Slightly acidic

6.51-7.30 Neutral

7.31-7.80 Slightly alkaline

7.81-8.50 Moderately alkaline

8.51-9.00 Strongly alkaline

9.01 Very strongly alkaline

2

Salinity Electrical Conductivity (ppm) (1 ppm = 640 mho/cm) Upto 1.00

1.01-2.00 harmful to germination

2.01-3.00 harmful to crops (sensitive to salts)

3 Organic Carbon (%)

Up to 0.2: very less

0.21-0.4: less

0.41-0.5 medium

0.51-0.8: on an average sufficient

0.81-1.00: sufficient

>1.0 more than sufficient

4 Nitrogen (Kg/ha)

Up to 50 very less

51-100 less

101-150 good

151-300 Better

>300 sufficient

5 Phosphorus (Kg/ha)

Up to 15 very less

16-30 less

31-50 medium,

51-65 on an average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

6 Potash (Kg/ha)

0 -120 very less

120-180 less

181-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

(Source: Hand Book of Agriculture, ICAR, New Delhi)

Table 3.27 Standard Soil Classification

Soil Fertility Level Organic

Carbon (%) Available N

kg/ha Available P2O5

kg/ha Available K2O

kg/ha

Very high > 1.00 > 700 > 80.0 > 360

High 0.81- 1.00 561 – 700 64 – 80 301 – 360

Medium 0.61-0.80 421 – 560 48 – 64 241 – 300




Medium Low 0.41-0.60 281 – 420 32 – 48 181 – 240

Low 0.21-0.40 141 – 280 16 – 32 121 – 180

Very Low < 0.20 < 140 < 16.0 < 120

(Source: Tondon H. L. S., 2005) 3.21 Biological Environment Ecological studies are one of the most important aspects for the baseline data in any developing

project activities. Standard dictionaries normally define these terms as "all plants and animals in

a given place and time and a description of them". Also, it is defined as a "Science that

concerns itself with the interrelationships of living organisms, plants and animals and their

environment" (A. Macfadyen, 1957).

However, only description of plants and animals is not just sufficient for the EIA, but one must

know as to how these components will be affected due to the proposed activities. The ecological

survey has been done to first establish the baseline ecological conditions of the buffer zone

(area within 10km radius of the project site) to assess the potential ecological impacts of the

proposed project upon ecology, to develop adequate and feasible mitigation measures (via

inputs to project design and layout, working practices, or compensate where appropriate) to

keep residual ecological impacts with acceptable limits, and also to develop ecological

monitoring and audit. This section of report presents the ecological baseline of the area.

3.21.1 Frequency and Duration of Sampling Ecological study has been carried out once in a study period during March 2018 in study area of

10km radius.

3.21.2 Reconnaissance Survey The present study was under taken as a part of the EIA study report to understand the present

status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with past condition with the help

of available data, to predict changes as a result of project activities and to suggested measures

for maintaining its health.

3.21.3 Methodology

Site visit

The primary objective of survey was to describe the floral and faunal communities within

the study area




The methodology adopted for faunal survey involves Random survey, Opportunistic

observations, Diurnal bird observation, active search for reptiles and review of previous

studies.

Visual assessment of the diversity pattern of the floral species.

Emphasis has been placed on presence of endemic species, threatened species, if any

present in the study area.

Desktop literature review was conducted to identify the representative spectrum of

threatened species, population and ecological communities listed by Indian wild Life

Protection Act, 1972, ENVIS Database, IUCN Database, Red Data Book. The status of

individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN/SSC category system.

Following books or documents were referred for the study

o Flora of Maharashtra published by Botanical Survey of India - Used for floral species

identification & related information.

o The Book of Indian Birds by Salim Ali, published by Bombay Natural History Society -

Used for Avifauna identification & related information.

o Indian Mammals A Field Guide published by Wild Life Trust of India - Used for

mammals species identification & related information

o The Book of Indian Reptiles and Amphibians published by Bombay Natural History

Society.

o The Book of Indian Butterflies published by Bombay Natural History Society - Used

for butterflies identification.

o IUCN Red Category List for the current status of the species

o Wildlife Protection Act 1972 for the protection status of the species by law.

3.21.4 Flora of the study area During site visit, expert from the team, local people and the proponent have observed the

following variety of the plants in the study area. They noticed and noted the following Trees,

Shrubs, Herbs and Grasses. All these flora were recorded during the site visit and while

interacting with local people which are presented in Table 3.28. The name of observed plants is

given along with their botanical names for easy identification.

Table 3.28 List of Flora of Study Area

Sr. No. Botanical Name Common Name

Trees, Herbs & Shrubs

1. Abrus precatorius L. Gunj





2. Abutilon indicum (L.). Karandi / Mudra

3. Acacia catechu (L.) Khair

4. Acacia nilotica (L) Babhul

5. Albizia lebbeck Siris tree

6. Acorus calamus Vekhand

7. Adhathoda Vasica L. Adulsa

8. Aegle Marmelos L. Bel

9. Agave Americana Ghaypat

10. Amaranthus spinosus L. Kateri-Math

11. Alium cepa L. Kanda

12. Alium Sativum L Lahsun

13. Azadirachta indica A. Limbada

14. Argemone mexicana L. Piwaladhotra

15. Aloe vera (L) Burm.f Korphad

16. Asclepias curassavica L. Haldikunku

17. Annona squamosal Sitaphal

18. Bryophyllum pinnatum Panfuti

19. Butea monosperma L. Tree Palas

20. Brassica juncea (L.) Mohari

21. Balanites aegyptiaca (L.) Hingu

22. Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Apata

23. Bombax ceiba L. Katesavar

24. Calotropis Procera (L) Rui

25. Carica Papaya L. Papai

26. Cassia auriculata Tarwad

27. Cassia fistula Bahava

28. Carissa congesta Karvand

29. Cassia tora L. Kali Takali

30. Curcuma longa L Halad

31. Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Vasanvel

32. Casuarina equisetifolia Suru

33. Cymbopogon citratus Gavati chahaa

34. Cynodon dactylon (L) Haral/ Durva

35. Cuscuta reflexa Roxb Amarvel

36. Derris scandens Gulvel

37. Datura innoxia Dhotra

38. Duranta repens Golden dewdrops

39. Datura metal L. Kala Dhotara

40. Eclipta alba Kala maka

41. Ficus racemosa L. Umber

42. Hibiscus esculentus Bhendi

43. Hibiscus rosa sinensis Jaswand

44. Indigofera cordifolia Bechka

45. Indigofera linifolia Lal godhadi

46. Jatropa curcus L. Mogali Erand

47. Lantana camara L. Ghaneri

48. Lawsonia inermis L. Mehandi

49. Medicago sativa Ghas





50. Mentha arvensis L Pudina

51. Mimosa pudica Lajalu

52. Mirabilis jalapa L Gulbaksha

53. Ocimum americanum L Ran tulas

54. Ocimum tenuiflorum L. Krishna tulas

55. Piper betle L. Khauche Pan

56. Pongamia pinnata (L) Karanj

57. Psidium guajava L. Peru

58. Ruta Chalepensis L. Satapa

59. Santalum album L. Chandan

60. Semecarpus anacardium L Bibba

61. Spilanthus oleraceae L Akkalkara

62. Syzygium cumini L. Jambhul

63. Tamarindus indica L. Chinch

64. Vitex nirgundo L. Nirgudi

65. Withania somnifera L. Ashwagandha

66. Zingiber officinale L. Aal/ aadrak

Grasses

1. Heteropogon hirtus Pers. Kusal

2. Andropogon sprengelii Kunth. Dongari-gavat

3. Ischoemum sulcatum Pavanya

4. Dichanthium annulatum Forssk. Stapf. Marvel

5. Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Durva

6. Cymbopogon citratus (DC.) Stapf Lemon grass

3.21.5 Fauna of the study area Faunal studies include inventory of birds, mammals, reptiles, butterflies, fishes found within

study area. Species were recorded on the basis of observations, direct sighting, evidences

found during visits & discussions with the local peoples. List of Fauna of study area is given in

Table 3.29.

Table 3.29 List of Fauna of Study Area

Sr. No.

Common Name Scientific Name IUCN Criteria Schedule

Birds

1. Large Egret Ardea alba - Schedule IV

2. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis Least Concern Schedule IV

3. Purple Sunbird Cinnyris asiaticus Least Concern Schedule IV

4. Shikra Accipiter badius Least Concern -

5. Painted Stork Mycteria leucocephala

Near Threatened Schedule IV

6. Red-Wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus Least Concern -

7. Common Babbler Turdoides caudate Least Concern Schedule IV

8. Brahminy Myna Sturnus pagodarum Least Concern Schedule IV




9. Red Vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer Least Concern Schedule IV

10. Rose Ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri Least Concern Schedule IV

11. Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicatus

Least Concern Schedule IV

12. Indian Grey Hornbill Ocyceros birostris Least Concern Schedule IV

13. House Sparrow Passer domesticus Least Concern -

14. White Wagtail Motacilla alba Least Concern -

15. Green Bee Eater Merops orientalis Least Concern -

16. Brahminy kite Haliastur Indus Least Concern -

17. White Breasted Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis Least Concern Schedule IV

18. Black Drongo Dicrurus

macrocercus Least Concern Schedule IV

19. Indian Roller Coracias

benghalensis Least Concern Schedule IV

20. Indian Pond Heron Ardeola grayii Least Concern Schedule IV

21. Kingfisher Alcedo atthis Least Concern Schedule IV

22. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Least Concern -

Mammals

1. Palm Squirrel Funambulus

palmarum Least Concern -

2. Common House Rat Rattus rattus Least Concern -

3. Indian Hare Lepus nigricollis Least Concern Schedule IV

4. Jackal Canis aureus Least Concern Schedule II

5. Jungle cat Felis chaus Least Concern -

6. Common Mongoose Herpestes edwardsii Least Concern Schedule II

Reptiles

1. Russel viper Vipera russelli - Schedule IV

2. Common Rat Snake Ptyas mucosus - Schedule II

3. Krait Bungarus caeruleus - Schedule IV

4. Monitor lizard Varanus bengalensis

Least Concern -

Butterfly

1. Common sailor Neptis hylas - -

2. Common grass yellow Eurema hecade - -

3. Common Emigrant Catopsilia crocale - -

4. Plain tiger Danaus chrysippus - -

5. Peacock pansy Précis almanac - -

Fish

1. Catla Catla catla Least Concern -

2. Slender rasbora Rasbora labiosa Least Concern -

3. Knifefish Chitala chitala Near Threatened -

4. Mahseer Tor kulkarni NA -

5. Dharna Barb Puntius fraseri Endangered -

6. Deccan Labeo Labeo potail Endangered -

7. Fraser Danio Danio fraseri Vulnerable -

8. Sandkhol Carp Thynnichthys sandkhol

Endangered -

Note: NA=Not Available




3.21.6 Observations From the primary and secondary data approx. 66 species of trees, herbs & shrubs and 6

species of grasses were observed within the study area. From the faunal study, it was observed

that there were 22 different species of birds, 6 species of mammals, 4 species of reptiles, 5

species of butterfly and 8 species of fishes in the study area.

There was no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Protected Forest located within 10km radius

from the project site.

3.22 Socio-Economic Environment Socioeconomics is the social science that studies how economic activity affects and is shaped

by social processes. Socio economic environment is the combination of external social and

economic conditions that influence the operation and performance of an organization. The

socioeconomic environment is part of the overall business environment. Assessment of Socio-

economic environment is an integral part of an EIA study. Assessing socio-economic impacts

requires both quantitative and qualitative measurements of the impact of a proposed

development.

This section discusses the baseline scenario of the socio-economic environment in the study

area and anticipated impacts of the proposed expansion project on the socio-economic

environment. The issues under focus in this topic are demographic pattern, economic activity,

education and literacy profile, etc. The assessment attempts to predict and evaluate the future

impacts of the proposed expansion on socio-economic environment. The proposed project is

also expected to discharge various kind of pollutants in the environment resulting in the

degradation of environment and having direct and indirect impacts on the humans. Thus the

socio economic study incorporating the facets related to prevailing social and cultural conditions

and economic status of the project region is an important part of EIA study. Various aspects of

socio economic study and its methodology is presented in below section of this report.

3.22.1 Socio-Economic Survey The study was carried out with a participatory approach by involving the stakeholders,

particularly the project beneficiaries and probable affected persons through a series of

consultative process. The population groups that were consulted include beneficiary group of

people in the project influence area, particularly the Shopkeepers, Farmers, School Teachers,

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Social_science

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Economic_activity




Gram Panchayat Sarpanch/Members and Village Leaders etc. This has helped to know the

exact situation and views of the people about the project.

Out of total 24 villages and 2 urban areas coming in the study area, socio-economic survey

conducted in 10 villages, covering all the directions.

Proportionate and purposive sampling methods were used for selecting respondents (male and

female) for household survey. For official information of village, Sarpanch/Gram Panchayat

member/Govt. school teachers were chosen. Structured questionnaire was used for survey. For

group discussion, Panchayat Bhavan, Aanganwadi Bhavan, Community Halls were used by the

survey team. Secondary data from Census 2011 was taken for the project site and 10km radius

study area of the project site.

3.22.2 Overview An official Census 2011 detail of Ahmednagar, a district of Maharashtra has been released by

Directorate of Census Operations in Maharashtra. Enumeration of key persons was also done

by census officials in Ahmednagar District of Maharashtra.

a. Population The total population and area of district Ahmednagar is 4543159 and 930024 household

respectively. The number of females/1000 males in the study area is 939. As per 2011 Census,

total population of the study area is 196564 out of which male population is 101204 and female

population is 95360.

b. Density The overall density of the study area is 299 persons/ sq. km c. Literacy Rate The overall literacy rate is average (69.37%) while the female literacy rate is 43.73%. d. Sex Ratio With regards to sex ratio in Ahmednagar, it stood 939 females per 1000 males in the study area. 3.22.3 Demography The details concerning the demographic structure of the study area was obtained from 2011

census of India. The details about demographic structure in the study area are given in Table

3.30.




Table 3.30 Block wise Population in the Project Study Area (as per census 2011)

Sr. No.

Name Area

hector Total

Household

Total Population P_SC P_ST

Total Male Female

Kopargaon Block

1. Wari 2105 1674 7769 3935 3834 2034 471

2. Sade 1071 312 1470 759 711 181 297

3. Dhotre 1330 759 3711 1898 1813 310 205

4. Bhojade 1149 559 2717 1420 1297 354 285

5. Kanhegaon 901 489 2360 1213 1147 455 274

6. Sanvatsar 4025 2355 11527 5822 5705 1692 2221

7. Kokamthan 3448 1925 10932 6021 4911 1112 1631

8. Khopadi 467 307 1246 631 615 48 95

9. Louki 453 186 1012 509 503 107 253

10. Ghoyegaon 618.63 111 471 257 214 95 54

11. Kopargaon (M Cl)

13211 65273 33222 32051 10490 1668

Total 15567.63 21888 108488 55687 52801 16878 7454

Rahta Block

12. Puntamba 3091 2724 13098 6670 6428 2333 1082

13. Rampurwadi 1850 632 3100 1624 1476 291 173

14. Shingave 2174 844 4258 2194 2064 677 580

15. Rastapur 1915 377 1887 976 911 74 335

16. Rui 1381 1060 5211 2696 2515 696 488

17. Nighoj 468 792 3844 1938 1906 720 346

18. Shirdi (NP) 7775 36004 18751 17253 7282 1299

19. Nathu Patalachiwadi

1590 356 1800 952 848 77 204

20. Pimpalwadi 970 780 4034 2129 1905 674 571

21. Sawali Vihir Kh.

504 765 3757 1920 1837 785 559

22. Sawali Vihir Bk.

589 1438 7115 3575 3540 2481 542

Total 14532 17543 84108 43425 40683 16090 6179

Shrirampur Block

23. Matulthan 418.23 300 1471 783 688 66 160

Nevasa Block

24. Hingoni 418.23 197 1115 592 523 89 31

25. Narayanwadi 418.23 170 912 485 427 104 20

26. Babhulwedhe 418.23 101 470 232 238 15 16

Total 1254.69 468 2497 1309 1188 208 67

Grand Total 31772.55 40199 196564 101204 95360 33242 13860

(Source: Census 2011)

Table 3.31 Summary of Demographic Structure in Study Area

Sr. No.

Demographic Parameters District Details

10 km Radius Area Details




1. Name of States Maharashtra

2. Name of District Ahmednagar

3. Rural/urban 24/2

4. Total No. of Households 40199

5. Total Population 196564

6. Area (sq. km.) 31772

7. Density 299

8. Sex ratio (No. of female\ 1000 males) 942

9. Scheduled castes 33242 (16.91%)

10. Scheduled Tribe 13860 (7.05%)

11. Literate 141113 (71.78%)

12. Main Worker 70003 (35.61%)

13. Marginal Worker 7538 (3.83%)

14. Non Worker 119023 (60.55%)

(Source: Primary Census Abstract– 2011)

3.22.4 Observations: There are four blocks 24 villages and two urban areas belonging to four circles/blocks within the

study area of expansion of GBL project Ahmednagar.

As per 2011 Census, total population of the study area is 196564 out of which male

population is 101204 and female population is 95360.

Total number of households is 40199 and Total geographical area of 24 villages

31772.55sq. km and overall population density is 299 persons/sq. km

Total SC population is 33242 (16.91%) and ST population is 13860 (7.05%)

The graphical representation of male and female composition of the study area is

presented in below Figure 3.26.

Figure 3.26 Demographic Structure

0 20000 40000 60000 80000

100000 120000 140000 160000 180000 200000

Total population

TOT Male TOT Female TOT SC TOT ST

196564

101204 95360

33242 13860




3.22.5 Literacy The literacy rate of the study area was collected from 2011 Census of India. The details of

Literacy rate in 10 km study area are given in below Table 3.32.

Table 3.32 Literacy rate in the Project Study Area

Sr. No Village Literate Illiterate

Total Male Female Total Male Female

Kopargaon Block

1. Wari 5656 3129 2527 2113 806 1307

2. Sade 1029 568 461 441 191 250

3. Dhotre 2540 1430 1110 1171 468 703

4. Bhojade 1771 1026 745 946 394 552

5. Kanhegaon 1668 940 728 692 273 419

6. Sanvatsar 7504 4214 3290 4023 1608 2415

7. Kokamthan 7609 4647 2962 3323 1374 1949

8. Khopadi 867 482 385 379 149 230

9. Louki 786 396 390 226 113 113

10. Ghoyegaon 330 196 134 141 61 80

11. Kopargaon (M Cl) 48862 26371 22491 16411 6851 9560

Total 78622 43399 35223 29866 12288 17578

Rahta Block

12. Puntamba 9279 5128 4151 3819 1542 2277

13. Rampurwadi 2288 1271 1017 812 353 459

14. Shingave 2876 1631 1245 1382 563 819

15. Rastapur 1200 696 504 687 280 407

16. Rui 3762 2112 1650 1449 584 865

17. Nighoj 2951 1567 1384 893 371 522

18. Shirdi (NP) 25921 14395 11526 10083 4356 5727

19. Nathu Patalachiwadi 1268 732 536 532 220 312

20. Pimpalwadi 2707 1552 1155 1327 577 750

21. Sawali Vihir Kh. 2555 1448 1107 1202 472 730

22. Sawali Vihir Bk. 5011 2754 2257 2104 821 1283

Total 59818 33286 26532 24290 10139 14151

Shrirampur Block

23. Matulthan 952 576 376 519 207 312

Nevasa Block

24. Hingoni 762 448 314 353 144 209

25. Narayanwadi 639 368 271 273 117 156

26. Babhulwedhe 320 175 145 150 57 93

Total 1721 991 730 776 318 458

Grand Total 141113 78252 62861 55451 22952 32499

(Source: Census of India 2011)




3.22.6 Observations:

According to census 2011, in the study area, overall literate population is 141113

(71.78%) and illiterate population was 55451 (28.21%)

Out of total literates, male literates are 78252 (55.45%) and female literates is 62861

(44.54%).

Below Figure 3.27 shows no. of literates & illiterates recorded in the study area.

Figure 3.27 Literacy Rate and Sex Ratio of the Villages within Study Area

3.22.7 Workers Categorization Out of total population, 21,327 males and 6,459 females were engaged in work or business

activity. In census survey, worker is defined as person who does business, job, service, and

cultivator and labour activity. Of total 27,786 working population, 90.6 % were engaged in Main

Work while 9.4 % of total workers were engaged in Marginal Work. Following Table 3.33 shows

categorization of workers within study area and Table 3.34 shows Village wise details of

Employment Pattern.

Table 3.33 Workers Categorization Details within Study Area

Sr. No.

Name of village

Employment pattern

Main Workers

Marginal Workers

Non-Workers

1. Wari 2870 373 4526

2. Sade 843 5 622

3. Dhotre 1646 138 1927

4. Bhojade 1316 32 1369

5. Kanhegaon 1177 12 1171

6. Sanvatsar 4592 487 6448

7. Kokamthan 4057 547 6328

8. Khopadi 583 2 661

71.78

55.45

44.54 Total litacary rate

Male

Female

1000 942

male

female




9. Louki 581 24 407

10. Ghoyegaon 255 9 207

11. Kopargaon (M Cl) 19886 1939 43448

Total 37806 3568 67114

1. Puntamba 4329 984 7785

2. Rampurwadi 1506 121 1473

3. Shingave 2156 269 1833

4. Rastapur 699 399 789

5. Rui 2178 171 2862

6. Nighoj 1596 163 2085

7. Shirdi (NP) 11330 776 23898

8. Nathu Patalachiwadi 769 33 998

9. Pimpalwadi 1775 79 2180

10. Sawali Vihir Kh. 1350 564 1843

11. Sawali Vihir Bk. 2433 134 4548

Total 30121 3693 50294

1. Matulthan 625 254 592

2. Hingoni 767 14 334

3. Narayanwadi 543 0 369

4. Babhulwedhe 141 9 320

Total 1451 23 1023

Grand Total 70003 7538 119023

Table 3.34 Village wise Details of Employment Pattern

Sr. No.

Village Main Workers

Cultivators Agriculture Household Others

1. Wari 642 962 63 1203

2. Sade 506 304 9 24

3. Dhotre 1138 274 62 172

4. Bhojade 597 560 8 151

5. Kanhegaon 368 686 3 120

6. Sanvatsar 1406 2240 88 858

7. Kokamthan 1276 1736 57 988

8. Khopadi 357 193 0 33

9. Louki 372 186 0 23

10. Ghoyegaon 185 58 0 12

11. Kopargaon (M Cl) 358 1472 741 17315

Total 7205 8671 1031 20899

12. Puntamba 815 1780 141 1593

13. Rampurwadi 560 678 81 187

14. Shingave 1014 841 20 281

15. Rastapur 432 224 2 41

16. Rui 834 776 46 522

17. Nighoj 505 448 56 587

18. Shirdi (NP) 518 835 300 9677

19. Nathu Patalachiwadi 285 324 4 156

20. Pimpalwadi 589 423 11 752

21. Sawali Vihir Kh. 414 530 61 345




22. Sawali Vihir Bk. 416 601 105 1311

Total 6382 7460 827 15452

23. Matulthan 409 197 4 15

24. Hingoni 600 75 5 87

25. Narayanwadi 254 270 0 19

26. Babhulwedhe 79 22 0 40

Total 933 367 5 146

Grand Total 14929 16695 1867 36512

3.22.8 Observations:

According to 2011 Census, Main workers are 70003 (35.61%) and marginal workers are

7538 (3.83%).Total non-working population is 119023 (60.55%).

Main workers are classified in four categories as cultivators, agricultural workers,

household industry workers and other workers. As per 2011 Census, Out of total 70003

main workers in the study area, there are total 14929(21.32%) cultivators, 16695

(23.84%), agricultural workers, 1867(2.66%) household industry workers and other

workers 36512(52.15%).

Figure 3.28 Workers Categorization of the Villages within Study Area

35.61

3.83 60.55

Main worker

Marginal worker

Non Worker

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

14929 16695

1867

36512




Figure 3.29 Baseline Monitoring Photographs




3.22.9 Infrastructure Village-wise status of infrastructural facilities available in the study area with respect to

education, medical facility, water supply, communication and transportation facility and power

supply, banking facilities etc. are presented in Table 3.35

Table 3.35 Infrastructure Resources

Description Number of Facilities Available in Villages

Education 24(GPS),19(GMS),8(GSS)

Medical 2(PHC),13(PSHC),

Water 15(TW),18(TBW),19(HP),5(R)

Communication 11(PO),8(PSO),23(MOB)

Transportation 4(RIL),24(BUS)

Road 21(PUCCA),3 (KACCHA)

SHG 24(SHG)

Power 24(PSD),24(PAS)

3.22.10 Salient Observation of the Survey/ Study Area

House pattern: It is notable that nearly 85% of the houses were pakka with good

construction and others were semi pakka houses in study area.

Employment: Main occupation of the people in the study area was agriculture and labour

work. The labours were getting daily wage in the range of Rs. 200-250, depending on type

of work involved

Fuel: The primary source of cooking fuel is LPG

Main Crops: Rabbi jowar is the main crop of the district, bajra, groundnut, monastery,

soyabean and moong in the kharif season

Language: Official and mother tongue language is Marathi. Most of the people understand

Hindi and English also

Migration: During survey it was found that local population are migrating for employment

nearby District like Pune, Mumbai.

Drinking Water Facilities: Ground water is the major source of drinking water in the villages

wherein bore wells, hand pump open wells hand pumps, and tap water are installed.

Education Facilities: Most of the villages having education facilities in the form of

Anganwadi and Primary and high Schools. Higher education they prefer Pune city.

Transportation Facility: For transportation purpose Auto, Private Bus services were

available. Transportation facilities is frequently available in the study area




Road Connectivity: Most of the roads were pucca and connecting to villages. Kachha and

pakka roads were commonly seen inside the villages

Communication Facilities: For communication purpose mainly uses mobile phones,

newspaper & post offices is also available in the villages.

Medical Facilities: Very few villages having primary health centres for healthcare facilities.

Hospitals and other better medical facilities are available in the range of o to 10 km at

town/city place

Electricity: All villages is having electricity facility for all uses

Market Facility: In villages, small shops are available for daily needs. Weekly market facility

is available in some villages. Wholesale markets are available at block place.

Recreation Facilities: Temples, Samaj Mandir, Television, mobile and Radio is the main

recreation facilities in the study area. Newspaper/Magazine facilities were also used by

people

Awareness and Opinion of People about the Project An attempt was made to know the awareness and opinion of the people about GBL Ltd.

Most of the respondents were aware about the GBL Ltd.

The respondents are happy to know about the proposed plans and they opined positively

because any industrial development activity would definitely contribute to development

towards improvement in the local as well as regional economy

Respondents also wanted better health services and better transportation facilities

Respondents added that due to non-availability of technical education most of the local

educated youth are not offered jobs in company. Hence, some people expressed opinion

about setting up of professional educational and training facilities in the region.

3.23 Existing Industries in the Study Area The proposed expansion project is located in residential area. Hence, there are not many

industries within 10km radius of the study area. Detailed list is mentioned below in Table 3.36.

Table 3.36 List of Existing Industries

Sr. No.

Name of Industry Product Manufactured Distance

(km) Direction

1. Sriram Industries Steam Boiler, Poultry Feed

Mills etc. 9.91 WSW

2. Surajshanti Print and Pack Corrugated Boxes 10.31 NW




Industries

3. Vishva Industries and Rapidex Engg. Services

Industrial product like Hydraulic pumps, drill

machines etc. 10.46 NW

4. Shingi Packaging Industries Corrugated Boxes and Carton

Boxes 10.58 NW

5. Sanjavani Sugar Factory Sugar 10.68 NW

3.24 Conclusion All the basic facilities like road and rail connectivity, medical and educational facilities and other

required basic facilities are available in and around the project site to some extent. People

residing nearby area are aware of industrial development. Due to upcoming proposed project,

there will be additional requirement of facilities by the employees, construction raw material, etc.

which will be procured from nearby vicinity. Baseline Environmental quality is well within

prescribed limit of the CPCB standard. No major deterioration of the natural commodities has

been found.

CHAPTER 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACT ASSESSMENT

INDEX

4.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 142 4.2 Identification of Environmental Attributes and Pollution Sources ......................... 143 4.3 Types & Nature of Impacts Considered ................................................................ 144 4.4 Prediction of the Possibility of the Identified Impacts ........................................... 145 4.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures .................................. 147 4.5.1 Air Environment ................................................................................................ 147 4.5.1.1 Methodology for Dispersion Modelling & Scenario Analysis ......................... 148

4.5.1.1.1 Model Inputs ........................................................................................ 150 4.5.1.1.2 Source and Receptors ........................................................................ 150 4.5.1.1.3 Source Emission Inventory ................................................................. 150 4.5.1.1.4 Line Sources ....................................................................................... 150 4.5.1.1.5 Point Sources ...................................................................................... 151 4.5.1.1.6 Receptor Pathway Inputs .................................................................... 152 4.5.1.1.7 Meteorology ........................................................................................ 152

4.5.2 Meteorology Pathway Inputs ......................................................................... 152 4.5.3 Results and Discussions ............................................................................... 152

4.6 Air Quality at Present and in Future ..................................................................... 153 4.6.1 Scenario Analysis for CO .............................................................................. 153 4.6.2 Scenario Analysis For NOx ........................................................................... 154

4.6.2.1 Point Source ........................................................................................... 155 4.6.3 Scenario Analysis For SO2 ............................................................................ 155 4.6.4 Scenario Analysis for PM10 ............................................................................ 156

4.7 Comparison of Baseline Results with Incremental Value ..................................... 158 4.7.1 Conclusion: .................................................................................................... 158 4.7.2 Noise Environment ........................................................................................ 159

4.5.2 Traffic Environment ........................................................................................... 160 4.5.3 Water Environment ........................................................................................... 160 4.5.4 Land Environment ............................................................................................. 161 4.5.5 Solid Waste [HW and Non HW] Environment ................................................... 162 4.5.6 Ecological Environment .................................................................................... 165 4.5.7 Socio-Economic Environment ........................................................................... 165 4.5.8 Occupational Health and Safety ....................................................................... 166 4.1 Evaluation of Impacts ........................................................................................... 167 4.2 Conclusion ............................................................................................................ 175

Table

Table 4.1 Identification of the environmental attributes ................................................. 143 Table 4.2 Identification of the pollution sources ........................................................... 143 Table 4.3 Prediction of the Possibility of the Identified Impacts .................................... 145 Table 4.4 Air Quality Impacts & Mitigation Measures .................................................... 147 Table 4.5 Details of Existing Stacks Height .................................................................. 149 Table 4.6 Details of Proposed Stacks Height ................................................................ 149 Table 4.7 Model Ready Inputs for AERMOD dispersion modeling ............................... 151 Table 4.8 Model Ready Inputs for AERMOD dispersion modeling ............................... 151 Table 4.9 Combustion of Source Pollution .................................................................... 153 Table 4.12 Statistical Analysis of SO2 for all Scenarios .................................................. 156 Table 4.13 Statistical Analysis for PM10 ........................................................................... 157 Table 4.13 Comparison of Baseline Results with Incremental Value .............................. 158 Table 4.15 Impacts on Noise Quality & Mitigation Measures .......................................... 159 Table 4.16 Impacts of Traffic and its Mitigation Measures .............................................. 160

Table 4.17 Impacts On Water Environment and Mitigation Measures ............................ 160 Table 4.18 Impacts On Land Environment and Mitigation Measures .............................. 161 Table 4.19 Impacts On Solid Waste Environment and Mitigation Measures................... 163 Table 4.20 Impacts on Ecological Environment and Mitigation Measures ...................... 165 Table 4.21 Impacts On Socio- Economic Environment and Mitigation Measures ........... 165 Table 4.22 Impacts Identification and its Mitigation Measures ........................................ 166 Table 4.23 Matrix Evaluation without Mitigation Measures (Construction Phase) ........... 169 Table 4.24 Matrix Evaluation without Mitigation Measures (Operation Phase) ............... 170 Table 4.25 Cumulative Impact Matrix (without mitigation measures) .............................. 171 Table 4.26 Matrix Evaluation with Mitigation Measures (Construction Phase)................ 172 Table 4.27 Matrix Evaluation with Mitigation Measures (Operation Phase) .................... 173 Table 4.28 Cumulative Impact Matrix (with mitigation measures) ................................... 174

Figure

Figure 4.1 Concentration Contours for CO(μg/m3) During Operational Phase .............. 154 Figure 4.2 Concentration of NOx (μg/m3) During Operational Phase ............................. 155 Figure 4.3 Concentration of SO2 (μg/m3) During Operational Phase ............................. 156 Figure 4.4 Concentration of PM10 (μg/m3) During Operational Phase ............................ 157

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 4 Anticipated Environmental Impact Assessment


CHAPTER 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4.1 Introduction A detailed baseline environmental setting of M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. is already

discussed in Chapter 3 stipulating the prevailing environmental conditions in the study area

of 10km from outer periphery of development activities proposed whereas Chapter 2 dealt

with a detailed project description entailing every such component that forms part of this

development thereby identifying sources that may probably add to the positive & negative

factors contributing to the possible impacts of project on to macro environment as a whole.

This chapter attempts to objectively evaluate such potential impacts that are anticipated or

known to be significantly associated with environmental changes and needing immediate,

midterms and long term mitigation measures in the immediate or otherwise core & buffered

zones of study area. This section of the report also delineates details of methodology

adopted to identify & objectively evaluate impacts from each source wherever possible

whereas to subjectively represent those where objective evaluation is not possible. General

mitigation measures for every such potential source based impacts that are either already

implemented as part of the existing development or those that are proposed for future are

also specified. This chapter is expected to form the basis for environmental management

planning and shall lead to designing of EMP for industrial developmental projects.

This chapter presents identification and quantification of various impacts from the proposed

expansion in the study area. The environmental impacts are categorized as either primary or

secondary. Primary impacts are those which are attributed directly to the project and

secondary impacts are those which are indirectly related and typically include the associated

investment and changed patterns of social and economic activities by the proposed project.

Mathematical models are used to quantitatively describe relations between sources of

pollution and different components of environment. The affected environmental attributes in

the region are air quality, water quality, soil, land use, ecology and public health. The

proposed project impact on the environment can be distinguished in two distinct phases:

During the construction phase which may be regarded as temporary or short term;

and

During the operation phase which would have long term effects

The construction and operational phase of the proposed project comprises of various

activities each of which will have an impact on some or other environmental parameters.

Various impacts during the construction and operation phase on the environmental

parameters have been studied and mitigation measures for the same have been elaborated

in this chapter.



4.2 Identification of Environmental Attributes and Pollution Sources Overall environmental impact of proposed expansion is broadly divided into two categories

i.e. during Construction Phase and Operation Phase. The environmental impact assessment

is accomplished by identification and prediction of impacts and their assessment. Various

environmental attributes which can be affected through proposed project activities and its

relative importance are given below in Table 4.1

Table 4.1 Identification of the environmental attributes

Environmental Attributes Parameters Relative Importance (%)

Air Environment Climate, Air Quality

25 Odour

Water Environment Water Quantity

25 Water Quality

Land Environment

Land Use Pattern

10 Topography

Soil Quality

Ecological Environment Terrestrial Flora & Fauna

10 Aquatic Flora & Fauna

Social Environment Aesthesis

10 Housing & Services

Economic Environment Employment

5 Trade & Contract Services

Noise Environment Noise & Vibration 5

Occupational Health & Safety Health & Safety 10

Project related activities identified as polluting sources having potential to cause impact upon

various environmental attributes are categorized as below under construction & operation

phases in Table 4.2

Table 4.2 Identification of the pollution sources

Phase of the Project Pollution Sources

Construction phase

Excavation and demolition

Civil construction

Levelling and road laying

Use/ storage of resources for construction (cement, water, power)

Transportation of construction materials, equipment’s & machineries

Installation of the machineries and mechanical equipment’s

Domestic Activity

Greenbelt Development

Operation phase

Production

Consumption of resources (water, raw material, fuel, power etc.)

Storage, handling and transportation of raw material, fuel, product

Air emissions such as process and utility

Noise & Vibration

Wastewater generation & disposal/ reuse/ recycling



Phase of the Project Pollution Sources

Hazardous /Non-Hazardous waste-storage, handling & reuse/recycling

Greenbelt development

Temporary breakdown of control equipment

Emergencies or Disaster

4.3 Types & Nature of Impacts Considered The impacts can be classified into various categories depending upon various aspects.

Representative impacts considered for the present study are described below:

Direct (Primary) and Indirect (Secondary) Impacts:

Direct impacts occur through direct interaction of an activity with an environmental, social or

economic component. These effects are generally associated with the construction,

operation, or maintenance of a facility or activity and are obvious as well as quantifiable.

Indirect impacts on the environment are those which are not a direct result of the project

involving a number of factors, often produced as a result of a complex impact pathway. The

indirect impacts are also known as secondary impacts. These are generally induced

changes in the environment, population, economic growth and land use.

Short-Term (Temporary) and Long-Term (Permanent) Impacts:

Impacts can be short-term or long-term depending upon the persistence or duration of the

impacts. The duration of impacts may have a lot to do with the project phase in which they

occur.

Positive (Beneficial) and Negative (Adverse) Impacts:

Even though the term "environmental impact" has come to be interpreted in the negative

mean, many actions have significant positive effects that should be clearly defined and

discussed. This is particularly appropriate for redevelopment or corrective actions whose

specific purpose and need is to mitigate any undesirable condition.

Cumulative Impacts:

Cumulative impacts are those environmental impacts that result from the incremental impact

of the proposed action on a common resource when added to other past, present, and

reasonably foreseeable future actions. The assessment of cumulative impacts is difficult in

part due to the exploratory nature of the possible future actions and in part due to the

complex interactions that need to be evaluated when considering collective effects. Air

quality modelling provides a means to study effects of cumulative impacts.



4.4 Prediction of the Possibility of the Identified Impacts It is very essential to study the project activities & components cautiously to identify the

sources, potential, extent & significance of the impacts as well as to suggest/provide

mitigation measures for the abatement of the identified impacts. Hence in this EIA study, it

was revealed that there would be some impacts on the environment due to the proposed

project and its activities. The main activities of the project and associated environmental

impacts are described below in Table 4.3.

Table 4.3 Prediction of the Possibility of the Identified Impacts

Sr. No.

Activity of the Project Potential Impacts without Mitigation

Construction Phase

1. Excavation and demolition

As this is the expansion project and expansion will be carried out within the existing premises, very less excavation and demolition will be required.

There will be very minor demolition activity mainly existing three Boilers of 12TPH and 18TPH x 2 capacities will be replaced by one Boiler of 45TPH.

Excavated soil will be reused for landscaping.

Direct, temporary and reversible

2. Civil construction

Impacts on noise and air environment due to transportation of construction materials

Noise generation due to construction activities

Construction waste generation & land contamination

Occupational health hazards associated with construction works

Direct, temporary and reversible

3. Levelling and road laying Levelling & road laying confined to proposed

project site

4. Use/ storage of resources for construction (cement, water, power)

Stress on water resource due to consumption of water in construction activities

Local temporary impacts because of air contamination due to dusting & emissions during loading/ unloading of construction materials

Direct Negative (as water will be sourced from Godavari River, canal and groundwater) & Direct Positive (Construction materials to be sourced from local area)

Reversible (temporary impacts limited to construction phase only)

Direct beneficial impact to the economy of the local area

5. Transportation of construction materials, equipment’s & machineries

Short term impact on noise, air, socio-economic environment

Reversible (temporary limited to construction phase only)

Direct but short term on the present traffic status of the area.

6. Installation of the machineries and mechanical equipment’s

Local temporary impacts because of air contamination due to dusting & emissions during loading/ unloading of construction materials.

Noise generation due to erection & commissioning activities.

Occupational health hazards associated with



construction works.

7. Domestic Activity

Sewage generation

Possibility of Soil contamination

Occupational Health Hazards if waste is not handled properly

8. Greenbelt Development Beneficial to environment of the surrounding area

and flora fauna.

Direct and long term

Operation Phase

1. Production

Long term (air & water environment, social & biological environment)

Beneficial to economy

Direct impact on air due to process & utility emissions, water due to consumption, secondary impacts on ecology etc.

Beneficial as the product are chemical products and used in various applications industries like Pharma, Paints, Printing, etc.

2. Consumption of resources (water, raw material, fuel, power etc.)

Stresses on resource sources due to additional consumption

Direct Negative (as water will be sourced from Godavari River, canal water and groundwater)

Long term

Beneficial and long term to the local economy as raw materials will be sourced from local vendors

Indirect impact on competing users

Reversible (Water resources will be balanced in monsoon due to RWH, power will be generated in-house through T.G. Set of 7.1MW/hr capacity)

3. Storage, handling and transportation of raw material, fuel, product

Long term impact on noise, air, fauna, socio-economic environment

Direct impact on the present traffic status of the area

Impacts because of air contamination due to dusting & emissions during loading/ unloading of raw material, product, fuel etc.

Long term and reversible impact on air, land environment, social environment and ecology due to Spillage during storage/ transportation of hazardous chemicals

Adverse and direct (fire/ explosion/ toxic hazard due to storage/ handling of Hazardous chemicals),

Direct beneficial impact to the economy of the local area

4. Air emissions such as process & utility

Long term, reversible impacts on air due to process emissions, utility emissions and fugitive emissions.

Stress on ecological structure due to change in GLC of various pollutants in emissions.

Adverse and reversible impact due to increased load on atmosphere, social- health & aesthetics and ecology

Conditionally acceptable (if satisfying the emission norms with provision of Air pollution control measures)

5. Noise & Vibration

Direct and long term impact on social & fauna due to continuous operations

Conditionally acceptable (with provision of proper noise & vibration controls measures/ PPE)

Irreversible in case of disaster

6. Wastewater generation & disposal/ Generation of industrial & domestic wastewater



reuse/ recycling Direct, short term impacts due to contamination of land or ecology caused by disposal of untreated/ poorly treated effluent.

Positive and long term due to reuse/ recycling of water

7. Hazardous / Non Hazardous Waste-storage, handling & reuse/recycling

Direct and long term impacts on soil/ water environment due to the Hazardous. and Non Hazardous Waste handling / storage/ leakage /dumping on land.

Direct and reversible impacts due to odour from the solid waste storage area

Long term and direct impact on economy and ecology

8. Greenbelt development

Direct and Beneficial

Long term beneficial impact on ecology, social, air, noise & land environment

Direct impact on flora and fauna by finding habitat.

9. Temporary breakdown of control equipment

Long term impact on air, noise, water, land, social, ecology and occupational health

Adverse impacts due to increased load on atmosphere/land, social-human health, ecology

Reversible/ Irreversible

Conditionally acceptable if emergency maintenance & disaster management plan

10. Emergencies or Disaster

Long term impact on air, noise, water, land, social, ecology and occupational health

Adverse and irreversible

Unacceptable

4.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures The anticipated environmental impacts and their mitigation measures on various

environmental elements during construction and operation phase is discussed in below

mentioned section.

4.5.1 Air Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation

measures are enlisted in Table 4.4


Anticipated

Impact Probable Source Mitigation Measures


Dust

Generation

Due to construction

and Demolition phase

Construction vehicle

and movements on

unpaved roads

Sprinkling of Water as and when required

The stockpiles will be minimized & covered to

prevent re-suspension due to wind & subsequent

dust fall

Vehicles used for transportation of material shall

be covered to reduce spills & dust blowing off the

load

Gaseous

Pollutant &

Emission

Generation

Operation of

Construction Plant

Emissions from D.

G. Set

Govt. approved D.G. Set shall be utilized

Adequate stack heights shall be provided as per





Anticipated



Gaseous

pollutants &

Emission

generation

Vehicular Movement

Emissions likely to occur from the vehicular

movement is negligible

All vehicles shall be having PUC to confirm the

standards

Emissions from D.G.

Set

Low Sulphur/ Govt. approved DG sets shall be

used


Adequate stack heights shall be provided as per


Existing D.G. Sets are provided with Adequate

stack height and same shall be provided for

proposed expansion

Ambient air quality shall be checked periodically

according to monitoring plan as per NAAQS

standards

Emissions from Boiler

Fly Ash Generation

Good quality Indian Coal will be used with low

Sulphur content

Existing Boilers are provided with Bag filter and

ESP. Proposed Boilers will be provided with ESP

and adequate stack height

Online emission monitoring instruments are

installed for all the boilers to check the efficiency of

Air Pollution Control Equipment

Fly Ash generated will be stored in silo and

disposed of properly

Emissions from

Thermic Fluid

Heaters

Thermic fluid Heaters will be provided with

adequate stack height

Emissions from

Manufacturing

Processes

Industry has installed scrubbers for Acetaldehyde

and Acetic Acid manufacturing processes

For other manufacturing plants, process emissions

will be directed to the common vent condenser of

each plant and condensate from same will be

collected as mix solvent and same shall be sent to

the CHWTSD

Proper engineering controls will be provided to

reduce chances of such leaks

4.5.1.1 Methodology for Dispersion Modelling & Scenario Analysis

AERMOD model version 09292 is used from the open source at USEPA web source (DOS-

based format) for evaluating the emission scenarios for proposed project. The inputs to the

model are defined in 5 functional pathways as represented in the following sections. Each of

these functional parameters include several options that may be user defined or set as

default, the details of some of these essential elements of AERMOD runs have been

explained in the discussions. Details of exiting stacks height calculations and proposed

stack height calculations are given in Table 4.5 and Table 4.6 respectively.



Table 4.5 Details of Existing Stacks Height

Attached to Capacity Fuel Fuel Qty. (Kg/hr.)

Actual Stack Height (m)

Control Equipment

FBC Boiler 12TPH Coal 2170 30 Bag Filter

Thermax Boiler 18TPH Coal 3505 30 ESP

ISGEC Boiler 18TPH Coal 3405 30 ESP

D. G. Set 1000KVA HSD 150LPH 9 Adequate stack Height D. G. Set 590KVL HSD 65LPH 9

Table 4.6 Details of Proposed Stacks Height

Attached to Capacity Fuel Fuel Qty. (Kg/hr.)

Actual Stack Height (m)

Control Equipment

Boiler 24TPH Coal 5200 45 ESP



Thermic Fluid Heater 10 Lac Kcal/Hr. HSD 132LPH 15 NA

Thermic Fluid Heater 2 Lac Kcal/Hr. HSD 26.4LPH 10 NA

D. G. Set 1000KVA Diesel 150LPH 9 Adequate

stack Height D. G. Set 1000KVA Diesel 150LPH 9

D. G. Set 1000KVA Diesel 150LPH 9

A) Stack Height calculation for Proposed Boiler based on Sulphur content

Particulars Unit Boiler 45TPH Boiler 24TPH x 2

Fuel Type Indian Coal Coal

Sulphur Content % 0.35 0.35

Fuel Consumption kg/Hr. 9080 5200

Therefore,

SO2 (Q) kg/Hr. 63.56 36.40

Height of Stack M 48.7 41.2

B) Stack height calculation for proposed D.G. Sets

H = h + 0.2*√kVA

where,

h = Ht. of nearby building in meters

D.G. Capacity kVA 1000

Ht. of nearby building (h) M 0

Height of Stack M 6

C) Stack Height Calculation for Proposed Thermic Fluid Heater

Particulars Unit Thermic Fluid Heater

10LakhKcal/Hr. Thermic Fluid Heater

2LakhKcal/Hr.

Fuel Type Indian H.S.D H.S.D

Sulphur Content % 0.2 0.2

Fuel Consumption kg/Hr. 110 22



Therefore,

SO2 (Q) kg/Hr. 0.44 0.9

Height of Stack M 10.9 6.8

4.5.1.1.1 Model Inputs

The model setup requires pollutant source, receptors, emissions from the source and the

meteorological data/weather of the region.

4.5.1.1.2 Source and Receptors

Air dispersion modeling is carried out considering a study area of 10 km radius from the

project site as per the guidelines of EIA & predicts Ground Level Concentration at receptors

spaced at 500 m x 500 m in form of Cartesian grid to assess the impacts. Further details of

the input pathways for each of the above mentioned parameters are discussed in the

following sections of this report.

4.5.1.1.3 Source Emission Inventory

The sources for Godavari Biorefineries modeling study are classified into three major

categories as follows;

Existing point sources in form of 3 Boilers of 18TPH x 2 and 12TPH capacities fed

with coal as a fuel

Existing point sources in form of 2 D.G sets of 1000kVA & 590kVA capacity fed with

HSD as a fuel

Proposed point sources in form of 3 Boilers of 24TPH x 2 and 45TPH capacities fed

with coal as a fuel

Proposed point sources in form of 3 D.G sets of 1000kVA each capacity fed with

HSD as a fuel

4.5.1.1.4 Line Sources Vehicle number is the most important parameter to quantify the emissions from mobile

sources in addition to the distance travelled by each of the vehicles also known as Vehicle

Kilometers Travelled (VKT). Emission factors of different types and origin have been used in

the past by researches. However, the commonest method and more appropriate method

based on the data available is to use emission factor in terms of pollutant mass per

kilometer run of the vehicle. The emission factors developed for Indian conditions have been

taken from a report “Air Quality Monitoring Project- Indian Clean Air Programme, 2007”

prepared by ARAI.



4.5.1.1.5 Point Sources

Being an industry, major sources that are modeled actually are Point in form of stacks from

different sections of the existing and proposed location. Table below provides an insight of

source wise EF’s and other parameters that are used for model ready file

Emission Factor is adopted from AP-42, Table 4.7 for large stationary Boilers and diesel fuel

engines for controlled levels and considering that all sulfur is converted to SO2 & 100%

conversion of carbon in fuel to CO2. Actual height of stack above rooftop ranging considered

as release height whereas preliminary sampling and analysis of representative stacks

already installed are used for temperature and velocity inputs.

For the model ready inputs, each stack is provide with unique discrete Cartesian ID, stack

height, temperature, velocity, diameter & emission rate in gm/s. The details of Model input

file is presented in Table 4.7 for source parameters whereas Table 4.8 representing

emission rates.

Table 4.7 Model Ready Inputs for AERMOD dispersion modeling

Stack Details Source ID Stack

Height (m) Gas

Temp. (°K) Exit Gas

Velocity (m/s) Stack

Dia.(m)

Existing Boiler 1 - 18TPH INDSTB01 30 408 13.3 1.2

Existing Boiler 2 – 12TPH INDSTB02 30 408 5.0 1.6

Existing Boiler 3 – 18TPH INDSTB03 30 408 7.5 1.6

D.G.SET (1000 KVA) INDSTDG1 9 353 5.8 0.4





Proposed Boiler 1 – 24TPH INDSTB04 45 408 6.4 1.6



Table 4.8 Model Ready Inputs for AERMOD dispersion modeling

Source ID Emission Rate (gm/s)

PM10 SO2 NOx CO

INDSTB01 3.81E+00 8.32E+00 9.64E+00 2.19E-01

INDSTB02 2.36E+00 5.15E+00 5.97E+00 1.36E-01

INDSTB03 3.70E+00 8.09E+00 9.36E+00 2.13E-01

INDSTDG1 4.47E-02 6.21E-02 9.33E-01 9.33E-01

INDSTDG2 2.64E-02 3.66E-02 5.51E-01 5.51E-01

INDSTDG3 4.47E-02 6.21E-02 9.33E-01 9.33E-01

INDSTDG4 4.47E-02 6.21E-02 9.33E-01 9.33E-01

INDSTDG5 4.47E-02 6.21E-02 9.33E-01 9.33E-01

INDSTB04 5.66E+00 1.24E+01 1.43E+01 3.25E-01

INDSTB05 5.66E+00 1.24E+01 1.43E+01 3.25E-01

INDSTB06 9.87E+00 2.16E+01 2.50E+01 5.68E-01



4.5.1.1.6 Receptor Pathway Inputs Cartesian grid starting at the SE corner area around Godavari Biorefineries Ltd., equidistant

on all sides with 500m increment over X & Y coordinates, thus forming a receptor output grid

of 10km2.

4.5.1.1.7 Meteorology Three hourly data for one complete year that is from 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018 was

used as an input in the meteorology processor to generate model ready one hourly input

surface & profile meteorology files.

4.5.2 Meteorology Pathway Inputs

The inputs contain a surface file & profile file that are computed through modified

AERMET – INDIA-IMD processor using the baseline meteorology parameters such

as year, month, day, hour of meteorology data with wind speed, direction,

temperature & cloud cover from Indian Meteorology Department for the year 2018

Roughness length of 1m of measurement height, displacement height of 0.2m,

Albedo of 0.2 & href of 10m i.e. the height at which measurements of meteorology

have been done

The minimum wind speed (0.5m/s lower than 1m/s considered as calm by IMD),

minimum mixed layer height (50m), and minimum heat flux 20W/M2/s)

The Bowen ratio = Sensible Heat flux/Latent Heat Flux as a function of month to

allow smaller Bowen Ratios during the Indian monsoon season when the ground is

wet and latent heat fluxes become significant (from 2 in non-monsoon to 0.5 in

monsoon)

The potential temperature gradient above the mixed layer (0.008 degrees/m) 4.5.3 Results and Discussions Model outputs have been generated in form of 1st highest of all averages, along with 24

hourly 1st highest as well as 1st fifty, 24 hourly highest values of concentration for all

pollutants. Model outputs were obtained for emissions of each of the pollutants in each of

the 500m x 500m receptor grid spread across 10km2 gridded impact zone. The results of

these emissions for each grid were plotted in SURFER by considering the location of the X

and Y coordinates of each grid versus the emission values for respective grid.

Contour maps are plotted for each of the study pollutants for a variety of source groups as

discussed in later section of the report representing impact by each of these sources and

combination of them for present & future scenario including Business as Usual scenario &

considering one DG Set to be added in proposed project scenario.



This map is superimposed on the satellite imagery as well as source grid of the proposed

location. Since air quality was expected to be influenced mainly due to the existing

emissions & to avoid redundancy, separate analysis of individual sources & types is NOT

included in the results but only the differentiating present & future emissions are

represented.

4.6 Air Quality at Present and in Future The results for CO, NOx, SO2 and PM10 for each of the receptors during the future when the

proposed expansion is operational scenario computed from contribution of all sources

together.

Permutation and combination of predictions for various source groups for each of the

pollutants are depicted in Table 4.8. However, the contours represent the first highest

concentration observed during a prediction year and shall not be confused with average

concentration presented in tables of statistical analysis which is much more representative

and acceptable form of scenario.

Table 4.9 Combustion of Source Pollution

Source Groups Source Type CO NOx SO2 PM10

Point Sources D.G Sets, Thermic Fluid &

Boilers

All Together as one source

All Existing Sources Together All Proposed Sources Together

4.6.1 Scenario Analysis for CO Each of these sources for 1 hour average concentration is discussed for their impacts on

ambient air in the following sections.

In case of CO emissions, all point sources are assumed to be contributing to emissions, the

statistical analysis of which is represented in Table 4.10. The same is also evaluated for

existing scenario as well as those that are proposed to be added eventually during the

operation phase. The DG sets though are supposed to be used only during power failure; it

is considered that they shall be operated once a week for entire 24hours as worst case

scenario.

Table 4.10 Statistical Analysis of CO for all Scenarios

Simulation Scenario Minimum Maximum Average SD (±)

All stacks together without roads 0.58 17.90 1.78 5.10

All Sources Together including roads 0.59 19.14 1.87 1.83

Existing Stack Sources 0.21 5.93 0.64 0.56

Proposed Stack Sources 0.39 15.29 1.21 1.21

All Industrial Boilers [Existing +Proposed] 0.07 0.58 0.19 0.10

All Industrial DG Set [Existing +Proposed] 0.51 17.57 1.59 1.63

Roads (2019) 0.01 4.90 0.09 0.27

Roads (2024) 0.02 7.27 0.14 0.40



Roads (2029) 0.03 10.74 0.20 0.60

Though the concentration of CO from these sources during operational phase is minimal and

adding only 1.87µg/m3, the outliers are still adjusted in this case with 13 such prediction

points that are beyond ±3SD. Model simulations from proposed activity shows barely

1.21µg/m3 contribution and thereby only final operational phase contour is presented in

Figure 4.1.

Figure 4.1 Concentration Contours for CO(μg/m3) During Operational Phase 4.6.2 Scenario Analysis For NOx Similar to CO, the outputs for the modeled NOx concentrations are done with regards to point

sources as classified in earlier sections of the report for existing as well as future operational

phase scenario. Each of these sources is discussed for their impacts on ambient air in the

following sections.



4.6.2.1 Point Source

In case of NOx emissions too, the statistical analysis as represented in Table 4.11 shows

average concentration is only 9.98μg/m3 which is miniscule compared to the ambient air

quality standards and may not pose any threat to life or property.

Table 4.11 Statistical Analysis of NOx for all scenarios








Roads (2019) 0.01 2.94 0.05 0.16

Roads (2024) 0.01 4.36 0.07 0.24

Roads (2029) 0.02 6.47 0.11 0.35

Though the concentration of NOx from these sources during operational phase is minimal

and adding only 9.98µg/m3, the outliers are still adjusted in this case with 47 such prediction

points that are beyond ±3SD. Model simulations from proposed activity shows barely

8.23µg/m3 contribution and thereby only final operational phase contour is presented in

Figure 4.2 Concentration of NOx (μg/m3) During Operational Phase

4.6.3 Scenario Analysis For SO2 SO2 mainly find it emission source from fuel use in D.G. Sets and utility processes which in

this case is HSD, Coal as well as PNG. Simulations similar to the other gases are done for



SO2 too & presented only for the final scenario since the contributing sources are extremely

limited.

The statistical analysis as represented in Table 4.12 shows all parameters of activity remain

similar to those used in other gas calculations except emissions factors as discussed in

earlier section of this report and adjusted for outliers to the tune of 68 such prediction points.

Table 4.12 Statistical Analysis of SO2 for all Scenarios







The average contribution of proposed activity is absolutely negligible to the tune of

6.29μg/m3. Contour showing dispersion of pollutant for all source together during operation

phase is presented in Figure 4.3

Figure 4.3 Concentration of SO2 (μg/m3) During Operational Phase 4.6.4 Scenario Analysis for PM10 PM10 mainly finds its emissions from all existing sources except for the process stacks since

all process are mostly closed loop and fitted with scrubbers. Since the sources are limited,

only the final scenarios during operation phase since the contributing sources are extremely

limited.



The statistical analysis as represented in Table 4.13 shows all parameters of activity remain

similar to those used in other gas calculations except emissions factors as discussed in

earlier section of this report and adjusted for outliers to the tune of 68 such prediction points

that’ are beyond ±3SD value. The contribution of proposed activity in operation phase is

absolutely negligible to the tune of 2.89μg/m3 that is from the proposed DG Set whereas the

average final concentration during operation phase is 1.65μg/m3.

Table 4.13 Statistical Analysis for PM10








Roads (2019) 0.02 6.82 0.12 0.37

Roads (2024) 0.03 10.10 0.17 0.55

Roads (2029) 0.04 15.00 0.25 0.82

Most of them seen as source influence and emanating from the center of the location.

Figure 4.4 Concentration of PM10 (μg/m3) During Operational Phase



4.7 Comparison of Baseline Results with Incremental Value

Assessment between Baseline Monitoring results and incremental values after expansion activity are depicted in below Table 4.14

Table 4.13 Comparison of Baseline Results with Incremental Value

Ambient Air Monitoring Location

Baseline Results [98th Percentile]

Maximum Incremental Value µg/m3

[All Sources Together] Final Value [Post Expansion]

PM10 NOx SO2 CO PM10 NOx SO2 CO PM10 NOx SO2 CO

µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3 µg/m3 mg/m3

Project Site 79.51 24.48 16.46 0.47 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 82.4 32.71 22.75 1.68

Mukundvasti 72.62 23.83 15.02 0.49 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 75.51 32.06 21.31 1.7

Sade 73.92 23.00 14.71 0.49 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 76.81 31.23 21 1.7

Sanvatsar 69.15 22.70 14.20 0.54 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 72.04 30.93 20.49 1.75

Puntamba 67.10 23.51 13.56 0.51 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 69.99 31.74 19.85 1.72

Bhojade 66.85 21.83 10.56 0.50 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 69.74 30.06 16.85 1.71

Shingave 70.96 21.83 10.62 0.45 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 73.85 30.06 16.91 1.66

Babtara 68.96 23.92 14.20 0.49 2.89 8.23 6.29 1.21 71.85 32.15 20.49 1.7

NAAQS Limit 100 80 80 4 100 80 80 4 100 80 80 4

4.7.1 Conclusion: As mentioned in above table, the baseline results around 10km radius of project site for modeled parameters PM10, NOx, SO2 and CO were

within range of 67.10 to 79.51μg/m3, 21.83 to 24.48μg/m3, 10.56 to 16.46μg/m3 and 0.45mg/m3 to 0.51mg/m3 respectively. Predicted average

incremental value for modeled parameter PM10, NOx, SO2 and CO were 2.89μg/m3, 8.23 μg/m3, 6.29μg/m3 and 1.21mg/m3 respectively. Hence,

total resultant value of PM10, NOx, SO2 and CO after proposed expansion was found to be in the range of 69.99 to 82.4μg/m3, 30.06 to

32.71μg/m3, 16.85 to 22.75μg/m3 and 1.66 to 1.75mg/m3 respectively which are well within the NAAQS limits and it can be concluded that

proposed expansion shall not adversely impact on the environment.



4.7.2 Noise Environment The environmental impact of noise can have several effects varying from Noise Induced

Hearing Loss (NIHL) to annoyance depending on loudness of noise. The environmental

impact assessment of noise from the existing plant, construction activity, and vehicular traffic

is undertaken by taking into consideration various factors like potential damage to hearing,

physiological responses, annoyance and general community responses and Environmental

Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation measures are enlisted

in Table 4.15

Table 4.15 Impacts on Noise Quality & Mitigation Measures

Anticipated



Irritation,

Headache,

reduced

Work

efficiency

Concerting,

hammering,

Drilling, fitting,

D.G. Set

operation

Construction activity will be limited during day time

Construction activity for proposed activity shall be temporary

D.G. Set shall be used in case of power failure only

The existing D.G. Set shall be used during construction

activity and shall be provided with adequate stack height

Provision of PPE’s like ear muff/ plugs shall be provided to

the workers

Existing green belt shall help to reduce the noise level

crossing the project boundary


Irritation,

Headache,

reduced

Work

efficiency

due to

Various

Industrial

Activity

Noise

generation

from D. G. Set

Acoustic Enclosure are provided for existing D.G. Set and

same shall be done for proposed D.G. Set

Regular Monitoring of the D.G. set shall be carried out

Regular preventive maintenance of D.G. Set shall be carried

out for smooth operation with minimum noise

Traffic &

Vehicular

Movement

Strict prohibition of blowing horn within premises

Provision of Minimum 6m wide road width with average 9m

Turning radius for smooth traffic flow

Machinery and

Equipment’s

PPE’s like Ear Muffs and Plugs shall be provided

Worker shall be educated about importance of using PPE’s

Exposure control shall be done if any worker is engaged in

activities in intense noise area

Regular maintenance & lubrication of all noise generating

equipment will be done

Existing green belt development (Noise Breaker species

such as Azardirachta indica, Mangifera indica etc.) will help

to reduce noise to great extent and also proposed greenbelt

development will further attenuate the chances of noise

generation outside the premises

There is residential colony within the premises hence, noise

barrier plantation like Terminalia Arjuna, Azadirachta Indica,

Mangifer Indica, Butea Monosperma etc. around these

colonies will also be done to reduce noise at receptor level

Noise

generated

from Boiler

PPE’s like Ear Muffs and Plugs shall be provided for people

working in that area



4.5.2 Traffic Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation


Table 4.16 Impacts of Traffic and its Mitigation Measures

Anticipated



Heavy Traffic Vehicles carrying

construction material

The transportation shall be scheduled during

non-peak hour

Traffic signage shall be installed

Good traffic management system will be

developed and implemented for the

incoming and outgoing vehicles so as to

avoid congestion on the village road


Heavy Traffic

Vehicles carrying

Raw Material and

Finished products

In order to avoid the traffic congestion, the

transportation of Raw Materials and

Finished goods shall be done during non-

peak hours

All internal roads shall be of average 6m

width for free movement

Separate dedicated Loading and Unloading

are shall be defined

Traffic Signage at required places

Good traffic management system will be

developed and implemented for the

incoming and outgoing vehicles so as to

avoid congestion on the village road

Vehicles of the

employees

Currently industry has employed 413

employees and for proposed expansion it shall

be requiring additional 200 accounting to 613

All internal roads shall be of average 6m width

for free movement

Dedicated parking area shall be provided for

vehicle parking

As the major employees shall be hired from

nearby areas mostly public transportation will

be used thus reducing the load on traffic

4.5.3 Water Environment

Major Water source of industry is Godavari River and Canal Water for which industry has

obtained permission from Irrigation department. Anticipated impact, source along with its

mitigation measure for during construction and operation phase is presented in Table 4.17

Table 4.17 Impacts On Water Environment and Mitigation Measures

Anticipated





Competing

Users

Fresh water

consumption for

construction activity

Utilization of Water from Rain Water Harvesting

Tank

Recycle of treated water to reduce fresh water

consumption

Water Quality Wastewater from

construction Labour

Generated wastewater shall be treated in the

existing STP


Competing

Users Domestic and

Industrial activity

Permission from Irrigation Department for

withdrawal

Utilization of Water from Rain Water Harvesting in

Monsoon

Water Meter will be set up at Inlet Tank

Monthly water audit to prevent wastage of water

Recycle of treated water to reduce fresh water

consumption

Water Quality

Wastewater from

Industrial Activities

ETP of 1250CMD [Existing 600CMD and

Proposed 650CMD] followed by RO and MEE

Treated Effluent will be recycled and utilized in

Cooling Tower

No treated water shall be discharged outside the

factory premises as industry is achieving ZLD

Maintaining quality of Treated effluent as per

CPCB Norms

Online Monitoring system provided for continuous

quality check

Regular analysis of effluent by MoEFCC/NABL

accredited laboratory to ensure that quality is as

per prescribed norms

Daily analysis of effluent for few parameters in In-

house Laboratory

Wastewater from

Domestic Activities

STP of 250CMD [Existing 200CMD and proposed

50CMD]

Treated sewage used for gardening [219CMD]

Regular analysis of sewage by MoEFCC/NABL

accredited laboratory to ensure that quality is as

per prescribed norms

Maintaining quality of Treated sewage as per

CPCB Norms

Daily analysis of sewage for few parameters in In-

house Laboratory

Run off storm water

Adequate network for Storm water through closed

pipe line

Separate drainage system for storm water and

ETP treated water

4.5.4 Land Environment Proposed expansion shall be carried out in the same plot area and no additional plot shall be

added. Anticipated Impacts along with its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 4.18







Land Acquisition &

Conversion of

Land

For Proposed Expansion

Proposed Expansion shall be carried

out in the same plot premises hence


Change in

Topography and

Geology

Excavation work and

leveling of proposed site for

construction

Very Minimal leveling of site as

proposed site has flat terrain

Soil Erosion Loosening of top soil due to

excavation

Care will be taken to compact the soil

after refilling so that, soil erosion and

consequent soil import is avoided

Generation of

Debris Construction activity

Waste generated will be reused for

construction activities

The generated construction waste will

be very less and will be disposed off as

per C&D Rules, 2016.

Contamination of

Soil

Leakage of oil from vehicles

& DG Sets

DG Set shall be installed on concrete

roof with proper oil collection system


Soil Contamination

Manufacturing Process and

ETP Operation & Solid

Waste handling

Hazardous waste generated shall be

stored, transport and disposed as per

The Hazardous and Other Waste

(Management & Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016

Hazardous Waste shall be stored in an

Isolated and designated storage area

with non-percolated flooring and care

will be taken that no Hazardous Waste

shall be placed on barren land

Chemicals required for ETP shall be

stored in a designated storage room

Leachate from storage site shall be

treated in the ETP

DG sets, transformer,

vehicle maintenance, fuel

carrying vehicle accidents,

etc.

If in worst case scenario, soil gets

contaminated with untreated effluent it

will be disposed to CHWTSDF / or

Phyto–Bioremediation.

Soil Erosion Runoff during monsoon

Care will be taken to compact the soil

after refilling so that, soil erosion and

consequent soil import is avoided

Contamination of

land due to

discharge of

untreated effluent

and sewage

Discharge of untreated

effluent and sewage

Industry has provided ETP of 650CMD

and STP of 200CMD for treating the

generated effluent and sewage for

existing activity

For proposed activity, industry shall be

providing additional ETP of 600CMD

and STP of 50CMD thus accounting to

1250CMD and 250CMD respectively

The treated effluent shall be reused in

Cooling Tower and treated sewage

shall be used for gardening

4.5.5 Solid Waste [HW and Non HW] Environment



Industry generates various types of Hazardous as well as Non Hazardous Waste from

different industrial and domestic activities. Anticipated impacts along with its mitigation

measures are listed in Table 4.19


Anticipated



Generation

of

excavated

material

and

constructio

n waste


Excavated material shall be reused for site

leveling, backfilling and road construction

Construction waste shall be segregated

properly and reused to the maximum possible

extent at site only

Non-recyclable material shall be disposed of by

authorized vendor

Generation

of

Domestic

Solid

Waste

Domestic activity of

Construction Labours

Generated solid waste shall be segregated and

wet waste shall be treated through Vermi-

composting and dry waste shall be handed

over to the authorized vendors


Generation

of

Hazardous

Waste

Manufacturing process

and other Industrial

Activities

Generated Hazardous Waste shall be

segregated as per the category

Isolated and designated storage area shall be

provided with non percolated flooring

All Stored Hazardous waste shall be labelled

Hazardous Waste shall be handled as per The

Hazardous and Other Waste (Management &

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

PPEs shall be provided for handling of

Hazardous Waste

Industry has membership of CHWTSDF for

disposal of Hazardous Waste

All generated Hazardous waste shall be sent to

the CHWTSDF only

As industry is in operation phase, Annual

Hazardous Waste Return is being submitted

regularly and Manifest forms is also maintained

and same shall be continue after expansion

Generation

of

Domestic

Solid

Waste

[Non

Hazardous

Waste]

Domestic Activity

Generated Solid Waste shall be segregated

and stored in isolated and designated storage

area

Wet waste [Bio-degradable] shall be treated

through Vermi-composting and resultant

manure shall be used for gardening and

landscaping

Non-Biodegradable waste shall be handed

over to the authorized vendors for recycling

purpose

Generation

of Bio

Sludge

STP & ETP [Non

Chemical] operation

This Sludge is of Bio sludge is considered as

non-hazardous waste and shall be used as

Manure for the gardening and greenbelt

development within the plant premises



4.5.6 Ecological Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation


Table 4.20 Impacts on Ecological Environment and Mitigation Measures



Loss of vegetation

associated with site

clearance, road construction

etc.

Construction

activities for land

preparation and

site development

There shall be minimal clearance of

site that too restricted to the wild grass

only

Construction shall be carried out on

barren land designated for industrial

activity only

Deposition of fine dust on

leaves and plants due to

emission

Transportation and

Construction

activity

Construction activities will be

temporary and restricted to plant

premises

All the construction raw materials will

be covered with tarpaulin to emit the

chances of fugitive dust emissions

Regular sprinkling of water will be done

to suppress dust generation

Plantation as per landscaping plan

using native flora, which will enhance

the overall ecology of the area

Topsoil removed from an area during

construction, will be replaced & reused


Impact on Fauna & Flora

due emissions Industrial Activity

Adequate stack height with adequate

APCE for proper dilution and

dispersion of pollutants


4.5.7 Socio-Economic Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation


Table 4.21 Impacts On Socio- Economic Environment and Mitigation Measures



Influx of population

Construction

activity

Construction workers shall be sourced locally

Employment generation Positive impact as employment will generate

income opportunity directly and indirectly

Economy

Positive Impacts as expansion activity shall

help to generate direct and indirect

employment and other allied business like

construction raw material, transportation

vehicles etc. which shall also help in uplifting

of living standards


Influx of workers would

impose marginal strain on Industrial Operation

Positive Impact as Industry shall be providing

employment to 613 [Existing 413 and



the existing basic

amenities within the study

area

proposed 200] employees

The man power for the proposed expansion

will be sourced locally. Hence, burden of

competing users for resources will be

negligible

Increase in standard of living

Positive impact as few basic amenities of

surrounding villages shall be developed by

industry

Economy

Positive Impacts in project area

Economic benefit to local employees

Basic raw material required for various

activity shall be procured from nearby

available sources

CSR Activities Social Activities

Positive Impacts in project area Industry is

already doing various activities for

betterment of local villagers under CSR and

same shall be after expansion

CER Activities

Positive Impacts in project area as Industry

has proposed to allocate a fund of 150Lakh

under CER Activity

Industry shall spend this fund for

improvement of various basic infrastructure

within 10km radius of project area

4.5.8 Occupational Health and Safety

Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation


Table 4.22 Impacts Identification and its Mitigation Measures



Impacts on health and

safety of work force

due continuous dust

inhalation, accidents,

physical injury during

construction, noise

generation

Construction

activity

Proper Personnel Protective Equipment’s

like safety helmet, nose mask, safety boots,

ear plugs etc. will be provided to all workers

involved in construction phase

Proper training will be provided for safety

operations

Proper supervision will be provided for all

workers so as to minimize chances of

accident by human incompetence

Regular water sprinkling will be done on

construction site to reduce dust suppression

Accidents

Operation of

Machinery,

transportation,

loading and un

loading, etc.

Proper Personnel Protective Equipment’s

like safety helmet, nose mask, safety boots,

ear plugs etc. will be provided to all workers

First Aid box will be provided at definite

designated area in every department for

minor physical injury to the workers.


Noise generation

Boiler and D. G.

Set

Operation of

Ear muff and Ear plugs will be provided for

employees engaged in noise prone area



machinery and

equipment’s

Honking

Constant inhalation of

fugitive dust caused

due to raw material

handling, loading-

unloading.

Repeated exposure of

workers to hazardous

chemicals.

Use of igniting material

near high flammable

raw material storage

area due to negligence

of knowledge may

cause explosion or fire

etc. which can cause

serious injury or even

death of the workers.

Industrial

Operations

Safety signs and slogans will be placed at

regular intervals at all the places within

factory premises to create awareness

amongst workers

Mock drills will be arranged for the

employees to test the effectiveness of the

training program from time to time and the

way to react in case of emergency

Supervision will be kept on person working in

and near hazardous chemical storage area.

Employees will be trained about the

consequence and safety of the same

Work permit system will be introduced to

avoid un-authorized person‘s entry

4.1 Evaluation of Impacts The environmental impact matrix is prepared for construction phase as well as for operation

phase considering;

• Without mitigation/control measures.

• With mitigation measures for adverse/ beneficial effects.

The criteria for evaluation of quantitative matrix are presented herewith, 1. Negligible Impacts

• Negligible positive impacts (+1)

• Negligible negative impacts (-1)

It signifies that the actions have minor effect, adverse or beneficial, on the environmental

parameters concerned.

2. Marginal Impacts

• Marginal positive impacts (+2)

• Marginal negative impacts (-2)

The activities and their environmental impacts will have slightly significant or significant but

for short term positive or negative impacts.

3. Significant Impacts

• Significant positive impacts (+3)

• Significant negative impacts (-3)

The activities and their environmental impacts will have significant or reversible impacts.

4. Highly Significant Impacts

• High significant positive impacts (+4)



• High significant negative impacts (-4)

The activities and their environmental impacts will have significant and irreversible impacts

Detailed activity wise, identification of possible impacts and its evaluation considering two

scenario i.e. first scenario; impact without mitigation measures and second scenario with

mitigation measures have been evaluated for both construction as well as operation phase.

Cumulative impact for entire project activity has also been evaluated.

Impact matrix evaluation without mitigation measures in construction phase is presented in

Table 4.23, whereas Table 4.24 represents matrix impact evaluation in operation phase and

Table 4.25 represent, cumulative impacts in construction phase without any mitigation

measures.

Table 4.26 represents impact matrix during construction phase with mitigation measures,

Table 4.27 represents impact matrix evaluation in operation phase and cumulative impact

matrix [Construction + Operation] with mitigation measures is presented in Table 4.28



Table 4.23 Matrix Evaluation without Mitigation Measures (Construction Phase)

Environmental Attributes Pollution Sources

Ex

ca

vati

on

an

d

de

mo

liti

on

Civ

il c

on

str

uc

tio

n

Le

ve

llin

g a

nd

ro

ad

lay

ing

Us

e/ s

tora

ge o

f

res

ou

rce

s f

or

co

nstr

uc

tio

n

(cem

en

t, w

ate

r,

po

we

r)

Tra

ns

po

rta

tio

n o

f

co

nstr

uc

tio

n

mate

ria

ls,

eq

uip

me

nt’

s &

ma

ch

ine

rie

s

Ins

talla

tio

n o

f th

e

ma

ch

ine

rie

s a

nd

me

ch

an

ica

l

eq

uip

me

nt’

s

Do

me

sti

c A

cti

vit

y

Gre

en

be

lt

De

ve

lop

me

nt

Climate & Air Quality -2 -3 -1 -1 -2 -1 0 4

Odour 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 2

Water Quality 0 0 0 0 -1 0 -1 0

Water Quantity 0 -2 0 0 0 0 -1 0

Land use Pattern -3 1 -1 0 0 0 0 4

Topography -3 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

Soil Quality -1 -1 0 -1 0 0 -2 4

Terrestrial Flora & Fauna -1 -1 -1 0 0 0 0 4

Aquatic Flora & Fauna -1 -1 0 -1 0 0 -2 0

Aesthetic -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 0 0 4

Employment 3 4 1 1 2 0 0 3

Economic Condition 2 2 0 0 2 0 0 1

Noise & Vibration -2 -2 -1 0 -2 -1 0 4

Health & Safety -2 -3 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0



Table 4.24 Matrix Evaluation without Mitigation Measures (Operation Phase)


Pro

du

cti

on

Co

ns

um

pti

on

of

res

ou

rce

s (

wa

ter,

raw

ma

teri

al, f

ue

l,

po

we

r etc

.)

Sto

rag

e, h

an

dlin

g

an

d t

ran

sp

ort

ati

on

of

raw

mate

ria

l,

fue

l, p

rod

uct

Air

em

iss

ion

s s

uc

h

as

pro

ces

s, u

tility

&

fug

itiv

e

Wa

ste

wa

ter

ge

ne

rati

on

&

dis

po

sa

l/ r

eu

se

/

rec

yc

lin

g

Ha

z./N

on

. H

az

wa

ste

-sto

rag

e,

ha

nd

lin

g &

reu

se

/rec

yc

lin

g

Gre

en

be

lt

de

ve

lop

men

t

Te

mp

ora

ry

bre

ak

do

wn

of

co

ntr

ol e

qu

ipm

en

t

Em

erg

en

cie

s o

r

Dis

aste

r

Climate & Air Quality -3 -3 -3 -3 0 -3 3 -3 -4

Odour -2 -1 -2 -2 -2 -2 3 -3 -3

Water Quality 0 0 -3 0 -3 -3 2 -3 -4

Water Quantity -3 -3 0 0 2 0 0 -3 -3

Land use Pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0

Topography 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Soil Quality 0 0 -3 -3 -3 -3 3 -3 -4

Terrestrial Flora & Fauna 0 0 -2 -2 -3 -3 3 -3 -4

Aquatic Flora & Fauna 0 0 -2 -2 -3 -3 0 -3 -4

Aesthetic 0 0 -2 -2 -2 -2 3 -3 -3

Employment 3 0 0 0 0 0 3 0 0

Economic Condition 0 3 3 0 0 0 3 0 0

Noise & Vibration -2 0 -2 0 0 0 3 -3 -3

Health & Safety -3 0 -2 -3 -3 -3 4 -3 -4



Table 4.25 Cumulative Impact Matrix (without mitigation measures)

Environmental Facets Cumulative score for

each parameter Cumulative score for

each attribute, Si Relative Importance of each attribute, Wi (%)


Air Environment

-38 25 -9.5 Climate, Air Quality -25

Odour -13

Water Environment

-29 25 -7.75 Water Quality -16

Water Quantity -13

Land Environment

-42 10 -4.2 Land Use Pattern 5

Topography -2

Soil Quality -17


-35 10 -4.2 Terrestrial Flora & Fauna -13


Social Environment -12 10 -1.2

Aesthesis -12

Economic Environment

29 5 1.4 Employment 13

Economic Condition 16

Noise Environment -11 -11 5 -0.5


Cumulative Score -28.7



Table 4.26 Matrix Evaluation with Mitigation Measures (Construction Phase)


Ex

ca

vati

on

an

d

de

mo

liti

on

Civ

il c

on

str

uc

tio

n

Le

ve

llin

g a

nd

ro

ad

lay

ing

Us

e/ s

tora

ge o

f

res

ou

rce

s f

or

co

nstr

uc

tio

n

(cem

en

t, w

ate

r,

po

we

r)

Tra

ns

po

rta

tio

n o

f

co

nstr

uc

tio

n

mate

ria

ls,

eq

uip

me

nt’

s &

ma

ch

ine

rie

s

Ins

talla

tio

n o

f th

e

ma

ch

ine

rie

s a

nd

me

ch

an

ica

l

eq

uip

me

nt’

s

Do

me

sti

c A

cti

vit

y

Gre

en

be

lt

De

ve

lop

me

nt

Climate & Air Quality -1 -1 0 -1 -1 -1 0 4

Odour 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3

Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Water Quantity 0 -1 0 -1 0 0 -1 0

Land use Pattern 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 4

Topography 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0

Soil Quality -1 -1 0 0 1 0 0 4

Terrestrial Flora & Fauna 0 0 -1 0 0 0 0 4

Aquatic Flora & Fauna 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Aesthetic 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4

Employment 3 4 1 0 1 2 0 2

Trade & Contract services 3 3 2 2 2 1 0 2

Noise & Vibration 0 -1 0 0 -1 0 0 4

Health & Safety 0 0 0 -1 -1 0 0 0



Table 4.27 Matrix Evaluation with Mitigation Measures (Operation Phase)


Pro

du

cti

on

Co

ns

um

pti

on

of

res

ou

rce

s (

wa

ter,

raw

ma

teri

al, f

ue

l,

po

we

r etc

.)

Sto

rag

e, h

an

dlin

g

an

d t

ran

sp

ort

ati

on

of

raw

mate

ria

l,

fue

l, p

rod

uct

Air

em

iss

ion

s s

uc

h

as

pro

ces

s, u

tility

&

fug

itiv

e

Wa

ste

wa

ter

ge

ne

rati

on

&

dis

po

sa

l/ r

eu

se

/

rec

yc

lin

g

Ha

z. /N

on

. H

az

wa

ste

-sto

rag

e,

ha

nd

lin

g &

reu

se

/rec

yc

lin

g

Gre

en

be

lt

de

ve

lop

men

t

Te

mp

ora

ry

bre

ak

do

wn

of

co

ntr

ol e

qu

ipm

en

t

Em

erg

en

cie

s o

r

Dis

aste

r

Climate & Air Quality 0 -1 0 0 0 0 4 -2 -2

Odour -1 0 0 0 0 -1 4 -1 -2

Water Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 -2 -1

Water Quantity -1 -1 0 0 3 0 0 -1 -1

Land use Pattern 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 0 0

Topography 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Soil Quality 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 -1 -3

Terrestrial Flora & Fauna 0 0 0 0 1 0 3 -2 -1

Aquatic Flora & Fauna 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -2

Aesthetic 0 0 0 0 0 1 4 -1 -2

Employment 4 0 2 0 0 0 2 0 0

Trade & Contract services 3 4 3 0 0 3 3 0 0

Noise & Vibration 0 0 -1 0 0 0 3 -1 -2

Health & Safety -1 0 0 0 0 0 3 -2 -3



Table 4.28 Cumulative Impact Matrix (with mitigation measures)

Environmental Attributes Cumulative score for

each parameter Cumulative score for

each attribute, Si Relative Importance of each attribute, Wi (%)


Air Environment


Odour 0

Water Environment


Water Quantity -4

Land Environment


Topography 1

Soil Quality 3





Aesthesis 6

Economic Environment

52 5 2.6 Employment 21







The matrix analysis reveals that the cumulative value of significance of the project, in terms

of the impacts on the environment, without mitigation measures and with mitigation

measures works out to be, (-28.7) and (+1.65) respectively. Therefore, it can be indicated

that the proposed project would be posing Marginal Positive impacts on the environment.

Apart from them, there are significant positive impacts on the environment due to the

proposed project. From the overall study and evaluation of impacts, it can be concluded that

the overall negative impacts from various polluting sources on different environmental

attributes are negligible with proper EMP in place. Even some of the negative impacts can

be converted into positive beneficial impacts with proper and timely implementation of EMP.

Hence, the project can be considered environmentally safe & fit

4.2 Conclusion Major impact envisaged from proposed project activity will be wastewater disposal and air

emissions. Industry has installed an effective mitigation measure for existing activity and

same shall will provided after expansion to mitigate the possible impact which shall bring

down the cumulative negative impact from (-28.7) to (+1.65) which is marginal positive

impact on the environment. GBL has proposed to provide all required control measures and

required equipment to mitigate the impacts and described in detailed in Chapter 10 –

Environmental Management Plan.

CHAPTER 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

INDEX

5.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 176

5.2 Analysis of Site Alternative ................................................................................... 176

5.2.1 Techno-Economic Consideration .................................................................. 176

5.2.2 Availability of Infrastructure ........................................................................... 177

5.2.3 Environmental Consideration ........................................................................ 177

5.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology ....................................................................... 178

5.3.1 Process Technology ...................................................................................... 178

5.3.2 Industrial Wastewater Treatment Technology ............................................... 178

5.3.3 Domestic Wastewater Treatment Technology .............................................. 179

5.4 Fuel Consideration ............................................................................................... 182

5.5 Conclusion ............................................................................................................ 182

LIST OF TABLE

Table 5.1 Salient Features of the Project .......................................................................... 177

Table 5.2 Alternative of Effluent Treatment Plant ............................................................. 178

Table 5.3 Alternatives of Sewage Treatment Technology ............................................... 180

Table 5.4 Alternative of Fuel ............................................................................................. 182

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 5 Analysis of Alternatives


CHAPTER -5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES [TECHNOLOGY & SITE]

5.1 Introduction The Project of any nature consists of various activities, which involves men, money and material. These activities may consume natural resources and discharge wastes, which are likely to have serious consequences on the environment. A number of alternative options may be available to carry out many of these activities. Alternatives for project site must be both practical and reasonable, within overall constraints of the proposed project development. An option with least or nil adverse environment impacts is to be selected. Critical analysis is therefore required for selection of the right alternative for site as well as technology. GBL has obtained ‘No Objection Certificate’ for manufacturing of chemicals on 25.01.1993 from Department of Environment, Maharashtra. Industry is manufacturing wide range of chemicals since 1993 and has obtained approval from concerned authority for manufacturing of these products. Thereby, alternative site for particular project was never an option, as industry is in operation since 8 decades. Analysis of alternative study for proposed expansion is carried out on the basis of following factors;

1. Analysis of Alternative Sites Techno-economic alternatives Availability of Infrastructure Environmental Consideration

2. Analysis of Alternative Technology Process Technology Industrial Wastewater Treatment Technology Domestic Wastewater Treatment Technology

5.2 Analysis of Site Alternative Proposed capacity expansion along with addition of new products shall be done within the same plot hence no further analysis of alternative was carried out for the proposed expansion. However at the time of inception of industry some of the criteria were considered while selecting the site as mentioned below. The important factors which influence the project site selection are techno-economic consideration, availability of infrastructure and environmental considerations which are discussed below in detail. 5.2.1 Techno-Economic Consideration The techno-economic considerations in the selection of the site are as detailed below:

The proposed expansion shall be done within the existing factory premises The proposed project is expansion in product capacity along with addition of new

products. As industry is already under operation phase technology is already available. Hence it would be economically viable to establish the proposed expansion on existing site

Availability of transport facilities Availability of uninterrupted Power supply from MSEDCL As manpower is available from nearby locality, no rehabilitation or resettlement is

required Fuel and raw material required shall be procured from available vendors



5.2.2 Availability of Infrastructure

The land in the existing premises is sufficient to fulfill the proposed expansion requirement however there would be only creation of new infrastructure in terms of some construction and machineries

Sanvatsar -Kanhegaon Road is approximately 0.19km and SH-47 is about 3.15km from project boundary thus making ease for transportation of Raw Materials, workforce, consumables, plant equipment and fuel to the project

Industry has provided 425 quarters for all the staffs and workers within its premises Medical facility, education, civic amenities etc. are located within the periphery of the

project site Hazardous waste generated will be disposed at Maharashtra Enviro Power limited,

Pune. (Annexure 15 for Membership of CHWTSDF) Being a ZLD (Zero Liquid Discharge) the treated wastewater will not be disposed

outside the industrial premises, the treated effluent will be used as Cooling Tower make up water and treated sewage will be used for Gardening

5.2.3 Environmental Consideration

No rehabilitation and resettlement of people There is no critically polluted area within 10km radius of the study area As industry is already under operation phase and proposed expansion will be carried

out within the same premises; no site clearance will be required No national park, wildlife sanctuary are located within 10km of the project site No archeological site or defense installation in the study region. Area where proposed site is to be located has no history of natural calamities like

floods, cloud burst etc. Away from archeological land Away from defense installation

Due to already available infrastructure, the proposed project will be done within the already existing site. The salient features of the project are presented in Table 5.1.

Table 5.1 Salient Features of the Project

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 Geo Co-ordinates Latitude: 19°49'11.78"N

Longitude: 74°34'8.55"E

2 Elevation 504 m Mean Sea Level

3 Toposheet No. 47I/05, 47 I/09 and 47 I/10

4 Present Land use for the project

Private industrial land located at Kopargaon

5

Transport Connectivity

Name of Road Distance from Project Site (km)

Direction from Project Site

Airport Shirdi International Airport

23.32 South-West

Railway station Kanhegaon Station 0.41 South-East

Police Station Shirdi Police Station- Kopargaon

11.7 South-West

Hospital Primary Health Centre

0.53 South

School & College Somaiya vidya mandir

0.00 Located in project site

State Highway NH-47 5.19 West

6 River Godavari River 0.6 West



7 Ecologically sensitive zone

None within 10km radius from project site

8 Historical/ Archaeological Place

5.3 Analysis of Alternative Technology Industry has adopted latest and best technology so far available in the market for manufacturing of products to achieve maximum yield and by-product recovery with minimum pollution generation. To treat the domestic and industrial waste generated, industry has provided high technology ETP and STP. Treated waste water is utilized within the industrial premises thus forming a ZLD unit. 5.3.1 Process Technology Industry has installed high tech machineries for manufacturing of vide range of products and by-products. Regular maintenance of machineries is done in order to maintain the efficiency and productivity. Industry is very concerned and conscious about the product quality and equally about the environmental protection and resource conservation; and hence, Industry will put continuous efforts for replacing/ upgrading plant and machineries from time to time with the best available technology. 5.3.2 Industrial Wastewater Treatment Technology Currently 456CMD of waste water is generated from various industrial activities for which industry has provided ETP of 600CMD based on Anaerobic (UASBR) followed by extended aeration with RO of 600CMD. The proposed activity shall increase the effluent generation by 626CMD thus accounting to 1082CMD for which industry shall be installing ETP of 1250CMD. The recycled water from RO permeate and MEE condensate of 1057CMD shall be utilized in Cooling Tower for which industry has proposed ETP of 650CMD and RO of 650CMD. The treated wastewater will be utilized for cooling tower.

Table 5.2 Alternative of Effluent Treatment Plant

Sr. no

Technology Pros Cons

1.

Un-aerobic (UASBR) followed by Extended aeration followed by Filtration, RO and MEE

High reduction of BOD

Can withstand high organic and hydraulic loading rates

Infrequent desludging required due to low sludge generation rate

Biogas can be used for energy

Technology is relatively simple to design and build, but developing granulated sludge may take several months

Treatment may be unstable with variable hydraulic and organic load

Effluent and Sludge require further treatment and appropriate discharge

2. Fenton Treatment process

No energy input is necessary to activate hydrogen Peroxide

Fenton’s reagent is relatively inexpensive and the process is easy to operate and maintain

Treatment of the sludge containing Fe ions at the end of the waste water treatment is expensive and needs large amount of chemicals and manpower

It is limited by the narrow pH range - 2 to 3



Sr. no

Technology Pros Cons

Short reaction time among all the advanced oxidation process

There is no mass transfer limitation due to its homogeneous catalytic nature

There is no form of energy involved as catalyst

It is suitable to treat the High COD inlet ETP waste

Iron ion may be deactivated due to complexion with some iron complexing reagent such as phosphate anions and intermediate oxidation products

3. Activated Sludge process

Good quality effluent

Low land requirement

Loss of head is small

Freedom from fly and odour nuisance high degree of treatment

Not very flexible method (If there is sudden increase in the volume of sewage or if there is sudden change in the character of sewage, there are adverse effects on the working of the process and consequently the effluent of bad quality is obtained).

Operation cost is high

Sludge disposal is required on large scale

This process is sensitive to certain industrial wastes

Skilled supervision is required to check that the returned sludge remains active

4. SBR Technology

SBR is more efficient in terms of footprint (requires less space) and equipment requirements. Other treatment solutions involves multiple processes and thus reactors/vessels, each taking up space and having its own equipment requirements (e.g. pumps).

In SBR, you are basically doing everything (e.g. anaerobic treatment, denitrification, and oxidation) in the same reactor in sequence. Operation, unless fully automated, is more complex and laborious. Even if fully automated, it would also require close monitoring and intervention.

5. MBBR Technology

Responds to load fluctuations without operator intervention

Lower sludge production

Less area required

Resilient to toxic shock

Process performance independent of secondary clarifier (due to the fact that there is no sludge return line)

It is a biological process, which means that it would require a staff with higher qualifications & bacterial activity have to be monitored periodically (manually)

Required high-quality operators, and a good engineering firm, to make sure that you don't lose too much of the media.

Some complain that the fixed film media tends to wash out of the systems over time, even after installing the various strainer systems

5.3.3 Domestic Wastewater Treatment Technology The Total sewage generated from the existing unit is 190CMD and proposed expansion shall increase by 33CMD. Total sewage generated after proposed expansion shall be 223CMD which will be treated in STP of 250CMD (Existing 200CMD and proposed 50CMD). Currently STP is based on MBBR technology and the same will be upgraded for proposed expansion. Few alternatives for treatment of sewage are represented in Table 5.3.



Table 5.3 Alternatives of Sewage Treatment Technology

Sr. No

Assessment parameter ASP TF WSP UASB+FPU UASB+EAS MBBR SBR MBR KT OD FAB

1

Design 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

Process Type Aerobic Aerobic Anaerobic Anaerobic Anaerobic Aerobic Aerobic Aerobic Aerobic Aerobic Anaerobic

Overall HRT (complete cycle) (hr)

12-14 13-14 8-15 36-40 14-16 8-12 14-16 12-14 NA 6-30 16-18

2

Performance for parameters

BOD % 85-98 80-90 75-85 80-88 80-95 90-95 85-95 95-98 NA 85-95 80-95

COD % 80-90 85-90 70-85 80-85 80-90 88-96 80-90 95-100 NA 80-90 75-90

SS % 85-90 75-85 70-85 85-90 85-95 85-95 90-96 98-100 NA 85-95 80-90

DO, mg/l (Final Effluent) < 2 < 2 < 2 < 1 < 2 < 2 < 1.5 < 2 NA < 2 < 2

Faecal Coliform, Log unit Upto 3 < 4 Upto 2 < 3 Upto 4 < 5 Upto 1 < 2 Upto 2 < 4 Upto 2 < 4 Upto 2 < 4 Upto 6 < 7 NA Upto 2 < 4 Upto 2 < 4

3

Area Requirement

Average area (Sq.Mt./MLD)

1800-2000 1600-2000 8000-10000 1700-2000 1100-1400 500 300 800 20000 2200 600

4

Works Cost

Capex per MLD (in lakhs) 230 250 110 200 220 200 350 600 No pilot 110 220

Civil works, % of Capital cost

60% 80% 95% 65% 55% 40% 40% 30% 90% 60% 33%

E & M Works, % of Capital cost

40% 20% 5% 35% 45% 60% 60% 70% 10% 40% 67%

5

Annual Repair Cost

Civil works maintenance, % of Civil works

1% 1% 0.50% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 2% 2% 2%

E & M Works maintenance, % of E & M works

3% 3% 0.50% 3% 3% 3% 3% 15% 1% 2% 3.50%

6

Daily Energy Requirements

Avg. Process Power (kWh) 225 187.5 4.00 30.00 75.00 233.5 282.0 300.0 3.00 225.0 NA

Avg. Non-process Power (kWh)

7.50 7.50 5.50 7.50 7.50 4.50 4.50 4.50 4.00 7.50 NA

Total Power Requirement (kWh)

232.5 195.0 9.50 37.50 82.50 227.0 254.5 304.5 7.00 232.5 133.0

7 Daily Energy Cost



Power Cost @ Rs. 9.0 per kWh

2092.5 1755 19.00 337.5 742.5 2043 2290 2740.5 63.0 2092.5 1197

8

Daily Bio Energy Generation

Biogas Generation (m3) 55-70 55-70 Nil 35-50 35-50 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

Bio + Energy Generation (kWh)

25-35 25-35 Nil 20-30 20-30 Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

9

Nitrate and Phosphate removal

NA NA NA NA NA NA Achieved Achieved NA NA NA

Capital cost (per MLD)[additional option for conventional systems]

1.5Cr 1.5Cr 1.5Cr 1.5Cr 1.5Cr 1.5Cr Inclusive Inclusive 1.5Cr. 1.5Cr. 1.5Cr

10

Annual O&M cost, % of Capital cost (Approx.)

20% 30% 1% 20% 30% 24% 30% 30% 20% 20% 20%

Yearly power cost (% of capital cost)

NA NA 0.50% NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

Chemical cost (% of capital cost)

NA NA 0 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA

Manpower cost (% of capital cost)

NA NA 0.50% NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA



5.4 Fuel Consideration Godavari Biorefineries is using High Speed Diesel Oil (HSD) and Coal to meet their current fuel requirements. Fuel has insignificant harm to the environment and has several distinctions to its credit-of being a pollution free fuel, economical and safer fuel being few of them. Below are the specifications for the fuel which shows the benefits of using the same.

HSD have better combustion thereby achieving good performance as well as cleaner emissions

HSD have good cetane number 56-60 whereas normal diesel have cetane number ranging from 45-55

Few alternatives of Fuel are explored in Table 5.4

Table 5.4 Alternative of Fuel

Parameter Unit HSD PNG LDO FO Indian Coal Indonesian coal

Density kg/m3 820 - 860 0.7-0.9 855 990 833

Flash Point

°C Min. 35 --- Min. 66 66 Min --- ---

Ash %w Max. 0.01 __ Max 0.02

0.15 Max

38.63 13.99

Sulphur %w Max. 0.25 16

to 32 Max 1.8

3.5 Max

0.35 0.56

As per Table 5.4, it can be concluded that, HSD and Coal are best and reasonable fuel for the industry. Hence, industry has opted for HSD and Coal for fuel consideration. 5.5 Conclusion This chapter described possibility and need for alternative of site location and technology. Proponent has considered efficient utilization of raw material, water, electricity, fuel and considering the recycle and reuse of wastes generated from industry. Due care will be taken from the factory management to adopt newer technology as and when commercially available for usage with a goal to eventually further reduce consumption of the resources which ultimately reduce carbon foot print.

CHAPTER 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAM

INDEX

6.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................... 183 6.2 Purpose of Environmental Monitoring Plan .......................................................... 183 6.2.1 Classification of Monitoring ................................................................................................ 184 6.2.2 Pre-Project Monitoring ....................................................................................................... 184 6.2.3 Impact Monitoring .............................................................................................................. 184 6.2.4 Compliance Monitoring ...................................................................................................... 184 6.2.5 Existing Monitoring Programme ......................................................................................... 186 6.3 Proposed Monitoring Programme ......................................................................... 186 6.3.1 During Construction Phase ................................................................................................. 186 6.3.2 During Operation Phase ..................................................................................................... 187 6.4 Details of In- House Monitoring Capabilities and the Recognized Agencies ........ 194 6.4.1 External monitoring labs ..................................................................................................... 194 6.5 Implementation of Effective Monitoring Plan ........................................................ 194 6.6 Training Acquaintance .......................................................................................... 195 6.7 Record Keeping .................................................................................................... 195 6.8 Environmental Audits and Corrective Action ........................................................ 196 6.9 Budget Allocation for Environmental Monitoring Programme ............................... 196 6.10 Conclusion ............................................................................................................ 197

LIST OF TABLE

Table 6.1 Existing Monitoring Programme ........................................................................ 186 Table 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase ............................................... 187 Table 6.3 Monitoring Programme During Operation Phase .............................................. 188 Table 6.4 List of Laboratory Equipment’s ......................................................................... 194 Table 6.5 Phase Wise Implementation of EMP ................................................................ 194 Table 6.6 Record Keeping Requirement ........................................................................... 195 Table 6.7 Budgetary allocation for EMP Implementation .................................................. 197

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 6 Environmental Monitoring Program


CHAPTER 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 6.1 Introduction This Chapter deals with Environmental Monitoring Programme that is likely to take place

during the Construction and Operation stage; requirement of Monitoring facilities, frequency,

location of monitoring, parameters of monitoring, compilation and analysis of data,

comparison with baseline data and compliance to stipulated norms and reporting system and

plantation monitoring programme, detailed budget and procurement schedules. The

environmental monitoring will help in assessing the changes in environmental conditions by

monitoring the effective implementation of mitigation measures and measuring deteriorations

in environmental quality for further preventive actions.

Based on the predicted & assessed impacts as well as the baseline environmental status of

the project area, present environmental monitoring plan has been designed, suggested &

planned for implementation as post project environmental monitoring program as described

below in subsequent sections under respective headings. The monitoring programme will be

designed in such way that it will comply all the Environmental norms. Industry has already

implemented environmental monitoring programme for existing activity.

6.2 Purpose of Environmental Monitoring Plan An environmental monitoring plan/programme provides a delivery mechanism to address the

adverse environmental impacts of a project during its execution, to enhance project benefits,

and to introduce standards of good practice to be adopted for all project works. An

environmental monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to;

1. Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and

thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures, and

2. Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental

monitors and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues

among them

3. To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with

conditions of EC, Consents and other regulatory NOCs

4. To comply with the provision of Factory Act & MSIHC Rules

5. Monitoring & tracking the effectiveness of environment management plan &

implementation of mitigation measures planned

6. Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to

plan additional mitigation measures; if & as required



7. Identify training requirement at various levels 6.2.1 Classification of Monitoring Monitoring shall be carried out at different levels in form of a systematic data collection

exercise so as to render ample set of background information that could be used to

formulate strategies for maintaining quality of environment in light of the activity proposed in

industry.

6.2.2 Pre-Project Monitoring Monitoring before the implementation of the project to measure the environmental

parameters during a representative pre-project period for the purpose of determining the

nature and ranges of existing natural variation and to establish, where appropriate, the

nature of changes and to demonstrate the suitability of the proposed impact, control and

reference monitoring stations. As it has been described earlier, an elaborate baseline

monitoring for all environmental, social and economic components of the project expected to

not only define prevailing setting of the environment but also to help define parameters of

importance that are possibly anticipated to be impacted by the project activities are already

done for three months from March 2018 to May 2018.

6.2.3 Impact Monitoring Impact Monitoring refers to the measurement of environmental parameters during a

representative pre-project period for the purpose of determining the nature and ranges of

existing natural variation and to establish, where appropriate, the nature of changes and to

demonstrate the suitability of the proposed impact, control and reference monitoring stations.

It involves measurement of environmental parameters during project implementation so as to

detect changes, if there is any. As it has been described earlier, an elaborate baseline

monitoring for all environmental, social and economic components of the project expected to

not only define prevailing setting of the environment but also to help define parameters of

importance that are possibly anticipated to be impacted by the project activities are already

done for one season during March 2018 to May 2018. Monitoring regime has been fixed

accordingly for the future course of deliberations too.

6.2.4 Compliance Monitoring This refers to the measurement of environmental parameters during operation to ensure the

compliance of stipulated norms and conditions of regulatory agencies.

GBL being in the ambit of multiple authorities, monitoring, sampling program proposed shall

be as per MPCB norms. Though the network designed for GBL study area monitoring entails



mostly EIA related regime, it is evident that most of these monitoring schedules will overlap

with stipulated statutory norms of monitoring by other regulatory authorities and therefore a

detailed EMP implementation plan combined with regulatory compliance anticipated is

already prepared based on existing legal framework in India, and also attempts to outline the

proposed environmental monitoring schedule at GBL during operation phase though most of

those programs mentioned in Table 6.1 shall continue during expansion phase. Being an

existing project for long; certain statutory compliances are already stipulated and are being

followed by GBL through Local Authorities.

6.2.4.1 Air Monitoring and Meteorological Aspects Both ambient air quality and stack emission shall be monitored to check the air quality. The

ambient air quality can be monitored for three locations once in three months. Locations like

work zone, stack and other environmental parameters are considered. The Monitoring

should be done by MoEF&CC approved laboratory. Similarly, stack monitoring shall be

carried out quarterly and results shall be informed to pollution control authorities. All

parameters shall be monitored as per NAAQS/Consent conditions and as specified by EAC.

6.2.4.2 Water and Wastewater Quality Drinking water shall be monitored as per IS10500 - 2012 whereas Wastewater at the

Sewage and Effluent Treatment Plant facilities shall be monitored from MoEF&CC

recognized laboratory for Inlet and Outlet parameters to assess the efficiency of treatment

systems every quarterly. These parameters shall include Primary Water Quality Criteria

(Classes) that determines suitability of end use of such treated water. Physical, chemical

and biological parameters defining the quality of such wastewaters shall be determined

every quarterly as per Standard Protocol. The wastewater emanating from the different

stream of industry is to be monitored once in a month for Physico-chemical parameters.

6.2.4.3 Noise Level and Monitoring Noise level monitoring shall be carried out Near D.G. Set, Boilers, near main gate and other

noise generating work place once in three months as per the consent conditions.

6.2.4.4 Occupational Health Occupational health refers to providing proper medical facilities for workers on site. GBL

invests for occupational health and safety of workers. GBL conducts various activities,

provides training related to health and safety to all employees. The industry conducts health

check-up program for its employees once a year. Spirometry, Audiometry, Chest x-ray,

Haemoglobin and Hemogram, Blood Sugar, Blood Group, Urine test and Microscopy are



done for the employees. As a part of socio-welfare measure GBL will be investing for

medical check-up of nearby villages as well.

6.2.5 Existing Monitoring Programme Environmental parameters such as ambient & work-zone air, stack emission, noise level at

ambient & work-zone, water & waste water are being monitored at regular basis in the

existing unit of GBL. Existing monitoring programme is presented in Table 6.1 and analysis

report is attached as Annexure 16

Table 6.1 Existing Monitoring Programme

Environmental Facets

Locations Parameters Frequency

Ambient air quality 3 PM10, PM2.5, NOx, SO2 Quarterly

Work place air quality 1 SPM, SO2, NOx Quarterly

Stack monitoring 4 Particulate matter, SO2,NOx Quarterly

Noise level 5 As per factories act 1948, dB(A) Quarterly

Drinking Water quality 1 Parameter selected as per IS: 10500 standard for drinking water quality

Quarterly

ETP 1 pH, TDS, TSS, BOD, COD, Oil & Grease,

Monthly

STP 2 pH, TDS, TSS, BOD, COD, Oil & Grease

Monthly

Occupational Health Factory employee

Spirometry, Audiometry, Chest Ex-ray, Haemoglobin and Hemogram, Blood Sugar, Blood Group, Urine test, Microscopy

Once in a year

6.3 Proposed Monitoring Programme To evaluate the effectiveness of environmental management programme, regular monitoring

of the important environmental parameters will be conducted. The schedule, duration and

parameters to be monitored are presented below.

6.3.1 During Construction Phase This is an expansion of existing unit in which industry is proposing to introduce new products

by using the same existing infrastructures available within the same premises. Industry has

proposed up-gradation of ETP and STP, installation of 2 Boilers of 24TPH, Thermic Fluid

Heaters of 2Lac Kcal/Hr. and 10Lac Kcal/Hr., Hydrogen generator, Nitrogen generator,

turbine, D.G. Set and replacement of existing three Boilers (12TPH and 18TPH x 2) with

45TPH. Detailed monitoring programme to be carried out during Construction phase is

presented in Table 6.2



Table 6.2 Monitoring Program during Construction Phase

Environmental Facets Parameter Frequency of Monitoring

Air Emissions

Random checks of equipment’s logs/manuals

Weekly

Vehicle logs Weekly during site clearance & construction activities

Gaseous emissions (SO2,CO,NOX) Monthly emission monitoring

The ambient air quality will conform to the standards for PM10,PM2.5,SO2 & NOX

As per CPCB/ SPCB requirement or on monthly basis whichever is earlier

Noise

Equipment logs, noise reading Monthly during construction activities

Working hour records Daily records

Maintenance of record of vehicles Weekly records

Spot Noise recording As per CPCB/SPCB requirement or on monthly basis whichever is earlier

Wastewater Discharge No discharge hoses shall be in vicinity of watercourse

Monthly during construction activities

Soil Erosion Effective cover in place During construction activities

Drainage and effluent Management

Visual inspection of drainage and record thereof

Weekly during construction activities

Waste Management Comprehensive Waste Management plan should be in place and available for inspection onsite.

Fortnightly check during construction activities

Non-routine events and accidental releases

Mock drills and records of the same Monthly during construction activities

Health of workers All relevant parameters Monthly check ups

Loss of flora and fauna No. of plants, species During site clearance Phase

6.3.2 During Operation Phase Being already in operational phase industry, Monitoring programme of industry is already in

place and same shall be continued in future expansion too. Detailed monitoring programme

during Operation phase along with applicable compliance and roles and responsibility to

ensure the implantation is presented in Table 6.3



Table 6.3 Monitoring Programme During Operation Phase

Types of Monitoring/Compliance

Parameters for Monitoring Frequency Responsibility Monitoring Locations

Consent To Establish

Preparation of Consent application form, collecting / preparing the necessary annexure, drawings, relevant documents, as per requirements of Maharashtra Pollution Control Board

GBL shall make an application for consent to establish before changing scope in the project

AGM Environment / Environment Manager

NA

Consent To Operate

Preparation of Consent application form, collecting / preparing the necessary annexure, drawings, relevant documents, as per requirements of Maharashtra Pollution Control Board

Before start of any activity


NA

Air Environment

Verification of height of process & fuel stacks as per consent condition Air (Prevention & Control of

Pollution) Act, 1981 Central Pollution Control Board’s Emission Regulations Part III As per CPCB Norms

Quarterly AGM Environment /

Environment Manager

Process Stack, Utility Stack and D.G Sets

Inspection the sampling facilities as per Emission Regulation Part III of CPCB

Inspection & verification of air pollution control equipment’s

Maintaining Record of Fuel consumption

-- Daily Store Incharge/Manager Fuel Storage

Submission of reports to MPCB

---- Yearly/half Yearly AGM Environment /

Environment Manager Fuel Storage

Work Place Monitoring Noise, VOC and Temperature

Level Quarterly


Work station





Ambient air quality monitoring within site

PM10, PM2.5, O3, SO2, NOx, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, Benzo pyrene, arsenic, nickel. (Additional parameters, if required, as per consent issued by MPCB)

Quarterly/ as per EC & Consent conditions


General Office Guest House

Ambient air quality monitoring in nearby areas

PM10, PM2.5, O3, SO2, NOx, Pb, CO, NH3, C6H6, benzo pyrene, arsenic, nickel (Additional parameters, if required, as per consent issued by MPCB)

Quarterly/ as per EC & consent conditions


Sanvatsar , Dhotre, Puntamba, Sade, Bhojade, Shingve,

Stack monitoring SPM, SO2, NOx or as per CPCB standards

Monthly/ as per EC & consent conditions


DG set Boilers

Noise Environment

Work place noise As per factories act 1948, dB(A) or as per CPCB standards

Quarterly / as per EC & consent conditions

Safety Manager Work station

Ambient Noise Level Noise level as per CPCB norms or as per CPCB standards

Monthly Safety Manager

Main Gate, DG Set, Guest House, General Office, Workplace, Bio-gas Plant-Main gate

Ambient noise quality monitoring in nearby areas

Noise level as per CPCB norms or as per CPCB standards

Quarterly/ as per EC & consent conditions


CD Type Colony Residential Area, Survey No.2-Residential Area, Colligate Residential Area, Gandhi Maidan, Bharatwadi area,





Water Environment

Recording the readings of fresh water consumption & wastewater generation as per the consent condition

Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 The Water prevention & control of pollution Cess Act, 1977, Rule No.4

Daily Operator Intake

Maintaining record of electric meter readings installed to measure the electric consumption by wastewater treatment plants

Daily Operator ETP/STP

Maintaining daily log sheet of chemical consumption used in waste water treatment plant

Daily Operator ETP/STP

Affixing meters for the purpose of measuring & recording the incoming & outgoing effluent

One time Environment Officer ETP/STP

Water Quality Drinking water quality (as per is:10500: 2012) or as per CPCB standards

Half Yearly/ As per Consent Conditions


Water Cooler at Canteen

Fresh water for industrial use

pH, EC, TDS, BOD, COD, Oil & Grease, Total Hardness, Total Alkalinity, Ammonia, Nitrite, Nitrate, Phosphate, Sulphate, Chloride (additional parameters as per condition of EC by MoEFCC and Consent Order by MPCB, if required/ mentioned)

Quarterly as per Consent Condition

AGM Maintenance Fresh Water Collection Tank

Treated water quality from ETP

pH, TDS, TSS, BOD, COD, Oil & Grease, Chloride, Sulphate,

Monthly as per Consent Conditions


Upgraded ETP Inlet and Outlet





Phosphates & Heavy Metals. (additional parameters as per Consent Order by MPCB, if required/ mentioned)

Treated wastewater quality of STP

pH, TSS, BOD & COD or as per CPCB standards

Monthly as per Consent Conditions


Upgraded STP: Inlet and Outlet

Strom water drains Storm water drains should not have any treated wastewater

Monthly AGM Environment /

Environment Manager

Other water/ waste water sources

Hazardous Waste

Inspection & verification of compliance of HW storage facility as per the Rules

As per Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management & Transboundary) Amendment Rule 2019

Yearly AGM Environment /

Environment Manager HW Storage Area

Maintaining record of HW generation in prescribed Form 3

As an when required AGM Environment /


Labelling of HW stored container as per Form 12



Records of disposal of HW to CHWTSDF & in prescribed Form 13 (manifest) & its submission to MPCB



Maintaining the record of Transboundary movement of HW in Form 11 for Transport Emergency Cart (TERM Cart)



Maintaining record of accidents, if any, in Form 14







Online submission of HW Returns in prescribed Form 4 to MPCB on or before 30th June of every year



Submission of waste oil analysis report to MPCB along with the HW returns



Land Environment

Soil contamination Inspection of storage area of fuel, hazardous waste, etc.

Monthly Civil Manager Project site

Soil Quality Physical and chemical parameters, including organic content and heavy metals

Yearly Civil Manager

Rastapur Dongaon Baptara Kanhegaon Shingave Sanvatsar Vari Sade

Ecology Greenbelt development status Six monthly Facility Manager Greenbelt

Occupational Health and Safety

Occupational health and safety

Fire fighting system, usage of protective clothing and PPEs. Follow up of EHS guidelines

Daily inspections and quarterly mock drills

Safety Officer

Fuel, Chemical and Hazardous Waste Storage Area

Health

General health check-up of all employees identification of water logged areas having disease vector carriers like mosquitoes

Annual Medical Officer Project site

Emergency response plan Fire prevention measures and systems signage fire detection & alarm system

Six monthly Emergency response

team Project site





Fire fighting system & devices Evacuation plan emergency procedures covering response to spill / leak/ of fire of fuels electrical emergency medical emergency bomb threats road accidents earthquake

Others

Post EC Compliance As per EC Conditions Half yearly


--

Preparation & online submission of Environment Statement Report in prescribed Form 5 on or before 30th September [Rule 14 of EP Rules, second amendment, 1992]

- Yearly AGM Environment /

Environment Manager NA

General hygiene General cleanliness e.g. Removal of garbage, clearing of roads etc.

Monthly Civil Manager Project site



6.4 Details of In- House Monitoring Capabilities and the Recognized Agencies Industry is having In-house laboratory for analysis of the routine samples, list of major

equipment’s is given below in Table 6.4. Whereas, detailed list of the instrument used in the

laboratory are as Annexure 17

Table 6.4 List of Laboratory Equipment’s

Sr. No. Equipment Quantity

1. COD Digester 1

2. pH Meter (Table top) 1

3. Weight Balance (0 to 610 gm) 1

4. Centrifugal Machine 1

5. Distillation Assembly 1

6. Muffle Furnace 1

7. Heating Oven 1

8. BOD incubator 1

6.4.1 External monitoring labs Apart from internal testing, GBL is having tie up with NABL accredited laboratory for regular

monitoring. SEC, Dr. Subbarao’s Environment Centre a NABL accredited agency is involved

in Environmental monitoring.

6.5 Implementation of Effective Monitoring Plan GBL is cognizant of the Compliances that are required for industrial projects are assessed &

scrutinized at various levels through NOC i.e. by Consent to Establish & Environmental

Clearance from the Expert Appraisal committee prior to the commencement of construction

& then Consent to Operate at the onset of operation of the project. At each of these stages,

there are essential set of conditions laid down by the respective agencies, several of them

are already discussed in earlier sections of this chapter. The mitigation measures suggested

in Chapter-4 i.e. Anticipated Environment Impacts & Mitigation measures will be

implemented so as to reduce the impact on environment due to the operation of the

proposed project. In order to facilitate easy implementation of mitigation measures, the

phased priority of implementation is given in Table 6.5

Table 6.5 Phase Wise Implementation of EMP

Sr. No. Recommendations Time Requirement Action

1 Air pollution control measures

Before commissioning of respective units

Immediate

2 Water pollution control measures

Before commissioning of the plant

Immediate

3 Noise control measures Along with the commissioning Immediate



Sr. No. Recommendations Time Requirement Action

of the Plant

4 Hazardous Waste pollution control measures

Along with the commissioning of the Plant

Immediate

5 Green Belt development Stage wise implementation Immediate & Progressive

6.6 Training Acquaintance Training and human resource development is an important link to achieve sustainable

operation of the facility and environment management. For successful functioning of the

project, relevant EMP will be communicated to the following groups of people through the

already existing means of ISO 9001-2015 and ISO 14001-2015 standards for QMS and

EMS. Identification of training needs is an already existing culture and shall continue in

future too. Commitment of GBL toward environment care is witnessed by having made

functional a full-fledged Environment Cell that reports directly to the top management of GBL

and are well experienced in fields of environment monitoring and management

implementation. Through Environment Cell, it is proposed to sensitize GBL not only

personnel and workforce of GBL but to extend the same to vendor and contractors that are

expected to be part of next phase of development

6.7 Record Keeping Record keeping and reporting of performance is an important administration tool for ensuring

implementation of sustainable environment mitigation / management practices. Records will

be maintained for regulatory, monitoring and operational issues. Typical record keeping

requirements for the project is summarized in Table 6.6.

Table 6.6 Record Keeping Requirement

Parameter Particulars

Effluent Treatment Plant

Daily quantity of chemical dosing required

Daily quantity of raw and treated effluent

pH value of treated effluent

Daily log sheets

Quantity and point of usage of treated wastewater

Sewage Treatment Plant


Daily quantity of raw and treated sewage


Daily log sheets


Solid Waste Handling and Disposal

Daily quantity of waste generated

Daily quantity of waste treated and recycled

Daily quantity sent for landfill/Authorized Recyclers

Hazardous Waste Daily quantity of waste generated



Parameter Particulars

Effluent Treatment Plant


Daily quantity of raw and treated effluent


Daily log sheets


Sewage Treatment Plant


Daily quantity of raw and treated sewage


Daily log sheets


Storage, Handling and Disposal

Competent method for Storage of generated waste

Handling of waste to concerned Authorized Recycler/CHWTSDF

Proper maintenance of manifest

Regulatory Licenses (Environmental)

Environmental Permits / Consents from MPCB / MoEF&CC

Copy of waste manifests as per requirement

Monitoring and Survey

Records of all monitoring carried out as per the finalized monitoring protocol

Accident reporting

Date and time of the accident

Sequence of events leading to accident

Name of hazardous waste involved in the accident

Chemical datasheet assessing effect of accident on health and environment

Emergency measure taken

Steps to prevent recurrence of such events

Other

Log book of compliance

Equipment inspection and calibration records, where applicable

Vehicle maintenance and inspection records

6.8 Environmental Audits and Corrective Action To assess whether the implemented EMP is adequate, periodic environmental audits will be

conducted by GBL. These audits will be followed by Corrective Action Plans (CAP) to correct

various issues identified during the audits as it is already an existing practice of GBL under the

regime of ISO 14001-2015 and ISO 9001-2015 qualifications.

6.9 Budget Allocation for Environmental Monitoring Programme For environment protection, management, pollution control, treatment and monitoring

systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for recurring

expenditure for environment management of the project would be made.

The indicative split up of capital and recurring cost for the environmental monitoring

programme of existing & proposed activity is as shown below Table 6.7



Table 6.7 Budgetary allocation for EMP Implementation

Sr. No.

Activity





304 15 250 15 554 30


1081 100 800 100 1881.3 200

3 Noise pollution control

10 1 10 1 20 2


10 4 25 5 35 9

5

Environmental monitoring / Environmental Management

81 5 40 3 121 8


40 26 50 15 90 41

7 Solid Waste Management

10 150 20 200 30 350


22 0 50 0 72 0

TOTAL 1,558.30 301.00 1,245.00 339.00 2,803.30 640.00

6.10 Conclusion Considering environmental emissions from the project monitoring program its frequency

parameters and methodology for air, water, noise and solid & Hazardous waste/ soil

environment has been given. Quarterly monitoring Air (Stack and Work place), Water, Soil,

Solid Waste and Noise shall be done. Periodic Monitoring shall be for drainage system,

occupational health, safety of worker and emergency preparedness such as fire fighting.

Budgetary provision for environmental monitoring and occupation health is provided above.

The reporting system of environment parameters and responsibility in the company is clearly

defined in its existing facility and same shall be further continued with latest trends

incorporated as has been captured in Environment Management Plan submitted in this

report.

CHAPTER 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

Index

7.1 Public Consultation .............................................................................................. 198 7.2 Risk Assessment .................................................................................................. 227 7.3 Methodology ......................................................................................................... 228

7.4 Consequence Calculations Using ALARP ........................................................... 229 7.5 Hazard Identification ............................................................................................ 229

7.6 Wind Velocity & Wind Direction ............................................................................ 238 7.7 Frequency Analysis .............................................................................................. 248

7.8 Risk Analysis ........................................................................................................ 250 7.9 Conclusion ........................................................................................................... 255

7.10 Disaster Management Plan .................................................................................. 255 7.11 General Safety Precautions & Occupational Health ............................................ 265

7.12 Risk Mitigation ...................................................................................................... 265 7.13 General Working Conditions ................................................................................ 267

7.14 Other Risk Minimization Measures ...................................................................... 267 7.15 Social Impact Assessment ................................................................................... 272

List of Tables

Objective of Risk Assessment ......................................................................................... 227

Inventory Analysis ........................................................................................................... 237 Consequence and Frequency Analysis ........................................................................... 237

Stability Class .................................................................................................................. 238 Consequence Analysis .................................................................................................... 239

Location Specific Individual Risk [LSIR] .......................................................................... 250 IRPA and PLL .................................................................................................................. 252

Disaster .......................................................................................................................... 255 Causes of Disaster .......................................................................................................... 255 Emergency Control Arrangement .................................................................................... 257 Assembly Point ................................................................................................................ 259 Responsibilities................................................................................................................ 260 Existing Fire Fighting System .......................................................................................... 261 Fire Tender ...................................................................................................................... 262

House Keeping ................................................................................................................ 267 Ventilation ........................................................................................................................ 267

Safe Operating Procedures ............................................................................................. 267 Work Permit System ........................................................................................................ 267 Personnel Protective Equipment (PPEs) ......................................................................... 267 Emergency Preparedness ............................................................................................... 269 Static Electricity ............................................................................................................... 269 Access .......................................................................................................................... 270 Material Handling............................................................................................................. 270 Communication System................................................................................................... 270 First Aid Facilities ............................................................................................................ 270 Accident Reporting, Investigation and Analysis ............................................................... 271 Safety Inspections ........................................................................................................... 271 Safe Operating Procedures ............................................................................................. 271 Transportation ................................................................................................................. 271 Transportation of Hazardous Chemicals ......................................................................... 272 Guidelines Principal ......................................................................................................... 272 Existing Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Machines ........................................ 272

Table 7.2 List of hazardous Scenario ............................................................................. 230 Table 7.3 Properties of Chemicals Handled in Sakarwadi facility ..................................... 233 Table 7.4 Consequence Results –Jet Fire ........................................................................ 240 Table 7.5 Consequence Result –Pool Fire ....................................................................... 242 Tale 7.6 Consequence Result –Toxic Results ................................................................ 245 Table 7.7 Event Frequencies for Hazardous Scenario of Processing Units ..................... 248 Table 7.8 Event Frequencies For Storage Tanks Scenarios In Existing Plant Area ......... 249 Table 7.9 Event frequencies for storage tank scenarios in proposed plant area .............. 250 Table 7.10 LSIR at Manned Locations ............................................................................ 251 Table 7.11 LSIR at Plant Production Area ...................................................................... 251 Table 7.12 Major Risk Contributor ................................................................................... 253 Table 7.13 IRPA at Plant Production Areas of Top 10 LSIR Locations ........................... 253 Table 7.14 PLL for the Production Areas ........................................................................ 254 Table 7.15 Details Of In Charge Of Various Plants In Case Of Emergency .................... 259 Table 7.16 Assembly Points and Wind shaken Balloons ................................................ 259 Table 7.17 Fire Fighting Equipment’s installed ............................................................... 261 Table 7.18 Water Storage Tanks ................................................................................... 262 Table 7.19 Fire Tender .................................................................................................... 262 Table 7.20 Proactive Detection System .......................................................................... 262 Table 7.21 Location of Mechanical Fire Extinguisher List ............................................... 263 Table 7.22 Location of Dry Powder Fire Extinguisher List .............................................. 263 Table 7.23 Location of CO2 Fire Extinguisher List ........................................................... 264 Table 7.24 Details of PPE with usage and location ......................................................... 267 Table 7.25 Emergency Contact Details ........................................................................... 269 Table 7.26 List of Clinic Staff With Qualification .............................................................. 270 Table 7.26 Location of First Aid Box ............................................................................... 270 Table 7.27 Location of First Aid Box ............................................................................... 271

List of Figures

Figure 7.1 PHOTOS OF Public Hearing Dated 14th October 2020 ................................. 226 Figure 7.2 ALARP Principle ............................................................................................ 227 Figure 7.3 Risk Assessment Study Methodology Flow chart.......................................... 228 Figure 7.4 QRA Methodology ......................................................................................... 228 Figure 7.5 Wind Rose ..................................................................................................... 238 Figure 7.6 LSIR Contour of GBL .................................................................................... 251 Figure 7.7 Top 10 LSIR at Plant location ........................................................................ 252 Figure 7.8 Onsite & Offsite Disaster Management Plan ................................................. 257 Figure 7.9 Mock Drills & Fire Fighting Training at Site ................................................... 266 Figure 7.10 PPE’s for employees ..................................................................................... 269

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 7 Additional Studies


CHAPTER: 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 Public Consultation

In compliance of Notification S.O.1533 dated 14.09.2006 and amended Notification S.O. 3067 dated 01.12.2009 of Ministry of Environment and Forest. AS per the guidelines. Industry has submitted copies of EIA/EMP Report along with executive summary sheet in both language i.e. Marathi & English to the MPCB to conduct the Public Hearing of the proposed expansion for production of Specialty Chemicals from 6,715.0 MT/M to 20,090.94 MT/M by M/s. Godavari Bio-Refineries Ltd., located at Gut No.159-165, 180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1,187/2, 188,189,199,158,167-178,511,139/2, Grampanchayat – Wari, Post – Sakarwadi, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar - 413 708, Maharashtra. Acknowledgment copy of letter submitted to the MPCB is attached as Annexure 18I. The public hearing was conducted on 14th October, 2020 on project site of the said industry at 11.00 a.m. Details of Public Hearing, question raised and its reply by industry is presented in Table 7.1 and photographs are presented in Figure 7.1.



Table 7.1 Public Participants Questories and reply by PP

Sr. No.

Details of Question

naire Questions Reply by PP/ Consultant

1 Shri Amol Annasaheb Teke, Warigaon, Tal-Kopargaon, Dist -

Ahmednagar

How much liters of water will be lifted annually from the Irrigation Department is not mentioned

Industry has obtained permission from Irrigation Department to draw 27.14MCFT of water per year and Industry is availing the water quaintly within the permitted limits only. Copy of permission is attached as Annexure 11 of EIA/EMP Report

It is mandatory to make available the report of EIA and Executive Summary in local language Marathi well in advance. Irrespective of this, English report is made available. Only Executive Summary is made available in Marathi. The Grampanchayat office has given me in writing that they did not get EIA report in Marathi

As per the EIA Notification 14th Sep 2006, industry has submitted 20 copies of EIA Report, and Executive summary in English as well as in Marathi language to Maharashtra Pollution Control Board. Acknowledgment copy of the submission to the MPCB is attached as Annexure 18 of EIA /EMP Report

It is mandatory to study the impact of 10k.m. radius from the project site. There are 24 villages in 10k.m. radius, but the Environment Consultant has carried the study of specific 10 villages only. Why the study of all 24 villages is not carried.

Industry has carried out EIA studies in 10km radius for Ambient Air, Noise, Water, Ecology and Biodiversity and Socio Economic studies. There are 24 villages and 2 urban areas coming in the study area under the 10km radius for the project based upon the Census2011, out of which industry has selected 10 villages covering all directions of the project which represents the status of entire project area. The details are given in Point no 3.22.1 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report

The detailed information of the project is not obtained from the factory while preparing EIA report. The discrepancies and violations of the environmental laws made by the Project Proponent previously and actions initiated by Maharashtra Pollution Control Board (MPCB), Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and National Green Tribunal (NGT) is not mentioned in EIA report.

Industry has mentioned detailed action taken by Hon‟ble NGT regarding previous issue of distillery project under Point 10.13 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP Report. Details of the same is now mentioned in the Point no 2.11 of Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP Report.

The judgment of National Green Tribunal and letter/present status of the judgment from the MPCB is not obtained. The NGT has given the Judgment that the ground water quality also is not remained fit for agriculture purposes. No answer is given in EIA report;

W.r.t the NGT Judgment; Industry is carrying out Bio-remediation activity in the affected areas since 2017 as per NGT Order, Monitoring reports of the same along with NGT order is attached as Annexure 43 of EIA/EMP Report. NGT judgment doesn’t mention that water quality is not suitable for



Sr. No.

Details of Question


agriculture purpose. Bioremediation activity execution is in progress in the affected areas.

As per Chapter IV. It is mentioned in the presentation that this project is Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD). As the project is in operation, additional water for proposed green belt is not mentioned in the report. In the report, the present 14,000 number of trees are considered. After plantation of more 10,000 trees, there will be 25,000 number of trees. Then how much water per day will be required, how much treated water from Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP) and Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) will be obtained per day for green belt is not mentioned. The area of green belt, number of trees and the effluent which will be produced and their interconnection is not matching.

Industry has given detailed Water Budget in Point no 2.6.4 f Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP Report. The proposed expansion will be Zero Liquid Discharge [ZLD]. No Treated effluent from Industry shall be used for Green Belt. The treated effluent will be used for the process. Industry has proposed to use 219CMD of STP treated water for greenbelt development. Existing greenbelt area of project is 4, 21,433m2 with 59,500 nos. Proposed greenbelt area will be 38,406m2 with 10,500 nos. of proposed trees. Details of Green Belt development is given in Point no 10.8 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP report

There will be 27.0 lakh litres per day usage of water in the project. Then how much treated effluent will be used per day, how much rain water will be used per day and how much water will be used per day? It can be concluded that additional water will be spread on the land. There are many complaints and objections against this project which are pending at MPCB office. Nothing is informed to Public Hearing Committee. Further the changes occurred on the Environment since 1939 should have been brought to the notice of Public Hearing Committee by the Project Proponent as it is their prime duty.

Industry shall require 2,691CMD of fresh water for the entire project after expansion and shall generate 1,082CMD of effluent from industrial process. Generated effluent shall be treated in ETP, RO and further in MEE generating 1,057CMD of treated water & 20CMD of MEE salt and 5.4CMD is evaporation loss in the treatment. Treated water of 1057CMD shall be will be used for Cooling Tower Makeup and thereby no treated water is discharged outside the industrial premises and shall be used within the premises for industrial activity thus achieving “Zero Liquid Discharge‟ [ZLD]. Detailed Water Budget for existing and proposed scenario is presented under point no. 2.6.4, Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP Report. Industry has complied and submitted the reply to the MPCB regarding all the complaints and objection received till the date. Details of the same are attached as Annexure 44 of EIA/EMP Report.

Due to noise pollution, the local people are suffering by headache, irritable /short tempered behavioral problems. There was a school in the area of project. Small children used to learn. It is now shifted. He further said that writing objections are already submitted to Chairman, Public Hearing Committee. The modifications should be made in the EIA report before submitting to MoEFCC. It is mentioned that there are 462 houses. I appeal to count it. While

Industry is carrying out Noise level monitoring of project site for ambient noise level as well as work place noise level at regular interval as per the norms. All noise level reports are well within the prescribed norms. Noise Monitoring Reports are attached as Annexure 14 We are doing periodical maintenance of company quarters, anyhow we will take a note of his points. We will check and do



Sr. No.

Details of Question


paying taxes to Grampanchayat, the tax is paid of 100 houses, 65 bungalows and open space for three years, which is paid Rupees 18/- lakh only. I request Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee that whatever taxes are paid; 70% concession is given. The construction is built in 1939, when sugar factory started. In most of the houses in rainy season, the pots have to be kept to collect the rain water. It is mentioned in the report that expansion will be carried in Gut no. 199. But the poor people are staying there since last seven years. It is not mentioned in the report. The Grampanchayat has already extended the services of drinking water supply and roads. Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee is requested to investigate the same. Environment Consultant did not observe any historic temple. However in Aurangabad, there is temple of 16th century. When there is Kumbh Mela after each 12 years, all the saints do stay there which is not mentioned in the EIA report. Hence, it is our conclusion that this report is prepared in the office. No survey is carried. Forest land is in the area of village. The survey number is 125 and 126 which is not mentioned in the report. While informing the present status of the roads, he informed that the news published in 65 newspapers that heavy vehicles of the projects have totally destroyed the road. In rural areas, 15 tons of load can be transported. But here, more than 40 tons of load is carried. Project Proponent has planned the expansion from 600Mt to 2000MT. How much tons of load will be carried is not mentioned by the project proponent? For the production activities, raw material i.e. coal is required. Here 464.0 Ton coal will be burnt. How much carbon will be produced? How many trucks will come in the village? Project consultant should inform the planning. It is our experience that the heavy vehicles are parked on the road only, which makes hurdles to local people. Moreover, there are chances of accident. In our village, there is only one way from railway gate to village. The poor people do work for their livelihood. Due to increase in transport, their livelihood will be affected. Hence, the company should plan whether new/alternate road can be developed. While carrying

the needful. Gut No. 199 is in possession of Godavari Bio refineries and industry has provided quarters for its existing employees of the factory. Please note that industrial expansion will not be carried out in this land and industry has proposed to keep residential quarter as it is. Gut no-199 is not considered under proposed expansion. However we mentioned Gut no.199 as GBL property in EIA report. Drinking water not supplied by Grampanchyat in that Gut no 199 area. EIA study of proposed expansion is carried out as per the EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Govt of India (MoEF&CC) dated 14th September 2006 and its amendments and as per the granted ToR. Accordingly, Industry has carried out study of environmental sensitivity of project area and mentioned nearest Religious /Historical Place / Archaeological Monuments /Protected Forest /National Park /Wildlife Sanctuary under the Environmental Setting of project and presented in Point 3.7, Table no 3.2 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report. Said temple “Prasadalya Shirdi Sai Baba Mandir” comes under the historic /religious place and located 11.88km from project site at SW direction of project.

The Forest land doesn’t come under the project area. Forest patches/Government land was observed in the 10km radius of the project site at Gut no. 125 and 126 which does not come under project area, distance of the same from project site is 8km at South Direction, Industry has mentioned the same under the under the Environmental Setting of project and presented in Point 3.7, Table no 3.2 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report.

Industry has carried out Traffic Study on the approach Vari village road at two locations adjacent to the railway line. The major traffic on this road is truck, public vehicles such as taxis,



Sr. No.

Details of Question


expansion, the project proponent should avoid the mistakes carried in the past. Here it can be noted that the effluent which will produced in the company, number of trees and area does not match. Hence, Public Hearing Committee is requested to collect the water samples of Paithan Dam and investigate whether any residues are observed. Here one lady participant objected that the person is talking too much time, other also wants to raise suggestions. Chairman, Public Hearing Committee here remarked that the points raised are correct, but as written objections are submitted, it is not necessary to inform all points. If there are new points, it should be mentioned in short. He informed that Nagpur-Pune Samruddhi High Way is passing near the project. It will be in operation since 2021. The report is salient about the pollution load after commencing the road. Secondly, if there will be any difference in results of MPCB and EIA report between effluent which will be produced by other neighbouring companies such as Sainath Agro, Mauni Agro or other fertilizer manufacturing company generating domestic and the effluent generating of Godavari project can create difference. Thus, this kind of results be shared to Central Committee? Public Hearing Committee is requested to direct Project Consultant for the same

auto rickshaws and private vehicles such as two wheelers and four wheelers. The detailed Traffic study is explained in Point no. 3.16 Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report. Also Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. [GBL] is doing activities under Corporate Social Responsibility on founder’s philosophy “What We Receive Gives Back Multi Fold”. Under which industry has carried out The Company’s CSR activities are mentioned in EIA report. Industry has carried out Carbon Footprint Study. Total Coal required for entire project will be 468TPD which will contribute nearly 42.93T/Y of Carbon emission and industry has proposed to plant 70,000nos. of Trees as a Carbon sequester which can sink about 5,14,605 tons of Carbon every year. Carbon Footprint report is attached as Annexure 38 of EIA/EMP report. Regarding generated effluent, numbers of trees and landscaping area, industry has clarified this in point no. 6. Please note that as per EIA guidelines, industry needs to carry out baseline study within 10km radius of project area and Paithan Dam is 94km away from the project site Nagpur – Mumbai Samrudhhi Highway distance from project site is about 3.5 km and still in construction phase. Industry has conducted the baseline study for the Ambient Air Monitoring & Noise Level Monitoring within the 10km radius from the project site. Also, the Traffic study for Vari- Puntamba Road and Vari- Puntamba Road from which the transport of raw materials and finished good shall be carried out is already mentioned in Chapter 3 Point no 3.16 of EIA/EMP Report.

2 Shri Ashok Narayan Teke, Wari village, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

The distance of village and Godavari river should be mentioned;

The project is on the left bank of Godavari River and distance of proposed expansion is about 0.6km from Godavari River. Village Vari is 0.2km from project site Details are given in



Sr. No.

Details of Question


Table 5.1 of Chapter 5 of EIA/EMP report.

As per your information, Noise Pollution point and wind speed was from West to East. This Speed is suggested by the company. But this speed is further travelling beyond the company. Thus, whether air monitoring is carried while wind is flowing, as the dust can be entered in any house;

Pre dominant wind direction is NW to SE at project site. Considering the pre-dominant wind direction ambient air quality stations and Noise level monitoring Stations were selected and monitoring has been carried out as per MOEFCC and CPCB guidelines. Industry has taken 3 monitoring locations at downwind side of project site. Industry has carried out AERMOD modeling to evaluate and predict the incremental values of all pollutants like PM10 [Dust] and various gases due to proposed activity. Average baseline concentration of PM10 [Dust] is 67.10μg/m3. Average predicted incremental value for PM10 [Dust] is only 2.89μg/m3. Hence resultant value of PM10[Dust] after proposed expansion will be 67.10μg/m3 which is well within the NAAQS limits and con be concluded that proposed expansion shall not adversely impact on the surrounding environment of the project area. Detailed AERMOD study is presented in the point 4.6 of Chapter 4 of EIA/EMP Report

Whether ground water sampling is done? At which depth the water samples are collected? At which level the water is polluted? The information should be made available;

Ground water samples were collected from eight different locations comprising of Dug well/Bore well. Samples were collected and Analyzed as per CPCB Guidelines. Details of sampling location, methodology and Interpretation of Ground water monitoring result is presented under Point no. 3.19of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report

The soil analysis report given in the EIA is totally wrong;

Industry has done Baseline monitoring for EIA studies from a MoEF&CC & NABL approved laboratory. Eight locations were selected based on the criteria used for designing the network in and around the project site. Details of soil sampling locations along with coordinates, distance and direction from project site are presented in Table 3.24 and locations are depicted in Figure 3.24 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP report.

The noise monitoring report is false and misleading; A copy of the survey carried for 10 k.m. radius should be made available;

Industry has done Baseline monitoring for EIA studies from a MoEF&CC & NABL approved laboratory. Monitoring results are attached as Annexure 14 of EIA/EMP Report. Thirteen



Sr. No.

Details of Question


monitoring stations [6 within site and 7 in nearby area] were selected based on the criteria used for designing the network in and around the project site. Details of noise monitoring locations along with coordinates, distance and direction from project site are presented in Table 3.17 and locations are depicted in Figure 3.20 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP report. Industry has submitted copies of summary of EIA report to the MPCB for public hearing purpose which includes results of ambient noise monitoring.

Many plots are in our village is of Forest Department It is not mentioned in EIA report.

The Forest land doesn’t come under the project area. Forest patches/Government land was observed in the 10km radius of the project site at Gut no. 125 and 126 which does not come under project area, distance of the same from project site is 8km at South direction. Industry has mentioned the same under the under the Environmental Setting of project and presented in Point 3.7, Table no 3.2 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report

At this moment, Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee asked whether Talathi of the village is present? He informed to give present status of Gut no.125 and 126.

The Forest land doesn’t come under the project area. Forest patches/Government land was observed in the 10km radius of the project site at Gut no. 125 and 126 which does not come under project area, distance of the same from project site is 8km at South direction.

Shri Teke here objected that by misleading the Government and people, the factory has taken the permission. Hence, expansion should not be allowed

Industry is following all the norms of MOEFCC and MPCB and industry has obtained statutory permissions from concerned authorizes for the present activity and assures that industry shall abide all the applicable rules and norms for the future expansion too. Copy of CTE, CTO and NOC are attached as Annexure 39, 7 and 4 respectively of EIA/EMP Report.

3 Shri Rahul Madhukar Teke, Resident of Wari village, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

The project was established in 1939. It is informed by old generation. If the project is commissioned in any area, there are job opportunities and increase in the business. Hence, all the social components gets the

In 2002 Amalgamation of “Somaiya Organo Chemicals Ltd.” took place to “The Godavari Sugar Mills Ltd.” which later in 2009 got demerged in “Godavari Biorefineries Ltd”. Godavari



Sr. No.

Details of Question


justice. He further remarked that while cooking in the house, we have to light a fire. There will be smoke. We cannot put off the choolha. The present situation of the local roads is totally shattering. Hence, project proponent should plan for development of road. After expansion, if there will be increase the business, then it will be welcomed. But the project proponent should also follow the strict guidelines. While spending CSR Fund, the local people should be taken into confidence. The project is old. Hence whatever happened in the past, should not happen in future. But project should be expanded. Then there will be job opportunities. Shri Rahul Teke informed that on Gut no.199, there is water reservoir/small lake of the factory. We are staying in that area only. There are chances of water pollution, hence we requested Factory authorities to do the needful. The factory authorities have increased the depth of lake by 10 feet. Hence, the villagers are getting Water. He said that topographical conditions of the project is like one said there is River Godavari, other side Kanhegaon and another side there is railway and at other side a village. Out of four sides, two sides have agriculture. At the North sides i.e. at farming sides, there are pollution problems. Some residents have filed a petition in the Court of Law. If the company gives them compensation for the loss, they will also support the industry. The village Sakarwadi gets the water from this lake only. I support for expansion of the project as there will be increase in job opportunities.

Biorefineries Ltd. [GBL] is carrying out Corporate Social Responsibility on founder’s philosophy “What we receive gives back multifold”. Apart from improvement in the economical segment, as well as employment in the project area, Industry has executed various developmental and social activities to improve the livelihood of the people under CSR. Details of the proposed CSR and CER activity is presented under point no. 8.7 of Chapter 8 of EIA/EMP Report. Industry assures that it will abide all the guidelines and applicable norms for proposed expansion. The proposed expansion will be Zero Liquid Discharge and treated effluent will be reused and recycled within the process only. Hence, no issue of water pollution will be arise at the project site. With regards to the earlier pollution of distillery unit, industry has already started Bioremediation activity since 01.08.2017 and same is in progress to reduce the water pollution in the said area.

4 Shri Pramod Gulabrao Shinde -

This is chemical plant. The officers working in this company do not stay here. Almost many of them do up-and-down from Kopargaon. He requested them to stay here only.

Industry has provided Residential Colony within the project area to its staff and workers wherein most of Head of department [HoDs] resides. Some officials and workers are permanent resident of Kopargaon village and have their own housing facility in the village thus industry management cannot force those staff to leave their own house and shift to the residential colony provided by industry in project area.

Project Proponent should give information regarding CSR Fund to the villagers. If the young people gets the job opportunities, then only local people will support the project. The management should give top priority

Industry has already expended around 6.68Cr. in and around the project area for development of local people and to solve the local issues under CSR (including water supply) since



Sr. No.

Details of Question


for solving the local issues such as repairs of the road. All the villagers are of the opinion that project should be expanded. Hence, support for the expansion

2015 to Jan-2021. Details of existing and proposed CSR activities along with budget is presented in Table 8.2 & 8.3 respectively under Point no. 8.8 of Chapter 8 of EIA /EMP Report. Industry has proposed CSR activity considering the local issues and made the provision of CSR fund to the tune of Rs. 5.02Cr.

5 Shri Raosaheb Changdev Teke, Resident of WariGaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

The sources of water have been polluted due to water pollution. A time-bound implementation programme should be prepared to clean the drinking water sources and water sources used by the farmers. Water conservation should be increased. The local farmers and workers should be happy

As per Hon‟ble NGT, Western Zone, Pune, Judgment and Order dated 01.8.2017 in Execution Application No. 58/2016 (WZ) further directed CPCB to execute Bio-remediation plan of soil and water contaminated by the earlier Distillery Unit. Accordingly, Bio-remediation activity started in the month of September 2017 after monsoon under guidance of Dr. C.R Babu, appointed by CPCB. As per the Bio-remediation progress report, the contaminated surface water bodies (puddles to shallow water bodies) were decontaminated by aquatic and marsh vegetation, besides blue-green algae. Both the flood water filled trenches and reservoirs are being used continuously for recharging trenches/ wells from where the contaminated water is being extracted. The reservoirs and trenches are filled with flood waters of River Godavari. Reclamation activity is in top priority of Godavari Bio refineries Limited and is executing Bio-remediation activity under the guidance of Dr. C.R Babu, appointed by CPCB. Details are presented under Point 10.13 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP Report. Details of the same is now mentioned in the Point no 2.11 of Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP Report.

The factory should be in operation and production activities should be expanded. Just as we always think of 15k.m. radius, hence the surrounding roads should be repaired and be kept well.

Industry has already taken initiative for road repair under CSR activity. Industry will take utmost care to protect the environment in every possible way.

If any projects comes, naturally it brings prosperity. But project officers should stay here only, then there will increase in various business activities. But if project officials are coming from Kopargaon, Shrirampur,

Industry has provided Residential Colony within the project area to its staff and workers wherein most of Head of department [HoDs] resides. Some officials and workers are



Sr. No.

Details of Question


there is no benefit to our village. If all stay here, then definitely our local market will flourish;

permanent resident of Kopargaon village and have their own housing facility in the village thus industry management cannot force those staff to leave their own house and shift to the residential colony provided by industry in project area.

The Primary Health Centre (PHC) is in village. Due to Covid-19 pandemic, we now recognized the importance of urgent medical help. Hence, here also there should be hospital, in which all the medical services be available. He said that I support the expansion. There should not be any pending issues of workers and farmers in the area.

The company is having a medical center (Dispensary) having one qualified Doctor, Compounder and female nurse with four indoor beds. The center is well equipped to handle any emergency with the facilities available with them. Details of Medical facility provided by the industry are mentioned in Point no 7.14.9 of Chapter 7 of EIA/EMP Report.

6 Ms. Alias Divakar Nile, Residence of Wari Gaon, Tal- Kopargaon, Dist- Ahmednagar

The public hearing is conducted for the expansion of the project. We do not want pollution. The Large project is in operation. While expansion, the project proponent might have definitely thought of safety and pollution control. The Project Proponent has commissioned this project for local farmers, workers and for the development of the area. Without prior permission of the Government, nothing can be done. From 1939, the local people are working in this company, then why we should think of other things. The doctor in the area charges 200 to 500 rupees for consultation. But in Somaiya’s dispensary, all the treatment is given just in Rupees 20/-. Secondly, the Somaiya Group do 207rganize Health Camps and if required, the patient is taken to Mumbai for further medical treatment and spends 2 lakh. Hence, I request that

--

The Health Camp should be arranged twice in a year;

Industry is already providing dispensary (OPD facility) at our colony, with a full time Doctor. Most of the nearby villagers are using this facility. There are no consultation charges. Also providing minimum medicines at free of cost. Medical camps are being conducted. The industry will incorporate more medical camp under CSR program

I am also farmer. The jobs of many people have been ceased due Covid-19 pandemic. Here the factory was kept closed for five days. But full salary is paid to all. In MIDC area, many factories have shut down their activities. They have cut the salaries due to Covid-19 shut down. As there

--



Sr. No.

Details of Question


is no salary, many people left their job. But here nothing is done. If the pupils of the workers gets good marks in the final exam, Somaiya Group offers them Free Education

As a Local Resident, I support the expansion of the project --

7 Ms. Suvarna Ashokrao Gajbhiv, Resident of Sakarwadi,Tal -Kopargaon, Dist- Ahmednagar, house-wife and Member of Wari Grampanchayat

Where (which place in the plant) this project will be commissioned?

The expansion shall be carried out within the existing premises of the Factory.

Under CSR fund, which work will be undertaken. Previously the saplings were planted, now where it will be planted, which saplings will be planted. What will be its types? For this project, where the water will be brought, how it will be stored and how the effluent will be treated? Secondly, as asked by many participants, how many times in a year the Health Camp will be organised?

Industry has expended around 6.68Cr in and around the project area for development of local people and to solve the local issues under CSR (including water supply) since 2015 to Jan-2021. Details of existing and proposed CSR activities along with budget is presented in Table 8.2 & 8.3 respectively under Point no. 8.8 of Chapter 8 of EIA /EMP Report. Industry has proposed total Green Belt area of 4,59,839m2 [4,21,433m2 + 38,406m2] with 59,500 of existing trees and 10500 proposed trees. There shall be around 25 local species of trees. Details of Green Belt development is given in Point no 10.8 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP report. Domestic sewage shall be treated in the STP of capacity 250CMD and treated water of STP shall be used for development of greenbelt area. Industrial effluent shall be treated in ETP of 1250CMD and treated water shall be used for industrial activity only. Industry has already provided dispensary (OPD facility) located at residential colony with a full time Doctor. Most of the nearby villagers are using this facility. There are no consultation charges. Also providing minimum medicines at free of cost.

8 Shri Machhindra Teke, Resident of Warigaon, Tal-Kopargaon, Dist-Ahmednagar, Ex-Sarpanch, Wari Gaon

Shri Teke gave detailed information of Khandakari farmers from 1938-39. He informed that the local people does not have any technical knowledge. Hence, the name of the units in the project be informed. The factory is in rural area, hence it should be in operation. Project Proponent informed that there are 400 people working the plant and after expansion,

Industry has obtained permission from Irrigation Department to draw 27.14MCFT of water per year and Industry is availing the water quaintly within the permitted limits only. Copy of permission is attached as Annexure 11 of EIA/EMP Report. Total water requirement, post the proposed expansion of



Sr. No.

Details of Question


additional 200 people will be given job opportunity. Hence, business of the area will increase. Few years back, few local people have suffered due to pollution from the industry, It is requested that amicable solution please be made with the sufferers and congenial atmosphere be maintained in the village. Now, here also some new issues will arise. The Project proponent will have to take more water of 2,691.0M3. Previously, it is using 2,691.0M3 of water. It means that every day 26.0 lakh litres of water will be used by the industry. It means 95.0 crores of water will be used for the project proponent annually. The treated water will be again recycled and reused in the process will be 40% only. This is agriculture region. This area is called as Rain Shadow Zone. Here rainfall is very less. The rainfall of this year is an exception. When there is less rainfall, then the water tankers are required. The agriculture land has become total barren. The water should be used very carefully. Project Proponent is going to use previously sanctioned water of 3,092.0M3. It is requested that Project Proponent should recycle and reuse the 80% of water and additional fresh water should be used less. Environment Consultant of the Project Proponent informed that Irrigation Department of the Govt. of Maharashtra has sanctioned the permission to lift the water from Lift Canal. There is objection that the project proponent uses excess water than sanctioned water. Due to water pollution, many issues/questions were raised. Hence, 80% of treated effluent should be recycled and reused in the process. The Project Proponent should make investment for it. Shri Teke informed that though anti air pollution steps have been informed, we are not at all satisfied for it. In the days of Covid-19 pandemic, the patients expired due to lack of oxygen only. Hence, the trees which produces more oxygen should be planted and maintained. Project Proponent informed that as commitment to the social responsibility, we have planned to spend 1 ½ crores of rupees. The present road condition is very serious, so also water supply schemes. Shri Teke informed that Project Proponent should use the amount for road repairing and he appealed that the roads should be prepared to carry the 60 ton load. Shri Teke further informed that Somaiya Group do organise

project will be 5,783CMD out of which Fresh water requirement will be 2,691CMD and Recycled water will be 3,092CMD. Industry has taken all the possible steps to minimize the utilization of fresh water and accordingly has proposed a ZLD scheme in expansion in which entire generated wastewater will be treated completely and shall be reuse and recycled back in the process and for development of greenbelt area. No treated water shall be discharge outside the factory and by these proposed measured industry has proposed to reuse the 53.46% of total required water. Apart from ZLD scheme industry has proposed to conserve water through rooftop rainwater harvesting and has proposed to recharge harvested water back in the ground to increase the ground water table of the area. Details of rain water Harvesting are presented in point no 10.9 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP Report. Industry has already provided Dispensary (OPD facility) at residential colony with a full time Doctor. Most of the nearby villagers are using this facility. There are no consultation charges. Also providing minimum medicines at free of cost. Details are provided in Chapter 7, Point no 7.14.9. Industry conduct medical health camp for employees once a year. Also, as a part of social welfare measure it shall be providing the same in nearby villages. Details are mentioned in Chapter 6, Point No. 6.2.5, Table no 6.1. Industry has proposed adequate Air pollution control equipment to mitigate the air pollution due to proposed expansion. Industry has proposed various measures for development of local people, local infrastructure and to improve the education system through CSR. Details of CSR funds allocated is presented in Point no. 8.8, Chapter 8 of EIA/EMP Report.



Sr. No.

Details of Question


the Health Camps through their charitable trust. Now it is not organised. The local people wished that the health camps should be arranged twice in a year. The poor people get the medical treatment and if they suffers due to chronic illness which can be diagnosed in the health camp, further treatment can be given to them through Charitable Trust. Though this is rural area, this area does not have any shortcomings. In this village, there are boys and girls, who scored 97%. If the students are from poor family, then Project Proponent should take their responsibility as social commitment. All the schools are closed due to Covid-19 pandemic. But 40% local students, have no Android Mobile. Hence, they will remain deprived from the education. It is suggested that the budgetary provisions of 1 – 2 crores please be made. It should be utilized in this area only. The local people should be given priority in the job opportunities, health camps, recycle and reuse of effluent for these budgetary provisions of one crores should be made. He said all the points should be covered in the minutes of meeting. We are support the expansion of project with prevailing certain suggestions. Shri Teke further informed that the Grampanchayat fund is sanctioned as per the population. The population of Wari village is becoming less. Due to this, the water supply of Wari village is not sanctioned The management and officials of the industry should stay here. This village is of minorities, poor and downtrodden people. We are staying here by joy. In the village, we have maintained social harmony. Hence, for the progress, we support the expansion of the project. Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee here remarked that Shri Machhidra Teke has raised very good issues. It is noted and will be included in the minutes of the meeting.

9 Shri Ramdas Waman Sonawane, Ex-Sarpanch, WariGaon, Tal-Kopargaon, Dist- Ahmednagar

Shri Ramdas Sonawane suggested that the people residing near the project has also Right to Live. Water, Air should get pure to them and trees are most important to get the pure air. Hence various trees should be planted and nourished. The workers working in the plant are given Skilled Development Training from time to time. Now the training of ISO

Industry has proposed 10,500 numbers of trees within the industrial areas. List of trees is provided in Table No. 10.10, Chapter No. 10 of EIA/EMP report. Industry is providing skilled developing programs to the workers and the same shall be continued for future expansion. Industry has provided



Sr. No.

Details of Question


9000 and 9001 should be given. Modern devices for the safety of workers are installed in the plant. It should be increased. The training to handle these devices should be given.

adequate safety equipment required at the workplace and provided training to the workers for the same as per the company policy. Details are presented in point no. 10.11 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP Report.

Shri Ramdas Sonawane here suggested that as social responsibility, local ladies/female employees should be given, just as few companies are implementing the projects of preparing of paper bags. The industry gives scholarship to the pupils who scores good marks in 10th and 12th standard. It should be continued. As discussed during the meeting, considering the local need, roads of the vicinity should be repaired. The amount of 1 ½ crores be reserved. It should be increased.

Industry has proposed a dedicated fund of 150Lakh under Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) which will bring environmental development in the nearby areas of the project. Details of CER Activities along with allocated funds for various activities are given in Point no. 8.7 of Chapter 8 of EIA/EMP Report.

10 Shri Namdeo Khandu Jadhav, Village-Wari, Tal-Kopargaon, Dist –Ahmednagar

Shri Namdeo Khandu Jadhav informed that for this public hearing, many local people and my farmers brothers came. They have raised studied objections. Our villages will not be able to understand the technical issues. But their wish for various social programmes with our group Somaiya Group is harassment. The local people do not wish that this factory should be stopped. They wished him good prosperity. He further remarked that due to Sakhar Manthan (Marathi), the project proponent has started the project. Now the people get job opportunities and there will be prosperity.

Noted

11 Shri Prakash Sadashiv Karde, Resident of Kanhegaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist- Ahmednagaar

Due to expansion, if the company and the area gets additional advantage, then expansion should be completed. Expansion should be carried by following all the MPCB norms. Shri Somaiya kept very cordial relations with all the workers. He appealed the management that our industry is running in the rural area. The boys and girls are clever of this area. But after attending school in the morning, they have to go to agriculture fields. They get less marks than the city students. Hence considering the situation, the local rural students should be given priority. He also appealed the management to co-operate for repairs and development of two lanes road. He also appealed to solve permanently pollution issues and keep cordial relations while solving the compensation issues. He appealed local people to support for expansion.

Industry has started ‘Help a Child to Study’ program to support the economically weaker section of the society for perusing higher education. Through this programme industry is extending Scholarships and necessary assistance in form of laptops, text books, career guidance etc. to needy and meritorious students. Details are provided in point no. 8.8.1 of Chapter 8 of EIA /EMP Report.



Sr. No.

Details of Question


12 Shri Tarachand Haibati Palghadmal

Shri Tarachand Palghadmal remarked that on the expansion of the project only, most of people’s livelihood is dependent. Sugar factory is stopped. The distillery is also closed. Acid producing project also stopped. But project proponent kept running the project. The village was facing scarcity of drinking water. The project proponent has given their plot for the scheme. If the local poor students does not have money, then the project proponent gave the lakh of rupees for his education. Hence, the participants are requested to support the project.

Noted

13 Shri Divakar Sakharam Nile, Resident of Warigaon, Tal -Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar, Ex-Sarpanch, Warigaon

There was serious problem of drinking water in the village. We were trying to get approval for water supply scheme since 1996. There was no place. Project Proponent has given their 5 acre land for water. They should extend help for medical and education to needy local people. We support the expansion.

Noted

14 Advocate Asim Sarode, Pune

At this moment, Chairman of the Public Hearing Committee appealed all the participants to raise the issues, suggestions and objections related to environmental angle only. It should be in brief only. Shri Asim Sarode informed that –

On page no.5, it is given in writing that Lead Acid will be disposed of at CHWTSDF. It is totally wrong. Lead Acid Battery should be disposed of as per Battery Act only; it should be disposed to recycler

Industry assures you that the disposal of Lead Acid batteries shall be given off to registered recycler as per the Battery Act. Details of generation and disposal are mentioned in the Table 2.1 of Chapter 2 and Table 10.7 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP Report.

Water Quality – Page no.9 - Written Objection is submitted; not submitted in EIA report

Industry has carried out detailed monitoring of Water Quality in and around 10km radius from project site as per the MoEF guidelines and analysis is done in MoEFCC & NABL accredited laboratory. Details are given under point no. 3.19 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report.

Water budget is not given. It is mentioned that treated domestic effluent will be used for gardening. Previously there was 200.0 M3/day of treated domestic effluent and now 250.0 M3/day. Then where is that garden, as the treated effluent will be toxic. Hence green belt will not survive. If the

Existing sewage generation of industry is 190CMD and proposed sewage generation will be 33CMD. Total sewage generation post expansion shall be 233CMD which will be treated in the STP of 250CMD. Industry will achieve the



Sr. No.

Details of Question


effluent is used without treatment, then ground water quality will be totally damaged

treated water quality suitable for in-land disposal and as per the prescribed consent standards. Treated water of 219CMD from STP shall be used for gardening purpose. Detailed water budget is presented in Table 2.7, Figure 2.4 & 2.5 of Chapter 2. Existing greenbelt area of project is 4, 21,433m2 with 59,500 nos. of trees and proposed greenbelt area will be 38,406m2 with 10,500 nos. of proposed trees. Details of Green Belt development is given in Point no 10.8 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP report. Photographs of existing green belt area is shown in Figure 2.2 and area marked for proposed greenbelt is shown in Master layout presented Figure 2.3 of Chapter 2. Industry is having existing ETP of 600CMD and has proposed ETP of 650CMD for treating the proposed trade effluent. Furthermore, industry is achieving Zero Liquid Discharge by utilizing treated effluent in cooling tower thus there will be no nuisance in & around the project area w.r.t. disposal of treated water

Quality of Treated Effluent – No standards are given. It was necessary to give standards. The figures of BOD and COD are not mentioned. The Project Proponent should give in writing to MPCB that they will not discharge generated effluent in river.

Quality of treated effluent is as per the standards prescribed in the Consent to Operate from MPCB dated 24.06.2020 wherein MPCB has specified Disposal standards for treated effluent. The copy of the same is enclosed as Annexure 7 of EIA/EMP Report. Industry is reusing the treated effluent in Cooling Tower and no treated water shall be discharged outside the factory premises thus achieving ZLD and the same shall be done for proposed expansion.

If the effluent is discharged in Godavari River, then the company will be prosecuted should be given in writing by MPCB

Industry assures that no effluent shall be discharged outside industry premises and treated water shall be reused in Cooling Tower only thus achieving the ZLD.

Many information is not mentioned in EIA. It is totally false that this project is ZLD. Information regarding scrubber is not given. Information related to absorbers is not given in the report.

Zero liquid discharge [ZLD] system for proposed expansion is given in point no. 2.6.4 and figure no. 2.5 of Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP report. In Chapter 2, Table 2.7, Figure 2.4 and 2.5 detailed Water budget for existing and proposed activity is given. The technical details of the scrubber and absorbers are given in



Sr. No.

Details of Question


Table 10.1 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP report.

The method of new chemical is not mentioned;

Manufacturing Process of all products along with chemical reactions, material balance is presented under Point No. 2.7 of Chapter 2

One chart is given in English for which public hearing can be taken once again. No one including me has understood it. The same shall be given in Marathi. Otherwise public hearing will have to be conducted again

Noted and the same is provided in Marathi

Reports of air monitoring are not given. Wastewater disposal details are not told. MPCB should lay down the Rule that the Project Proponent will dispose its treated effluent at Upstream only. The Project Proponent can lift the water of downstream. Due to this the river water will remain clean. The Project Proponent’s ZLD promise is misleading and false. The information regarding scrubber is also false. Chairman, Public Hearing Committee here remarked that Advocate Asim Sarode has raised very important issues. The issues are noted.

The summary of baseline monitoring reports for Ambient Air Quality are provided in Table 3.16 of Chapter 3 of EIA/EMP Report and laboratory reports area enclosed as Annexure 14 of EIA/EMP Report Waste water treatment and its disposal is explained in Table 2.7, Figure 2.4 and 2.5 of EIA/EMP report. The technical details of the scrubber and absorbers are given in Table 10.1 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP report.

15 Shri Ashok Changdev Borde, Resident of Warigaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

The company is doing very good work. If any worker or local person faces any serious hurdle/problem, the Project Proponent help him/her. Shri Ashok Borde further informed that the project proponent used to arrange medical camp, it should be again arranged. The company is providing water to whole village. Hence, the company should grow 10 times more. He further appealed that the fees of Shri Rameshwar Vidyalay student fees also be paid by the Project Proponent.

Noted, Industry is already providing dispensary (OPD facility) at our colony with a full time Doctor. Most of the nearby villagers are using this facility. There are no consultation charges. Also providing minimum medicines at free of cost. Details of Medical facility provided by the industry are mentioned in Point no 7.14.9 of Chapter 7 of EIA/EMP Report.

16 Shri Ramesh Bhagwat Teke, Resident of Wari village, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Shri Ramesh Teke informed that he is staying just 500 meters from the project site. The ash which is generated through boiler, gases released at night and drinking water sources are polluted. We have submitted the complaints to MPCB office. All are pending. Due to COVID, MPCB told us that it is not necessary for us to come and we will take your case but no action was taken. Without resolving the problems faced by us, we will oppose the expansion. This should be noted. Otherwise, informing before MPCB officers, we will Atma Dahan / Self-Immolation in front of the factory.

Industry has provided ESP & bag filter to the existing boiler for collection of ash and for the proposed boilers too industry has proposed ESP. Industry shall be installing de-dusting unit having silo for collection of the ash and the same shall be disposed of and provide APCD as per MPCB norms. Details of air pollution control system along with its technical specifications is attached as Annexure 29 of EIA / EMP report.



Sr. No.

Details of Question


17 Shri Rajendra Kachru Gaikwad, Resident of Wari village, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

The Project and the village, both are two sides of single coin. As there is Gaon/village, hence there is project. And as there is project, the village has new identity. The factory management do help the needy people and needy students. The project is providing water supply to whole village. Also the expenditure of last rites is also spent by the factory. He requested the management of the company that- The Somaiya Group has just started college at Mumbai, it should be started in this village also. Here, there is urgent need of most advanced hospital. The project management helped for the supply of drinking water. Here, Member of the Public Hearing Committee appealed to raise only environmental issues only. He said that we support the expansion, as local people get more job opportunities. If anyone else has problem it is their individual problem

Industry has already provided many beneficial activities to the local people. They have also provided schools for the locals at Sakarwadi, Kopargaon and Laxmiwadi. Industry has also started a scheme named ‘Help a Child’ where support is provided to economically weaker section of the society by pursuing higher education. Details are provided in point no. 8.8.1 of Chapter 8 of EIA /EMP Report.

18 Shri Himmatrao Rangnath Bhujang, Ex. Sarpanch, Wari village, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist-Ahmednagar

Shri Himmatrao Rangnath Bhujang, informed that most of the participants have raised many suggestions and objections. I herewith inform that Project Proponent has developed very decent green belt development, We will add in the green belt and to increase the level of Oxygen, we will plant more trees. We support the project.

Noted

19 Shri Dattatray Laxman Teke, Resident of Wari Village, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

The Project Proponent are always vigil about the environment. Last year, they have given 3,500 tree guards. Tree plantation will reduce pollution. The Project Proponent do help the needy students of the village. The students who scored more than 75% of marks are extended financial help and industry should increase the same and give motivation. The medical camps should be increased. We support the project.

Noted. Industry shall keep motivating the youth. Industry is carrying out various beneficial activities for the local people. Industry is already providing dispensary (OPD facility) at our colony with a full time Doctor. Most of the nearby villagers are using this facility. There are no consultation charges. Also providing minimum medicines at free of cost. Industry assures that all the suggestions shall be taken into consideration and slowly implemented.

20 Shri Jalinder Namdeo Jagtap, Resident of Kanhegaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist- Ahmednagar

As a local villager, I pledge that due to this project, the development of our village occurred. The Project Proponent has very nicely developed the green belt development. The project management is trying hard to control the pollution. We all support the expansion.

Noted



Sr. No.

Details of Question


21 ShriSanjaykumar Punamchand Thakur, Resident of Sakarwadi, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

I got the job in this company through ITI. The project management have sponsored us to ITI to complete the course, given the stipend and after completion, given job opportunities in the company. Due to expansion, there is will chances of job opportunities and needy persons will get the jobs. Hence, we support the project.

Noted

22 Shri Dilip Bapurao Deshmukh, Resident of Sakarwadi, Taluka-Kopargaon, Dist.: Ahmednagar

Shri Dilip Deshmukh informed that project proponent also promised to recycle and reuse the treated effluent in the process only. It will also be used for green belt development also. Here many thousand people are getting bread and butter due to this project. The Project Proponent also help to complete social responsibility projects. Here, few people also objected for pollution. This is note that many industries have been commissioned in various places. There some problems have to face. We have here planted large number of trees. Shri Dilip Deshmukh further remarked that if the Government is levying Road Tax, then how the company will repair the road. If the road is to be repaired and renovated by the company, then Government should waive the road tax of the company. The provision of supply of drinking water, medical aid facilities is the duty of the Government. Even though, the Karkhana do help all in emergency situation. We support the project for expansion.

Noted

23 Ms. Rajashree Rajesh Tribhuvan, Resident of Sakarwadi village, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Shri Rajashree Tribhuvan while supporting the expansion informed that sons and daughters of local villagers have to go Kopargaon and Shrirampur for further studies. Due to exertion, the local students get fatigue and sick. Here no good hospital is here. So in this village, further education facilities should be made available. She appealed that the project should also be brought, in which women will also get an opportunity to work. We support the project

Industry is already carrying out various activities for benefits of local people. However, in future industry shall take the same under consideration.

24 Ms. Rupali Anil Vispute, Resident of Sakarwadi village, Tal- Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Many women in the area are just sitting at home. Hence, the project should be brought in which there will be chances of getting jobs to women

Noted. In future industry shall strive to provide jobs for the women.



Sr. No.

Details of Question


also. We support the expansion of the project. Chairman, Public Hearing Committee here informed that those who desire to give their writing objections, suggestions can also submit it as there will be few people, we cannot raise orally can submit their objections in writing.

25 Shri Jalinder Bhausaheb Shirsath, Resident of Warigaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Shri Jalinder Shirsath asked the question to MPCB that last year, Show Cause Notice was served to Project Proponent. Now, which Environment Programme is undertaken by the Company that you are conducting the public hearing for expansion?

Industry has undertaken expansion of the existing project with increase in production capacity and increase in number of products. Industry would like to put forth that it shall be complying with all the environmental norms.

26 Shri Sandip Rambhau Raktate, Local Agriculturist

The Project Proponent has planted many trees considering the environment. The green belt also should be developed. We support the expansion of the project. Chairman, Public Hearing Committee here informed that those who desires to give their writing objections, suggestions can also submit it as there will be few people, we cannot raise orally can submit their objections in writing.

Noted

27 Shri Ashok Tatyaba Kajale, Resident of Kanhegaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

We support the expansion of the project. The project should come in the rural areas and they should be expanded. The private industries do not start its operation in rural areas. Hence, the old projects which are in operation should be allowed for expansion

Noted

28 Shri Sanjay Subhash Jadhav, Resident of Warigaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar, Member, Wari Grampanchayat

Where this project will be commissioned? How much water will be required for the project? How will the water be stored? From which source the water will be brought? How much energy/power will be requiring for this project? Almost all the villagers are supporting the project. The project proponents are taking in hand the various social development projects. The local people will get job opportunities. He said that the project management is requested to give fees of the students of Rameshwar Vidyalaya. It is also requested to repair the school classes. Industry does a lot for the people.

The project shall be carried out in the existing unit itself. Industry has provided the master layout showing location of existing as well as proposed activity in Figure no. 2.3, page no. 25 in Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP Report. After Expansion the Water Requirement shall be as:

Total water requirement will be 5,783CMD Recycled water will be 3,092CMD Fresh water requirement will be 2,691CMD

The entire water Budget for existing and proposed activity is represented in Table 2.7 and Figure 2.4 and 2.5, Chapter 2



Sr. No.

Details of Question


Shri Sanjay Jadhav further remarked that most of the officers working in the plant stays out of this village. It is requested to them to stay here. It will be beneficial to village also. We support the project

of EIA/EMP report. Industry shall be uplifting water from Godavari River, Canal Water and Rain Water harvesting Tank of 85,000m3. Industry has provided separate storage facility for collecting the uplifted water. Total Power Requirement shall be of 11.2Mw/Hr. [Existing 2.9Mw/Hr. and proposed 8.2Mw/Hr.). Also, to reduce the power requirement industry has proposed Turbine of 7.2MWH. [Existing 2.3MWH and proposed 4.8MWH]. Industry has proposed various activities for local people under CSR and CER activities. The same shall be included in future. Industry has provided 425 quarters within the factory premises for the staffs and workers. Even the higher authorities of the project stays within the vicinity of the project area. Further, many other worker and officials are permanent resident of Kopargaon, Shrirampur village, Thus they cannot shift to resident colony of the industry. Thus few people only stay out of the village.

29 Shri Charudatta Raghunath Singar, Resident of Bhojade, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Shri Charudatta Raghunath Singar informed that I am speaking as representative of Bhojadegaon. Our village is 3.0-4.0km away. Whether due to this project, there will not be any water or air pollution? We say that due to this project, there are ill-effects on water, air and crops of our village. Hence, we are opposing the expansion of the project. Shri Singar further objected that the public notice for the expansion is given in the Pune Sakal newspaper. Due to Covid-19 pandemic, the newspaper are not reaching to our village. People are afraid as we do not know what this project is. Hence, first the resolution of each Grampanchayat should be obtained and then only this project should be sanctioned.

Industry shall be taking all the necessary measures to avoid the pollution that is likely to occur. In order to avoid the impact on water, industry has provided ETP and STP for treating the generated wastewater. Furthermore, being a Zero Liquid Discharge unit industry shall not be disposing the treated wastewater outside the industrial premises. To avoid the Air pollution, industry has provided Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heaters with adequate pollution control equipment’s like Electro Static Precipitator. Industry has provided the entire details of the project in the EIA report, however details of all mitigation measures to be taken by industry are presented in Chapter 10 – Environmental Management Plan [EMP] of EIA/EMP Report.

30 Shri Daulat Kishor Waikar, Local Agriculturist

Shri Daulat Waikar objected that the bore well water of our village is totally contaminated since last 50-60 years. The villagers do not have

Industry has been providing Drinking water facility in neighbouring villages since past many years and shall



Sr. No.

Details of Question


water to drink. We have to contact the company officials several times. He said that company should make provision to clean our bore well water. First, plan should be prepared for drinking water of our village and then only the expansion should be carried. Our opposition is towards the expansion of the project. The Project Proponent do release their effluent into the river. Whether MPCB has given permission to release its effluent into the river? We have given proof and submitted to MPCB. But no action is initiated by the MPCB He said that first stop the pollution. First think about local agriculturists. The trucks of the project do go on the road at any odd hours. If anybody is eating, the dust due to trucks naturally comes in the plate. The problem of local farmers should be solved first. Then only expansion be allowed. You imagine yourself at our position, when red water comes in your fields, no yield [crops] is generated you will feel like doing suicide. We don’t have any other option than suicide. We need to either become terrorist or do suicide these are the only options left. Think of yourself at our position. Hence expansion should not be allowed.

continue the same in future. Details of Water Supply System For Nearby Villagers provided by the industry is attached as Annexure 28 of EIA /EMP Report Apart from this GBL has provided 4.5 acre land free of cost to Wari and Kanhegaon Grampanchyat for Water supply scheme. This scheme pending from Grampanchyat and Government. It is a Zero Liquid Discharge project. The treated industrial effluent shall be reused in Cooling Tower whereas; the treated domestic effluent shall be utilized On Land for gardening. Industry is neither discharging its treated water outside the factory nor discharging in the River. Industry has taken initiative for road repair under CSR activity. The same represented in Chapter 8 of EIA/EMP Report. Industry will take upmost care to protect the environment in every possible way

31 Shri Sunil Rangnath Kajale, Resident of Kanhegaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Shri Kajale said that we are Projected Affected Persons (PAPs). The effluent of this project have drown in the ground about 200 feet. It is not yet cleaned. We do not have separate water source for drinking water. Shri Kajale said that we are 20-25 farmers are here. The Government should supply us drinking water. In the month of May, the officials came and carried the survey. Till to-date, the survey report is not send to us. We have to cultivate grapes. I own a land about 500m from here. But there is red water in the agriculture fields. I want to grow grapes but due to this nothing can be cultivated in our fields. Due to this red water we are not able to understand, we request you to clean the water. We have no relation towards the project. Our water should be cleaned first. Our drinking and agriculture water first be cleaned.

Industry has provided drinking water facility in nearby villages like Vari, Kanhegaon, Sade, etc. likewise company has also been providing water tanker at minimal cost at various religious and private festival occasions in nearby villages.

32 Shri Shrikant Narendra Tekera, Warigaon, Dist -Ahmednagar

I am staying on the boundary of the factory. My well water is contaminated. The water from the project has entered/mixed in my well. There is no issue that I want job in the factory. I have enough fields

As per the NGT order dated 01/08/2017 industry has been carrying out the Bio-remediation activity within the affected area as per the guidelines of NGT. Details of NGT order and



Sr. No.

Details of Question


through which I can manage my livelihood. I can develop the same and can earn money equal to 2 engineers and can give job to 4 people. This can be my situation. But the water of my well is totally contaminated due to industry. Even though the well water is good the industry has provided water from tanker and the bill for the same is not yet paid. He further said that what is directed by the National Green Tribunal is it informed to the villagers? The National Green Tribunal told that the industry has contaminated the water upto 2 km. These details should be explained by the industry to villagers. I wanted to start my dehydration plant in my farm but did not know whether to do potato chips or banana chips.in same way we don’t know about the industry. We request to give the entire details of the factory and solve our problems. Till you don’t solve the problems we will oppose the expansion.

bioremediation activity is presented in the Point 10.13 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP Report. Details of the same is now mentioned in the Point no 2.11 of Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP Report. However, industry would like to put forth that the details about bio-remediation activity were informed to the villagers through the timely industrial site visit that took place. Industry has already started the activity as per the NGT order and progress report of the same is being sent by the CPCB to the Hon’ble NGT and as per the Bio-remediation progress report, the contaminated surface water bodies (puddles to shallow water bodies) were decontaminated by aquatic and marsh vegetation, besides blue-green algae. Both the flood water filled trenches and reservoirs are being used continuously for recharging trenches/ wells from where the contaminated water is being extracted. The reservoirs and trenches are filled with flood waters of River Godavari. Reclamation activity is in top priority of Godavari Bio refineries Limited.

33 Shri Dnyeshwar Ambadas Bhakarer, Resident of Kanhegaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

I have a 9 acre area beside industry. I have one bore in that area where red water was obtained. I made water tank in which also red water has came that water was pumped out by industry using engine. After which I put plastic paper and other after which I took water from river. The polluted red water is observed around the water tank. My 1.5 acre corn yield is burnt what should I do? I have given complaints to company on time to time nothing is done from company. I just want that the company should do something to clean that water. It is requested to clean the water. We oppose the expansion.

As per the NGT order dated 01/08/2017 industry has been carrying out Bioremediation activity since 2017 under the guidance of Dr. C.R. Babu, appointed by CPCB and compliance report of the same are submitted to Hon’ble NGT every quarterly. A vast, positive difference has been observed in the water and land quality since 2017. Details of NGT order and bioremediation activity is presented in the Point 10.13 of Chapter 10 of EIA/EMP Report. Details of the same is now mentioned in the Point no 2.11 of Chapter 2 of EIA/EMP Report.

34 Shri Bhagaw Rajdhar Mahale, Local Farmer Due to expansion of the project, there will be chances of job opportunities.

Hence, I support the project Noted.

35 Shri Ashok Gabaji Kajale, Resident of Kanhegaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist - Ahmednagar

Shri Ashok Kajale informed that my agriculture fields are zero distance Industry agrees that the water in surrounding area was



Sr. No.

Details of Question


away. He said that my compound place and company’s compound is adjacent. He informed that he dug the well in his fields in 1990. The red water was observed in the well. I am fighting since 1990. My total agriculture field has become barren. This is also approved by Mahatma Krushi University. Water testing was done and even they agreed. Even court agreed over the same. We went to National Green Tribunal and I’m one of the complainants from them. National Green Tribunal also accepted that totally land and water of 2 km. is totally contaminated. Due to this the reason for living is finished. As Modi government provided Rice and Wheat we survived or else there would have been a big problem. The entire yield is destroyed due to pollution caused by industry. How will our children survive is a big question. Pollution is created to such an extent that no yield is grown from that land. Under this remediation activity even my well is there, a big pond is excavated. We request you to provide the rules about how big the pond should be created. Company is not doing anything for remediation only the pipelines are kept scattered. They call MPCB, and when MPCB says they will be coming tomorrow they put the clean water in the well on that day. So after testing the water the results come like my well water is clean. The chairman can carry out test the well water now. I’m telling the truth. After using the stored water for the farm created for my cattle, the yield is burst out, nothing is left in it. In such way these people are creating trouble. MPCB has given in written that the industry is giving trouble to the people in such condition if the permission is given for expansion which will be carried out besides us, company cannot reduce the pollution. Industry had asked for 3 years permission for Bioremediation from National Green Tribunal. On 31st December 2020, 4 years will be completed but there is no difference caused. The condition is same as that it was in 1990. In such condition if the permission is to be given for expansion think if the pollution will be reduced or increased. Think of all the things, our source of living is finished, how will we get yield from our farm for survival? Think about How will well water get clean? Industry should do something to make our well water clean. We don’t have any complaint. We will survive doing hard work. After cleaning this water the permission shall be given

polluted. This was when the distillery unit was in operation phase. But since February 2013, industry has shut down its distillery unit due to water scarcity problem. As per the NGT order dated 01.08.2017 industry has been carrying out Bioremediation activity since 2017 under the guidance of Prof. C.R. Babu, appointed by CPCB and compliance report of the same are submitted to Hon’ble NGT every quarterly. Positive changes has been observed in the water and land quality since 2017. Industry has asked for extending the time period in Bioremediation activity for obtaining better results.



Sr. No.

Details of Question


for expansion. We oppose the expansion.

36 Shri Gorakhnath KondiramTeke, Resident of Warigaon, Tal-Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

If the expansion is implemented, then there will be chances of job opportunities. Hence, expansion should be allowed

Noted

37 Shri Vivek Ashokrao Teke, Member, Grampanchayat Warigaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Shri Vivek Teke informed that he is opposing the expansion. Because due to project there is air and water pollution. The two blasts which made local people to ruin one’s life in one’s hand. Due to this project, if there would have social and economic development, then the population of the village would not have decreased in last 2 years from 12,000 to 7,000. Hence, expansion should not be allowed. I oppose the expansion.

Last 20 years there was no blast in GBL. Anyhow there was fire incidence happened in 20 April 2018. It was controlled by in-house team along with outside support. During the fire incident thee was not even injury to the employee as well as surrounding villagers.

38 Shri Badrinath Balsaheb Jadhav, Ex. Sarpanch, Warigaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

The Project Proponent should take care of land, water and health. The 80% jobs should be reserved for Wari village only. The saplings plantation should be carried in the area. The Medical camps should arrange twice in a year. Shri Badrinath Jadhav requested to provide computer to Rameshwar Vidyala and pay the fees of students. He further requested that ICU Bedded hospital be constructed here. Local resident to be given jobs. As per 2016-17trees should be given for plantation. Road repairing to be done. Health check up to be held twice a year. We support expansion.

Industry shall take utmost care of land, water and health. The impacts that are likely to occur and the mitigation measures that will be taken by the company are provided in Chapter 4. The employment required for proposed expansion shall be provided to local people. The sapling plantation shall be done under CER and CSR activities. Industry is already providing dispensary (OPD facility) at our colony, with a full time Doctor. Most of the nearby villagers are using this facility. There are no consultation charges. Also providing minimum medicines at free of cost. Medical camps shall be arranged under CSR activity. Industry is already doing a lot of beneficial activity towards the people through the means of CER and CSR activities. However, in future industry shall strive to take into consideration the suggestions provided. As stated in chapter 11, point 11.4 industry has already mentioned that the employment shall be provided to local people. Tree plantation, road repairing is already done under CSR activities. Industry has already provided various activities beneficial for the project like repairing of schools, career counseling, encouraging and supporting economically weaker students.



Sr. No.

Details of Question


However, in future industry shall take this suggestion under consideration.

39 Shri Anil Appasaheb Gore, Member Grampanchyat, Wari village, Tal-Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Whatever promises are made should be fulfilled by the company. The demand of the local people should be sanctioned by the company. He supported the expansion.

Noted

40 Shri Dilip Kakale, Member of Gram Panchyat, Warigaon, Tal: Kopargaon

People will get employment. He support expansion Noted

41 Shri Vijay Kachru Gaikwad, Member of Gram Panchyat, Warigaon;

Industry should think about the demand of Warigaon. We support expansion

Noted

42 Shri Appasaheb Jaggannath Wani

A way should be found out, Employment should be provided for locals. We support expansion. To develop Wari village Geographical, financial, social it is necessary for the project to grow.

Noted

43 Shri Santosh Karbhari Ushir, WariGaon

Industry should think about the demands. We support expansion Noted

44 Shri Yogesh Ramesh Bojage, Residence- Dhotre

Employment should be obtained. He support expansion

45 Shri Deepak Prakash Chaudhary, Kanhegaon, Tal – Kopargaon, Dist – Ahmednagar

Company is providing water since past 20 years. Provision shall be made that everyone gets water. Company is spending 20lakhs rupees on water. Helps poor people. He supported for the expansion.

Noted

46 Shri Raju Jadhav, Warigaon

Support expansion Noted

47 Shri Shirish Keshavrao Kulkarni, Ex. Member Gram Panchyat, Warigaon

Government invites industries for business but in our case the business itself is generated. He Support expansion.

Noted

48 Shri Sanjay Balkrishna Bhadange, Kanhegaon, Tal: Kopargaon, Dist: Ahmednagar

Support expansion. They have remarked that whatever there may be personal differences, we should support the expansion. Employment will be obtained.

Noted

49 Shri Ajit Vinchu, Kanhegaon



Sr. No.

Details of Question


Employment will be obtained. Support expansion.

Yes, industry shall be providing employment for local people. The same is given in Chapter 11, point 11.4 of EIA/EMP Report

50 Shri Sham Nivrutti Jadhav, Warigaon

Support expansion Noted

51 Shri Krishna Khawale, Warigaon

Employment will be obtained. Support expansion

Yes, industry shall be providing employment for local people. The same is given in Chapter 11, point 11.4 of EIA/EMP Report

52 Shri Yogesh Keru Mokal, Wari

He asked about the Rain Water Harvesting and Remedial Plan. He supported the Expansion

53 Yogesh Kekane

Support for the expansion. Industry has done tree plantation time to time. They have also installed ETP and STP for treatment.

54 Pramod Sainath Chavan, Dhotre

Support for the expansion Noted

55 Deepak Bhakre, resident of Kanhegaon, Member of Gram Panchyat

Industry should have given information to Grampanchyat which is not done. Support for the expansion. Industry shall repair roads upto 3-4kms.

Noted

56 Shankar Bhiwaji Tribhuvan, Resident of Sakarwadi


57 Sanjay Namdeo Dandage, Resident of Sakarwadi


58 Sandip Dilip Kakale, Resident of Sakarwadi

Its our third generation working in this company. Industry shall bring more and more projects which will generate employment, He Support for the expansion

Yes, noted

59 Bapusaheb Rambhau Nile, Resident of Wari

Industry shall grow, employment shall be generated. This growth is beneficial for future generation. He Support for the expansion

Yes, noted

60 Kiran Shankar Tribhuvan, Resident of Sakarwadi



Sr. No.

Details of Question


There is no other medium for job other than this industry. Support for the expansion

Noted

61 Gorakh Vinchu , Resident of Kanhegaon


62 Akhilesh Ramesh Rajput, Resident of Wari

Industry has installed ETP, STP, MEE and are also planting number of trees. Industry shall give information over the same to the local. Support for the expansion

Noted

63 Nitin Prakashrao Karde, Resident of Kanhegaon


64 Shri. Sandiprao Saint, Resident of Wari


65 Shri Sandip Suresh Jadhav, Resident of Wari

Industry shall open an English medium school in Wari the same like in Kopargaon so that our children can even read English. We Support for the expansion only industry shall look towards the school and repair roads

Industry is already carrying out various beneficial activities for the local people. The same shall be considered in future under CSR activity

66 Shri. Vitthal Balasaheb Jadhav, Resident of Wari


67 Shri. Ganesh Suresh Jadhav, Resident of Wari


68 Shri. Rakesh Varghude, Resident of Sanvatsar




Figure 7.1 PHOTOS OF Public Hearing Dated 14th October 2020



7.2 Risk Assessment

The Environmental risks are inherent in operation of any industry, or any human activity for that matter. Any system failure can lead to disaster. Quantitative Risk Analysis (QRA) is the art and science of developing and understanding numerical estimates of the risk (i.e. combination of the expected frequency and consequences of potential accidents) associated with the facility or operation. It uses a set of highly sophisticated, but approximate tools for acquiring risk understanding. Objective of Risk Assessment Risk assessment objectives are as below:

Identification of process hazard associated with the facility

Determining the consequences of Hydrocarbon releases from process piping and equipment

Calculating the frequency of equipment failure

Quantifying the risk likely to impact the nearby people, and presenting the same in terms of ISO Risk Contours and F-N Curves

Identifying major risk contributor for individual and group

Identifying risk reduction options appropriate for the phase of development to demonstrate that risks are being too managed to a level which is ‘ALARP’ [As Low As Reasonable Practicable]. ALARP principle is presented in Figure 7.2

Figure 7.2 ALARP Principle The procedure used for carrying out the Quantitative Risk Assessment Study is outlined and shown in below Figure 7.3



Figure 7.3 Risk Assessment Study Methodology Flow chart

7.3 Methodology

The general methodology adopted for performing the Integrated Risk Assessment is as given in Figure 7.4

Figure 7.4 QRA Methodology

Intolerable ALARP Negligible

Project Familiarization

Identify All Potential Hazards (HAZID)

Major Hazards

Qualitative Screening

-Credible event -Can cause Fatalities - Can Cause significant damage to Plant

Frequency Assessment Consequence Assessment

Risk Integration and Evaluation

Fatalities

Comparison of Fatality Risk Levels with Acceptance Criteria



7.4 Consequence Calculations Using ALARP

The consequences from hazardous scenarios are identified and their impact zone modeled using

ALARP software tools. The neutral atmospheric stability conditions and ambient temperature of 31.8

ºC and humidity of 44 % is considered for Consequence Analysis.

7.5 Hazard Identification

Hazard is defined as a chemical or physical conditions those have the potential for causing damage

to people, property or the environment. Hazard identification is the first step in the risk analysis and

entails the process of collecting information on:

The types and quantities of hazardous substances stored and handled

The location of storage tanks & other facilities

Potential hazards associated with the spillage and release of fuel.

The first stage in any QRA is to identify the potential accidents that could result in the release of the

hazardous material. This is achieved by a systematic review of the facilities together within effective

screening process.

Chemical hazards are generally considered to be of three types

i. Flammable

ii. Reactive

iii. Toxic

When the appropriate inputs are defined, the package calculates the source terms of each release,

such as the release date, release velocity & release phase. These sources term parameters then

become inputs to the consequence modeling. Alternatively, the model allows these source terms to

input directly.

Based on the methodology, a set of selected failure cases was prepared to carry out Risk Analysis

calculations. Each section of the each plant has been considered as a single hazardous scenario

based on the provided material balance sheet of that particular chemical.

The section wise failure cases/scenario considered for consequence analysis are listed below in

Table 7.2



Table 7.2 List of hazardous Scenario

Sr. No.

Product code Isolatable

section Description of Hazardous scenario

Processing Units

1 P1 & P8 (Ethyl Acetate) 1 Loss of containment from Reaction section

2 Loss of containment from Purification section

2 P2 (Acetaldehyde) 3 Loss of containment from Reaction section


3 P3 (Croto Di Urea) 5 Loss of containment from Reaction section


4 P3 (Crotoresin) 7 Loss of containment from Reaction section

8 Loss of containment from Drying section

5 P4 (Crotonaldehyde) 9 Loss of containment from Reaction section


6 P5 & P13 (1,3 Butylene Glycol) 11 Loss of containment from Reaction section

7 P6 & P7 (Acetic Acid) 13 Loss of containment from Reaction section

14 Loss of containment from Distillation section

8 P9 (Acetaldol) 15 Loss of containment from Reaction section


9 P10 (Paraldehyde) 17 Loss of containment from Distillation section

10 P14 (Butanol) 18 Loss of containment from Recovery section

11 P15 (2-Ethyl, 1,3 Hexane Diol)

19A Loss of containment from Reaction-I section

19B Loss of containment from Reaction-II section


12 P18 (3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate) 23 Loss of containment from Reaction section

13 P19 (3-Methyl, 3 - Pentene-One)




14 P23 & P24 (Acetaldehyde Oxime)



34 Loss of containment from Blending section

15 P25 (Acetaldehyde Di-Ethyl Acetal)

35 Loss of containment from Reaction section


16 P26 (Ethyl Vinyl Ether)

37 Loss of containment from Reaction section

38A Loss of containment from Purification section

38B Loss of containment from Purification section

17 P27 (Acetonitrile) 39 Loss of containment from Reaction section


18 P28 (Di-Ethyl Oxalate) 41 Loss of containment from Reaction section


19 P29 (Gbamber) 43 Loss of containment from Reaction section

20 P30 (Sorbic Acid)

45 Loss of containment from Reaction-I section

46A Loss of containment from Reaction-II section


21 Hydrogenation Plant 88 Loss of containment from reaction section

Storage Tanks In Existing Plant Area

22 P1 (Ethyl Acetate)

48 (RM*) Loss of containment from Ethanol (119A) storage tank

49 (RM) Loss of containment from Acetic acid (120A) storage tank

50 (FP**) Loss of containment from Ethyl acetate (122A) storage tank

23 P2 (Acetaldehyde) 51 (RM)

Loss of containment from Ethanol (124A) storage tank

52 (FP) Loss of containment from Acetaldehyde (125A)



Sr. No.


section Description of Hazardous scenario

storage tank

24 P4 (Crotonaldehyde) 53 (FP) Loss of containment from Crotonaldehyde (132A) storage tank

25 P5 (1,3 Butylene Glycol) 56 (FP) Loss of containment from Butanol (165) storage tank

26 P6 (Acetic Acid) 57 (FP) Loss of containment from Acetic Acid (142D) storage tank

27 P10 (Paraldehyde) 59 (FP) Loss of containment from Paraldehyde (149A) storage tank

28 P19 (3-Methyl, 3-Pentene-One) 62 (FP) Loss of containment from 3-Methyl, 3-pentene one (166A) storage tank

Storage Tanks In Proposed Plant Area

29 P3 (Crotoresin) 63 (RM) Loss of containment from Aq. Ammonia (06) storage tank

30 P15 (2 Ethyl 1,3 Hexane Diol) 64 (RM) Loss of containment from Butyraldehyde (10) storage tank

31 P16 (3 Methoxy Butanol)

66 (RM) Loss of containment from Hydrogen trolley storage tank

68 (FP) Loss of containment from3 Methoxy Butanol (26A) storage tank

69 (FP) Loss of containment from Butanol (28A) storage tank

32 P18 (3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate) 70 (RM) Loss of containment from Acetic acid (30A/B) storage tank

33 P22 (Absolute Alcohol) 72 (RM)

Loss of containment from Rectified spirit (33A1) storage tank

73 (FP) Loss of containment from Ethanol (34A1) storage tank

34 P23 (Acetaldehyde Oxime)

74 (RM) Loss of containment from Aq. Ammonia (37A) storage tank

75 (FP) Loss of containment from Acetaldehyde oxime (38A) storage tank

35 P25 (Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal)

76 (RM) Loss of containment from Cumene (43) storage tank

77 (FP) Loss of containment from Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal (45A1) storage tank

36 P26 (Ethyl Vinyl Ether) 78 (FP)

Loss of containment from Ethyl vinyl ether (47A) storage tank

79 (FP) Loss of containment from Ethanol (48) storage tank

37 P27 (Acetonitrile)

80 (RM) Loss of containment from Acetic acid (49) storage tank

82 (FP) Loss of containment from Acetonitrile (52A) storage tank

38 P28 (Diethyl Oxalate) 83 (FP) Loss of containment from Diethyl oxalate (32A) storage tank

39 P29 (Gb Amber) 84 (RM) Loss of containment from Myrecene (59) storage tank

40 P30 (Sorbic Acid) 87 (RM) Loss of containment from HCl 30% (67A) storage tank

Note: *RM: Raw Material **FP: Finished Products



Inventorization of chemicals based on its property is done and its immediate preventive & mitigative measures are identified. Table 7.3 depicts Physical and Chemical properties of the Chemicals which are highly and moderately Hazardous for Storage, Handling & Transfer



Table 7.3 Properties of Chemicals Handled in Sakarwadi facility

Sr. No.

Raw Material / Product

(Formula)

CAS No.

State Colour Odour

FP (0c) MP(0c) BP (0c) IDLH (PPM) Hazard LEL (%)

UEL (%)

LC50/LD50 Preventive &

Mitigative Measures

1. Acetic acid (CH3COOH)

64-19-7

Liquid Colourless Pungent

CC=40, Op-44

17 118 (0C) @ 013hpa

STEL: 15 PPM TWA: 1.0 PPM

Flammable, Corrosive, Causes Of Severe Burn

4 16

LC50: 4655 ppm LD50: 3310 mg/kg

Use Cool containers / tanks with water spray

Use Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)

Mechanical Foam, Dry chemical power , carbon dioxide (CO2), Water spray

2. Ethanol (C2H5OH)

64-17-5

Liquid

Colourless Mild to strong, rather pleasant; like wine or whiskey.

CC= 12.78 OC= 17.78

-114.1 78.5 TWA: 1900 (mg/m3) from OSHA (PEL)

Irritant Flammable

3.3 19

LC50: 39000 mg/m3 LD50: 3450 mg/kg

Store in a segregated and approved area

Provide exhaust ventilation

Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition.

Wear suitable PPEs

3. Ethyl Acetate (C4H8O2)

141-78-6

Liquid Colourless Fruity Odour

-4.5 -84 NA TLV: 400 ppm

Flammable Irritant Repeated Exposure Can Cause Skin Dryness And Cracking

2 11.5 LD 50: 200 mg/m³

Keep away from sources of ignition

In case of contact with eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water and seek medical advice

Carbon dioxide, foam, dry chemical, halon, other "B" type

4. Acetaldehyde (CH3CHO)

75-07-0


CC: -38 OP: -40

-123.5 21 TWA: 200 STEL: 150 (ppm)

Flammable Explosive In Presence Of Heat, Of Acids, Of Alkalis

4 55

LC50: 23000 mg/m3 LD50: 661 mg/kg

Keep away from heat. Keep away from sources of ignition

Avoid contact with eyes. Wear suitable protective clothing

Store in a segregated and approved area. Keep container in a cool, well-ventilated area

5. Sulfuric acid (H2SO4)

7664-93-9

Liquid Colourless Odourless

NA -35 270 TWA: 1 STEL: 3 (mg/m3)

Corrosive Irritant Permeator

NA NA

LC50: Acute: 510 mg/m 2 LD50: Acute: 2140 mg/kg

Provide exhaust ventilation or other engineering controls to keep the airborne concentrations of vapours below their respective threshold limit value.

Ensure that eyewash stations and safety showers are proximal to the work-station location.

Face shield. Full suit. Vapour respirator

Splash goggles, Full suit, Vapour respirator, Boots and Gloves.



Sr. No.


(Formula)

CAS No.

State Colour Odour


UEL (%)


Mitigative Measures

6. Ammonia (NH3)

7664-41-7


NA NA -33.3

TWA: 25 ppm STEL: 35 ppm

Irritating Or Corrosive Slightly Flammable

16 25 LC50 2000 ppm

Water fog.

Use media suitable for surrounding fire.

7. Crotonaldehyde (C4H6O)

4170-30-3


13 NA 101 – 102

Highly Flammable Liquid And Vapour Toxic If Swallowed Fatal If Inhaled

NA NA

LC50 (4h): 336 mg/m³ LD50: 174 mg/kg

Keep away from heat and sources of ignition

Cool containers / tanks with water spray.

Suitable extinguishing media

Foam, Dry chemical, Carbon dioxide (CO2)

8. Crotoresin Liquid Dark Brown Pungent

115 NA NA

TWA: 2 CEIL: 6 (ppm) TWA: 6 CEIL: 18 (mg/m3)

Corrosive, Irritant

NA NA N

Provide ventilation if necessary to control exposure levels below airborne exposure limits

Face shield, Full suit, Vapour respirator

Splash goggles and Full suit

9. Hydrogen (H2)

1333-74-0

Gas Colorless gas Odourless

NA -259.2 -252.9 NA

Extremely flammable gas May displace oxygen and cause rapid suffocation

4 77

LC50: > 15000 ppm/1h

Keep away from Heat, Open flames, Sparks, Hot surfaces. - No smoking

Use and store only outdoors or in a well-ventilated place

Leaking gas fire: Do not extinguish, unless leak can be stopped safely Eliminate all ignition sources if safe to do so Protect from sunlight when ambient temperature exceeds 52°C

Extinguishing media: Carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder, water spray, fog.

10. 1,3-Butylene Glycol (C4H10O2)

107-88-0

Liquid

Colourless No Significant odour

CC: 108

-57 203-204

NA Irritant 1.9 12.6

LC50 290 mg/m³ LD50 22800 mg/kg

Avoid contact with skin and eyes. Avoid breathing vapours or mists.

Cool containers / tanks with water spray. Keep people away from and upwind of fire

Suitable extinguishing media

Foam, Dry chemical, Carbon dioxide (CO2), water spray

11. n-Butanol (C4H10O)

71-36-3

Liquid Colorless liquid

35 -89 117 ACGIH TLV (8-hour) 20 ppm

Flammable liquid and vapour Harmful if

1.4 11.2 LC50 Inhalation - Rat - 4 h -

Keep away from heat, hot surfaces, sparks, open flames and other ignition sources. No smoking



Sr. No.


(Formula)

CAS No.

State Colour Odour


UEL (%)


Mitigative Measures

swallowed Causes skin irritation Causes serious eye damage May cause respiratory irritation May cause drowsiness or dizziness

8000 ppm LD50 Oral - Rat - 790 mg/kg

Wear eye protection/ face protection

Suitable extinguishing media:

Use water spray, alcohol-resistant foam, dry chemical or carbon dioxide

12. Acetaldol 107-89-1

NA 65 NA 83 NA Toxic in contact with skin. Irritating to eyes

NA NA LD 50: 2180 mg/kg

Water spray. Carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder, or appropriate foam.

13. 2-Ethyl-1,3-hexanediol C8H18O2

94-96-2

Liquid Colorless liquid

120 -40 244 NA Causes severe eye irritation.

NA NA LD50 = 2600 mg/kg

Extinguishing Media: Water spray may cause frothing. In case of fire, use carbon dioxide, dry chemical powder or appropriate foam

14. Sorbic acid 110-44-1

Solid - 130 134 170 NA

Causes serious eye irritation. Causes skin irritation. May cause respiratory irritation

NA NA LD50 =10g/kg

Store in a well-ventilated place. Keep container tightly closed.

Extinguisher powder or CO2. In case of more serious fires, also alcohol-resistant foam and water spray.

Do not use a direct stream of water to extinguish.

15. 3-Methoxybutanol C5H12O2

2517-43-3

Liquid NA 46.7 NA 158-160

NA Flammable NA NA NA

Keep away from sources of ignition - No smoking. Take measures to prevent the building up of electrostatic charge.

For small (incipient) fires, use media such as "alcohol" foam, dry chemical, or carbon dioxide. For large fires, apply water from as far as possible. Use very large quantities (flooding) of water applied as a mist or spray; solid streams of water may be ineffective. Cool all affected containers with flooding quantities of water.

16. Ethyl Vinyl Ether

Liquid Colourless

-45 -115 36 NA Flammable 1.3 12

LC50 rat: > 21.2 mg/l; LD50 rat: 6,120 mg/kg

Keep away from heat/sparks/open flames/hot surfaces. - No smoking.

Keep container tightly closed.



Sr. No.


(Formula)

CAS No.

State Colour Odour


UEL (%)


Mitigative Measures

Ground/bond container and receiving equipment.

Storage

Store in a well-ventilated place. Keep cool.

17. Myrecene Liquid NA 44 NA 167

Flammable liquid and vapour. Causes skin irritation. Causes serious eye irritation. May cause respiratory irritation.

NA NA LD 50 >

5,000 mg/kg

Use personal protective equipment. Avoid breathing vapours, mist or gas. Ensure adequate ventilation.

Remove all sources of ignition.

Evacuate personnel to safe areas. Beware of vapours accumulating to form explosive concentrations.

Vapours can accumulate in low areas.

18. Gbamber 54464-

57-2 Liquid

Colourless to straw

pale yellow Woody, Floral,

Ambergris

111 NA 230 NA

Prolonged or repeated contact with skin and eyes by inhalation may cause irritation.

NA NA LD>5000

mg/kg

Extinguishing Media: Carbon dioxide, Dry Chemical, foam. Do not use direct water jet on

Burning material.

Where, FP (0C): Flash point (0C) MP (0C): Melting point (0C) BP: Boiling Point (0C) NA: Not Available



Inventory Analysis Inventory analysis is commonly used in understanding relative Hazards and Short listing of release scenario. Inventory plays a vital role in regards to potential hazards. A commonly used practice for determining the incident list is considering potential leaks and major release from fracture of pipeline and vessel containing sizable inventories. The potential vapor release depends upon the quantity of liquid release, properties of materials and operating conditions (Pressure and Temperature]. A preliminary hazard analysis is carried out initially to identify the major hazards associated with storages and the processes of the plant. This is followed by consequence analysis to quantify these hazards. Finally the vulnerable zones are plotted for which risk reducing measures are deduced and implemented. Consequence and Frequency Analysis Post Hazard identification, risk assessment has two major aspects:

Consequence Analysis: Models the identified hazardous scenarios to get the physical effects at specified operating conditions,

Frequency Analysis: Failure frequencies of each components, based on size/capacity, in the defined hazardous scenario were integrated to get the cumulative failure frequency of that scenario

Consequence Calculation A calculation model is used to estimate the physical effect of an activity [spill of hazardous Material] and to predict the damage [injury, lethality and material of destruction] of effects. These calculations are roughly divided in three groups:

Determination of Source Strength Parameters

Determination of consequential effects

Determination of damage or damage distances 7.5.1.1.1 Source Strength Parameters

Calculating the outflow of liquid through equipment/tank/pipe, in case of rupture

Calculation, in case of liquid outflow, of the instantaneous flash evaporation and of the dimensions of the remaining liquid pool

Calculation of the evaporation rate, as a function of volatility of the material, pool dimensions and wind velocity

Source strength equals pump capacities, etc. in some cases of pump discharge line ruptures for catastrophic cases

7.5.1.1.2 Consequential Effects

Intensity of heat radiation [in kW/m2] due to fire, as a function of the distance to the source

Energy of vapour cloud explosions [in N/m2], as a function of the distance to the distance of the exploding cloud

Concentration of material in the atmosphere, due to the dispersion of evaporated chemical. The latter can be either explosive or toxic

The types of models that must be utilized in a specific risk study strongly depends upon the type of materials involved:

Gas, vapour, liquid and solid

Inflammable, explosive, toxic, toxic combustion products?

Stored at high/ low temperatures or pressure?

Controlled outflow (pump Inventory) or catastrophic failure?



7.5.1.1.3 Damage Criteria The damage criterion gives the relation between extent of the physical effects (exposure) and the percentage of the people that will be killed or injured due to those effects. The knowledge about these relations depends strongly on the nature of the exposure. In Consequence Analysis studies, two types of exposure to hazardous effects are distinguished:

Heat radiation, from a jet, pool fire or flash fire.

Explosion

Toxic Exposure 7.6 Wind Velocity & Wind Direction The annual mean wind velocity is taken as around 2.4 m/s. Usually, during February to October (9 months) the wind velocity generally lies between 1.42-3.97m/s. Based on the presented average meteorological data & wind rose, it can be said that pre-dominant wind direction is towards NW. Wind rose is given below in Figure 7.5

Figure 7.5 Wind Rose

Stability Class Dispersion of vapours largely depends upon the Stability Class. Various stability classes are defined as Pasquill classes as stated below:

A : Very Unstable B : Unstable C : Slightly Unstable D : Neutral E : Stable F : Very Stable

The stability class for a particular location is generally dependent upon:

Time of the Day (Day or Night)



Cloud Cover Season Wind Speed

Six stability classes from A to F are defined while wind speed can take any one of numerous values. It may thus appear that a large number of outcome cases can be formulated by considering each one of very many resulting stability class-wind speed combinations. However in fact the number of stability class - wind speed combinations that needs to be considered for formulating outcome cases in any analysis is very limited. This is because, in nature, only certain combinations of stability class and wind speed occur. Thus, for instance combinations such as A-3 m/s or B-5 m/s or F-4 m/s do not occur in nature. As a result only one or two stability class - wind speed combinations need to be considered to ensure reasonable completeness of Quantitative Risk Analysis study. Furthermore, though wind speeds less than 1 m/s may occur in practice, none of the available dispersion models, including state-of-art ones, can handle wind speeds below 1 m/s. Fortunately, wind speed does not influence consequences as much as stability class and for a given stability class, the influence of wind speed is relatively less. On the other hand, consequences vary considerably with stability class for the same speed. Except during the monsoon months little or no cloud cover along with the prevailing low wind velocities results in unstable conditions during the day (C or D) and highly stable conditions (E or F) at night. During the three months of monsoons, the wind velocities are generally higher and cloud cover generally present. This results in stability class of D during the day and E or F during the night. The stability class distribution over the year roughly works out as below:

A - B - C 17% D 50% E or F 33%

The following wind velocity/ stability class combinations & frequencies are used for Quantified Risk Analysis.

D – 5 m/s F – 2 m/s

Annual mean air temperature is taken as 24.55oC, while annual mean humidity is taken as 55.5% based on weather conditions. Consequence Analysis A Maximum Accident Events (MAEs) can be characterized as the worst credible accident. An accident is an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MAEs studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. In general, a very stable atmosphere (Pasquill class F) and a low wind speed (2m/s) are assumed. These conditions result in the lowest dispersion velocity & consequently in the highest vapour concentrations and the largest damage distances. Less pessimistic assumptions (e.g. neutral weather, wind speed 5m/s), which are generally the more average conditions, result in smaller damage distances. In Risk Analysis studies contributions from low frequency - high outcome effect as well as high frequency - low outcome events are distinguished. The objective of the study is making the facility safer and have better emergency planning, hence only holistic & conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results. The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios for weather conditions D-5 m/sec and F-2 m/sec. Table 7.4 depicts the Consequence Results.



Table 7.4 Consequence Results –Jet Fire

Product Code Isolatable Section

Section Of The Plant

Weather Condition

Distance For Thermal Radiation (M)

4.0 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m3 37.5 kW/m4

PROCESSING UNITS

P1 & P8 (Ethyl Acetate)

1 Reaction 2F 45.57 37.2783 NR

5D 40.0076 32.3402 26.4435

2 Purification 2F 38.677 30.9918 25.348

5D 34.2423 26.8655 22.1947

P2 (Acetaldehyde)

3 Reaction 2F 6.00639 NR NR

5D 5.81212 NR NR

4 Purification 2F 8.08364 NR NR

5D 8.12272 NR NR

P3 (Croto Di Urea)

5 Reaction 2F 10.0521 8.11727 NR

5D 8.61622 6.74961 NR

6 Purification 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

P3 (Crotoresin)


5D 6.75884 NR NR

8 Drying 2F 11.0112 8.9272 NR

5D 9.53076 7.55211 7.09348

P4 (Crotonaldehyde)


5D 5.18529 NR NR

10 Purification 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P5 & P13 (1,3 Butylene

Glycol) 11 Reaction

2F 21.7226 16.3416 5.02629

5D 22.6165 19.0236 15.577

P6 & P7 (Acetic Acid)

13 Reaction 2F 74.0656 61.0878 52.4167

5D 65.698 52.1644 43.5623

14 Distillation 2F 34.8599 28.3226 NR

5D 30.6142 25.1478 NR

P9 (Acetaldol)


5D 6.11764 NR NR

16 Purification 2F 11.1041 9.16933 NR

5D 9.53565 7.64254 NR

P10 (Paraldehyde)


5D 7.4205 5.69924 4.50258

P14 (Butanol)

18 Recovery Section

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P15 (2-Ethyl, 1,3 Hexane Diol)

19a Reaction-I 2F 105.984 86.197 73.4771

5D 94.8445 74.2071 61.3998

19b Reaction-Ii 2F 21.7104 15.5871 NR

5D 22.7631 18.1961 NR

20 Distillation 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P18 (3-Methoxy Butyl

Acetate) 23 Reaction

2F 13.5131 11.0361 NR

5D 11.6966 9.42161 8.45717

P19 (3-Methyl, 3 - Pentene-One)

25a Reaction-I 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

25b Reaction-Ii 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR


5D NA NA NA

P23 & P24 33a Reaction-I 2F 34.1609 27.9051 NR





Weather Condition


(Acetaldehyde Oxime)

5D 29.8424 24.184 20.0932

33b Reaction-Ii 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

34 Blending 2F 4.84187 NR NR

5D 4.23491 NR NR

P25 (Acetaldehyde Di-

Ethyl Acetal)


5D 9.60884 NR NR

36 Distillation 2F 13.7786 NR NR

5D 11.8042 NR NR

P26 (Ethyl Vinyl Ether)

37 Reaction 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

38a Purification 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

38b Purification 2F 11.9534 10.0305 NR

5D 10.2731 8.37347 NR

P27 (Acetonitrile)

39 Reaction 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

40 Purification 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P28 (Di-Ethyl Oxalate)

41 Reaction 2F 13.1229 10.8495 NR

5D 11.263 9.22213 NR


5D 5.24396 3.91878 NR

P29 (Gbamber)


5D 1.43982 NR NR

P30 (Sorbic Acid)

45 Reaction-I 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

46a Reaction-II 2F 6.79389 5.08522 NR

5D 5.87349 4.41672 3.17541

46b Reaction-II 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

Hydrogen Generation Plant

88 Reaction 2F 20.96 16.73 NR

5D 21.51 17.67 NR

Existing Storage Tanks

P1 (Ethyl Acetate)

48 Ethanol 119A

2F NR NR NR

5D 1.77502 NR NR

49 Acetic Acid

120A 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

50 Ethyl Acetate

122A 2F 3.66183 NR NR

5D 3.23916 NR NR

P2 (Acetaldehyde)

51 Ethanol 124A

2F NR NR NR

5D 1.77502 NR NR

52 Acetaldehyd

e 125A

2F 10.6 9.35 NR

5D 9.04 7.67 NR

P4 (Crotonaldehyde)

53 Crotonaldehy

de 132A

2F NR NR NR

5D 1.59287 NR NR

P5 (1,3 Butylene

Glycol) 56

Butanol 165

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P6 (Acetic Acid)

57 Acetic Acid

142d

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P10 (Paraldehyde)

59 Paraldehyde

(149A)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P19 (3-Methyl, 3- 62 3-Methyl, 3- 2F NR NR NR





Weather Condition


Pentene-One) Pentene One (166A)

5D NR NR NR

Proposed Storage Tanks

P3 (Crotoresin)

63 Aq.

Ammonia (06)

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

P15 (2 Ethyl 1,3 Hexane

Diol) 64

Butyraldehyde (10)

2F 4.21671 NR NR

5D 3.73766 2.45777 NR

P16 (3 Methoxy

Butanol)

66 Hydrogen

Trolley

2F 52.2554 38.4428 28.8038

5D 51.0364 41.6486 34.7173

68 3 Methoxy

Butanol(26a)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

69 Butanol

(28)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P18 (3-Methoxy Butyl

Acetate) 70

Acetic Acid (30A/B)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P22 (Absolute Alcohol)

72 Rectified

Spirit (33A1) 2F NR NR NR

5D 1.77502 NR NR

73 Ethanol (34A1)

2F NR NR NR

5D 1.77502 NR NR

P23 (Acetaldehyde

Oxime)

74 Aq.

Ammonia (37A)

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

75 Acetaldehyd

e Oxime(38A)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P25 (Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal)

76 Cumene (43) 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

77

Acetaldehyde Diethyl

Acetal (45a1)

2F 1.97964 NR NR

5D 1.86148 NR NR


78 Ethyl Vinyl

Ether (47A)

2F 9.30807 7.5233 7.5233

5D 8.06528 6.33537 4.97641

79 Ethanol

(48)

2F NR NR NR

5D 1.77502 NR NR

P27 (Acetonitrile)

80 Acetic Acid

(49)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

82 Acetonitrile

(52A)

2F 3.47155 NR NR

5D 2.88687 NR NR

P28 (Diethyl Oxalate)

83 Diethyl Oxalate (32A)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

P29 (Gb Amber)

84 Myrecene

(59)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

87 HCl 30%

(67A)

2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

Table 7.5 Consequence Result –Pool Fire


section Section of the

plant Weather

condition

Distance for thermal radiation (m)

4.0 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m3 37.5 kW/m4

PROCESSING UNITS





plant Weather

condition


4.0 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m3 37.5 kW/m4


1 Reaction 2F 35.5049 23.9423 15.3282

5D 36.5271 26.6404 15.4866

2 Purification 2F 50.3208 33.3665 19.2289

5D 50.0596 34.5986 22.0136

P2 (Acetaldehyde)

3 Reaction 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA


5D NA NA NA

P3 (Croto Di Urea)

5 Reaction 2F 70.52 44.9411 23.5162

5D 65.5511 43.7755 24.9343

6 Purification 2F 51.2409 32.126 15.3169

5D 52.5051 34.6047 18.2739

P3 (Crotoresin)

7 Reaction 2F 18.408 10.5041 NR

5D 18.0777 11.4732 NR

8 Drying 2F 51.5653 33.1557 16.7855

5D 52.1654 35.1772 19.2059

P4 (Crotonaldehyde)


5D NA NA NA


5D NA NA NA

P5 & P13 (1,3 Butylene Glycol)


5D NA NA NA


13 Reaction 2F 45.0249 36.4816 28.0363

5D 47.2715 40.382 30.9286

14 Distillation 2F 27.975 19.5567 12.7274

5D 28.678 21.2096 12.8419

P9 (Acetaldol)


5D NA NA NA

16 Purification 2F 10.8943 6.94515 3.31418

5D 11.9898 8.55021 3.88406

P10 (Paraldehyde)

17 Distillation 2F 35.1205 19.0752 10.8193

5D 37.208 23.4035 10.8857

P14 (Butanol)

18 Recovery Section

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA


19a Reaction-I 2F 77.8291 57.869 39.6365

5D 80.7572 62.3739 44.2588

19B Reaction-II 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

20 Distillation 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

P18 (3-Methoxy Butyl Acetate)

23 Reaction

2F 43.4695 28.1689 13.3006

5D 44.5579 30.4759 14.5573

P19 (3-Methoxy, 3 - Pentene-

one)

25A Reaction-I

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

25B Reaction-II

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

26 Purification

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

P23 & P24 (Acetaldehyde Oxime)

33A Reaction-I

2F 46.8528 30.5837 15.0748

5D 46.8405 32.495 15.9176

33B Reaction-II

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

34 Blending

2F 33.8582 21.8323 11.2665

5D 34.9553 24.2903 11.3484





plant Weather

condition


4.0 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m3 37.5 kW/m4

P25

(Acetaldehyde Di-ethyl Acetal)

35 Reaction

2F 36.1016 23.6577 NR

5D 36.3507 26.1832 NR

36 Distillation

2F 28.0732 15.9539 NR

5D 28.5592 17.0899 NR


37 Reaction

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

38A Purification

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

38B Purification

2F 34.0359 22.3456 10.777

5D 34.6781 24.1018 10.8892

P27 (Acetonitrile)


5D NA NA NA


5D NA NA NA

P28

(Di-ethyl Oxalate)

41 Reaction 2F 33.5962 21.9734 10.9362

5D 34.2428 23.8473 10.9423

42 Distillation 2F 31.187 18.8163 10.8127

5D 32.7087 22.2604 10.9527

P29 (Gbamber)

43 Reaction 2F 39.5051 18.5851 NR

5D 42.9149 21.7945 NR

P30 (Sorbic acid)

45 Reaction-I 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

46A Reaction-II 2F 39.11 19.4283 10.6027

5D 42.1345 23.9797 10.6237

46B Reaction-II 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

Hydrogen Generation plant


5D NA NA NA

Existing Storage Tanks

P1 (Ethyl Acetate)

48 Ethanol 119A

2F 38.1165 24.4206 10.7545

5D 37.6108 25.6899 11.2988

49 Acetic Acid

120A 2F 28.6294 17.392 NR

5D 29.6884 20.4955 NR

50 Ethyl Acetate

122A

2F 48.3127 30.4809 15.8561

5D 44.5225 29.581 17.1385

P2 (Acetaldehyde)

51 Ethanol 124A

2F 38.1165 24.4206 10.7545

5D 37.6108 25.6899 11.2988

52 Acetaldehyde

125A

2F 22.75 14.14 5.6

5D 22.1 15.2 5.75

P4 (Crotonaldehyde)

53 Crotonaldehyde

132A

2F 13.1815 8.40823 3.68464

5D 14.4053 10.1522 4.23235

P5 (1,3 Butylene Glycol)

56 Butanol

165

2F 46.093 29.045 14.0711

5D 47.1061 31.0073 16.6929

P6 (Acetic Acid)

57 Acetic Acid

142D

2F 22.3688 14.3382 7.45745

5D 22.9911 15.7173 7.45745

P10 Paraldehyde)

59 Paraldehyde

(149a)

2F 26.3536 15.6785 5.72035

5D 27.74 18.3739 5.72035

P19 (3-Methyl, 3-Pentene-One

62 3-Methyl, 3-

Pentene One (166A)

2F 38.6921 17.2831 NR

5D 41.9568 20.9411 NR

Proposed Storage Tanks P3

(Crotoresin) 63

Aq. Ammonia (06)

2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

P15 64 Butyraldehyde 2F 39.299 24.4089 10.8446





plant Weather

condition


4.0 kW/m2 12.5 kW/m3 37.5 kW/m4

(2 Ethyl 1,3 Hexane Diol) (10) 5D 40.6345 26.7076 13.1043

P16 (3 Methoxy Butanol)

66 Hydrogen Trolley 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

68 3 Methoxy

Butanol (26A)

2F 32.9854 16.9256 NR

5D 34.9563 20.7077 NR

69 Butanol

(28)

2F 33.3458 20.9792 9.38367

5D 34.1969 22.6265 10.9845


70 Acetic Acid

(30A/B)

2F 20.437 13.19 6.36425

5D 20.8231 14.1608 6.36425

P22 (Absolute Alcohol)

72 Rectified Spirit

(33A1)

2F 38.1165 24.4206 10.7545

5D 37.6108 25.6899 11.2988

73 Ethanol (34A1)

2F 38.1165 24.4206 10.7545

5D 37.6108 25.6899 11.2988

P23 (Acetaldehyde Oxime)

74 Aq. Ammonia

(37A) 2F NA NA NA

5D NA NA NA

75 Acetaldehyde Oxime (38A)

2F 31.1421 19.2737 8.86635

5D 32.2735 21.6982 8.86635

P25 (Acetaldehyde Diethyl

Acetal)

76 Cumene (43) 2F 30.0546 16.8582 NR

5D 31.5418 20.4382 NR

77 Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal

(45A1)

2F 37.4073 17.8168 9.7565

5D 39.3971 22.8344 9.66897


78 Ethyl vinyl ether

(47A)

2F 37.3718 23.5711 12.5683

5D 34.2073 23.0967 14.3231

79 Ethanol (48) 2F 19.1514 11.9425 5.2558

5D 19.9069 13.4083 5.2558

P27 (Acetonitrile)

80 Acetic acid (49) 2F 28.0926 16.8552 NR

5D 28.8889 19.6959 NR

82 Acetonitrile (52A) 2F 44.0342 28.1756 13.1786

5D 42.3277 28.6524 13.8497


83 Diethyl oxalate

(32A)

2F 30.0546 16.8582 NR

5D 31.5418 20.4382 NR

P29 (Gb Amber)

84 Myrecene (59) 2F 29.4272 16.7193 6.36425

5D 31.2037 20.3554 6.36425

87 HCl 30% (67A) 2F NR NR NR

5D NR NR NR

Tale 7.6 Consequence Result –Toxic Results


Section of the plant

Weather condition

Distance for % Lethality (m)

10% 50%

PROCESSING UNITS


1 Reaction 2F 15.26 5.94

5D 6.29 5.95

2 Purification 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P2 (Acetaldehyde)

3 Reaction 2F NA NA

5D NA NA


5D NA NA

P3 (Croto Di Urea)

5 Reaction 2F 33.94 33.88

5D 22.70 22.55

6 Purification 2F 39.93 35.72

5D 46.17 40.68





Weather condition


10% 50%

P3 (Crotoresin)

7 Reaction 2F 14.63 14.52

5D 6.53 6.51

8 Drying 2F 18.20 18.14

5D 13.26 13.20

P4 (Crotonaldehyde)

9 Reaction 2F NA NA

5D NA NA


5D NA NA


11

Reaction

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P6 & P7 (Acetic acid)

13 Reaction 2F 39.84 30.30

5D 35.14 28.74

14 Distillation 2F 13.76 12.35

5D 7.36 4.87

P9 (Acetaldol)

15 Reaction 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

16 Purification 2F 8.67 8.60

5D 1.33 1.32

P10 (Paraldehyde)

17 Distillation 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P14 (Butanol)

18 Recovery section

2F NA NA

5D NA NA


19A Reaction-I 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

19B Reaction-II 2F NA NA

5D NA NA


5D NA NA


23 Reaction 2F 8.44 2.67

5D 2.30 2.25

P19 (3-Methoxy, 3 - Pentene-

one)

25A Reaction-I 2F NA NA

5D NA NA


5D NA NA


5D NA NA


33A Reaction-I 2F 43.72 36.22

5D 31.79 24.83


5D NA NA

34 Blending 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P25 (Acetaldehyde Di- ethyl

Acetal)

35 Reaction 2F 6.25 NR

5D 4.14


2F NA NA



5D NA NA

38A Purification 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

38B Purification 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P27 (Acetonitrile)


5D NA NA





Weather condition


10% 50%


5D NA NA

P28 (Di-ethyl Oxalate)

41 Reaction 2F 10.85 8.13

5D 2.36 2.29


5D NA NA

P29 (Gbamber)


5D NA NA

P30 (Sorbic acid)

45 Reaction-I 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

46A Reaction-II 2F 10.72 2.33

5D 2.43 2.21


5D NA NA

Hydrogen Generation plant


5D NA NA

EXISTING STORAGE TANKS

P1 (Ethyl Acetate)

48 Ethanol 119A 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

49 Acetic acid

120A 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

50 Ethyl acetate

122A 2F 1.53 1.52

5D 1.33 1.32

P2 (Acetaldehyde)

51 Ethanol 124A 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

52 Acetaldehyde

125A

2F 0.6 0.36

5D 3.63 2.81

P4 (Crotonaldehyde)

53 Crotonaldehyde

132A

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P5 (1,3 Butylene Glycol)

56 Butanol 165 2F 7.91 7.86

5D 1.43 1.42

P6 (Acetic Acid)

57 Acetic Acid

142D

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P10 (Paraldehyde)

59 Paraldehyde

(149A)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P19 (3-Methyl, 3-Pentene-One)

62 3-Methyl, 3- pentene one

(166A)

2F NA NA

5D` NA NA

PROPOSED STORAGE TANKS


section Storage tank

material & tag Weather condition


10% 50%

P3 (Crotoresin)

63 Aq. Ammonia

(06) 2F 11.35 6.79

5D 1.49 1.22

P15 (2 Ethyl 1,3 Hexane Diol)

64 Butyraldehyde

(10)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA


66 Hydrogen trolley 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

68 3 Methoxy

Butanol (26A)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

69 Butanol

(28)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA


70 Acetic acid

(30A/B)

2F 2.16 1.22

5D 1.33 1.32

P22 72 Rectified spirit 2F 2.16 1.22





Weather condition


10% 50% (Absolute Alcohol) (33A1) 5D 1.33 1.32

73 Ethanol (34A1)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P23 (Acetaldehyde Oxime)

74 Aq. Ammonia

(37A)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

75 Acetaldehyde oxime (38A)

2F 10.65 6.24

5D 1.56 1.29

P25 (Acetaldehyde Diethyl

Acetal)

76 Cumene (43) 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

77 Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal

(45A1)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA


78 Ethyl vinyl ether

(47A) 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

79 Ethanol

(48) 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P27 (Acetonitrile)

80 Acetic acid

(49) 2F 1.53 1.52

5D 1.33 1.32

82 Acetonitrile

(52A) 2F NA NA

5D NA NA


83 Diethyl oxalate

(32A) 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

P29 (GB Amber)

84 Myrecene (59) 2F NA NA

5D NA NA

87 HCl 30%

(67A)

2F NA NA

5D NA NA

7.7 Frequency Analysis Component failures are the initiating events for hazards and accidents. Failures could be in the form of small gasket leak in a flange joint or failure of a pipeline or even rupture / catastrophic failure of equipment. Major failure modes associated with different operational areas in a facility are for example; pipeline small/large leaks and ruptures, failure of weld joints / tie-in connections etc. valve gland leakages, leaks from flanges, compressors and other process equipment (due to rupture etc.). Based on the possible failure modes listed above, potential loss of containment scenarios are identified for consequence analysis (Fire, dispersion, explosion hazards). A case of 25mm release is considered as a design case for which the consequence analysis & risk assessment contours presented in the report. An event frequency associated with each isolatable section is estimated using ‘Parts Count’ Methodology and generic failure data for equipment. Historical leak frequency data have been obtained from OGP Risk Assessment Data Directory. As the P&ID of this project are yet to be finalised, failure frequency of each equipment is considered in calculating event frequency rather than conventional method of tallying failure frequencies of every process component of the equipment. The scenario wise event frequencies for hazardous Scenarios of Processing Units and Storage Tank Scenario in Existing plant Area and Proposed Plant Area is represented in Table 7.7, Table 7.8 and Table 7.9 respectively.

Table 7.7 Event Frequencies for Hazardous Scenario of Processing Units




Section Of The Plant Event Frequency For 25mm Leak (/Year)


1 Reaction 5.000E-06

2 Purification 3.500E-04

P2 (Acetaldehyde) 3 Reaction 5.000E-06


P3 (Croto Di Urea)



P3 (Crotoresin)


8 Drying 3.500E-04

P4 (Crotonaldehyde)







14 Distillation 3.500E-04

P9 (Acetaldol) 15 Reaction 5.000E-06


P10 (Paraldehyde) 17 Distillation 3.500E-04

P14 (Butanol) 18 Recovery section 3.500E-04


19A Reaction-I 4.928E-06

19B Reaction-II 7.176E-08




P19 (3-Methoxy, 3 - Pentene-One)







34 Blending 3.500E-04

P25 (Acetaldehyde Di-Ethyl Acetal)





38A Purification 2.053E-04

38B Purification 1.447E-04

P27 (Acetonitrile)



P28 (Di-Ethyl Oxalate)



P29 (Gbamber) 43 Reaction 5.000E-06

P30 (Sorbic Acid)

35 Reaction-I 5.000E-06

46A Reaction-II 5.000E-06


Hydrogen Generation Plant 88 Reaction 5.000E-06

Table 7.8 Event Frequencies For Storage Tanks Scenarios In Existing Plant Area


Storage Tank Material & Tag

Event Frequency For 25mm Leak (/Year)

P1 (Ethyl Acetate)

48 Ethanol (119A) 2.800E-03

49 Acetic acid (120A) 2.800E-03

50 Ethyl acetate (122A) 2.800E-03

P2 (Acetaldehyde) 51 Ethanol (124A) 2.800E-03

52 Acetaldehyde (125A) 2.800E-03






P4 (Crotonaldehyde) 53 Crotonaldehyde (132A) 2.800E-03

P5 (1,3 Butylene Glycol) 56 Butanol (165) 2.800E-03

P6 (Acetic Acid) 57 Acetic Acid (142D) 2.800E-03

P10 (Paraldehyde) 59 Paraldehyde (149A) 2.800E-03

P19 (3-Methyl, 3-Pentene-One) 62 3-Methyl, 3-pentene one

(166A) 2.800E-03

Table 7.9 Event frequencies for storage tank scenarios in proposed plant area




P3 (Crotoresin) 63 Aq. Ammonia (06) 2.800E-03

P15 (2 Ethyl 1,3 Hexane diol) 64 Butyraldehyde (10) 2.800E-03


66 Hydrogen trolley 1.000E-07

68 3 Methoxy Butanol (26A) 2.800E-03

69 Butanol (28A) 2.800E-03


70 Acetic acid (30A/B) 2.800E-03

P22 (Absolute alcohol)

72 Rectified spirit (33A1) 2.800E-03

73 Ethanol (34A1) 2.800E-03

P23 (Acetaldehyde oxime) 74 Aq. Ammonia (37A) 2.800E-03

75 Acetaldehyde oxime (38A) 2.800E-03

P25 (Acetaldehyde diethyl acetal)

76 Cumene (43) 2.800E-03

77 Acetaldehyde Diethyl

Acetal (45A1) 2.800E-03

P26 (Ethyl vinyl ether)

78 Ethyl vinyl ether (47A) 2.800E-03

79 Ethanol (48) 2.800E-03

P27 (Acetonitrile)

80 Acetic acid (49) 2.800E-03

82 Acetonitrile (52A) 2.800E-03

P28 (Diethyl oxalate) 83 Diethyl oxalate (32A) 2.800E-03

P29 (GB Amber)

84 Myrecene (59) 2.800E-03

87 HCl 30% (67A) 2.800E-03

7.8 Risk Analysis Location Specific Individual Risk [LSIR] LSIR is used to indicate the cumulative risk at a particular location. LSIR is the risk for a hypothetical individual who is positioned at that location for 24 hours a day 365 days per year. Overall LSIR contour for GBL Sakarwadi facility has been presented subsequently.

Location specific risk 1E-04 is concentrated to Crotonaldehyde plants derivatives mainly due to presence of Acetaldehyde as raw material, which is highly flammable as well as due to presence of highly flammable materials such as ethanol, toluene etc.

LSIR contour of 1E-05 is covering east of the Proposed Plant Production Areas as well as most part of the Existing Plant Production and Storage area which is within ALARP region. The major contributor at DCS and control building LSIR is Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A due to Toxic Effects

1E-6 is limited to the processing units and the proposed and existing storage facilities. None of the outside residential location is exposed to risk of 1.0E-06 per year, which is classified as low risk region as per PNGRBD as well as UK HSE risk acceptance criteria

The highest LSIR of 8.47E-05 per year is observed in P3 area which is in ALARP region

Individual risk calculated for P3, P22, and P30 falls in ALARP region and the other facilities falls within acceptable region except area. Hence none of the area is exposed to unacceptable region. Figure 7.6 depicts the LSIR contour for M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd.



Figure 7.6 LSIR Contour of GBL

Table 7.10 LSIR at Manned Locations

Sr. No. Area LSIR

1 Workshop Shed 1.34E-05

2 Security Office 7.09E-06

3 Sales, Civil and IT Office 9.15E-06

4 Pump House 4.83E-05

5 Old Godavari Office 1.43E-04

6 General Office Building 3.59E-06

7 DCS Building and QC Lab 5.60E-05

8 Compressor House 1.54E-05

9 Canteen 2.63E-05

The maximum LSIR observed at the identified manned location is observed at DCS and control building is 5.60E-05 which is within ALARP region.

Table 7.11 LSIR at Plant Production Area

SRL. Area LSIR SRL. Area LSIR

1 P1 & P8 6.85E-06 19 P25 8.65E-07

2 P2 3.12E-05 20 P26 3.66E-06

3 P3 8.47E-05 21 P27 4.19E-07

4 P4 2.16E-04 22 P28 2.37E-06

5 P5 & P13 1.86E-06 23 P29 6.71E-06

6 P6 & P7 3.19E-05 24 P30 7.20E-05

7 P9 2.37E-04 25 P31 2.78E-06



SRL. Area LSIR SRL. Area LSIR

8 P10 8.14E-06 26 P32 1.66E-06

9 P14 9.43E-07 27 P33 1.76E-06

10 P15 1.32E-06 28 P34 3.67E-05

11 P16 8.90E-07 29 P35 1.49E-05

12 P17 9.67E-07 30 P36 1.37E-06

13 P18 2.08E-07 31 P37 1.76E-05

14 P19 2.46E-06 32 P38 3.79E-06

15 P20 7.05E-06 33 P39 2.18E-06

16 P21 4.13E-05 34 P40 3.37E-06

17 P22 4.21E-05 35 P41 2.42E-06

18 P23 3.72E-06

The Top 10 Risk Contributor are depicted in Figure 7.7

Figure 7.7 Top 10 LSIR at Plant location

IRPA and PLL Individual Risk Per Annum (IRPA) is calculated for different workers based on their presence near/within the hazardous facilities. The level of risk for different worker categories depends on the proportion of time that members of that category spend in process areas. Working hours, therefore, are distributed across the plant based on the nature of works that individual do.

IRPA = Σ LSIR x presence factor

The presence factor for this facility has been calculated as 0.26 considering 270 working days in an year and 8 hours in a shift. The calculated IRPA to the personnel in hazardous area i.e. for receptor location; are calculated and presented in Table7.13 and assessed by comparing with UK HSE risk criteria. The major Risk contributors towards the LSIR are mentioned in Table 7.12

𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝐹𝑎𝑐𝑡𝑜𝑟 = 𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝑤𝑜𝑟𝑘𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠 × 𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑎 𝑠ℎ𝑖𝑓𝑡 = 𝟎.𝟐𝟓

𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 𝑑𝑎𝑦𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑎 𝑦𝑒𝑎𝑟 𝑁𝑜.𝑜𝑓 ℎ𝑜𝑢𝑟𝑠 𝑖𝑛 𝑎 𝑑𝑎𝑦

P929%

P426%

P310%

P309%

P225%

P215%

P344%

P6 & P74%

P24%

P372%

P352%



Table 7.12 Major Risk Contributor

Sr. No.

Area LSIR Major Contributors –Consequence Events %

Contribution

1 Workshop Shed 1.34E-05 Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A- Toxic Effects 96.25

Acetic Acid Reaction- Jet Fire 1.36

2 Security Office 7.09E-06 Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A- Toxic Effects 98.14

Sorbic Acid Reaction-II – Toxic Effects 0.82

3 Sales, Civil and IT Office

9.15E-06 Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A- Toxic Effects 98.53


4 Pump House 4.83E-05 Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A- Toxic Effects 99.26


5 Old Godavari Office


Crotonaldehyde Purification Toxic Effects 0.90

6 General Office Building



7 DCS Building and QC Lab



8 Compressor House



9 Canteen 2.63E-05 Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A- Toxic Effects 96.96


The major contributor at DCS and control building LSIR is Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A due to Toxic Effects. Top 10 LSIR locations are presented in Table 7.13

Table 7.13 IRPA at Plant Production Areas of Top 10 LSIR Locations

SRL.

Area LSIR Presence

factor IRPA

Risk Assessment

1 P1 & P8 6.85E-06 0.25 1.71E-06 Acceptable

2 P2 3.12E-05 0.25 7.80E-06 Acceptable

3 P3 8.47E-05 0.25 2.12E-05 ALARP

4 P4 2.16E-04 0.25 5.40E-05 ALARP

5 P5 & P13 1.86E-06 0.25 4.65E-07 Acceptable

6 P6 & P7 3.19E-05 0.25 7.98E-06 Acceptable

7 P9 2.37E-04 0.25 5.93E-05 ALARP

8 P10 8.14E-06 0.25 2.04E-06 Acceptable

9 P14 9.43E-07 0.25 2.36E-07 Acceptable

10 P15 1.32E-06 0.25 3.30E-07 Acceptable

11 P16 8.90E-07 0.25 2.23E-07 Acceptable

12 P17 9.67E-07 0.25 2.42E-07 Acceptable

13 P18 2.08E-07 0.25 5.20E-08 Acceptable

14 P19 2.46E-06 0.25 6.15E-07 Acceptable

15 P20 7.05E-06 0.25 1.76E-06 Acceptable

16 P21 4.13E-05 0.25 1.03E-05 ALARP

17 P22 4.21E-05 0.25 1.05E-05 ALARP

18 P23 3.72E-06 0.25 9.30E-07 Acceptable

19 P24 5.97E-06 0.25 1.49E-06 Acceptable

20 P25 8.65E-07 0.25 2.16E-07 Acceptable

21 P26 3.66E-06 0.25 9.15E-07 Acceptable

22 P27 4.19E-07 0.25 1.05E-07 Acceptable

23 P28 2.37E-06 0.25 5.93E-07 Acceptable



24 P29 6.71E-06 0.25 1.68E-06 Acceptable

25 P30 7.20E-05 0.25 1.80E-05 ALARP

26 P31 2.78E-06 0.25 6.95E-07 Acceptable

27 P32 1.66E-06 0.25 4.15E-07 Acceptable

28 P33 1.76E-06 0.25 4.40E-07 Acceptable

29 P34 3.67E-05 0.25 9.18E-06 Acceptable

30 P35 1.49E-05 0.25 3.73E-06 Acceptable

31 P36 1.37E-06 0.25 3.43E-07 Acceptable

32 P37 1.76E-05 0.25 4.40E-06 Acceptable

33 P38 3.79E-06 0.25 9.48E-07 Acceptable

34 P39 2.18E-06 0.25 5.45E-07 Acceptable

35 P40 3.37E-06 0.25 8.43E-07 Acceptable

As shown in the Table 7.13, individual risk is calculated for the entire facility wherein it falls within acceptable range except for area P3, P4, P9, P21, P22, and P30 which falls in ALARP region. Hence none of the area is exposed to unacceptable region. Potential Loss of Life (PLL) is calculated by using the formula

𝑷𝑳𝑳 = 𝑻𝒐𝒕𝒂𝒍 𝒏𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒆𝒎𝒑𝒍𝒐𝒚𝒆𝒆𝒔 𝒑𝒓𝒆𝒔𝒆𝒏𝒕 𝒂𝒕 𝒂𝒏𝒚 𝒕𝒊𝒎𝒆 𝒐𝒏 𝒍𝒐𝒄𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏 × 𝑰𝑹𝑷𝑨

Table 7.14 PLL for the Production Areas

Sr. No.

Location LSIR Presence Factor

IRPA No. of Personnel

in a Shift PLL

1. P1 & P8 6.85E-06 0.25 1.71E-06 7 1.20E-05

2. P2 3.12E-05 0.25 7.80E-06 5 3.90E-05

3. P3 8.47E-05 0.25 2.12E-05 4 8.47E-05

4. P4 2.16E-04 0.25 5.40E-05 3 1.62E-04

5. P5 & P13 1.86E-06 0.25 4.65E-07 4 1.86E-06

6. P6 & P7 3.19E-05 0.25 7.98E-06 5 3.99E-05

7. P9 2.37E-04 0.25 5.93E-05 4 2.37E-04

8. P10 8.14E-06 0.25 2.04E-06 5 1.02E-05

9. P14 9.43E-07 0.25 2.36E-07 1 2.36E-07

10. P15 1.32E-06 0.25 3.30E-07 1 3.30E-07

11. P16 8.90E-07 0.25 2.23E-07 3 6.68E-07

12. P17 9.67E-07 0.25 2.42E-07 3 7.25E-07

13. P18 2.08E-07 0.25 5.20E-08 3 1.56E-07

14. P19 2.46E-06 0.25 6.15E-07 4 2.46E-06

15. P20 7.05E-06 0.25 1.76E-06 4 7.05E-06

16. P21 4.13E-05 0.25 1.03E-05 5 5.16E-05

17. P22 4.21E-05 0.25 1.05E-05 4 4.21E-05

18. P23 3.72E-06 0.25 9.30E-07 2 1.86E-06

19. P24 5.97E-06 0.25 1.49E-06 3 4.48E-06

20. P25 8.65E-07 0.25 2.16E-07 5 1.08E-06

21. P26 3.66E-06 0.25 9.15E-07 4 3.66E-06

22. P27 4.19E-07 0.25 1.05E-07 7 7.33E-07

23. P28 2.37E-06 0.25 5.93E-07 4 2.37E-06

24. P29 6.71E-06 0.25 1.68E-06 5 8.39E-06

25. P30 7.20E-05 0.25 1.80E-05 6 1.08E-04

26. P31 2.78E-06 0.25 6.95E-07 2 1.39E-06

27. P32 1.66E-06 0.25 4.15E-07 1 5.53E-07

28. P33 1.76E-06 0.25 4.40E-07 1 5.87E-07



Sr. No.

Location LSIR Presence Factor

IRPA No. of Personnel

in a Shift PLL

29. P34 3.67E-05 0.25 9.18E-06 5 4.59E-05

30. P35 1.49E-05 0.25 3.73E-06 2 8.69E-06

31. P36 1.37E-06 0.25 3.43E-07 1 4.57E-07

32. P37 1.76E-05 0.25 4.40E-06 2 1.03E-05

33. P38 3.79E-06 0.25 9.48E-07 1 1.26E-06

34. P39 2.18E-06 0.25 5.45E-07 1 7.27E-07

35. P40 3.37E-06 0.25 8.43E-07 1 1.12E-06

36. P41 2.42E-06 0.25 6.05E-07 1 8.07E-07

Potential to Loss of Life (PLL) 8.94E-04

7.9 Conclusion

It is observed that Location specific risk 1E-04 is concentrated to Crotonaldehyde plants derivatives mainly due to presence of Acetaldehyde as raw material, which is highly flammable as well as due to presence of highly flammable materials such as ethanol, toluene etc.

LSIR contour of 1E-05 is covering east of the Proposed Plant Production Areas as well as most part of the Existing Plant Production and Storage area which is within ALARP region. The major contributor at DCS and control building LSIR is Crotonaldehyde Tank 132 A due to Toxic Effects

1E-6 is limited to the processing units and the proposed and existing storage facilities. None of the outside residential location is exposed to risk of 1.0E-06 per year, which is classified as low risk region as per PNGRBD as well as UK HSE risk acceptance criteria.

As shown in the Table 8-2 the highest LSIR of 8.47E-05 per year is observed in P3 area which is in ALARP region

As shown in the Table 8-4 the individual risk calculated for P3, P22, and P30 falls in ALARP region and the other facilities falls within acceptable region except area. Hence none of the area is exposed to unacceptable region

Detailed Report of Risk Assessment is attached as Annexure 19

7.10 Disaster Management Plan

Disaster A Disaster is called when following one or the other or more incidents occur;

I. Risk of loss of human lives-ten or more in one single situation II. A situation which goes beyond the control of available resource of the plant

III. Loss of property as a consequence of the incident is over INR. 1 Crore and/or bears a potential to the above

IV. A situation apparently may not have much loss but its long-term severity can affect loss of life, production and property.

Causes of Disaster Emergency at work place has the potential to cause severe injury or loss of life, and which tends to cause destruction, harm to human health and environment. Types of Emergencies that are likely to occur are as:

Fire Explosion Leakage from Toxic Chemicals Spillage of Corrosive Chemicals



CETP failure DCS failure

i) Natural calamity on account of:

Storm Wind Flood Earth quake Lightning

ii) Deliberate

Sabotage Terrorism Civil Commotion/ Armed conflicts Plane crash/ Air raid

iii) Unsafe act and situation

Corrosion Equipment failure Design deficiency Abnormalities in operation or maintenance & Fire /Emergency in neighboring

In order to avoid the emergency industry has provided various facilities as stated below:

Telephone set for quick communication to key person and local authorities Torch and emergency lamps Emergency site plan (Factory plan) Battery operated public address system to warn population in nearby vicinity Fire hydrant and Fire extinguisher layout Wiring material Medicine for first aid Self-contained breathing apparatus set Spare cylinder for SCBA Safety helmet Portable explosive and oxygen monitor Copy of the on-site emergency management plan. Address with telephone numbers

and key personnel, and essential employees, Government agencies, neighboring industries and sources of help, outside experts, chemical fact sheets

7.7.3 Identification and Assessment of Hazards This stage is crucial to both on site and off site emergency planning and requires systematically identifying what emergencies could arise in the plant. These should range from small events, which can be dealt with in plant without outside help to the largest event for which it is practical to have a plan. Experience has shown that for every occasion that the full potential of an accident is realized, there are many occasions when some freak event occurs or when a developing incident is made safe before reaching full potential. The assessment of possible incidents should produce a report indicating

The worst events considered

The route to those worst events

The time scale to lesser events along the way

The size of lesser events if their development is halted

The relative likelihood of events



The consequences of each events An onsite emergency in the industries involving hazardous processes or in hazardous installations is one situation that has potential to cause serious injury or loss of life. It may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption in the work area and usually, the effects are confined to factory or in several departments of factory, premise. An emergency begins when operator at the plant or in charge of storage cannot cope up with a potentially hazardous incident, which may turn into an emergency. Industry has prepared an onsite emergency plan to handle any emergency situation which is attached as Annexure 20. If an accident takes place in an industry and its effects are felt outside the factory premises, the situation thus generated is called an “Off-Site Emergency”. Figure 7.8 showing the chart prepared for on-site & off-site disaster management plan.

Figure 7.8 Onsite & Offsite Disaster Management Plan Emergency Control Arrangement This is an expansion of existing unit in which industry is proposing to introduce new product with addition in infrastructures within the same industrial premises. A detailed Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment have been already carried out and their likely locations and consequences are estimated following the standard procedure. 7.10.1.1.1 Emergencies Identified

Accidents likely to occur are fire, spillage of chemicals, toxic release, BLEVE when exposed to fire. Conditions of events which could be significant in brining one about are as follows:



Leakage of chemicals, toxic chemicals and fire hazard due to welding sparks or electric short circuit

Aldehyde Storage Tank: Vapour emitted can cause fire or BLEVE effect Auto Control System: DCS failure Medical emergency Accident due to chemical burning, steam and fall from height

7.10.1.1.2 Activation of Emergency Plan Whoever, identifies the grave situation which has potential to develop into emergency should raise an alarm by shouting or approach his plant shift and inform the details to shift incharge/ supervisors. 7.10.1.1.3 Consequence Reduction Measures In order to effectively deploy all available resources for containment of the incident industry has established Emergency Management System. Emergency response procedure will provide adequate and accurate information to all relevant authorities, public and ultimately enable their safe rehabilitation. 7.10.1.1.4 Pre-Emergency Preparation

a. Hazard Analysis: Anticipation of credible accidents. Estimation of possible chemical release and consequences (On-site/Off-site) of

toxic chemicals, fires and explosions. b. Knowledge, availability and nature of on-site resources and remedial measures for

containment c. Defined delegated chain of authority and communication system including alternative d. Establishment of emergency control centres to co-ordinate emergency response

activity and assembly points e. Training on Industrial Safety and handling of emergency situation being imparted as

per training policy 7.10.1.1.5 Post Emergency Procedure

a. Alarm procedure to alert on-site or off site emergency service b. Calling up assistance from outside agencies like Mutual Aid Scheme, Fire, police.

Altering and involvement of all services likely c. Initiating and organizing first aid, medical services and evacuation of affected people to

safer places for treatment d. Road traffic controls and to maintain essential communications

7.10.1.1.6 Communication System Communication system plays a vital role during any emergency plan. This is the medium through which all the key personal and co-ordinating staff is to be informed about emergency situation within short time span. Emergency Control Centres, all the Key personnel ,emergency services, control rooms & manufacturing plants have been provided with Internal Telephones (Intercoms) and (External) also. Outside emergency services telephone no., government authorizes telephone are displayed at Telephone operator cabin.



7.10.1.1.7 Escape Route In the event of an emergency requiring evacuation of people from affected plant, it would be required to direct the evacuees to proceed towards either main Gate No. 01 or Gate No. 02 (Gandi maindan side) or Gate no -03( Biogas plant side) depending upon the wind direction.. In respective plants, safest and nearest staircase/route can be used as an ‘Emergency Exit’ depending upon the wind direction. The wind direction can be checked through wind socks located at the MPO plant, Aldehyde plant, Croto Plant, Bio gas & sales area .The average wind direction is from West to East.

Table 7.15 Details Of In Charge Of Various Plants In Case Of Emergency

Sr. No. Plant Plant In-charge

Production Team

1. Biogas and CETP Mr. Amol Atak/ Shift Chemist

2. EAP Plant Mr. D. S. More/ Shift Supervisor

3. Croto Plant Mr. Y.C. Nirmal / shift supervisor

4. Distillery Mr. G. V. Jangam/ shift supervisor

5. M.P.O Mr. P.M. Shirsath / shift supervisor

6. Sales Mr D.P. Pathak / shift supervisor

7. MMP/1,3 BG Plant Mr. Sandeep Thorat/ Shift Supervisor

8. Ald. Plant Mr. M.K. Teke / Shift Inchrage

9. MEE plant Mr Amol Atak / G.K. Teke

Maintenance Team

1. Engineering Maintenance Mr. S.B. Shinde/ Mr. M.B. Oswal

2. Alternate Engg. Maints. Shift Engineer

3. Electrical Maintenance Mr. R. P. Gaikwad / U.S. Jadhav

4. Instrument Maintenance Mr. N. N. Patil/ P. Bibave

5. Boiler Maintenance Mr. Santosh Deshmukh / Shift Engineer

6. General Store Mr. Nitin Kulkarni/ S.S. Jadhav

7. Civil Mr. Soudagar Kulal/ R.S. Mohite

Assembly Point Assembly points are those locations where the people who are not connected with emergency operations can await either for further instructions or for rescue. Presently Main Gate office is considered as assembly points. For any reason this assembly points becomes vulnerable for consequences of fire, the persons can go out of the factory gate and assemble outside. Assembly points are manned by Time Office persons/ Security and they work under the control of Emergency Coordinator. Assembly points are the safe areas to gather evacuated personnel from dangerous area. Layout showing Assembly Points and emergency exit is attached as Annexure 21. Wind direction was considered while deciding assembly point. Table 7.16 represents the locations of assembly point and wind balloons.

Table 7.16 Assembly Points and Wind shaken Balloons

Sr. No. Particulars

Location of Assembly Points

1. Main Gate (Security Office)



2. Canteen

3. Opposite side of Ethyl Acetate Plant

4. Sales Area

Location of Wind Shaken Balloons

1. Croto Plant

2. Aldehyde Plant

3. Digester Storage Tank (CETP plant)

4. Alcohol Storage Tank (Sales Area)

5. MPO Plant

Responsibilities 7.10.1.1.8 Chief Controller

Chief Controller is the one who declares the Emergency and give directions to the security for blowing emergency sirens. He shall remain on site until the site is cleared and the emergency is called off.

Chief Controller co-ordinates among other team leaders. He is the final authority on all matters related with management of emergency such

as fire fighting, emergency control, rescue operations, calling outside agencies for assistance, welfare, evacuation, transportation, rehabilitation, liaison, public relations, etc.

7.10.1.1.9 Incident controller

Incident Controller will be the head of respective department In absence of Head during shifts the next senior person shall be the incident

controller He rushes immediately to the scene of the emergency, selects and sets up the

appropriate emergency equipment. If the emergency is no controlled the following actions are taken at earliest: a. Reporting the Chief Controller about the Emergency b. Adding extra security for maintaining law and order c. Regulates entry and exit of personnel required for controlling fire and emergency d. Restricts entry of any person other than authorized by the chief controller. e. Directs the fire fighting operations / emergency control. Takes command of the

fire team/ Recue Team. f. Arranges for Personal Protective Equipment required for the emergency. g. Calls the Local Fire Brigade in case of necessity in consultation with the chief

controller h. Calls police station in case of necessity in consultation with the chief controller i. Responsible for providing transport facilities for removal of casualties of the

Medical Centre, and also for their eventual removal to the hospital, if required j. Collects and disseminates information’s as required to the concerned k. Keeps detailed records of the incident and progress of operations to fight the

emergency. l. Arranging messengers for communication in case of power failure/ telephone

disruption 7.10.1.1.10 Emergency Co-Ordinator: DGM [PR & IR]/Officer (Admin)

Liase with chief co-ordinator and other co-ordinator Arranging vehicle for emergency area



As instructed by main controller and chief controller, communicate internal and external agencies like fire brigade, hospital, police force, local authorities, govt. officers and news

Co-ordinate with civil authorities for evacuating public from danger zone and arrange for refreshments at evacuation centre

7.10.1.1.11 Safety Co-Ordinator

Ensure safe stoppage of the operations; switching of main instruments, shut off valves on product lines; and isolation of affected areas

Mobilize the Fire Fighting crew and direct the Fire Fighting operation Arrange the replacement of various Fire Fighting squads with Mutual Aid / External

Aid members on need basis Ensure / maintain sufficient pressure in the Hydrant mains Assess water level in the storage tank / reservoir and plan replenishment Monitor the requirements of Fire equipment and coordinate for procurement of

spares Arrange to remove and park the tank lorries (Bulk & Packed) to a safer place, as

necessary 7.10.1.1.12 Security Officer

Blow siren After receiving information from Chief emergency controller [Siren should be activated as per above manner]

Keep entrance road clear for emergency vehicle Entry of unauthorized vehicle, person and visitor should not be allowed at this time

Existing Fire Fighting System In the factory, water, CO2, Dry chemical powder, Carbon dioxide and Mechanical foam type fire extinguishers are maintained at suitable locations. Total 167 Nos. of fire extinguishers are available in the factory and 12 nos. are in stock / spare position. Table 7.17 and Table 7.18 shows the number of Fire Fighting Equipment’s and Water Storage tanks installed for fire fighting installed in industry. Inspection report and Certificate of fire hydrant system by fire expert is attached as Annexure 22. Industry has prepared list of all types of fire protection system installed at various locations within factory premises, details of fire extinguisher along with its location is attached as Annexure 23 whereas layout showing fire extinguisher locations is attached as Annexure 24.

Table 7.17 Fire Fighting Equipment’s installed

Sr. No. Name of Fire Fighting Equipment’s Number

1. DCP 10 kg type fire extinguisher 69

2. DCP 22.5 kg type fire extinguisher 4

3. Foam 9 Lit. Type fire extinguisher 38

4. Foam 50 Lit. Type fire extinguisher 14

5. CO2 4.5 Kg. Fire extinguisher 37



Total Fire Fighting Extinguisher 166



Table 7.18 Water Storage Tanks

Sr. No. Name of Fire Fighting Equipment’s Number

1. Water Reservoir With Water Capacity 2587 M3 Fire Pump House (Fire)

2. Water Reservoir With Water Capacity 2200 M3 Pump House (Process Water)

Fire Tender Industry is having one fire tender with water, Foam, Co2 and dry chemical powder system to control the emergency and Fire rescue team is trained in the operation of fire tender. Facilities available at fire tender are in Table 7.19. Layout showing fire tender movement is attached as Annexure 25.

Table 7.19 Fire Tender

Sr. No.

CO2

Capacity Mechanical

Foam Capacity Water

Caacity DCP

Capacity Self- Contained

Breathing apparatus

1 45kg 500 lit 4000lit 150kg 01

Fire Hydrant Industry is having fire storage tank of 2,587m3. Fire hydrant system works at 7kg/cm2 and the network is spread all over the industry. There is one fire hydrant pump of 410m3/hr. and one jockey pump of 15m3/hr. having 88m head. One diesel engine operated fire pump of 430m3/hr. is installed on site. Fire fighting pump is provided with D.G. Set back up in case of power failure. Layout showing Fire Hydrant System along with Water Tank is attached as Annexure 26. Detail of Fire Protection System is as given below:

a. Single Fire Hydrant points in the plant : 41 Nos. b. Double Hydrant points in the plant : 3 Nos. c. Escape fire hydrant point : 39 Nos. d. Water cum foam monitor : 18 Nos. e. Fire Hose –Size- 7.5m : 78 Nos. f. Fire Hose – Size- 15m : 74 Nos. g. Fire tender : 1 No.

Dedicated Storage of water for fire fighting purpose: 2587m3

Table 7.20 Proactive Detection System

Sr. Type Of System Location

1. Auto sprinkler system Ald. Storage Tank

2 Sprinkler system Acid & Aldehyde, Croto Plant

3 Smock Detection system All Electrical Panel Room

4 Manual fire call system Installed All Over Plant

GAS DETECTOR LIST

Sr. No Gas Detector Number Location of Gas Detector

1 GD-01 Ware house



2 GD-02 Report

3 GD-03 Aldehyde plant reactor floor

4 GD-04 Aldehyde plant 1st Floor

5 GD-05 Aldehyde plant 2nd Floor

6 GD-06 Aldehyde plant 3rd Floor

7 GD-07 MPO Plant Aldehyde storage tank

8 GD-08 Aldehyde storage tank SK-13

9 GD-09 Aldehyde storage tank SK-14

10 GD-10 Aldehyde storage tank cooler area

Table 7.21 Location of Mechanical Fire Extinguisher List

Mechanical Foam

Sr.No Location Capacity Sr.No Location Capacit

y

MF 01 Diesel Pump 9 Lit MF 27 Old EAP 2nd Floor 9 Lit

MF 02 Diesel Pump 9 Lit MF 28 Old EAP 2nd Floor 9 Lit

MF 03 Croto Plant Ground Floor 50 Lit MF 29 Old EAP 1st Floor 9 Lit

MF 04 Croto Plant Ground Floor 50 Lit MF 30 Old EAP Ground Floor 50 Lit

MF 05 Croto Filling Shed 50 Lit MF 31 MPP 2nd Floor 9 Lit

MF 06 Croot Filling Shed 50 Lit MF 32 MPP 3rd Floor 9 Lit

MF 07 DG Set 9 lit MF 33 MPP Drum Filling 9 Lit

MF 08 GSM Godown drum storage godown

9 lit MF 34 Aldehyde Pump House 50 Lit

MF 09 GSM Godown drum filling Machine

50 Lit MF 35 Distillery Ground Floor 9 Lit

MF 10 GSM Godown Main gate 9 Lit MF 36 Distillery 1st Floor 9 Lit

MF 11 Sales Drum Filling M/C 9 lit MF 37 Distillery 2nd Floor

MF 12 Drum Filling Shed 50 Lit MF 38 Aldehyde Plant Ground Floor 9 Lit

MF 13 Drum Filling Shed 9 Lit MF 39 Aldehyde Plant Ground Floor

9 Lit

MF 14 Ethyl Acetate Tank Yard Wall 9 Lit MF 40 Aldehyde Plant 1st Floor 9 Lit

MF 15 Acetic Acid Storage Tank Yard Wall

9 lit MF 41 Aldehyde Plant 2nd Floor 9 Lit

MF 16 Ethyl Acetate Tank No-11 Wall 9 lit MF 42 Aldehyde Plant 3rd Floor 9 Lit

MF 17 Sales Tanker Filling Shed 50 Lit MF 43 Aldehyde Plant Column Wall 9 Lit

MF 18 R&D Room 9 lit MF 44 Canteen

MF 19 R&D Entry Gate 50 Lit MF 45 MPO Ground floor 9 Lit

MF 20 Alcohol Unloading Shed 9 Lit MF 46 Ground Floor 50 Lit

MF 21 New EAP Ground Floor 50 Lit MF 47 Ground Floor 50 Lit

MF 22 New EAP 1st Floor 9 lit MF 48 First Floor 9 Lit

MF 23 New EAP 2nd Floor 9 Lit MF 49 Second Floor 9 it

MF 24 New EAP 3rd Floor 9 Lit MF 50 Third Floor 9 lit

MF 25 New EAP 4th Floor 9 lit MF 51 1,3 BG Plant ground floor 50 Lit

MF 26 Old EAP 3rd floor 9 Lit MF 52 OIL STORAGE SHED 9 Lit

MF 53 Chemical Storage Godown 9 Lit

Table 7.22 Location of Dry Powder Fire Extinguisher List

Sr.No Location Capacity Sr.No Location capacity

D-01 Main Gate 10 Kg D-40 Blower House Aldehyde 10 Kg



D-02 General Office 10 Kg D-41 1st Floor Column No-13 9 Kg

D-03 Croto Plant Ground Floor 10 Kg D-42 2nd Floor Column No-13 10 Kg

D-04 Croto Plant First Floor 10 Kg D-43 3rd Floor Column No-13 10 Kg

D-05 Croto Plant 3rd Floor 10 Kg D-44 Ald Pump House 10 Kg

D-06 Croto Plant 4th Floor 9 Kg D-45 Workshop 09 Kg

D-07 Croto Plant 3rd Floor 9 Kg D-46 Old Turbine 10 Kg

D-08 Croto Plant 2nd Floor 10 kg D-47 New Turbine 10 Kg

D-09 Croto Plant 1st Floor 10 kg D-48 Garage 10 Kg

D-10 Croto Plant Ground Floor 9 Kg D-49 Store 9 Kg

D-11 Croto Plant Ground Floor 22.5 Kg D-50 Store 10 Kg

D-12 Croto Plant MCC 10 Kg D-51 Store 9 Kg

D-13 DG Set 10 Kg D-52 Canteen 10 Kg

D-14 DG Set 10 Kg D-53 Biogas Lab 10 Kg

D-15 Water Pump House 10 Kg D-54 ETP Compressor House 10 Kg

D-16 Fermentation Lab 10 Kg D-55 MPO Ground Floor 9 Kg

D-17 Fermentation Panel Room 10 Kg D-56 MPO Ground Floor 22.Kg

D-18 GSM Godown Drum Room 10 Kg D-57 MPO Ground Floor 9 Kg

D-19 GSM Godown Gate 10 Kg D-58 MPO First Floor 9 Kg

D-21 Tanker Filling Shed Sales D-59 MPO First Floor 9 Kg

D-22 Acid Unloading Shed 10 Kg D-60 MPO Second Floor 9 Kg

D-23 Acid Unloading Shed 10 Kg D-61 MPO Second Floor 9 Kg

D-24 R&D Backside 10 Kg D-62 MPO Third Floor 9 kg

D-25 R&D Hydrogenation Room 10 Kg D-63 MPO Fourth Floor 9 kg

D-26 R&D First Floor 09 Kg D-64 MEK Storage Tank 9 kg

D-27 R&D 2nd Floor 10 Kg D-65 MEK Storage Tank 9 Kg

D-28 G M Office 10 Kg D-66 Alcohol Storage Tank 9 Kg

D-29 New EAP 1st Floor 10 Kg D-67 Fire Tender Driver Side 75 Kg

D-30 Old EAP 1st Floor 10 Kg D-68 Fire Tender Cleaner Side 75 Kg

D-31 OLD EAP Ground Floor 10 Kg D-69 MPP Ground Floor 9 Kg

D-32 New EAP Ground Floor 22.5 Kg D-70 New Aldehdye Storage Tank-1 9 Kg

D-33 1,3 BG Plant First Floor 22.5 Kg D-71 New Aldehdye Storage Tank-2 9 Kg

D-34 1,3 BG Plant First Floor 10 Kg D-72 River View Hostel 9.0 Kg

D-35 1,3 BG Plant Second Floor 10 Kg D-73 Guest House 1 9.0 Kg

D-36 Multipurpose First Floor 10 Kg D-74 Guest House 2 9.0 Kg

D-37 D M Plant 10 Kg D75 Director Bungalow 1 9.0 Kg

D-38 Aldehyde Storage Tank 10 Kg D-76 Director Bungalow 2 9.0 Kg

D-39 Aldehyde Reactor 10 Kg D-77 Dongaon Pump House 9.0 Kg

Table 7.23 Location of CO2 Fire Extinguisher List

Caron dioxide (CO2) Fire Extinguisher

Sr. No Location Capacity Sr. No. Location Capacity

C-01 General Office 4.5 kg C-24 Electrical Power House Room 4.5 kg

C-02 IT Office 4.5 kg C-25 Electrical Power House Room 22.5kg

C-03 Croto MCC 4.5 kg C-26 Compressor House 4.5 kg

C-04 Water Pump House MCC 4.5 kg C-27 Old Turbine 22.5 kg

C-05 Cont Fermentation LAB 4.5 kg C-28 New Turbine 22.5 kg

C-06 Cont Fermentation MCC 4.5 kg C-29 ISGEC Boiler 4.5 kg

C-07 Fire Pump House 4.5 kg C-30 FBC Boiler 4.5 kg

C-08 Sales Area MCC 4.5 kg C-31 THERMAX Boiler 4.5 kg

C-09 R&D Backside Entrance 4.5 kg C-32 Guest House 4.5 kg

C-10 EAP Old MCC 4.5 kg C-33 DCS Room 4.5 kg

C-11 33 Kv Substation 22.5 kg C-34 DCS Room 4.5 kg

C-12 EAP Cooling Tower MCC 4.5 kg C-35 MPO MCC 4.5 kg

C-13 Biogas Lab 4.5 kg C-36 Qc Lab 2.0kg

C-14 MCC Room Biogas 4.5 kg C-37 STP Biogas Area 4.5 kg



C-15 MPP MCC 4.5 kg C-38 MEE MCC Room 4.5 kg

C-16 MPP Office 4.5 kg C-39 Instrument Room 4.5 kg

C-17 D M Plant 4.5 kg C-40 Cleaner Side Fire Tender 1 22.5 kg

C-18 Aldehyde Storage Tank 4.5 kg C-41 Cleaner Side Fire Tender 2 22.5 kg

C-19 Qc Lab 4.5 kg C-42 Driver Side Fire Tender 1 22.5 kg

C-20 Croto DCS 4.5 kg C-43 Driver Side Fire Tender 2 22.5 kg

C-21 Instrument Dept. 4.5 kg C-44 Sales Clean Room Filling M/C 1 4.5 kg

C-22 Acid/Aldehyde DCS 4.5 kg C-45 Sales Clean Room Filling M/C 2 4.5 kg

C-23 Electrical Rest Room 4.5 kg C-46 Dispensary 4.5 kg

7.11 General Safety Precautions & Occupational Health

Safety of plant personnel and equipment’s is of utmost importance irrespective of plant size. Unit should bring its environment, health and safety policy and follow it. Proper safety procedures are being followed as far as possible including the use of personal protective gadgets (hand gloves, dust masks, face shield, goggles, aprons etc. as required) by the workers while charging material manually (if required). Avoid contact with the raw materials ithout the use of Personal protective equipment. A schedule has been drawn up for regular preventive maintenance of each unit and the same needs to be faithfully followed as far as possible. All the valves, which are prone to open and spill inflammable/ toxic material due to accident impact, must be placed with suitable guard. The unit management should ensure that all rotating machines and moving parts are provided with appropriate guards and the guards are put back in the position after check-up and maintenance. All the control systems are being periodically checked for their reliability and accuracy. Ventilation has been provided in process area where chances of build-up of concentration of hazardous chemicals are high to prevent fire/toxic hazard. Electrical grounding of all equipment is ensured. Unit’s management has identified all hazard in the plant and prepared Safety Data Sheets for most of them. Safety Data Sheets are quite comprehensive and provide important data/information on physical and chemical properties, fire and explosive hazards, toxic limits, emergency, etc.

7.12 Risk Mitigation

For risk mitigation/reduction, attempts should be made to either reduce inventories that could get released in the event of loss of containment or failure likelihood’s or both as feasible. Risk analysis identifies the major risk contributors, which enables prioritization of the plant that deserve special attention in terms of inspection and maintenance in particular and over all safety management as a whole. For the risk reduction the following salient suggestions and recommendations are made:

Existing On site and off site emergency response plan needs to strengthen and must be circulated to the concerned persons

Personnel at the proposed plant and public in surrounding areas should be made aware about the hazardous substance stored at the plant and risk associated with them

A written process safety information document should be compiled for general use

A system of checking testing/sealing of relief valves during major plant overhauls should be instituted for plant equipment, wherever it is applicable

Predictive and preventive maintenance schedule should be prepared for equipment, piping, etc. and thickness testing should be done periodically as per standard practices

Safe work practices should be developed to provide for the control of hazards during operation and maintenance such as:

i. lockout/tag out ii. Confined space entry iii. Opening process equipment or piping iv. Control over entrance into a facility by maintenance, contractor or other support

personnel



Personnel engaged in handling of hazard activities should be trained to respond in an unlikely event of emergencies

The plant should check and ensure that all instruments provided in the plant are in good condition, regular preventive maintenance must be carried out and records of preventive maintenance should be maintained

Safety measures in the form of Do’s and Don’ts should be displayed at strategic locations especially in local language and English

Regular mock drills with the plan are essential for its effectiveness. Records should be maintained for the response of Mock Drills and corrective actions should list and implemented accordingly

Mock Drill at Ethyl Acetate Plant Mock Drill at Ethyl Acetate Plant

Mock Drill at General Office Mock Drill at MPP Plant

Mock Drill at Croto Plant Mock Drill at MPO Plant

Figure 7.9 Mock Drills & Fire Fighting Training at Site



7.13 General Working Conditions

House Keeping

All the passages, floors and stairways should be maintained in good condition. The system should be available to deal with any spillage of dry or liquid chemical at the plant.

Sufficient disposable bins should be clearly marked and these should be suitably located in the plant.

Walkways should be clearly marked and free from obstructions

In the plant, precaution and instructions should be displayed at strategic locations

All pits, sumps should be properly covered or securely fenced

Roads/walkway within the plant should be maintained neat and clean Ventilation

Adequate ventilation should be provided in the work floor environment

The work environment should be assessed and monitored regularly

Local ventilation is most effective method for controlling dust and gaseous emissions at work floor

7.14 Other Risk Minimization Measures

Safe Operating Procedures

Safe operating procedures should be available for all operations practices and equipment’s

The workers should be informed of the consequences of failure to observe the safe operating procedures

Proper SOP’s must be prepared and circulated to the concerned employees Work Permit System

Work permit system should be followed at the plant Personnel Protective Equipment (PPEs)

The required PPEs for each area/operation should be identified and the necessary PPE’s like helmets, goggles, hand gloves, mask, safety belts, ear muff and plug, etc. should be made available to the personnel

The workers should be trained for proper use of PPEs

Lockers should be provided to the workers for safe custody and storage of PPEs

Table 7.24 Details of PPE with usage and location

Type of PPE’s Description Location of Use

Helmet Hard hat with inner cushion and with chin trap

Places where flying objects, falling objects, spills, electrical sparks, and shocks and chemical splashes may fall on the head

Helmet attached with Face shield

Hard hat with inner cushion and with chinstrap. Attached with face shields

Places where flying objects, falling objects, spills, electrical sparks, and shocks and chemical splashes may fall. On the head

Face shield Transparent plastic molded glass screen with headband facility

Places where flying objects, grinding sparks, dust particles, chemical splashes may fall over the face

Safety Glasses/Spectacles

0-power lens with side cover or with wire mesh

Places where flying objects, falling objects, may fall in to the eyes.

Safety chemical -0-power lens with full eye protection Places where splashing liquid



splash goggles

with elastic band. chemicals, fumes, vapour, powders dust and mists.

Ear Plugs

Foam or PVC makes plug, which can be inserted into the canal of the ears this can reduce 30 dB(A)

places where noise is more than 85 dBA for an 8 hour period of time

Suits-Chemical Resistant (apron)

Made out of PVC coated Places where chemicals (solid/Semisolid/ Liquids) may fall over the body of the persons

Suits-Chemicals Resistant with airline hood

Made out of PVC coated

Places where chemicals (solid/Semisolid/ Liquids) may fall over the body of the persons & protects from toxic fumes due to the supply airline facility

Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA Set)

Facemask with full vision PVC glass face screen with head hands attached with air regulator, waist belt and filter unit along with air supply Cylinder to cope up the 30 minutes duration

In case of emergency situations like Toxic chemical fumes, fire situations and the confined spaces where oxygen availability is below 17%

Safety Belts/ Harness

Fully adjustable shoulder and thigh straps made out of wear resistant nylon webbing

To wear while working on heights and in the vessels/confined spaces

Hand Gloves (Acid and Alkali Resistance)

Made out of PVC Rubber (Orange colour)

To wear while handling charging and transferring the acids & alkalis

Hand Gloves-Nitrile Made out of PVC and Cloth braided inside (Green Colour)

To wear while handling Chemicals, solvents, like Ethyl acetate, ethyl alcohol and Acetaldehyde etc.

Hand Gloves-Heat resistant

Made out of special type fire retardant cloth to resist heat up to 100 degrees centigrade

To wear while handling the hot surfaces like steam valves and lines at the boiler operation.

Hand Gloves-electrical

Made out of Dielectric Rubber to withstand up to 11 KV

To wear while working over the electrical installations and circuits

Hand-Gloves-Leather Make

Made out of leather To wear while welding and gas cutting operations

Hand Gloves-cotton Made out of cotton cloth with leather beadings

To wear while handling drums and sharp edged articles

Hand Gloves-Kevlar

Made out of Asbestos cloth

To wear while handling the hot surfaces like steam valve and at the boiler operation areas

Gum Shoes (without steel toe)

PVC makes acid alkali proof without steel toe

To wear while dealing with chemicals handling

Safety Shoes (steel toe)

Shoe with steel toe as per IS: 11226. Black in colour

To wear while on duty during the duty hours in the factory premises

Safety Shoes (fibre toe)

Shoe with steel toe as per IS: 11226. Black in colour

To wear while working with HT installations and electrical appliances

Dust Mask C0tton dust mask (yellow colour) To Wear While at Dust Atmosphere



Figure 7.10 PPE’s for employees

Emergency Preparedness

On-site emergency plan is prepared and readily available for an unlikely event of emergency.

Emergency telephone numbers are available and displayed properly at strategic locations.

Table 7.25 Emergency Contact Details

Symbol To Act in Emergency situations - Contacts

Contact numbers Responsibility

INFORM

Police Fire Brigade Kopargaon Municipality

(02423) 223124

Anyone who come across with emergency / security / site or office in-charge/Factory Manager/Safety Officer

ACCIDENT

First aid Nearest Hospital Municipality Hospital Dr. Mulay Hospital, Kopargaon

Security Cabin (02423) 223072 & 223105 (02423) 222212

Anyone who come across with emergency /security/Plant Supervisors.

FIRE

Secure the area and take Fire control measures to rescue the endangered persons Locate fire extinguisher & extinguish fire Contact fire service at 101 Inform fire services on arrival & help them in extinguishing fire


EVACUATION

Warn endangered persons and take them with the use of emergency exits Emergency assembly point : Area near Enter/exit gate


Responsibility to maintain first aid material and records – Responsibility for periodical inspection, filling and refilling - of fire extinguishers:

Safety Officer Safety Officer

Static Electricity

All equipment and storage tanks/containers of flammable chemicals should be bounded and earthed.

http://www.google.co.in/imgres?imgurl=http://valleygrovevfd.com/assets/images/Logo/fire_safety_sign_grey.png&imgrefurl=http://valleygrovevfd.com/Pages/safety.htm&h=190&w=190&sz=24&tbnid=KrdAskW176jBGM::&tbnh=103&tbnw=103&prev=/images?q=fire+safety+symbols&hl=en&usg=__wsUyhDbnVbixsfpG1_mci_G1ZLw=&sa=X&oi=image_result&resnum=3&ct=image&cd=1



Electrical resistance for earthing circuits should be maintained. Periodic inspections should be done for earth pit and records should be maintained.

Access

Adequate safe access should be provided to all places where workers need to work and all such access should be in good condition.

Material Handling

Material handling areas should be clearly defined

The workers should be made aware about the hazards associated with manual material handling

Communication System

Adequate communication facilities should be available at the plant and supported with uninterrupted power supply

Communication facilities should be checked periodically for its proper functioning First Aid Facilities The company is having a medical center (Dispensary) manned with one qualified Doctor, Compounder and female nurse with four indoor beds The center is well equipped to handle any emergency with the facilities available with them. There are adequate numbers of employees trained in first aid as mentioned in the Table 7.26

Table 7.26 List of Clinic Staff With Qualification

Designation Number Qualification

Doctor 01 M.B.B.S. A.F.I.H.

Nurse 01 General nursing Diploma

Compounder 01 B.Sc.

Female Attendant 02 ----

Safety Officer 02 B.Sc. & Diploma in A.D.I.S.

Fire Fighter cum driver 04 EX. Service man

First Aider Team ------

Industry has provided First Aid boxed at various places within the factory premises as per the requirement identified. First Aid box contains all the required material with leaflet procedure of DGFASLI as per The Factory Act 1948. List of location where First Aid box is kept is presented in the Table 7.26.

Table 7.26 Location of First Aid Box

Sr. No. Location of First Aid Box

1. Main Gate Office

2. Croto Plant

3. Continues fermentation plant

4. Aldehyde section

5. Ethyl Acetate Plant

6. Bio- Gas plant

7. Multipurpose plant.

8. R & D, Sales, Pilot plant

9. Engineering section

10. MPO Plant



Industry has provision of a dedicated Ambulance Vehicle for emergency purposes along with two deducted driver. Other First Aid facilities like Oxygen Cylinder, Eye washer, Stretcher & Shower are provided at the required place. Location of Eye Washer within the factory premises is presented in Table 7.27

Table 7.27 Location of First Aid Box

Sr. No. Location of Eye Washer Sr. No. Location of Eye Washer

1 Sales tanker filling area 21 Croto Drum filling shed

2 Sales-Drum filling shed(clean room) 22 EAP-140TPD - 1st floor

3 R & D Pilot plant 23 EAP-140TPD - 3rd floor

4 EAP-150TPD- Ground floor 24 continuous Fermentor - Ground Floor

5 EAP- 150TPD-1st floor 25 GSM Godown

6 EAP- 150TPD-3rd floor 26 Croto 2nd floor

7 Bio-Gas/ ETP Near RO plant. 27 ISGEC boiler ground floor

8 MPP- Ground floor 28 FBC boiler ground floor

9 MPP- Cooling tower 29 Thermax boiler ground floor

10 MPP- First floor 30 1,3 BG ground floor

11 DM Plant 31 1,3 BG first floor

12 Distillery- 1st floor 32 Aldehyde storage tank area

13 Aldehyde Plant- Ground floor 33 MPO ground floor

14 Aldehyde Plant - 2nd floor 34 MPO ground floor

15 Aldehyde Plant 4th floor 35 MPO First floor

16 Quality control lab 36 MPO First floor

17 Croto Plant -N- Gr. Floor 37 MPO 2nd floor

18 Croto Plant -S- Gr. Floor 38 Caustic & sulphuric tank farm

19 Plant - 1st floor 39 Finished MPO tank farm

20 Croro Plant - 3rd floor 40 R& D pilot plant 1st floor

Accident Reporting, Investigation and Analysis A system should be initiated for accident and near miss reporting, investigation and analysis. To motivate and spread awareness among the personnel at the plant about safety, total accident (lost time injury) free days can be displayed on the board prominently at strategic location. Safety Inspections The system should be initiated for checklist based routine safety inspection and internal audit of the plant periodically. Safety inspection team should be formed from various disciplines and departments. Safe Operating Procedures Safe operating procedures should be formulated and updated, specific to process & equipment and distributed to concerned plant personnel. Transportation All the necessary precaution will be taken while carrying out transport of materials as per the Hazardous rules of transportation, central motor vehicle act-1988 & 1989. The vehicle for transportation of raw materials, by-products and products will be parked at specified loading facilities.



Transportation of Hazardous Chemicals Spills of hazardous materials, including oil, are the result of a combination of actions and circumstances, all of which contribute in varying degrees to the outcome. Most spills from tankers result from routine operations such as loading, discharging and bunkering, which normally occur in ports, road etc; however, the majority of these spills are small. All the chemicals will be transported in closed manner. Accidental causes such as groundings and collisions generally give rise to much larger spills. Safety measures like spark detector, PPE, first aid box, safety equipment MSDS, training to drivers will be provided while transportation of Hazardous Material. Guidelines Principal Ensure that their operations are in compliance with:

Recommendations on the Transport of Dangerous Goods;

Implement guidance for the prevention and consequence minimization of catastrophic releases of hazardous materials, which may result in toxic, fire, explosion or other hazards during transportation.

Prepare a Hazardous Material Transportation Plan for transport hazardous materials;

Information on the hazards and control measures at the time of emergency is vital for minimizing the effect of such accidents hence it shall be available with transporter. This module is intended to provide the first-hand knowledge about the hazard information system.

Existing Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) for Machines Industry has already provided standard operating procedures for handling and operating the machines to minimize or avoid the risk of accidents while operating of machines. Monitoring of Safety & Health:

1. Provide PPE’s (Helmets, Nose Mask, Goggle, Safety Shoes and special masks) to all employees and keep the PPE’S record.

2. Analysis of water samples, noise level monitoring and testing work place and plant surrounding Air analysis is done quarterly

3. Arrangement of health checkup program of all employee’s twice in a year. 4. Arrange Mock drill for fire and safety, Hazardous gas leakage controlling, any natural

emergency, etc. 5. Practical training is given to all employee’s with proper guidelines 6. Prepare emergency preparedness plan and its activities should be checked by taking

Mock drills as per schedule

7.15 Social Impact Assessment

Proposed expansion project falls under non MIDC area but industry has obtained all statutory permissions to operate the existing factory and has taken all possible efforts to minimize the potential negative Social Impact. The additional requirement of skilled and unskilled persons shall be procured locally which will ultimately led to up gradation of existing social status and life standards of local people. The proposed expansion will be done within industrial premises without acquisition of additional land.

CHAPTER 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

INDEX 8.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 273

8.2 Improvements In The Physical & Social Infrastructure ..................................... 273

8.3 Employment Oppurtunities ............................................................................... 274

8.4 Indirect Employment Oppurtunities .................................................................. 274

8.5 Environmental Benefits ..................................................................................... 274

8.6 Other Tangential Benefits ................................................................................. 274

8.7 Corporate Environmental Responsibility .......................................................... 275

8.8 Corporate Social Responsibility ........................................................................ 279

8.8.1 Help a Child to Study ....................................................................................... 279

8.1.1.5 Career Consulig ............................................................................................... 280

8.8.2 Water for Drinking ............................................................................................ 281

8.8.3 Tree Plantation ................................................................................................. 281

8.8.4 Jogging Track & Road Maintenance ................................................................ 282

8.8.5 Social Activities ................................................................................................ 282

8.8.7 Education ......................................................................................................... 283

8.8.8 Dr. Babasaheb Amedkar Library ...................................................................... 284

8.8.9 JETAVAN- A Community Center ...................................................................... 284

8.8.8 Health Camps .................................................................................................. 285

8.8.9 Activities to Promote sports .............................................................................. 285

8.8.10 Other CSR Activities ......................................................................................... 285

8.9 Revenue to State and Central Government ..................................................... 286

8.10 Conculsion ........................................................................................................ 286

LIST OF TABLES

Table 8.1 Implementation Plan of CER Activities ............................................................. 276 Table 8.2 Existing Activities Under CSR 2020-21(1.4.20 to 31.1.21) to 2015-16 ............. 279 Table 8.3 Proposed CSR Activities Along with Budgetary Provision ................................ 279 Table 8.4 Year Wise Progress Spnosered Students ........................................................ 280

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 8.1 Various Activities under Help A Child ............................................................ 280

Figure 8.2 Student Seminar/Workshop .......................................................................... 281

Figure 8.3 Drinking Water Distribution ............................................................................ 281

Figure 8.4 Tree Plantation .............................................................................................. 282

Figure 8.5 Jogging Track & Road Maintenance ............................................................. 282

Figure 8.7 Infrastructure of Somaiya Vidya Mandir Sakharwadi .................................... 283

Figure 8.8 Activities carried in School viz. Sport camp, Prize Distribution...................... 283

Figure 8.9 Somaiya Vidya Mandir, Laxmiwadi ............................................................... 283

Figure 8.10 Shri Sharda English Medium School, Kopargaon ......................................... 284

Figure 8.11 Jetwan: Uplifting Social Harmony .................................................................. 284

Figure 8.12 Eye Camp ...................................................................................................... 285

Figure 8.13 Kabbaddi Tournament ................................................................................... 285

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 8 Project Benefits


CHAPTER 8 PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 Introduction Every Industrial project has its own advantage and disadvantage in and around the location where the project is under operation due to its various operational activities. This chapter highlights on every possible positive and beneficial outcomes which shall happen to the surrounding area and community in terms of infrastructural and social development, boosting employment and other benefits. The proposed project has a potential for employment of skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled employees during construction as well as operation phase. The Company was incorporated in 1939 under the name of Godavari Sugar Mills. In 1961, Chemical unit was established as The Somaiya Organo Chemical Ltd. In 2002 Amalgamation of “Somaiya Organo Chemicals Ltd.” took place to “The Godavari Sugar Mills Ltd.” which later in 2009 got demerged in “Godavari Biorefineries Ltd”. The Company converted its Chemical unit into Export Oriented Units. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. has proposed vide range of products. The proposed expansion in existing manufacturing unit will be beneficial to the surrounding area/community in terms of employment generation, social development & other indirect benefits. Proposed expansion in terms of enhancement of existing production capacity along with addition of new products will lead to improvement in availablity of chemicals in the market and in some extent help in the filling the gap of demand and supply of the market. Apart from improvement in the economical segment, proposed expansion shall improve the overall socio-economic status of the surrounding area.Though existing facility has upliflted the soci-economic status of the surrounding villages, this expansion shall provide more benfit in both the stages i.e. during construction phase of project and during operation phase of the project. Construction Phase Though benefits during cnostruction phase may last for short period of construction phase and can be term as the short term benefit only. Details of benefit during construction phase can be summarized as below; Employment Generation & Improvement in Local Business Proposed expansion involves construction of production blocks and upgradation of existing prodction facility which will require construction labour, construction equipment and other ancillery parts and this requirement shall be fulfilled within nearest villages only. Benefits during construction phase are listed as below; Employee Opportunity & Employment rate will increase in the nearby villages under

skilled, unskilled and executive category as Company shall prefer the labours and supervisor for construction work will be from nearby area

Apart from the direct employment, there shall be various employment opportunity like, requirement of vehicles for transportation of construction materials, staff and vendors

During construction phase, as there shall be more influnce of people within the project premises, there shall be positive impact on other ancillary business like small shops, tea stalls and garrages etc.

Operation Phase Benefits during operation phase may last till the life of the project and this benefits can be termed as long term benefits. Apart from the direct benefits there shall be indirect beneft of the proposed project as described in the following section of this chapter; 8.2 Improvements In The Physical & Social Infrastructure



As the proposed project will be sustained in already existing area conditions like socio-economic, infrastructure and Environmental settings will also get facelifts and will be improved on a greater extent. Various components that will get boost for improvement are: Improvement in Green belt Road conditions Transportation Health and Hygiene Access to village

The proposed expansion should bring out benefit by the way of: Improvement in physical infrastructure and road access Improvement in social service due to quicker and safe mode of transport Employment potential- Skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labours- both during

construction and operation phases of the project with specific attention to the employment potential of nearby population

Reduced pollution, vehicle maintainance, fuel saving due to better quality of roads Overall development in economy and improved lifestyle

Company has identified some nearby villages for carrying out CER activity (Brownfield project: 0.75% of additional Project Cost) for development of roads, drinking facility in village, Health education and avenue plantation. Company has proposed CER acitivty of Rs. 150Lakhs in surrounding villages. 8.3 Employment Oppurtunities The proposed project will provide employment to nearby population that shall be obtained from nearby vicinity. This will enhance the socio-economic growth of the area. The preferences will be given to local population for employment in the skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled category. The proposed activity shall generate indirect employment opportunity required for providing day-to day needs and services to the work force and industrial activity. Thus resulting in increase in demand for essential daily utilities in the local market. The employeed persons will not only be benefitted financially but also their standard of living will be enhanced. 8.4 Indirect Employment Oppurtunities The proposed project will require higher quantities of raw materials which will be procured from various sources. This demand will enhance the employment oppurtunities at the source. Besides, additional employment will be generated for transportation of the raw materials and the manufactured products in the market. 8.5 Environmental Benefits There will be no discharge of liquid effluent in any surface water body as unit is following ZLD. The treated effluent will be recycled in Cooling Tower as a make-up water and treated sewage will be used for Gardening. Greenbelt development within the premises will help to cleanse the air off the pollutant. Green belt development will help increase biodiversity and will lead to sustainable environment. 8.6 Other Tangential Benefits The proposed project is likely to have other Tangible benefits as stated below: Market and business establishment facilities will increase Direct and in-direct employment opportunities for people residing in surrounding areas



Surrounding villages and area will get unique identity in the map due to the development of the project

With the development of this plant there will be scope for more ancillary development like Equipment manufacturer, machining works, etc. which in turn will benefit the local people, vendors with employment oppurtinities

Additonal revenue will be generated due to proposed expansion Overall economic upliftment of socio-economic status of people in the area The green belt development program will increase biomass and biodiversity and leads

to sustainable environment. The project will contribute additional revenue to the State and Central exchequer in the

form different kind of taxes. The project will generate additional foreign exchange to the country.

8.7 Corporate Environmental Responsibility Corporate Environment Responsibility refers to a company's duties to abstain from damaging natural environments and become more environmentally aware and responsible towards the surrounding environment. As per the new Office Memorandum dated 1.05.2018 issued by MoEF&CC, GBL has to contribute 0.75% (i.e. 150 lakh) of Additional Project Cost being a Brownfield project. towards Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) activity which will bring environmental development in the nearby areas of the Company. GBL shall carry out various activities which shall uplift the living standards of nearby villages and this shall result in the strenthening the soci-economic status of surrounding areas. Details of the proposed CER activities along with allocated funds and year of implementation is presented below in Table 8.1. GBL has Submitted Letter to District Collector for Implementation of CER Activities on 23.12.2019 attached as Annexure 27.



Table 8.1 Implementation Plan of CER Activities

CER Activity Location Details Quantiti

es Cost/Item

[INR]

Total Amount

in Rs

Yearly Cost Distribbution Duration Of The Project: 3 Years

2020 2021 2022


Z P School- Wari

Provision of RO For Drinking Water to the nearby Schools/ Primary Health Centers

2 80000 160000 80000 0 80000

Rameshwar Vidhyalay-Wari

2 80000 160000 80000 0 80000

Z P School Sakarwadi

2 80000 160000 80000 0 80000

Z P School- Shingave

2 80000 160000 80000 0 80000

Z P School -Sade 2 80000 160000 80000 0 80000

Z P School- Bhojade 2 80000 160000 80000 0 80000

Z P School- Dhotre 1 80000 80000 80000 0 0

Primary Health Center Wari

1 80000 80000 80000 0 0

Primary Health Center Savanstar

1 80000 80000 0 0 80000

Primary Health Center-Kanhegaon

1 80000 80000 0 0 80000


Z P School- Wari

To Municipal School

2 50000 100000 50000 0 50000


2 50000 100000 50000 0 50000


2 50000 100000 50000 0 50000


2 50000 100000 50000 0 50000

Z P School -Sade 2 50000 100000 50000 0 50000


Z P School- Babtara 2 50000 100000 50000 0 50000

Z P School- Dhotre 2 50000 100000 50000 0 50000

Providing Dustbins

Z P School- Wari Provision of Dustbin [80Lits.] For Segregation & Collection

4 8000 32000 10667 10667 10667

Rameshwar 4 8000 32000 10667 10667 10667




es Cost/Item

[INR] Total

Amount in Rs


Vidhyalay-Wari of Solid Waste


4 8000 32000 10667 10667 10667


4 8000 32000 10667 10667 10667


Grampanchayat –Wari

Electrification and Provision of Solar Based Lights for Municipal School/ Primary Health Centers etc

1 80000 80000 26667 26667 26667

Grampanchayat –Kanhegaon

1 80000 80000 26667 26667 26667

Grampanchayat Shingave

1 80000 80000 26667 26667 26667

Grampanchayat – Sade

1 80000 80000 26667 26667 26667


Primary Health Centers- Wari

Donition of Ambulance to the Hospital

1 1000000 1000000 0 1000000 0

Road [Making Road]

Village Wari Pucca Road for Kanhegaon village Wari Village to reduce Dust emissions

1 8000000 8000000 4000000 0 4000000


Z P School -Sade

Donation of Syllabus Books to the school students

1 50000 50000 16667 16667 16667


Z P School- Babtara 1 50000 50000 16667 16667 16667

Z P School- Dhotre 1 50000 50000 16667 16667 16667


Wari Provide drip irrigation to local farmers Providing Fertilizers / Compost

10 40000 400000 133333 133333 133333

Kanhegaon 10 40000 400000 133333 133333 133333

Shingve 10 40000 400000 133333 133333 133333

Sade 10 40000 400000 133333 133333 133333

Rain Water Harvesting, Soil Moisture

Z P School- Wari Construction of Recharge pits in nearby Municipal Offices/ Grampanchayat/ School for

2 45000 90000 30000 30000 30000


2 45000 90000 30000 30000 30000




es Cost/Item

[INR] Total

Amount in Rs


Conservation Works


Collection of Rain Water 2 45000 90000 30000 30000 30000


2 45000 90000 30000 30000 30000

Avenue Plantation

Wari

Tree Planation along the Road

500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Kanhegaon 500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Shingave 500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Sade 500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Bhojade 500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Babtara 500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000


Planation in Wari Grampanchayat

Planation around the Grampanchayat area

500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Planation in Sanvastr Grampanchayat

500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Planation in Kanhegaon Grampanchayat

500 300 150000 50000 50000 50000

Total Amount 15038000 4146000 5446000 5446000



8.8 Corporate Social Responsibility Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. [GBL] is doing activities of Corporate Social Responsibility on founder’s philosophy “What we receive gives back multifold”. Details of existing SCR activities done along with expenditutre during 2015 to 2021 is presented in Table 8.2. The Company’s CSR activities are focused on different sectors with main emphasis on promotion of education, health, gender equity and empowering women towards holistic betterment of society. Table 8.3 shows proposed budgetary provision under CSR.

Table 8.2 Existing Activities Under CSR 2020-21(1.4.20 to 31.1.21) to 2015-16

Sr. No.

Activity - Surrounding Project Area

Total in 5 Years (INR)

Year wise Implementation

1.4.20 to 31.1.21

2019-20 2018-19 2017-18 2016-17 2015-16

1 Environmental sustainability

68,24,639 7,06,363 11,75,991 5,83,767 9,19,291 19,05,350 15,33,877

2 Health care 7,57,720

3,21,507 19,670 2,96,344 1,20,199

3 School/Education 1,19,04,263 4,64,300 41,42,880 23,44,190 30,07,148 9,59,702 9,86,043

4 Other 1,00,47,457 24,50,485 17,85,127 38,08,139 13,82,049 3,85,742 2,35,915

5 Water Supply to

Villages (Wari,Kanhegaon,Sade)

3,72,83,357 54,74,823 65,90,136 63,08,558 60,59,730 62,55,554 65,94,556

Total 6,68,17,437 90,95,971 1,36,94,134 1,33,66,161 1,13,87,888 98,02,692 94,70,591

Table 8.3 Proposed CSR Activities Along with Budgetary Provision

Sr. No.


provision in Lakhs













Total 502

8.8.1 Help a Child to Study On the footstep of The Godavari Sugar Mills, Sameerwadi, The Sakarwadi unit has also introduced with ‘Help a Child to Study’ program to support the economically weaker section of the society for persuing higher education. Photogrpahs of different activities done under this programme is presented in Figure 8.1. The brilliant deserving students of the employees are provided with educational assistance.



Figure 8.1 Various Activities under Help A Child

Since 2001, Company has started a project "Help a Child to Study" through which they are extending Scholarships and necessary assistance in form of laptops, text books, career guidance etc. to needy and meritorious students. 56% of the scholarships are provided to girl child. During the year we have sponsored about 673 students and total scholarships from 2001 is 6256. Year wise progress is given in Table 8.4

Table 8.4 Year Wise Progress Spnosered Students

No. Year Sponsored Students Sponsored Amount

1 2001 2 74500

2 2002 9 114700

3 2003 21 175000

4 2004 18 25000

5 2005 46 442500

6 2006 138 849000

7 2007 260 1445300

8 2008 351 1245180

9 2009 406 2704000

10 2010 550 3661885

11 2011 618 4012450

12 2012 676 4115940

13 2013 642 4329950

14 2014 624 4548421

15 2015 548 4346380

16 2016 674 4808845

17 2017 673 5449891

Total 6256 42348942

8.1.1.5 Career Consulig The career counseling programs, personality development, resume writing, interview skills etc. was organized for the benefit project beneficiaries in association with CONNECT - NGO for 12th Standard and Degree. Program photographs presented in Figure 8.2



Figure 8.2 Student Seminar/Workshop

8.8.2 Water for Drinking Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. [GBL] has provided drinking water facilities in the neighbouring villages namely Vari, Kanhegaon, Sade etc. Likewise, Company also provides drinking water tankers at minimal cost at various religious and private festival occasions in nearby villages. The Company provides regular drinking water to the surrounding villages through tankers/tractors Figure 8.3 . Three villages are covered through this scheme & approx. 15,000 villagers are benefited. Details of Water Supply System For Nearby Villagers provided by the industry is attached as Annexure 28.

Figure 8.3 Drinking Water Distribution

8.8.3 Tree Plantation To protect the Trees and maintain its aesthetic value, Company have provided Tree guards in nearby villages. It also carries out Tree plantation within is neighbouring villages. The Company has undertaken the scheme of 'Tree Plantation' on a large scale, in the surrounding areas. In the last five years around 15000 Trees planted in the company premises & Village Wari Photographs of Tree Plantation is presented in below Figure 8.4



Figure 8.4 Tree Plantation 8.8.4 Jogging Track & Road Maintenance Company has constructed Jogging track in Vari villages especially for Senior citizens and young generation in villages nearby. These jogging track allow all to get fresh morning air and have a healthy life. Photographs of Jogging track constructed in presented in Figure 8.5. For removal of road side Bhambali tree and for maintenance of roads in surrounding villages, Company provides JCB’s to help in said activities. Photographs of road repairs and maintenance in surrounding areas is presented in below Figure 8.6

Figure 8.5 Jogging Track & Road Maintenance 8.8.5 Social Activities Company provides financial help for social activities & religious activities in nearby villages. Some of financial helps is presented below:

Donated Rs.50 Lacs to K.J. Somaiya college Kopargaon. Donation of school uniforms, shoes to deaf & dumb school Kopargaon Social activities at Balwadi & Balak Mandir at Sakarwadi, SVM Sakarwadi. With

salary paid for balwadi & Aanganwadi Fabrication and erection of perlings at Kholwat Anganwadi. Donation to Shikshan Mandal Mahabaleshwar Financial support extended for repairing of Kopargaon Police Station vehicle and

toilet work at Wari Outpost Financial support extended for Farmer and fertilizer interface workshop at MPKV

Rahuri Financial support extended for Jayanti Utsava, Flood affected people of Wari village,

Natural farming camp, Text book to students & computer & printer donation to school



8.8.7 Education Somaiya Management School: In 1961, Company had established Somaiya Vidya Mandir Sakharwadi for all the children in villages nearby. Students are also benefited with well-equipped laboratory and ultra modern Computer Center. Also the school is having well-furnished library with over 5000 books. At present, 671 students out of which 64.38% students belong to depress community are benefited from these facilities. Computer Center is having good Internet facility. The photographs of Schools and facilities it provides is presented in below Figures 8.7 and 8.8

Figure 8.7 Infrastructure of Somaiya Vidya Mandir Sakharwadi

Figure 8.8 Activities carried in School viz. Sport camp, Prize Distribution Somaiya Vidya Mandir, Laxmiwadi: The Marathi Medium School is run by the management. This school strives to impart quality education to its students who mainly belong to economically backward classes & children of the surrounding villages and also boys & girls of our unemployed staff.. Students are also benefited with well-equipped laboratory. Photographs of school infrastructure is presented below in Figure 8.9

Figure 8.9 Somaiya Vidya Mandir, Laxmiwadi



Shri Sharda English Medium School, Kopargaon: Company also runs an English Medium school at Kopargaon, Dist: Ahmednagar for the benefit of rural children who were deprived education in English Medium. Presently 1800 students are benefited from this school on nominal fees. Photograph of School infrastructure is presented below in Figure 8.10

Figure 8.10 Shri Sharda English Medium School, Kopargaon 8.8.8 Dr. Babasaheb Amedkar Library Company within its premises has opened a library in name of Dr. Babasaheb Amedkar. 8.8.9 JETAVAN- A Community Center Jetavan is an outreached project developed by Somaiya group. It is open to all where opportunities are created for spiritual practice and wellness training as well as vocational training. Programmes at Jetwan are administered by KJ Somaiya Center for Buddhist studies and maintained by GBL Sakarwadi. Highlights of project Jetavan are as below;

Half acre land provided by GBL During construction all the trees were protected. No steel used Waste material like fly ash, mud etc. used Floor is covered in a traditional way with cow dung used for polishing. Roof is made of mud Entire building is developed on the principle of sustainability i.e. Reduce-reuse

&recycle The Jetwan has been build with thanks to the generosity & goodwill of several donors from India & abroad. The building stand testimony to the hard work of numerous artists who have worked tirelessly to create this beautiful space for our community. Photographs of Jetwan is presented in below Figure 8.11

Figure 8.11 Jetwan: Uplifting Social Harmony



8.8.8 Health Camps Somaiya Group has conducted free Contract screening camp at Sameerwadi in association with M.B.Huralikoppi Trust, Hubli. Till date 184 patients have been screened out of which 82 patients have been operated. Also arranged for general Health check-up camp for the Primary and High School students in Maharashtra. Photograph of camp presented in Figure 8.12

Figure 8.12 Eye Camp 8.8.9 Activities to Promote sports To encourage spirit of sport, KJ Somaiya had organized Kabaddi Tournament on 30.11.2019 & 01.12 2019 at Sr.No. 2 (Parade Ground) among the company employees, youth generation & surrounding players. The inauguration of the kabaddi tournament was done by Shri.Diwakar Nile, Ex-Employee & kabaddi player and grampanchayat members. Photographs of Tornament is presented in Figure 8.13

Figure 8.13 Kabbaddi Tournament 8.8.10 Other CSR Activities Women Empowerment In order to empower Women in nearby villages and employees wives, Company has provided training of Stiching and preparing Paperbags from old newspaper. Company has also provided required financial help for same.



In-Plant Training in Company

Company provides in-plant training to Engineering students in villages. Students are given on-site training in Company and are made aware of manufacturing process to give them practical knowledge of working in an Company. Science Exhibition Company conducts science exhibition at Taluka level for all schools to increase there knowledge and interest towards science Employment Generation At present, Company has employeed 450 Permanent Employees and 200 Contract workers from nearby villages. Company also encourage employment of handicapped people as per their eligibility. 8.9 Revenue to State and Central Government Induan Chemical indutry is manufacturing more than 80,000 products and serving severla downstream industries such as textiles, papers, paints, soaps, detergents, pharmaceuticals, varnish etc. More than 2 Million People are employeed under this category of Company . It is estimated that the demand of chemical products is expected to grow at ~9% p.a. by the year 2023 which shall surely increas the GDP growth rate. Currently, Indian Chemical sector contrirubtes 3.4% in Global Chemical Market. Indian chemical Company is one of the fastest growing in the world. Currently it ranks 3rd In Asia and is 6th largest market in the world. Chemical Indsutry. [Source: (Report on Indian Chemicals & Petrochemicals Company , Prepared by FICCI &

TSMG - 2018)] The proposed expansion will also generate revenue to the Central & State Government in the form of GST, electricity purchased, irrigation dept. charges and will also earn foreign currency with enhanced export of products around the globe and indirect revenue will also be generated by way of registration of trucks, payment of road tax, income tax from individual as well as taxes from associated units etc. Thus, the proposed project will help in adding revenue to the Governments by paying different taxes from time to time and thus, will help in developing the area, state and the nation. 8.10 Conculsion The proposed project will lead to improvements in the quality of life of the rural and urban community. The project activity and the management will support the local Panchayat and provide other form of assistance for the development of public amenities in this region. The management will recruit semi-skilled & unskilled workers from the nearby villages. The overall effect will improve the buying power of employees and thus a higher standard of living viz. better education, improved health and sanitation facilities, housing and acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical, educational and other civic amenities will get a boost in future. This is envisaged as a major positive benefit.

CHAPTER 9

COST BENEFITS ANALYSIS

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 9 Cost Benefit Analysis


CHAPTER 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006; as amended from time to time; the

Chapter on “Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis” is applicable only, if the same is

recommended at the Scoping stage.

As per the Standard ToR obtained vide No. No.IA-J-11011/154/2019-IA-II(I) dated 13th

May 2019. No recommendation of environmental cost benefit analysis is given hence it is

not carried out.

CHAPTER 10

ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN

INDEX

10.1 INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................................... 289 10.2 OBJECTIVES OF EMP ............................................................................................. 289 10.3 SCOPE OF EMP ..................................................................................................... 289 10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE .................... 289

10.4.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................. 289 10.4.2 Noise Environment ........................................................................................ 290 10.4.3 Water Environment ........................................................................................ 290 10.4.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Plan ............................................ 290 10.4.5 Traffic Management Plan .............................................................................. 291

10.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN DURING OPERATION PHASE .......................... 291 10.5.1 Air Environment ............................................................................................. 291

10.5.1.1 Process Emission ...................................................................................... 291 10.5.1.2 Utility Emission .......................................................................................... 291 10.5.1.3 Fugitive Emission ....................................................................................... 293 10.5.1.4 Noise Management Plan ........................................................................... 293 10.5.1.5 Odour Management Plan ........................................................................... 294

10.6 WATER ENVIRONMENT ........................................................................................... 294 10.6.1 Effluent and Sewage Treatment Plant ........................................................... 294

10.7 SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT ....................................................... 306 10.7.1 Traffic Management ...................................................................................... 307

10.8 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT ................................................................................... 308 10.9 RAIN WATER HARVESTING ...................................................................................... 309 10.10 STORM WATER MANAGEMENT ................................................................................ 310 10.11 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ..................................................................... 310

10.11.1 Brief Description of the Safety Measures Taken at GBL ............................... 310 10.11.1.1 SAFETY MEASURES ADOPTED FOR STORAGE VESSEL ................ 310 10.11.1.2 TRAINING ON ENVIRONMENT HEALTH AND SAFETY ..................... 315 10.11.1.3 GBL’s BEST PRACTICES ON EHS ....................................................... 318

10.12 CONCEPT OF WASTE-MINIMIZATION AND NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION ....... 318 10.13 BIOREMEDIATION .................................................................................................... 320 10.14 IMPLEMENTATION OF EMP ...................................................................................... 320

10.14.1 Environmental Management Cell [EMC] ....................................................... 320 10.15 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................... 322 10.16 CONCLUSION .......................................................................................................... 323

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE 10.1 PROCESS EMISSION, APCD AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ................................................... 291 TABLE 10.2 UTILITY EMISSION AND ITS CONTROL MEASURES ................................................................... 293 TABLE 10.3 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF EXISTING 600CMD ETP ............................................................ 294 TABLE 10.4 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 650CMD ETP (PROPOSED) ...................................................... 298 TABLE 10.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF 200 STP (EXISTING) ................................................................. 305 TABLE 10.7 DETAILS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE ............................................................................................. 306 TABLE 10.8 DETAILS OF SOLID WASTE ........................................................................................................ 306 TABLE 10.9 PARKING DETAILS ..................................................................................................................... 308 TABLE 10.10 EXISTING AND PROPOSED GREENBELT .................................................................................... 308 TABLE 10.11 RAINWATER HARVESTING CALCULATIONS............................................................................... 309 TABLE 10.12 STORM WATER HARVESTING DETAILS ..................................................................................... 310 TABLE 10.13 LIST OF LABORATORY EQUIPMENT’S ....................................................................................... 319 TABLE 10.14 EMP COST ................................................................................................................................. 322

LIST OF FIGURES FIGURE 10.1 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING AIR CONTROL EQUIPMENT ..................................... 292 FIGURE 10.2 600CMD ETP FLOW DIAGRAM ................................................................................. 296 FIGURE 10.3 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING EXISTING ETP & ONLINE MONITORING SYSTEM . 297 FIGURE 10.4 PROCESS FLOW DIAGRAM OF ETP PROPOSED] ................................................. 301 FIGURE 10.5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF ETP RECYCLING PLANT [PROPOSED] ..................... 302 FIGURE 10.6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF ETP [PROPOSED] ........................................................ 303 FIGURE 10.7 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF MEE [PROPOSED] ...................................................... 304 FIGURE 10.8 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING EXISTING STP ............................................................ 305 FIGURE 10.9 EXISTING TREE PLANTATION ................................................................................. 309 FIGURE 10.10 PHOTOGRAPHS OF HEALTH CENTRE, MOCK DRILL &TRAINING ...................... 317 FIGURE 10.11 IN-HOUSE LABORATORY EQUIPMENT’S ............................................................... 320 FIGURE 10.12 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL .............................. 321

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 10 Environmental Management Plan


CHAPTER 10 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 Introduction The Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an environmentally sustainable manner where all stakeholders including the project proponents, contractors and subcontractors, including consultants, understand the potential environmental risks arising from the proposed project and take appropriate actions to properly manage that particular risk. Adequate environmental management measures need to be incorporated during the entire planning, construction and operational stages of the project to minimize any adverse environmental impacts and assure sustainable development of the area. The EMP is proactive in nature and should be improved / modified if new facilities or modification of existing facilities, with environmental concerns, come up at a later stage. The EMP describes both generic good practice measures and site-specific measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating potential impact associated with the project activity. 10.2 Objectives of EMP The long-term objectives of the EMP for all the environmental attributes are as under:

To limit/reduce the degree, extent, magnitude and duration of adverse impacts To treat all the pollutants i.e. liquid effluent, air emissions and hazardous waste with

adaptation of adequate and efficient technology To handle hazardous waste as per The Hazardous & Other Waste (Management and

Trans boundary Movement) Rules, 2016 To comply with all norms and standards stipulated by MPCB/CPCB To reduce any risk hazards and prepare the disaster management plan To establish green belt around the project area and improve the aesthetic value of

the area To create good occupational environment for the benefit of employees and to

improve their working efficiency To allocate required Funds and Budget for environment management system.

10.3 Scope of EMP

Commitment and Policy: GBL will make every effort to provide and implement the Environmental Management Plan that incorporates all issues related to air, land, ecology, noise and water

Institutional Planning: This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirements and setting environmental objectives. The various potential impacts are discussed under Chapter 4 i.e. “Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures”.

Implementation: This comprises of resources available to the project proponent, accountability of contractors, training of operational staff associated with environmental control facilities and documentation measures to be taken.

Measurement & Evaluation: This includes monitoring, corrective actions and record keeping.

10.4 Environmental Management Plan during Construction Phase Environmental Management Plan for various environmental attributes during construction phase is given below in detail. 10.4.1 Air Environment The construction of the proposed expansion plants contribute to the increase in the particulate matter in the air environment likely Transportation of the construction materials and the other vehicular traffic related to the constructional activities also contribute to increased particulate matter and further NOx concentrations are also increased. However



Construction phase will be for a short period and hence the impacts will also be for short and temporary period. Air quality around the project will be marginally impacted during construction & installation stage. Various activities especially related to loose material likely to cause generation of dust that will adversely impact the air quality of the surrounding area of the project site. To minimize such impact following measures shall be taken;

As industry is already under operation phase paved roads are already present for proposed expansion. Moreover, the chances of dust emissions are very low due to paved roads

No excavation will be undertaken for the construction activity All construction equipment, machineries & utilities will be well maintained to reduce

emission All the loose construction material will be stored or transported provided with suitable

covering such as tarpaulin To minimize the occupational health hazard, proper personnel protective equipment’s

like dust mask, ear plug, helmet, safety belt etc. will be provided to the workers who are engaged in dust generation and loading & unloading activities

10.4.2 Noise Environment The noise generation during the construction phase will be around 65 - 70 dB (A) which will be restricted to the construction site only and will decrease with increasing distance.

Construction machinery and vehicles shall undergo periodic maintenance to keep them in good working condition

All machineries to be used for construction purpose shall be of highest standard of reputed make and shall comply of noise pollution control norms

Acoustic enclosure/ temporary barrier around areas with high noise levels shall be provided

Personnel protective equipment’s like ear plug shall be provided to the workers Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity shall also be explored

so as to serve as a noise barrier The construction activity will be limited during day time only

10.4.3 Water Environment During construction phase water will be utilized from existing source. Domestic wastewater shall be generated additionally during construction phase from contraction labour and generated waste water will be treated in existing STP. During construction phase following measures shall be taken;

Proper drinking water facility already exists in the premises which can be used by the construction workers

Sanitation facilities are available at existing premises and will be used by workers Temporary barriers will be created during construction phase to avoid moving of the

run off to the pathways or the other existing units Excess quantity will be utilized from Rain Water Harvesting Tank of 85000m3 and 45,000m3 and if required, additional water will be taken from Godavari River and Canal, etc. 10.4.4 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Plan The solid waste shall be generated from various construction activities in the form of debris, scrap material and major in the form of C&D waste from the demolishing activities.

During the construction phase, whatever quantity of construction and demolition waste is generated shall be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent scattered discharge on land and shall be utilized for filling/ leveling of land or doing PCC of the area as per the C&D Rule, 2016

PPE’s shall be adopted by the workers handling the waste Impervious layers or lining should be provided to store materials Bio-degradable and non-biodegradable waste shall be stored separately Hazardous waste generated shall be stored in dedicated and isolated storage facility



Care shall be taken to ensure that temporary stacking and transportation shall not cause any disturbance to the surrounding environment

10.4.5 Traffic Management Plan Due to proposed expansion traffic scenario of the site will increase during construction phase for transportation of construction material. To avoid any impacts, following EMP has been formulated.

Good traffic management system shall be developed and implemented for the incoming and outgoing vehicles so as to avoid congestion on the public road

Adequate signage to maintain smooth flow of vehicles should be done Separate pedestrian pathways shall be provided Separate entry and exit gate will be provided for free movement of vehicles

10.5 Environmental Management Plan during Operation Phase Environmental Management Plan for various environmental attributes during operation phase is given below in detail. 10.5.1 Air Environment Source of air pollution from industry is mainly from industrial processes, utilities and fugitive emissions. The monitored ambient air quality as described in chapter 3 has been found to be very much within the norms established by the regulating agencies. However, to maintain the existing status and minimize the impacts due to the proposed project operations, the following EMP shall be formulated. 10.5.1.1 Process Emission

The process emissions likely to be generated from Acetaldehyde & Acetic Acid plants are provided with adequate scrubbers so as to avoid the emission to atmosphere, however other process plants are not likely to have process emissions during the operation, however if deemed necessary in any of the process plant for mitigation emissions is required the adequate system shall be provided

The emissions likely to generate are CO2, O2 and Organic content In Aldehyde and acetic acid plant Aldehyde absorber is installed for CO2, O2 and

aldehyde Content. For other manufacturing plants, process emissions will be directed to the common

vent condenser of each plant and condensate from same will be collected as mix solvent and same shall be sent to the CHWTSD

Table 10.1 Process Emission, APCD and Technical Specification

Source APCD Technical Specification

Acetaldehyde Plant Aldehyde Scrubber

Dia: 1600mm Height: 12900mm No. of tray: 55 Type of tray claps: Bubble Caps MOC:S.S

Acetic Acid Plant Aldehyde Absorber

Dia: 800mm Height: 8250mm No. of tray: 30 Type of tray claps: Bubble Caps MOC:S.S

10.5.1.2 Utility Emission Utility emissions will be from Boilers and D.G. Sets. The emissions will be in the form of PM, SO2, NOx, CO



In existing scenario, industry is having 2 Boiler of 18TPH and one Boiler of 12TPH utilizing Coal at the tune of 218TPD. Adequate stack height of 30m is provided for the Boiler

Industry has provided Bag Filter as APCE to the FBC Boiler [12TPH] and also has installed Online Emission monitoring System

Industry has provided Bag Filter as APCE and also has installed Online Emission monitoring System for both 18TPH Boilers

Industry has provided ESP as Air Pollution Control System for Tharmax & ISGEC Boiler [18TPH each]

In proposed expansion, industry has proposed 2 new Boilers of 24TPH which will be utilizing Coal of 250TPD. Stack height of 45m each

Further industry will be installing Boiler of 45TPH with stack height of 50m as a replacement to the Three existing Boilers of 12TPH and 2 of 18TPH

Industry is having 2 D. G. Sets of 590KVA and 1000KVA consuming 5.1KLD of H.S.D and has proposed 3 D. G. Sets of 1000KVA using H.S.D of 14.6KLD thus accounting to 19.7KLD

The existing D.G. Sets are provided with a stack height of 9m and same will be maintained for proposed ones

Good quality HSD with low Sulphur content should be used Regular emission monitoring of the stack should be carried out from

NABL/MoEF&CC recognized laboratory to keep check on the pollutant concentration Details of air pollution control system along with its technical specifications is attached as Annexure 29. Details of utility emissions and their pollution control devices are given in Table 10.2 and Photographs of Air Pollution Control measures are presented in Figure 10.1

Figure 10.1 Photographs showing Air Control Equipment



Table 10.2 Utility Emission and its Control Measures

Sr. No.

Attached to Capacity Fuel Fuel Qty. Height[m] Dia. (m)

Gas Temp 0C

APCD

Existing Stack

1 Boiler

12TPH Coal

218TPD

30 1.2 135 Bag Filter

18TPH Coal 30 1.6 135 ESP

18TPH Coal 30 1.6 135 ESP

2 D.G Set 1000KVA HSD 150LPH 9 0.4 80 Adequate Stack

Height 590KVA HSD 65LPH 9 0.21 226

Proposed Stack

1 D. G Set 1000KVA X 3 HSD 150LPH 6 0.4 80 Adequate Stack Height

2 Boiler 24TPH X 2 Coal

250TPD 45 1.6 135

ESP 45TPH Coal 50 2.3 135

3 Thermic Fluid Heater

10Lac KCal/Hr.

HSD

3.80KLD

15 0.4 150 NA

4 Thermic Fluid Heater

2 Lac Kcal/Hr. HSD 10 0.2 150 NA

5 Hydrogen Generator

5200 x 3 cum/day

- - - - - Adequate Stack

Height

6 Nitrogen Generator

1000 x 1 cum/day

- - - - - Adequate Stack

Height

10.5.1.3 Fugitive Emission Fugitive emissions will be from storage and transportation of raw materials & products, loading-unloading activities and vehicular emissions. The emissions will be in the form of SO2, NOx, VOC’s.

Raw material and product shall be brought in and dispatched by road in trucks covered with tarpaulins as per requirement.

Emphasis shall be given for proper handling and storage of chemicals, product, fuel and raw material to minimize the chances of any dust or fugitive emissions

It shall be ensured that the vehicle owners must have valid PUC certificate Dust suppression on haul roads shall be done at regular intervals by water sprinkling Development of green belt in and around the plant premises help to absorb the

emissions Good housekeeping shall be maintained within the project premises

10.5.1.4 Noise Management Plan Various components of industrial operations cause some amount of noise, which shall be controlled by proper maintenance and compact technology.

Closed room shall be provided for Boilers so as to attenuate the noise pollution Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to D.G sets Free flow of traffic movement shall be maintained Earmuffs/ earplugs shall be used as Personal Protecting Equipment’s while running

equipment’s of the plant All machineries and equipment’s to be used for operation phase shall be of highest

standard of reputed make and shall comply with noise pollution control norms Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals shall be

done to reduce generation of noise Regular monitoring of noise level shall be carried out Greenbelt shall be developed around the periphery to reduce the noise levels



10.5.1.5 Odour Management Plan Odour Management Plan outlines the methods by which odorous emissions will systematically assess, reduce and prevent from the premises. Odour production may occur from raw material storage, manufacturing process, ETP, STP and hazardous waste storage area. The management plan for the same is given below:

Odour shall be primarily controlled at source by good operational practices, including physical and management control measures

The odour producing raw materials such as Ethyl Alcohol, Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde, Acetic Acid, etc. shall be housed in separate/ isolated area/ room with proper ventilation

All reactions shall be carried out in closed reactor system Regular monitoring shall be done for checking of any leakages in piping and fittings Better housekeeping shall be maintained to ensure good hygiene condition in the

premises 10.6 Water Environment Industry is achieving “Zero Liquid Discharge” by recycling and reusing the treated effluent and sewage in ‘Cooling Tower as make-up water’ and On Land for Gardening respectively after achieving proper discharge standards. This has resulted in reduction in quantity of Fresh Water consumption. 10.6.1 Effluent and Sewage Treatment Plant Presently industry is having ETP of 600CMD based on Anaerobic (UASBR) followed by extended aeration for treating existing industrial effluent. For proposed activity industry has proposed to augment the existing capacity by 650CMD to 1250CMD with same technology. The existing RO of 600CMD will be upgraded by 650CMD thus accounting to 1250CMD. Technical specification of existing 600CMD ETP is presented in Table 10.3 and Flow diagram is given in Figure 10.2. The wastewater quality of existing Effluent Treatment Plant has also been monitored. Technical specification of 250CMD STP is presented in Table 10.5. Real Time Online Monitoring System has been already installed at the outlet of the ETP. Photograph of the same is shown in Figure 10.3 and photographs of existing STP is presented in Figure 10.8. Technical details along with P&ID of ETP, STP & MEE is attached as Annexure 30.

Table 10.3 Technical Specification of Existing 600CMD ETP

Unit Name Quantity Capacity HRT (Hrs.)

Equalization Tank 1 1171.0 39

Acid Reactor 2 591.7 19.7

Buffer Tank 1 78 2.6

Anaerobic Digester 1 1307 43.5

Aeration Tank (Stage-1) 1 2000 66.66

Secondary Clarifier (Stage-1) 1 260 8.6

Aeration Tank (Stage-2) 1 1000 33.33

Secondary Clarifier (Stage-2) 1 409 13.6

Clear Water Tank 1 93 1

Filter Feed Tank 1 213 7.1

Treated Water Tank 1 210 7

Sludge Holding Tank 2 100 3.33 & 1.16

Biogas Flare System with Moisture Trap, Flame Arrestor Automatic

1 40 --



Unit Name Quantity Capacity HRT (Hrs.)

Anaerobic Sludge Clarifier 1 111 3.7

Flash Mixer Tank 1 5.88 0.196

Flocculation Tank 1 10.4 0.346

Tertiary Clarifier (Tube Settler) 1 56 1.86

MGF 1 Dia. 1600x1800(mm) --

ACF 1 Dia. 1600x1800(mm) --

MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

CSTR Treated Water Transfer Pump 2 Capacity: 15 m3/hr Head: 25m, Type: Centrifugal

Effluent Lifting Pumps 2 Capacity: 30m3/hr Head: 10m Type: Centrifugal

Acid Reactor Recirculation Pumps 4 Capacity: 70m3/hr Head: 20m

Anaerobic Digester Feed Pumps 3 Capacity: 70m3/hr, Head: 20m

Sludge Transfer Pumps (for Anaerobic Digester)

2 Capacity: 5m3/hr Head: 15m, Type: Centrifugal

Sludge Recirculation/ Transfer Pumps (For Stage-1 Aeration)


Sludge Recirculation/ Transfer Pumps (For Stage-2 Aeration)


Flash Mixer Feed Pumps 2 Capacity: 30m3/hr Head: 30m, Type: Screw

Centrifuge Feed Pumps 1 Capacity: 4m3/hr Head: 40m, Type: Centrifugal

Biogas Booster (with flame proof motor) 2 Capacity: 4m3/hr Head: 1500mmWC, Model: 3MTL-40

Air Blower for AT-1 (With Acoustic Hood) 3 Capacity: 1100m3/hr Head: 4500mmWC

Poly Dosing Pump 1 Capacity: 0- 200LPH Type: Metering Dosing pump Power Rating: 0.5HP

Centrifuge 1 Capacity: 4 m3/hr

Ozonator System with recirculation pump 1 Capacity: 300Gms/Hr Power Rating: 0.5HP and 7.5HP

Submersible Mixers 1 Type: Submerged in Tank

Anaerobic Sludge Clarifier Mechanism 1 Size: Dia 7.4m RPM: 4-5RPH, Rating: 0.5HP

Clarifier Mechanism -1 (Secondary) 1 Size: Dai 10m RPM: 4-5RPH,Rating: 0.5HP

Clarifier Mechanism -2 (Secondary) 1 Size: Dia 14m RPM: 4-5RPM,Rating: 0.5HP

Agitator for Flash Mixer 1 RPM: 100RPM, Rating: 2HP Tank Size: 2.0M X 1.4M X 1.8M + FB

Agitator for Flocculator 1 RPM: 30RPM, Rating: 2HP Tank Size: 2.0M X 2.6M X 2.0M + FB



Figure 10.2 600CMD ETP Flow Diagram



Figure 10.3 Photographs Showing Existing ETP & Online Monitoring System



The proposed 650CMD ETP is designed considering ETP Treated Water as the Feed Source. Technical specification of 650CMD ETP is presented in Table 10.4 and Flow diagram is given in Figure 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7

Table 10.4 Technical Specification of 650CMD ETP (Proposed)

Description SPECIFICATIONS MAKE / MOC UNIT QTY

CIVIL WORKS

Equalization Tank 1200 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Buffer Tank 40 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Aeration Tank (Stage-1) 2250.0 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Secondary Clarifier (Stage-1) Dia 8.0 M Civil Construction No. 1

Aeration Tank (Stage-2) 600.0 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Secondary Clarifier (Stage-2) Dia 8.0m Civil Construction No. 1

Clear Water Tank 40 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Filter Feed Tank 40 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Treated Water Tank 80 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Sludge Holding Tank 40 M3 Civil Construction No. 2

Foundation / Platform / Railing / Jaalis Lot 1

ELECTROMECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS

Effluent Lifting Pumps 32.5 m3/hr @ 10m, MOC: SS Johnson / Kirloskar / Equivalent

Nos.

2

Distribution line in Acid Reactor

As per Requirement PVC Lot 1

Caustic Dosing Pump Capacity 0-600 LPH Asia LMI / Equivalent No. 1

Caustic Dosing Tank 1000 Ltr LDPE No. 1

Agitator for Caustic Dosing Tank 100 RPM SS 304 No. 1

Acid Reactor 1230 M3 (Dia 14M x 8.0M + 0.6M FB)

MSEP No. 1

Acid Reactor Recirculation Pumps

70 m3/hr @ 20 m Johnson / Kirloskar / Equivalent

Nos.

2

Anaerobic Digester Feed Pumps


Nos.

3

Nutrient Dosing Pump Capacity 0-600 LPH Asia LMI / Equivalent No. 2

Nutrient Dosing Tank 1000 Ltr LDPE No. 1

Anaerobic Digester 1400 M3 Dia 15M x 8.0M + 0.6M FB

MSEP No. 1

Biogas Flare System with Moisture Trap, Flame Arrestor Automatic

Capacity-40 m3/hr, Stack Height 4M

SIMA

Set 1

Biogas Booster Capacity-35-40 m3/hr Everest / Beta / TMVT Nos.

2

Anaerobic Digester Internals & GLSS

Dia 15.0 m MSEP Set 1

Anaerobic Digester Sludge Recirculation Pumps (For Anaerobic Sludge)

10 m3/hr @ 15 m

Johnson / Kirloskar /Equivalent

Nos.

2

Anaerobic Sludge Clarifier Dia 7.8m x 3.0m + Hopper MSEP No. 1

Clarifier Mechanism Dia 7.8m SIMA No. 1

Sludge Transfer Pumps (For Anaerobic Sludge)


Nos 2

Clarifier Mechanism -1 (Secondary)

Dia 8.0m SIMA No. 1

Recycling Plant

CIVIL WORKS

UF Product Water Tank 40 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

RO Product Water Tank 80 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

RO Reject Water Tank - 1 40 M3 Civil Construction No. 1




RO Reject Water Tank - 2 80 M3 Civil Construction No. 1

Foundation & Platform for Equipment

As per Requirement Civil Construction Lot 1

Shed for UF & RO System As per Requirement MS / GI Sheet Lot 1

ELECTROMECHANICAL EQUIPMENTS

Ultra Filtrate System (Stage-1) (A)

UF Feed Pump 38 M3/hr. @ 30 Mtr Head Grundfos / Ebara / Equivalent

Nos. 2

FecL3 Dosing Pump System 0-12 LPH, 100 Ltrs. LDPE tank

Asia LMI / Equivalent No. 1

Disc Filter 38 M3/hr. Azud / Gopani / Pratham Nos. 1

UF System

UF Membrane with Module Ashahi / Hydranautics Nos. 20

Actuated Valves 65 NB - 80 NB Belimo / Deltech Nos. 7

Rota Meter Aster / Equivalent Lot 1

Pressure Switch and Gauge Waree / H Guru / Equivalent

Lot 1

UF Skid MS No. 1

CEB System

Chlorine Dosing System 0 - 90 LPH, 100 lts. LDPE Tank


HCL Dosing System 0 - 90 LPH, 100 lts. LDPE Tank


Sodium Hydroxide Dosing System

0 - 60 LPH, 100 lts. LDPE Tank


UF Backwash Pump 80 M3/hr. @ 20 Mtr Head Grundfos / Ebara / Equivalent

Nos. 2

CIP System

CIP Tank 500 Ltr. Sintex No. 1

CIP Pump 35.0M3/hr. @ 35 Mtr Head Grundfos/Ebara/Equivalent

No. 1

Micron Cartridge Filter 35.0 M3/hr Gopani Products /Pratham / Equivalent

Nos. 1

Air Blower 80 m3/hr Everest / TMVT / Akash / Beta

Nos. 1

Piping & Valves PVC Astral / Ajaay No. 1

Flow meter 80 NB Forbes Marshall /Equivalent

Nos. 2

Turbidity Meter Online Forbes Marshall / Equivalent

Nos. 1

MEE SYSTEM - 100 KLD

Boiler 1000 Kg/Hr Thermax /Southern boiler /ME Energy

No.

1

Cooling Tower 80 m3/hr or 150 TR Blue Cheaps/Himgiri / Mihir

No.

1

Structure for Evaporator MSEP No. 1

Foundation for MEE Structure As per requirement Civil Construction Lot 1

Drainage Sump As per requirement No. 1

Shed for MEE System As per requirement MS / GI Sheet No. 1

Triple Effect Evaporation Plant

Calendria SIMA Nos. 4

Tubes SS 316L

Shell SS 316

Tube sheets SS 316L

Dished end top & Bottom SS 316

Flanges SS 316

Preheaters Nos. 4




Shell SS 316

Tube sheets SS 316L

Dished end top & Bottom SS 316L

Flanges SS 316

Vapour Separator Nos. 4

Shell SS 304

Defflector SS 304

Surface Condensor No. 1

Shell SS 304

Tube sheets SS 304

Baffles SS 304

Tie Rods & Spacers SS 304

Channel Shell SS 304

Pumps

Recirculation Pump-1 With Double mechanical JEC / Johanson /KSB No. 1




Condensate Pump With Double mechanical JEC / Johanson /KSB No. 1

Concentrate Pump With Double mechanical JEC / Johanson /KSB No. 1

Vaccum Pump Gland Packing PPI / IVC No. 1

MEE Feed Pump With Double mechanical JEC / Johanson /KSB No. 1

Pipes & Fittings Feed - SS 316 Condensate & vapour - SS 304, Vacuum - SS 304

No. 1

CIP System Pump with CIP tank 1

Seal Cooling System 1 KL Tank with piping SS 304 No. 1

Seal Cooling Transfer Pump With Single mechanical Johanson / KSB / Ebara

No. 1

Drain Water Transfer Pump No. 1

Electrical & Instrumentation

Electrical Control panel, Complete instrumentation including Flow meters, TDS meters, Pressure gauges, RTDs

No. 1

Agitated Thin Film Dryer Set 1

Fluid side SS316L

Scrapper SS316L

Shaft SS316L

Jacket side SS 304

Insulation No. 1

Cable & Cable Trays As per requirement Polycab/ Phenolex Lot 1

Painting of Pipilines As per requirement Lot 1

Erection, Site Fabrication Job 1



Figure 10.4 Process Flow Diagram of ETP Proposed]



Figure 10.5 Schematic Diagram of ETP Recycling Plant [Proposed]



Figure 10.6 Schematic Diagram of ETP [Proposed]



Figure 10.7 Schematic Diagram of MEE [Proposed]



Table 10.5 Technical Specification of 200 STP (Existing)

Unit Name No. of units

Description Dimensions

Equalization Tank 1 3.93m x 3.0m x 2.5m + 0.5m FB Vol. – 35 m3, Effective Vol.- 29.475m3

2.94

Reaction Tank 1

Provision of air mixing with perforated air grid, 1.7m x 1.0m x 3.2m + 0.3m FB, Total Vo. – 5.95m3, Effective Vol. – 5.4 m3

0.54

Primary Settling Tank

1 3.3m x 2.7m x 3.1m + 0.4 m FB Total Vol. 31.18 m3, Effective Vol. 27.62 m3

2.76

Anoxic Tank 1 3.5m x 1.4m x 2.7m + 0.5 m Total vol. – 15.68 m3 , Effective Vol. – 13.23 m3

1.32

MBBR 1 and 2 2 2 nos., 3.5m x 3.5m x 2.65m + 0.55m FB Total vol. – 39.2 m3 each, Effective Vol. – 32.4 m3 each

3.24 each

Lamella Clarifier 2 2 numbers, 3.28 m3 each 3.28

Clear Water Tank 3.93m x 1.4m x 2.5m + 0.5m FB, Total Vol. – 16.5m3 , Effective Vol. – 13.75m3

1.375

MSF 1 Dia – 1.2m, HOS – 2.0m -

ACF 1 Dia – 1.2m, HOS – 2.0m -

Treated water Tank

1 3.93m x 2.7m x 2.5m + 0.5m FB Total Vo. – 31m3, Effective vol. – 26.52m3

2.65

Figure 10.8 Photographs Showing Existing STP



10.7 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management Solid and Hazardous Waste generated from various industrial, domestic activities and treatment plants. Details of hazardous waste and Solid Waste generation and their management is provided in below Table 10.7 and Table 10.8

Table 10.7 Details of Hazardous Waste

Cat. Name Quantity

UoM Disposal Existing Proposed Final

5.1 Used/Spent Oil 1.2 1.8 3 KL/Year Recycler

34.3 Chemical Sludge from WWTP 1.5 2.5 4.0 TPD CHWTSDF

1.4 Organic Residue 8 0 8 CMD CHWTSDF / Recycler / Cement industry

20.3 Distillation/Process Residue 0.192 14 14.192 TPD CHWTSDF/ Recycler / Cement industry

1.7 Spent Catalyst and molecular sieve

1.4 180 181.4 Kg/day CHWTSDF

31.1 E-waste 1 1 2 Ton/Y Authorized Recyclers

36.2 Spent Carbon 0 0.3 0.3 TPD Authorized Recyclers

20.2 Mixed Spent Solvents 0 5 5 KLD CHWTSDF / Recycler / Cement industry

A1160 Lead Acid Batteries 0 80 80 No's/Y Registered recycler


36.2 Used Filters (HEPA filters, Oil Filters etc)

0 100 100 Nos. /Year

CHWTSDF/ Recycler

A4020 Bio Medical Waste 0 0.8 0.8 TPA CHWTSDF

33.2 Used/Discarded Filter Bags 0 100 100 Nos. /Year

Detoxified and reuse

Discarded PPE 0 0.5 0.5 TPA CHWTSDF


Salt generated in MEE from RO Rejects

0.3 3.0 3.3 TPD CHWTSDF for Land filing

Table 10.8 Details of Solid Waste

Name Quantity

UoM Disposal Existing Proposed Total

Dust 3.0 4.0 7.0 MT/D Sent to Brick Manufacturer

Bio-degradable waste 408 198 606 Kg/D Composted and used as manure

Non- Bio-degradable waste 272.5 132 404.5 Kg/D Given to authorized vendors

Boiler Ash 65 85 150 TPD Sent to brick manufacturer

Glass Bottles 0 100 100 No./M Sold to outside agencies/ recyclers

HDPE Containers 0 100 100 Nos./ Detoxified & Reused



M

Liners & Bags 0 0.5 0.5 TPM Authorized recyclers

Paper, Cotton waste & Packing materials i.e. Wood, Carton, ropes

0 5 5 TPA Sale to outside agencies/ recyclers

STP Sludge 28.5 4.98 33.48 Kg/day Used as a Manure

Metal Scrap 0 30 30 TPA Authorized recyclers

Plastic Waste 0 0.5 0.5 TPA Authorized recyclers

Waste packing wood/ broken glass etc

0 5 5 TPA Authorized recyclers

Used / Discarded RO Membranes

0 2.4 2.4 TPA Authorized recyclers

Insulation and Glass wool Waste

0 1 1 TPM Dispose off to outside agencies after detoxification

GBL shall ensure prior authorization is available onsite for collection, storage and

disposal of Hazardous Wastes Waste generated during operation phase to be segregated and disposed off as per

standard practices acceptable to regulatory bodies Waste bins shall be provided across the project site Arrangement for regular collection of waste shall be done Preparation of impervious floors provided with sheds for used oil storages. The sheds

and all the contents of the storage bins/drums must be clearly marked and identified for their hazards

Hazardous waste to be kept in isolated area located away from the active working zone

Hazardous wastes to be disposed to CHWTSDF/ approved recyclers Proper Handling & Transportation of Hazardous / Solid waste shall be in place Trucks shall be covered with tarpaulin sheets so as to avoid emission from coal ash

in environment. STP sludge shall be used as manure Mechanical sludge dewatering system shall be proposed Authorized entry shall be implemented Proper PPE’s (i.e. safety boots, gloves, safety goggles etc.) shall be provided to

workers and their usage shall be ensured 10.7.1 Traffic Management As described in Chapter III, the proposed expansion shall not create much traffic nuisance on the surrounding road. Moreover, industry has provided good parking area for its vehicles so that no congestion is created outside the factory premises as well as within the premises. Industry has designed their existing plant in such a way that all internal roads are provided with a wide road having width 6m and turning radius around 9m. No additional roads are proposed for expansion. Separate parking area is provided for four wheelers and two wheelers. Details of parking area are presented in Table 10.9

Vehicles bringing raw materials and fuel shall be regulated and managed in such a way that the impact during peak hours of traffic remains minimum

Ensure well defined follow up of Vehicle Circulation Plan. Internal roads to be provided with adequate signage to maintain smooth flow of

different type of project related traffic Separate pedestrian pathways shall be provided Surface parking to be developed to accommodate the volume of traffic



Table 10.9 Parking Details

Particulars Numbers Area Considered (sq. m.) Total Area (sq. m.)

Car 10 12.5 125

Two Wheelers 200 3.00 600

Tanker and Trucks 50 30.0 1,500

Bicycles 25 1.40 35

Total Area Required 2,260.0

Total Area Provided 6,928.5

10.8 Green Belt Development Industry has proposed to provided total Green Belt Area of 4,59,839m2 with total plantation of 70,000 (Existing 59,500 and Proposed 10,500). Tree plantation shall have pollutant resistant species to scrub the air pollution and shall act as a noise barrier also. Proposed tree species shall be of native species. Industry has proposed Green belt width approximately 5m to curb the plant emission. The List of already planted trees and proposed tree plantation is mentioned in Table 10.10 Photographs of existing developed green belt area is presented in Figure 10.9

Table 10.10 Existing and Proposed Greenbelt

Sr. No. Species List of Trees

Existing Proposed Total

1 Azardirachta Indica (Neem) 15000 1000 16000

2 Delonixregia (Gulmohar) 1500 20 1520

3 MangiferaIndica (Mango) 500 20 520

4 MillettiaPinnata (Karanj) 2500 100 2600

5 FicusReligiosa (Pimpal) 2000 100 2100

6 SamaneaSaman (Rain Tree) 3000 50 3050

7 Acacia Tree (Babhul) 12000 5000 17000

8 TectonaGrandis (Sagwan) 300 50 350

9 PolyalthiaLongifolia (Ashoka) 2500 50 2550

10 Eucalyptus Obligua (Nilgiri) 8000 2000 10000

11 TerminaliaCatappa (Badam) 100 50 150

12 FicusRacemosa (Umber) 100 100 200

13 TerminaliaArjana (Arjun) 10 50 60

14 EucaenaLeucocephala (Subabul) 4000 1000 5000

15 PithecellobiumDulce (Foreign Tamarind) 100 50 150

16 AnnonaReticulata (Sitaphal) 500 10 510

17 MurrayaKocnigii (Kadipatta) 100 5 105

18 AnnonaReticulata (Ramphal) 20 5 25

19 Ficusbenghalensis(Banyan tree) 1000 100 1100

20 Syzygiumcumini(Jambul) 20 50 70

21 Tamaridusindica (chich) 100 100 200

22 Tamaridusindica (chich) 1000 45 1045

23 Ficus Benjamina (Ficus) 1000 45 1045

24 Ziziphus Marutiana (Ber) 1000 100 1100

25 Arecaceae (Palm Tree) 3150 400 3550

Total 59,500 10,500 70,000



Figure 10.9 Existing Tree Plantation 10.9 Rain Water Harvesting Industry has constructed Rain Water Harvesting Tank of 85,000m3. The runoff from roof and of the structure will be collected through storm water drainage system and led to the rainwater harvesting tank. Harvested rain water shall be used to recharge the ground water and in case of non-availability or shortage of river and canal water, harvested rain water shall be used. Total Rain water Harvesting potential is 11,274.20m3/Day and industry has proposed to harvest only 50% of the potential. Detailed Rain Water Harvesting calculation is presented below in Table 10.11 and Storm water Calculation is presented in Table 10.12. Quantification of harvesting potential is calculated using following formula; Harvesting potential = Catchment Area (m2) * Runoff Coefficient * Annual Rainfall (m/hr.)

Table 10.11 Rainwater Harvesting Calculations

Roof top area (m2) A 48,845.37

Run off coefficient b 0.9

Annual Rainfall Intensity m c 1.28

Annual Rain water Harvesting Potential m3/Y d= a*b*c 56,370.98

Daily Rain water Harvesting Potential m3/ day e= d/45 11,274.20

50% shall be used for Reuse in Plant f = e*50% 5,637.10

50% shall be used for Ground water recharge h = e*50% 5,637.10



10.10 Storm Water Management Storm water drainage will be routed through a silting tank, for arresting of silt. Proper storm water drainage line is provided to maintain the natural flow of storm water. The total runoff shall be managed through the provided drainage system and thus no water logging shall be happened along with industry shall take proper measure that no effluent shall be assorted with the storm water drain. Gravity Potential is used for Storm drain .The drainage line are open channels. Storm Water Calculations are given below in Table 10.12

Table 10.12 Storm Water Harvesting Details

Particulars Details

Paved area (m2) A 81,786.00

Run off coefficient b 0.80

Unpaved area (m2) c 12,88,715.26

Run off coefficient d 0.25

Effective catchment (m2) e = (a*b)+(c*d) 3,87,607.61

Total annual rainfall (in m) f 1.28

Max. rainfall intensity (in m) g 0.19

Max. hourly rainfall recorded (m) h 0.01

Annual Strom water potential (in m3/Y) e*f 4,97,029.24

Maximum daily Strom Water potential (in m3/D) e*g 74,343.14

Maximum hourly Strom Water potential (in m3/hr.) e*h 3,097.23

Max storm water load on the site with per hour retention [Qg2] (inm3/hr.)

3,097.23

10.11 Occupational Health and Safety All occupational health precautionary methods will be adopted by the industry to reduce the risk of exposure of employees to occupational safety and health hazards. Following facilities will be provided to workers. Brief mitigation measures taken are presented as below; 10.11.1 Brief Description of the Safety Measures Taken at GBL

Safety reviews are carried out regularly to ensure compliance of good design Well established procedures & SOPs to carry out process activities and record is

updated regularly Risk analysis, HAZOP study and Safety Audit is done to avoid accident hazard Lighting Arresters System is provided to plant & storage tank wherever required Most Manufacturing Process are carryout out under DCS Operation System For Ethyl Alcohol storage, spare tank is provided for minimum storage Aldehyde is stored in two tanks having 100 Tons capacity Aldehyde is normally stored up to level 50% to facilitate inter transfer when needed

10.11.1.1 SAFETY MEASURES ADOPTED FOR STORAGE VESSEL 1. Alcohol Storage Tanks (SDS) A. Engineering Controls: (Storage Vessels)

Flame Arrestor to the tank vent is provided Two separate Earthing to each tank are provided & strong Bonding are provided Flame Proof Electrical Fittings are provided Fire Fighting Facilities are provided Sound Mechanical Integrity MoC of Tank is Compatible with Chemicals Stored No Smoking board has been displayed Information about health hazards has been displayed in Marathi language



Checklist for filling is displayed Provision of Bonding & Earthing to storage tanks and loading and unloading

operations Provision of Slope beneath the storage tanks leading to a liquid collection pit

Sufficient capacity Dykewall with collection pit is provided Flanged joints of pipeline conveying flammable chemicals with electrical continuity

are provided Every Pump & Motor are provided with Earthing

B. Administrative Controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are maintained at the Plant and being followed Follows all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety Systems

and Maintenance/Inspection Schedules while working MSDS are kept at the Locations in case of Emergency Short MSDS in Marathi language is displayed at storage location “On Site Emergency Action Plan” is prepared and followed In case for “Fire", Fire Fighting Arrangements / Procedures/ Action Plan are followed Chemicals handling training & other safety trainings are provided to workers as per

the company’s Policy C. Personal Protective Equipment’s

Safety Goggles, Protective Over clothing, Safety Shoes. Helmets etc. are provided to all employees

Safety Shower cum Eye Wash System is provided 2. Acetic Acid Storage Tank A. Engineering Controls: (Storage Vessels)

Flame Arrestor to the tank vent is provided Two separate Earthing to each tank are provided & strong Bonding are provided Flame Proof Electrical Fittings are provided Fire Fighting Facilities are provided Sound Mechanical Integrity MoC of Tank is Compatible with Chemicals Stored No Smoking board has been displayed Information about health hazards has been displayed in Marathi language Checklist for Ethyl Acetate filling is displayed Provision of Bonding & Earthing to storage tanks and loading and unloading

operations Provision of Slope beneath the storage tanks with arrangement of liquid collection pit Provision of emergency shut off valve to each of the storage tank Sufficient capacity Dykewall with collection pit is provided Flanged joints of pipeline conveying flammable chemicals with electrical continuity


B. Administrative controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are followed & which are maintained at the Plant Follows all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety Systems


the company’s Policy C. Personal Protective Equipment

Chemical splash Safety Goggles, Nitrile Hand Gloves PVC, Aprons, Masks & Safety Shoes, Helmets are provided to employees

Safety Shower cum Eye Wash System is provided



Flange guard are provided to the flanges for avoided the personal injury 3. Acetaldehyde Storage Tank A. Engineering Controls: (Storage Vessels)

Two Safety Valves are provided on each Storage Tank Flame Arrestors are provided on vent of safety valve Safety valve vent lines are dipped in water seal pit Chilled water line is provided in each tank to keep the Temp. at lower side Nitrogen Blanketing is provided in both the tanks Flameproof lighting is provided in the storage area Temperature, Pressure & Magnetic level indicators are provided to both the storage

tanks & all these indicators are available in DCS System Alternate electrical arrangements have been made (DG sets & Turbines) Lightening Arrestors are provided Both the tanks are insulated Auto Water Spray System is provided to both the tanks No Smoking board has been displayed Information about health hazards has been displayed Checklist for Acetaldehyde tanker filling is displayed Provision of Bonding & Earthing to Acetaldehyde storage and loading and unloading

operations Provision of Slope beneath the storage tanks with arrangement of liquid collection pit Storage tanks are located in an isolated place with the minimum inter separation

distance from the other units of the plant as 20m. Provision of concrete wall enclosure on four sides Each tanks is separated with other tank by a partition wall The storage tanks are interconnected Provision of emergency shut off valve to each of the storage tanks Flanged joints of pipeline conveying flammable chemicals with electrical continuity


B. Administrative controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are followed which are maintained at the Plant Follow all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety Systems

and Maintenance/Inspection Schedules while working MSDS are kept at the Locations in case of Emergency “On Site Emergency Action Plan” is prepared and followed In case for “Fire", Fire Fighting Arrangements / Procedures/ Action Plan are followed Short MSDS are displayed in local language Chemicals handling training & other safety trainings are provided to workers as per

the company’s Policy C. Personal Protective equipment

Chemical splash Safety Goggles, Nitrile Hand Gloves PVC, Aprons, Masks & Safety Shoes, Helmets are provided to the employees

4. Croton aldehyde Storage Tank A. Engineering Controls: (Storage Vessels)

Breather valves are provided on vent of storage tank Nitrogen Blanketing is provided to the tanks Flameproof lighting is provided in the storage area Temperature & Pressure indicators are provided to the storage tanks & all these

level, pressure are displayed in DCS System Alternate electrical arrangements have been made (DG sets & Turbines) Lightening Arrestors are provided for the installation No Smoking board has been displayed Information about health hazards has been displayed Checklist for tanker filling is displayed



Bonding & Earthing are provided to the storage tanks and loading and unloading operations

Provision of slope beneath the storage tanks leading to a liquid collection pit Sufficient capacity Dykewall with collection pit is provided Flanged joints of pipeline conveying flammable chemicals with electrical continuity


B. Administrative controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are followed & which are maintained at the Plant Follows all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety Systems



Chemical splash Safety Goggles, Nitrile hand gloves PVC, Aprons, Airline hood & Safety Shoes

Safety Shower cum Eye Wash System is provided 5. Storage of MPO A. Engineering Controls: (Storage Vessels)

Flame Arrestor to the tank vent is provided Two separate Earthing to each tank are provided & strong Bonding are provided Flame Proof Electrical Fittings are provided Fire Fighting Facilities are provided Sound Mechanical Integrity MoC of Tank is Compatible with Chemicals Stored No smoking board has been displayed Information about health hazards has been displayed in Marathi language Checklist for Ethyl Acetate filling is displayed Provision of Bonding & Earthing to storage tanks and loading and unloading

operations Provision of Slope beneath the storage tanks with arrangement of liquid collection pit Sufficient capacity Dykewall with collection pit is provided Flanged joints of pipeline conveying flammable chemicals with electrical continuity Every Pump & Motor are provided with Earthing

B. Administrative controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are followed & which are maintained at the Plant Follow the all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety

Systems, and Maintenance/Inspection Schedules while working MSDS, which are kept at the Locations in case of Emergency Short MSDS in Marathi language is displayed at storage location “On Site Emergency Action Plan” is prepared and followed In case for “Fire", Fire Fighting Arrangements / Procedures/ Action Plan are followed Chemicals handling training & other safety trainings are provided to workers as per

the company’s Policy C. Personal Protective Equipment’s

Safety Goggles, Protective Over clothing, Safety Shoes. Helmets etc. are provided to all employees

Safety Shower cum Eye Wash System is provided 6. Storage of Sulphuric Acid

Level Indicator is provided Sound Earthing& Bonding is provided



Flame Proof Electrical Fittings is provided Fire Fighting Facilities are provided Sound Mechanical Integrity MoC of Tank is Compatible with Chemicals Stored Sufficient capacity Dykewall with Acid proof flooring & collection pit is provided

A. Administrative controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are followed & which are maintained at the Plant Follows all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety Systems


the company’s Policy B. Personal Protective Equipment

PVC Aprons with face hood, Acid alkali proof hand gloves & Safety Shoes, Helmets etc. are provided to all employees

Safety Shower cum Eye Wash System is provided Flange guard are provided to the flanges for avoided the personal injury

7. Storage of Caustic lye A. Engineering Controls: (Storage Vessels)

Level Indicator is provided Sound Earthing& Bonding is provided Flame Proof Electrical Fittings is provided Fire Fighting Facilities are provided Sound Mechanical Integrity MoC of Tank is Compatible with Chemicals Stored Sufficient capacity Dykewall with Acid proof flooring & collection pit is provided

B. Administrative controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are followed & which are maintained at the Plant Follow the all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety

Systems and Maintenance/Inspection Schedules while working MSDS are kept at the Locations in case of Emergency Short MSDS in Marathi language is displayed at storage location “On Site Emergency Action Plan” is prepared and followed In case for “Fire", Fire Fighting Arrangements / Procedures/ Action Plan are followed Chemicals handling training & other safety trainings are provided to workers as per


PVC Aprons with face hood, Acid alkali proof hand gloves & Safety Shoes. Helmets etc. are provided to all employees

Safety Shower cum Eye Wash System is provided Flange guard are provided to the flanges for avoided the personal injury

8. Under Ground MEK Storage Tanks A. Engineering Controls: (Storage Vessels)

All electrical equipment & fitting (e.g. pump motors, lamp, junction, boxes, switch etc). is of flameproof type conferring to IS/ IEC 6009, Suitable for GR. II/A/IIB and shall be of type approved by CcoE

Fire Hydrant system is provided around the tank for extinguishments of fire “No Smoking” boards are displayed near of each tank The tanks are fabricated of Plan Carbon Steel (IS 2062 or equivalent) & conforms to

IS 10987 Cast Iron valves/ fitting is used



There is no any type HT/LT power lines passing directly above the storage installation

There is no any underground pipelines, drainage, power cables under the installation Earthing of tanks & pipelines Every tank is provided with 2 Earthing bosses 180o apart Resistance of the tank to earth shall be less than 7 ohms Flanged joints of pipeline conveying petroleum with electrical continuity Every Pump & Motor are provided with Earthing Crocodile clip with flexible wire is provided for Earthing the tanker The underground tank is coated with two layers of corrosive protection paint or

coating (Generally as per IS 10987) Every underground tank is fitted with an independent vent pipe leading into the open

air. The vent pipe is securely supported and shall not be less than 4.1 meter in height above the nozzle vent pipe of any thank shall not be interconnected with the vent pipe of another tank. The open end of every vent pipe is covered with two layers of non- corrodible metal wire gauze having not less than 11 meshes per liner centimeter and further protected from rain by hood or by suitably bending it downward

Each underground tank is supported on well-designed foundation & secured to prevent flotation

Administrative controls All the SOP’s & Work Instructions are followed & which are maintained at the Plant Follows all the Safety Manuals, Work Permits, Safety Instructions, Safety Systems


the company’s Policy B. Personal Protective Equipment

PVC Aprons with face hood, Acid alkali proof hand gloves & Safety Shoes. Helmets etc.

Certifications (QMS, EMS & SA) Achieved by GBL ISO 9001:2015 QMS, By BVC RC 14001:2015 BY DNV –GL SEDEX Ethical Audit HALAL Certification Indian Chemical Council (ICC) awarded(Responsible Care (RC) logo certificate) The unit is an Export Oriented Unit (EOU) since July 2011. FSSAI Certificate KOSHER Certificate REACH Compliance Certificate COSMOS APPROVED (Acetic Acid)

10.11.1.2 TRAINING ON ENVIRONMENT HEALTH AND SAFETY

GBL has developed and communicated a Safety and Health policy to all employees GBL Conducts regular Safety and Health meetings involving employees, contractor &

contract workers ,supervisors and managers GBL integrate safety and health into business practices. (e.g. Purchases, Contracts,

transportation, Process, design and development) Details of EHS Training Matrix is attached as Annexure 31

Trainings given by Internal Faculty



Induction training to newly joined employees Various On job trainings are provided Fire Fighting & Use of fire-fighting Equipment Work permit System / reporting of Accident , incident & near miss Selection & use of PPE Industrial Hygiene Practices Emergency response ( Behavior in an emergency) Safe handling &transportation of Hazardous chemical Operation of ambulance training for driver Operation of SCBA Electrical safety Refresher training on above topics are regularly conducted as per “ HR Competency

Matrix” Evaluation Trainings given by External Faculty

Behavior Based Safety First Aid training and casualty handling Emergency rescue techniques Accident Investigation & root cause analysis Product Stewardship & Security Firefighting Training Transportation of Hazardous material & safely handling training by RTO Authorized

agency to all Transporter Tanker Drivers. 32 Officer are Qualified for the “Industrial Safety” certificate course , which was

organized by National Safety Council MOCK DRILL Mock Drills Scenario Considered for Potential Emergency as follows;

1. Chemical Leakage / Spillage 2. Toxic Release 3. Medical Emergency (Such as Injuries, Snake Bite, Dog Bite, Bleeding, Sun Stroke,

Heart Attack, Burn Injury etc.) 4. Electrical Short circuit / Shock, 5. Chemical Fire 6. Natural Calamities (Class Room Training)

Mock Drills are conducted in all “Three Shift” as well as In Residential Area EMERGENCY MEDICAL ASSISTANCE

Own Occupational Health Centre with four beds and oxygen facility A Medical Officer (MBBS) & female nurse available Required stock of Medicines is maintained at OHC. Anti-snake venom injection available Major hospitals (adequate facility of beds, OT, ICU etc.) are located approximately 15

km away from Shirdi & Kopargaon PERIODIC EMPLOYEES HEALTH CHECKUP

Health assessments to determine employee medical fitness Pre-employment medical examination Periodical medical checkups Emergency medical assistance & 2 Ambulance are available 24 X 7. Health Checkup conducted is attached as Annexure 32

Work Permit System All Safety Work Permits are strictly followed for “Routine/Non Routine” maintenance work.

1. Hot Work, 2. Cold Work 3. Confined Space/vessel entry, 4. Height Work, 5. Electrical work 6. Excavation



Safety Instructions, Safety Systems, and Maintenance instructions are communicated before starting the Work. Photographs of Occupational Health centre, Mock Drill, Training & Safety measures adopted within factory premises is presented in Figure 10.10

Figure 10.10 Photographs of Health Centre, Mock Drill &Training



10.11.1.3 GBL’s BEST PRACTICES ON EHS

1. Safety Induction Training for New Joining / Visitors 2. Evaluation of all training are done through written question papers. Separate

Question papers for each topics are in local language 3. All employees including contract workers, transport drivers are covered under

training programme 4. All MSDS, Work instruction & SOP’s are displayed at appropriate places in Local

Language 5. Lightning protection system installed at all manufacturing plant as per IS:NFPA-780.

Photographs showing locations of Lightening Arrester is attached as Annexure 33 6. Interlock Earthing system installed for Tanker loading & Unloading 7. Replaced top lance drum filling system with Bottom Lance to avoid generation of

Static change & ensures dissipation of static charge generated. 8. For dissipation of static charge from Human Body we have provided "Anti-Static

Wrist Band” & all PPE are tested for Static resistance 9. All equipment's are earthed with 2 Nos. connections diagonally opposite to each

other which are connected to separate two Earthing pits. 10. Alcohol Foam Sprinkler System for Chemical Fire Fighting. (Alcohol Foam Storage:

5700 Ltr.) 11. Plants are designed for Minimum human interference & are DCS Controlled with

various Process interlocks provided for Safe Operations along with Alarm indication 12. As per Hazardous area Classification, Electrical & Instrument equipment's are

design, selected & installed. (Flame Proof Electrical Fittings) 13. Chemicals are stored as per chemical Compatibility 14. Flange Guards are provided to all corrosive pipeline joint. 15. We frequently conduct the safety audits from “Competent Authority”, to enhance

plant safety 16. On 4th March Safety Day celebration, we conduct various competitions on EHS

amongst employees, Contract workers, Peripheral school students, teachers etc. to increase safety awareness by felicitating them by Gifts, Trophy & certificate

10.12 Concept of Waste-Minimization and Natural Resource Conservation GBL believes in sustainable development and has adopted several measures for waste minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, energy and other natural resource conservation other than the pollution control measures. Details of which are shared below; Waste Minimization Waste minimization is an integral part of the existing and proposed Environmental Management Plan [EMP] and industry explore this concept of waste minimization in almost all section of industrial operations as enlisted below;

Process optimization is done by using latest technology equipment Plants and manufacturing equipment are designed for minimum human Interference Most of the manufacturing process are carryout out under DCS Operation System Level Indicator with alarm provided along with interlocks to avoid overflow All loading and Unloading is automated and in a close loop system hence preventing

the error and spillage of material Recycling of RO permeate in the Cooling Tower Fly Ash generated from Coal is handed over to brick manufacturer for further reuse Process emission consist of valuable organic material. Industry has proposed

extended Cooling Jacket /Cooling Effects or condensation system to trap the process emissions and use back same in the process which will not only lead to increase process efficiency but also prevent the air pollution



Energy Conservation GBL has taken efforts to use natural resources available such as solar energy for street lights to light up the internal utility. The electricity generated will be utilized within the industrial premises. Daily average production of energy from solar unit is 30.-40Units. Details of Solar Power Unit along with photographs are attached as Annexure 34. The following measures shall also be adopted by GBL, for reduction in specific energy consumption:

Installation of energy efficient lightings with the use of LED/CFL lighting Use of energy efficient electric motors Training, awareness and motivational programme

Natural Resource Conservation

Industry has proposed to achieve Zero Liquid Discharge [ZLD] and treated water from ETP shall be recycled for Cooling Tower and from STP, shall be used for gardening purpose leading to the water conservation by reducing fresh water consumption

Maximum water will be treated and recycled to reduce the fresh water consumption and to reduce withdrawal of water from Godavari River, Canal Water and ground Water. Thus, a major step towards conservation of water resource

Rain water harvesting shall be carried out to conserve water Onsite Laboratory GBL has an in-house environmental laboratory for routine monitoring and analysis of water samples. GBL is also associated with external agencies for routine monitoring and analysis of all the environmental facets. The lists of equipment’s are available with the industry in its laboratory are presented in Table 10.13. Photographs of existing lab equipment’s are shown below as Figure 10.11

Table 10.13 List of Laboratory Equipment’s

Sr. No. Equipment Nos.

1. COD Digester 1

2. Distillation Assembly for VFA analysis 1

3. Water Distillation Assembly 1

4. Centrifuge machine 1

5. pH meter 1

6. Weighing Balance 1

7. Autoclave 1

8. Hot Air Oven 1

9. Muffle Furnace 1

10. Laminar Flow 1

11. Titrimetric Burrete’s 1



Figure 10.11 In-House Laboratory equipment’s

10.13 Bioremediation As per Hon’ble NGT, Western Zone, Pune, Judgment and Order dated 11.8.2017 in Execution Application No. 58/2016 (WZ) further directed CPCB to execute Bio-remediation plan of soil and water contaminated by the earlier Distillery Unit. Industry is carrying out Bioremediation Activity. Accordingly, Bio-remediation activity started in the month of September 2017 after monsoon, under guidance of Dr. C.R Babu, appointed by CPCB and compliance report of the Bio-remediation activity is being submitted to Hon’ble NGT every quarter by CPCB as is specifically mentioned in NGT order. 10.14 Implementation of EMP Four components are essential for effective implementation of EMP as mentioned below;

A. Training & Development B. Communication C. Review & Revision D. Evaluation

General environmental awareness shall be provided for all members of staff, with specific information and/ or training given to those responsible for environmental management tasks. 10.14.1 Environmental Management Cell [EMC] As a part of the existing environment management system, industry has proposed to take care of the Environment, Health & Safety of the workers. GBL has a well laid Environmental Policy. Copy of the same is attached as Annexure 35. The EMC cell keeps a close watch on the performance of the pollution control equipment, emissions from the sources and the quality of surrounding environment in accordance with the monitoring program. The EMC cell will also monitors the general and preventive maintenance of pollution control system/equipment undertaken by the maintenance department to achieve optimum efficiency of the control equipment and to maintain the quality environment. The cell will also be responsible for maintaining the records of data, documents and information in line with the legislative requirement and will regularly furnish the same to the concern statutory authorities. The setup of the environmental Health & Safety Management Cell for proposed project is presented below Figure 10.12



Figure 10.12 Organogram of Environmental Management Cell Responsibilities of EHS cell will be:

Collect information from regular monitoring and create database Analyze the data and decide thrust area. Carry out “project” in each thrust area to arrive at practical solutions to environmental

problems. Discuss the reports of study on environment and disseminate the information. Work out action plan for implementation of the recommendations made in the report. To deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the

conditions prescribed by State pollution control board. Effluent Treatment plant operation, APCD’s, hazardous waste management, green

belt development, housekeeping, ambient air management, work area monitoring, safety department and OHC / facilities etc. The activities are managed by systematic assignment of responsibilities to each member.

Monitor Health, Safety and Environment standards and practices Maintaining records of all the data, documents and information in line with the

statutory requirements and regularly furnish the same to the State regulatory authorities

General prevention and maintenance of pollution control system as proposed to be done by the maintenance department, to achieve optimum efficiency of the control equipment and to maintain the quality of the environment.

A. Training & Development General environmental awareness shall be provided for all staff members, with specific information and/ or training given to those responsible for environmental management tasks. A training program shall form a part of the secondary documentation under the EMP and management shall record what in-house and specialized training has been undertaken, when, and by whom.

Officer Environment

Assistant General Manager (Environment)

ETP Chemist

Jr. Officer Environment

Helper

ETP Operator STP Operator

Helper

MEE Operator

Helper

RO Operator

Helper

Director (Works)

General Manager (Technical)

Environment Manager

Environment



B. Communication Effective communication within the unit is critical to successfully implement the planned EMP. It is also crucial to improve the environmental management efforts when monitoring, auditing and taking part in management reviews. Effective communication works both ways. Staff must be able to provide input into the EMP process if they are to contribute to its successful implementation. Thus, considering above facts, company shall regularly keep practice of communication with employees and outsiders in action. All communication done with employees and those outside of the company, such as farmers, industries or business house, should be documented. C. Revisions and Review Management shall review and update the EMP regularly to ensure it reflects the current situation in the company and take into account changes made since the first version of the EMP. Opportunities for improvement might be raised informally by staff or contractors, formally through the forms completed during inspections and maintenance, or through the monitoring data collected from waste treatment &/or pollution control devices. An annual review is required as a minimum; however in some circumstances a more frequent review or update may be needed. After review, management shall make the necessary changes as required and update them into the EMP. Any changes shall be properly updated in all relevant section or part of the EMP. D. Evaluation Like the review, evaluation of the EMP and its components is very important to make environment management practice strong, efficient & effective. This step of the EMP is about evaluating (checking) the environmental performance, discovering problems and correcting them. Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) of EMP provides useful feedback to the management on their own actions. Hence, company’s management shall monitor and evaluate the EMP so that management can evaluate the cause of any problem, check on compliance, find the lacunae in performance and become more efficient and recognize success and achievements. 10.15 Environmental Management Plan Environment monitoring is prescribed during pre-construction, construction and operation phase. Environmental monitoring will comply Air, Water, Soil, Ecology, and Noise parameters as per monitoring compliance norms and schedule. All parameters will be tested as per standard tools and methods and obtained results should be compared with CPCB norms. Details of environmental activities along with budgetary allocation is presented in Table 10.14

Table 10.14 EMP Cost

Sr. No.

Activity





304 15 250 15 554 30


1081 100 800 100 1881.3 200



10 4 25 5 35 9


81 5 40 3 121 8


40 26 50 15 90 41





22 0 50 0 72 0

TOTAL 1,558.30 301.00 1,245.00 339.00 2,803.30 640.00

10.16 Conclusion Potential environmental impacts from proposed project will be from wastewater generation, Hazardous waste generation & Air emissions. However, an effective environment management plan shall be implemented to reduce & maintain the level of emissions within the permissible limit, so the significant impact on the environment will be avoided. Detailed identification of all pollution sources is carried in Chapter 4 along with its possible impacts [both Negative & Positive] on environment due to the proposed activity. Evaluation of possible impacts with and without mitigation was carried out by Activity Impact Matrix and it is concluded that Possible Impact without mitigation measures shall be (-) 28.7. However as per the mitigation measured discussed in this chapter the negative impact shall be converted in the "Marginal Positive Impacts" i.e. (+) 1.65 after successful implementation of proposed Environment Management Plan [EMP]. Industry has allocated dedicated budget for implementation of proposed mitigation measures and progress of environment management measures shall be review regularly to assure smooth implementation.

CHAPTER 11

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

INDEX 11.1 Introduction ....................................................................................................... 324 11.2 Details of Project .............................................................................................. 324 11.3 Project Desciption ............................................................................................. 324 11.4 Basic Requirement of The Proposed Project ................................................... 327 11.5 Manufacturing Process ..................................................................................... 327 11.6 Pollution Control Technology and Equipment .................................................. 329 11.7 Description of Environment .............................................................................. 329 11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impact And MItigation Measures ........................... 332 11.9 Corporate Environment Responsibility [CER] ................................................... 339 11.10 Corporate Social Responsibility [CSR] ............................................................. 339 11.11 Environment Monitoring And Management Plant ............................................. 340

LIST OF TABLES

Table 11.1 Project Details ............................................................................................... 325 Table 11.2 Air Pollution Activity & APC ........................................................................... 329 Table 11.3 Environmental Settings of thePropsoed Proejct ............................................ 329 Table 11.4 Average of Meteorological Data .................................................................... 330 Table 11.5 Air Quality Impacts & Mitigation Measures .................................................... 332 Table 11.6 Impats on Noise Quality & MItigation Measures ........................................... 333 Table 11.7 Impats on Water Quality & MItigation Measures ........................................... 334 Table 11.8 Impacts On Solid Waste Environment and Mitigation Measures................... 335 Table 11.9 Impacts On Land Environment and Mitigation Measures .............................. 336 Table 11.10 Impacts On Ecological Environment and Mitigation Measures ..................... 338 Table 11.11 Cumulative Impact Matrix .............................................................................. 338 Table 11.12 CER Activites Along with Allocated Budget ................................................... 339 Table 11.13 Proposed CSR Activites of GBL .................................................................... 340 Table 11.14 EMP Cost ...................................................................................................... 340

LIST OF FIGURES Figure 11.1 General Manufacturing Process Flow Diagram ............................................. 328

Figure 11.2 Windrose Diagram of Project Site ................................................................. 330

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 11 Summary And Conclusion


CHAPTER 11

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 11.1 Introduction M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited (GBL) located at Sakarwadi, Kopargaon, District Ahmednagar of Maharashtra. The industry was incorporated in 1939 under the name of Godavari Sugar Mills. In 1961, Chemical unit was established as "Somaiya Organo Chemical" which was later demerged to M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. in 2009. GBL is one of the entity formed under the Somaiya Group and one of the oldest and well-established industrial houses in India with diversified interests in Sugar, Alcohol and Bulk Organic Chemicals, Specialty Chemicals, Printing and Publishing & Education & Social welfare. GBL is the leading company in the field of manufacturing and exporting of the Specialty Chemical products. Industry has obtained Environmental Clearance (No Objection Certificate) for manufacturing of 11 products from Environment Department, dated 25th January 1993. Industry is currently manufacturing 25 products (including 7 R&D products and 6 By-products) with prodcution capacity of 6,715MT/month and has obtained Consent to Operate for the same from MPCB on 24.06.2020 vide UAN No. CAC/UAN No. 0000093199/CO-2006001085 Looking towards the abrupt increase in market demand, industry is proposing for expansion. The proposed capacity enhancement along with new addition is from 6,715.00 MT/Month to 20,090.94 MT/Month and post expansion, Industry shall manufacture total 42 types of products. As per the latest EIA Notification of Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change, Govt of India (MoEF&CC) dated 14th September 2006 and 10th December 2014, the proposed expansion of the said project falls under item no. 5(f) of its schedule and is classified as Category ‘A’ as the project is not located within the notified industrial area hence attracts the Public Hearing and it is necessary to obtain prior Environmental Clearance from Expert Appraisal Committee [EAC], Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change [MoEF&CC], Delhi. With regards to this, Industry has applied for Terms of Reference [ToR] on 11.04.2019 and EAC has awarded Standard Terms of Reference [ToR] on 13.05.2019 vide letter no. IA-J-11011/154/2019-IA-II(I). The present EIA report is prepared based on the conditions given in the awarded as well as Standard Terms of Reference [ToR] and submitting for Public Hearing. 11.2 Details of Project Proposal is for Capacity Enhancement in existing facility along with addition of new products and proposed expansion will be done within existing plot area. Project is located at Sakarwadi, Tal: Kopargaon, Dist. Ahmednagar. Site comes under Gram Panchayat Wari Jurisdiction. The site is located at Gut No. 159-165,180/1,180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1,187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178,511,139/2, PO – Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar - 413708, Maharashtra. Nearest railway station is at Kanhegaon about 0.3km away from project site. Geocoordiinates of proiect is 19°49’11.78”N latitude and 74°34’8.55”E longitude. 11.3 Project Desciption The existing and proposed details in terms of production, utilities, solid waste, liquid waste generation of the project are summarized in Table 11.1



Table 11.1 Project Details

Particulars Details

Name and Location of project


Adress Gut No. 159-165,180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2, 188, 189, 199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2, Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar – 413708, Maharashtra.

Geo Coordinates

Latitude 19°49’11.78”N

Longitude 74°34’8.55”E

MSL 504 m

Land Type of Project Site Private industrial plot & located outside MIDC area

Name of applicant Mr. D V Deshmukh

Postal Address PO - Sakarwadi, Taluka – Kopargaon, District – Ahmednagar - 413708, Maharashtra

E-mail [email protected]

Phone (02423) 279308, 279308, 279396, 279397

Year of Commissioning




Screening category (as per SO 1533 as timely amended)


Total Plot Area 13,92,123.00m2

Land for Green Belt 4,59,839.00m2

Cost of project




Capital and recurring cost earmarked for EMP






Water Requirement

Existing Water Requirement 2,919.0CMD[Fresh:1,495CMD + Recyle 1,424CMD]

Proposed Water Requirement 2,864.0CMD[Fresh:1,196CMD + Recyle 1,668CMD]

Total Water Requirement 5,783.0CMD[Fresh:2,691CMD + Recyle 3,092CMD]

Source

Surface Water: Godavari River, Canal Water RWH Tank of 85,000m3 and 45,000m3(Industry has obtained permission from irrigation department) & CGWA permission for ground water extraction-725M3/Day

Purchase Power Requirement and Source



Source MSEDCL

Utility Details















Recycling plant (RO plant) –for WTP

600 M3/day 2100M3/day (cumulative)


MEE plant for WTP NA 120 M3/day (cumulative)



Fuel requirement




Emissions Control

Stack Attached to APC System Height (m)

Existing Stack Details


Boiler 12TPH Bag Filter 30



Proposed Stack Details


Boiler 45TPH ESP 50

D.G. Set 1000KVA x 3 Adequate Stack Height 6 Each



Hydrogen Generator NA NA

Nitrogen Generator NA NA

Solid/ Hazardous Wastes and Management

Category Source and Name Quantity

Unit Disposal Existing Proposed Final

Hazardous Waste




1.4 Organic Residue 8.0 0.0 8.0 CMD

CHWTSDF / Recycler / Cement industry

36.1 Distillation/ Process Residue 0.192 14 14.192 TPD





26.4 Mixed Spent Solvents 00 5.0 5.0 KLD





Used Filters (HEPA filters, oil filters, etc.)

00 100 100 Nos./Y CHWTSDF / Recycler

Used/Discarded Filters Bags 00 100 100 Nos./Y Detoxified and reused




0.3 3.0 3.3 TPD CHWTSDF for Land filling


Non Hazardous Waste Source and Name Existing Proposed Total UOM Disposal




Non-Biodegradable Waste 272.5 132 404.5 Kg/D Given to authorized vendors




HDPE Containers 00 100 100

Nos/ M

Detoxified & Reused


Paper, Cotton waste and packing materials i.e wood, carton, ropes









Insulation and glass wool waste

00 1.0 1.0 TPM Dispose off to outside agencies after detoxification

11.4 Basic Requirement of The Proposed Project

a. Land: The company owns total 13,92,123.00m2 of land and proposed expansion shall be accommodated in the existing land onnly

b. Water: Total Fresh Water demand is 2,691m3/day. Permission of Irrigation Department is obtained. Water source is Godavari River, Canal Water and Rain water harvesting Tank of 85,000m3 and 45,000m3 & CGWA permission for ground water extraction-725M3/Day

c. Power: Power requirement is met through MSEDCL. Industry is having existing turbine of 2.3MWH and has proposed additional Turbine of 4.8MWH

d. Fuel: Coal and Diesel will be used as fuel for the Boilers [12TPH, 18TPH, 24TPHx2 and 45TPH] and D.G. Set [1000KVAx4, 590KVA]. The requirement for the same is as 468TPD and 19.7KLD respectively

e. Man Power: Existing manpower is 413 and additional 200 employees shall be required in proposed expansion. More than 85% of the manpower requirement will be fulfilled by employing the local people. Man power requirement for construction work will be fufilled from nearby vicinity

11.5 Manufacturing Process Currently GBL is actively involved in manufacturing of Ethyl Acetate, Acetaldehyde, Crotonaldehyde, Acetic Acid, Dilute Acetic Acid and wide range of chemicals and has



proposed to manufacture Acetaldehyde Diethyl Acetal, 3-Methoxy Butanol, Acetaldehyde Oxime and many other chemicals. Genral Process Description All the chemical reactions or routes of synthesis are either patented rights or applied for patent and hence not disclosed in this public document. However the same shall be made available as a controlled document for regulatory clearance purpose. The proposed project is for manufacturing varieties of products in Continuous & batch operation having different chemicals and formulations. The manufacturing process shall have a combination of Unit operations which shall be undertaken in series or simultaneously operation to produce the desired product. In the following sections, the different kinds of unit operations proposed to be adopted for the manufacturing processes are detailed. Therefore, the overall Process Flow Diagram for the proposed project would remain the same and would vary by eliminating one of more of the processes not required for a given product.

Reactor Chemical Reaction Neutralization Separation Extraction Decanting Condensation Mixing Distillation Centrifugation Filtration Crystallization Vacuum System Drying

Genral manufacturing process flow daigram is presented in Figure 11.1

Figure 11.1 General Manufacturing Process Flow Diagram



11.6 Pollution Control Technology and Equipment

i. Air Pollution Control Equipment: Details of air pollution sources of the industry along with pollution control equipment is presented in the Table 11.2

Table 11.2 Air Pollution Activity & APC

Sr. No.

Particulars Stack Height [m] APCD provided

1 Boiler – 12TPH 30 Bag Filter






7 Thermic Fluid Heater 10Lac Kcal/Hr. 15 ESP

8 Thermic Fluid Heater – 2Lac Kcal/Hr. 10 Adequate Stack Height

ii. Water and wastewater: Industry shall be utilizing 5,783CMD [Fresh Water

2,691CMD and Recycled 3,092CMD]. Treated water from STP shall be utilized for gardening and treated waste water from ETP shall be utilized in Cooling Tower hence acheiving the Zero Liquid Discharge [ZLD]

iii. Hazardous Waste: Hazardous waste generated from industry shall ne handled as per The Hazardous and other Waste [Management and Trans-boundary Movement] Rules 2016. Generarted shall be disposed off to CHWTSDF and authorized vendors. Industry is having valid membership of CHWTSDF valid up to 28.05.2022

iv. Solid Waste: Solid Waste generated shall be segreagted as per the characteristrics of solid waste and stored in designated isolated storage area. Wet waste shall be treated through the vermicoposting and other solid waste shall be disposed of throgh the vendors or authorized recyclers

11.7 Description of Environment The area around the proposed proejct is being surveyed for physical features and existing environmental scenario. The field survey and baseline environmental monitoring has been carried out during the period of 1st March 2018 to 31st May 2018. Environmental Setting (10km radius) Environemntal setting of the proposed project along with important locations with respect to transportation, emergency and environmental sensitivity of the site are presented in Table 11.3.

Table 11.3 Environmental Settings of the Propsoed Proejct

Amenities Name Directions Aerial distance

from Project site (km)

Connectivity









Emergency




Nearest Religious / Historical Place Prasadalya Shirdi Sai Baba Mandir

SW 11.88

Nearest Water Body / Canal / Dam Godavari River W 1.0


None within 10km radius study area however There is a small forest area on Gut No. 125 and 126


Inter-state boundaries


11.7.1. Metereological Condition Of Site Site specific data has been geenrated during the period of March 2018 to May 2018. Data shows that Predominant wind direction during baseline monitoring period was North-West followed by West. The average wind speed during this period was found to be 1.66m/s. Meteorological data is presented in the Table 11.4 and windrose diagram is represented in Figure 11.2.

Table 11.4 Average of Meteorological Data

Month

Temperature (°C)


Mean Wind Speed

(K.m.p.h.)

Pre-dominant Wind

Direction

Precipitation (mm)

Max. Min. Mor. Eve.

March 35.2 15.8 43 17 7.6 NW 0.3

April 37.6 19.3 43 19 9.6 NW 6.2

May 37.6 21.9 57 30 12.9 W 24.5

Figure 11.2 Windrose Diagram of Project Site


WIND ROSE PLOT:




MODELER:


PROJECT NO.:

NORTH

SOUTH

WEST EAST

3.6%

7.2%

10.8%

14.4%

18%

WIND SPEED

(m/s)

>= 11.10

8.80 - 11.10

5.70 - 8.80

3.60 - 5.70

2.10 - 3.60

0.50 - 2.10

Calms: 17.66%

TOTAL COUNT:

2204 hrs.

CALM WINDS:

17.66%

DATA PERIOD:


AVG. WIND SPEED:

1.66 m/s

DISPLAY:




11.7.2. Ambient Air Quality During baseline monitoring, Ambient Air Monitring was carried out at 8 locations in and aroud the proejct site. All the location monitoried are mostly rural / residential. MOnitorig was carried out as oer guifelines of CPCB. PM10 and PM2.5 ranges from 53.60 to 79.60µg/m3 and 22.90 to 51.30µg/m3

whereas SO2, NOx & CO ranges from 12.55 to 27.92/m3 15.11 to 39.11/m3 and 0.12 to 0.58 μg/m3 respectively. Results shows all the parameters are well within the presecribed limit of NAAQS Standards. 11.7.3. Ambient Nosie Quality Thirteen monitoring stations [6 within site and 7 in nearby area] were selected based on the criteria used for designing the network in and around the project site. The Leq values of noise levels during daytime Leq (d) varied between 42.0 to 68.5 dB (A). Highest Leq value recorded near industries’ main gate was 68.5dB(A) and lowest Leq value recorded at Mukundvasti was 42.0dB(A). Similarly, Leq value near the Bio Gas Plant Area showed noise level as 64.2dB(A). On the other hand, the values of noise level during night time varies between 32.6 to 60.9dB(A). Highest Leq value was recorded near the industries main gate which was 60.9dB(A) whereas the lowest Leq value was recorded at Mukundvasti which was 32.6dB(A). Noise monitoring data reveals that all the results of day time and night time are within the CPCB standards. 11.7.4. Water Quality Total 11 sampes were collected to assess the water quality of project area, out of 11, 8 samples were of groud water and 3 samples were of surface water. Groud Water Quality pH ranges from 6.75 to 7.86. Total Hardness is in the range of 198.9-264 mg/lit. Chlorides ranges from 17.4-129.8mg/lit. TDS is found higher than the prescribed satdards at all 8 locations but water can be utilized for drinking after providing further treatments. Highest TDS concentration was found at Mukind Vasti village i.e. 741.4mg/l. Copper, Magnesium, Zinc, Mercury, Arsenic and Selenium was not found at any of the locations. Surface Water Quality pH ranges from 7.6 to 7.9. TDS in the range of 411.4 to 419.9mg/lit. Whereas DO in the range of 5.7 to 5.9mg/lit. BOD was foud tin the range of 2.3 to 2.6mg/lit. Total Coliforms were found to be very minimal i.e. in the range of 10 to 16 MPN/100ml. All parameters are well within the stadards and it can be stated that all the three samples fall under Classification A of the inland surface water standards which mean it can be used as Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection. 11.7.5. Soil Quality Soil quality was assessed at Eight locations. It is observed that pH is in the range of 7.3 to 8.7, moderatley on alkaline side. Electrical Conductivity value ranges from 0.22mmhos/cm to 0.54mmhos/cm. which is not harmfull for germination. The water holding capacity of soil observed in range of 37.1 to 48.9%. Calcium and Magnesium are in the range of 15.3 to 22.4mg/kg and 1.44 to 4.86mg/Kg respectively whereas; Sodium and Potassium are in the range of 29 to 48mg/Kg and 144-221 mg/kg respectively. Sand percentage varied between 15 to 25% and silt percentage varied from 53-58% whereas clay percentage is in range of 24



to 32%. Soil texture of study area is Loam. it can be concluded that soil fertility is high in nature. 11.7.6. Ecology Approx. 66 species of trees, herbs & shrubs and 6 grasses were observed within the study area. From the faunal study it was observed that there were 22 different species of birds, 6 species of Mammals, 4 species of Reptiles, 5 species of Butterfly and 8 species of Fishes were found in Schedule 1 as per per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972. There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, Protected Forest located within 10km radius from the project site. 11.7.7. Socio - Economic Environment Out of total 24 villages and 2 urban areas coming in the study area, socio-economic survey conducted in 10 villages, covering all the directions. Total geographical area of project iste is 31,772.55sq. km and overall population density is 299 persons/sq. km. As per Census 2011 record of the 10km radius of project site, total population of proejct site is 1,96,564 out of which male population is 1,01,204 and female population is 95,360 with average literacy rate of 69.37%. Main workers are 70,003 (35.61%) and marginal workers are 7,538 (3.83%).Total non-working population is 1,19,023 (60.55%). 11.8 Anticipated Environmental Impact And MItigation Measures The environmental impacts of proposed project during construction and operation phases have been assessed and detailed management plan has been evolved to mitigate the anticipated impacts. There are no major constructional activities involved in the proposed project. The environmental impacts during the construction stage will be short term, temporary in nature and will be confined close to the project sites only. The manpower required for these activities will be sourced from nearby villages. 11.8.1. Air Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 11.5.


Anticipated Impact



Dust Generation

Due to construction and Demolition phase

Construction vehicle and movements on unpaved roads

Sprinkling of Water as and when required The stockpiles will be minimized & covered to

prevent re-suspension due to wind & subsequent dust fall

Vehicles used for transportation of material shall be covered to reduce spills & dust blowing off the load

Gaseous Pollutant & Emission Generation

Operation of Construction Plant

Emissions from D. G. Set

Govt. approved D.G. Set shall be utilized Adequate stack heights shall be provided as per



Gaseous pollutants & Emission

Vehicular Movement Emissions likely to occur from the vehicular

movement is negligible All vehicles shall be having PUC to confirm the



Anticipated Impact



generation standards

Emissions from D.G. Set

Low Sulphur/ Govt. approved DG sets shall be used


Adequate stack heights shall be provided as per CPCB norms for the proper dispersion of pollutants

Existing D.G. Sets are provided with Adequate stack height and same shall be provided for proposed expansion

Ambient air quality shall be checked periodically according to monitoring plan as per NAAQS standards

Emissions from Boiler Fly Ash Generation

Good quality Indian Coal will be used with low Sulphur content

Existing Boilers are provided with Bag filter and ESP proposed Boilers will be provided with ESP and adequate stack height

Online emission monitoring instruments are installed for all the boilers to check the efficiency of Air Pollution Control Equipment

Fly Ash generated will be stored in silo and disposed of properly

Emissions from Thermic Fluid Heaters

Thermic fluid Heaters will be provided with adequate stack height

Emissions from Manufacturing Processes

Industry has installed scrubbers for Acetaldehyde and Acetic Acid manufacturing processes

For other manufacturing plants, process emissions will be directed to the common vent condenser of each plant and condensate from same will be collected as mix solvent and same shall be sent to the CHWTSD

Proper engineering controls will be provided to reduce chances of such leaks

11.8.2. Noise Environment Environmental Impacts during construction phase, operation phase and its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 11.6.

Table 11.6 Impats on Noise Quality & MItigation Measures

Anticipated Impact

Probable Source

Mitigation Measures


Irritation, Headache, reduced Work

Concerting, hammering, Drilling, fitting, D.G. Set

Construction activity will be limited during day time Construction activity for proposed activity shall be

temporary D.G. Set shall be in case of power failure only



Anticipated Impact

Probable Source

Mitigation Measures

efficiency operation The existing D.G. Set shall be used during construction activity and shall be provided with adequate stack height

Provision of PPE’s like ear muff/ plugs shall be provided to the workers

Existing green belt shall help to reduce the noise level crossing the project boundary


Irritation, Headache, reduced Work efficiency due to Various Industrial Activity

Noise generation from D. G. Set

Acoustic Enclosure shall be provided for existing D. G. Set and same shall be done for proposed activity

Regular Monitoring of the D. G. set shall be carried out

Honking Strict prohibition of blowing horn within premises.

Machinery and Equipment’s

PPE’s like Ear Muffs and Plugs shall be provided Worker shall be educated about importance of using

PPE’s Exposure control shall be done if any worker is engaged

in activities in intense noise area Regular maintenance & lubrication of all noise generating

equipment will be done Existing green belt development (Noise Breaker species

such as Azardirachta indica, Mangifera indica etc.) will help to reduce noise to great extent and also proposed greenbelt development will further attenuate the chances of noise generation outside the premises

There is residential colony within the premises hence, noise barrier plantation like Terminalia Arjuna, Azadirachta Indica, Mangifer Indica, Butea Monosperma etc. around these colonies will also be done to reduce noise at receptor level

Noise generated from Boiler

PPE’s like Ear Muffs and Plugs shall be provided for people working in that area

11.8.3. Water Environment Major Water source of industry is Godavari river and Canal Water for which industry has pbtained permission form Irrigation department. Anticipated impact, source along with its mitigation measure for during construction and operation phase is presented in Table 11.7

Table 11.7 Impats on Water Quality & MItigation Measures

Anticipated Impact



Competing Users

Fresh water consumption for construction activity

Utilization of Water from Rain Water Harvesting Tank

Recycle of treated water to reduce fresh water consumption

Water Quality

Wastewater from construction Labour

Generated wastewater shall be treated in the existing STP




Competing Users

Domestic and Industrial activity

Permission from Irrigation Department for withdrawal

Utilization of Water from Rain Water Harvesting in Monsoon

Water Meter will be set up at Inlet Tank Monthly water audit to prevent wastage of water Recycle of treated water to reduce fresh water

consumption

Water Quality

Wastewater from Industrial Activities

ETP of 1250CMD [Existing 600CMD and Proposed 650CMD] followed by RO and MEE

Treated Effluent will be recycled and utilized in Cooling Tower

No treated water shall be discharged outside the factory premises as industry is achieving ZLD

Maintaining quality of Treated effluent as per CPCB Norms

Online Monitoring system provided for continuous quality check

Regular analysis of effluent by MoEFCC/NABL accredited laboratory to ensure that quality is as per prescribed norms

Daily analysis of effluent for few parameters in In-house Laboratory

Wastewater from Domestic Activities

STP of 250CMD [Existing 200CMD and proposed 50CMD]

Treated sewage used for gardening [219CMD] Regular analysis of sewage by MoEFCC/NABL

accredited laboratory to ensure that quality is as per prescribed norms

Maintaining quality of Treated sewage as per CPCB Norms

Daily analysis of sewage for few parameters in In-house Laboratory

Run off storm water

Adequate network for Storm water through closed pipe line

Separate drainage system for storm water and ETP treated water

11.8.4. Solid Waste [HW and Non HW] Management Environment Industry generates various types of Hazrdous as well as Non Hazardous Waste from different industrial and domestic activities. Anticipated impacts along with its mitigation measures are listed in Table 11.8


Anticipated Impact



Generation of excavated material and construction waste


Excavated material shall be reused for site leveling, backfilling and road construction

Construction waste shall be segregated properly and reused to the maximum possible extent at site only

Non recyclable material shall be disposed of



Anticipated Impact


by authorized vendor

Generation of Domestic Solid Waste

Domestic activity of Construction Labours

Generated solid waste shall be segregated and wet waste shall be treated through Vermi-composting and dry waste shall be handed over to the authorized vendors


Generation of Hazardous Waste

Manufacturing process and other Industrial Activities

Generated Hazardous Waste shall be segregated as per the category

Isolated and designated storage area shall be provided with non percolated flooring

All Stored Hazardous waste shall be labelled Hazardous Waste shall be handled as per

The Hazardous and Other Waste (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

PPEs shall be provided for handling of Hazardous Waste

Industry has membership of CHWTSDF for disposal of Hazardous Waste

All generated Hazardous waste shall be sent to the CHWTSDF only

As industry is in operation phase, Annual Hazardous Waste Return is being submitted regularly and Manifest forms is also maintained and same shall be continue after expansion

Generation of Domestic Solid Waste [Non Hazardous Waste]

Domestic Activity

Generated Solid Waste shall be segregated and stored in isolated and designated storage area

Wet waste [Bio-degradable] shall be treated through Vermi-composting and resultant manure shall be used for gardening and landscaping

Non Biodegradable waste shall be handed over to the authorized vendors for recycling purpose

Generation of Bio Sludge

STP & ETP [Non Chemical] operation

This Sludge is of Bio sludge is considered as non-hazardous waste and shall be used as Manure for the gardening and greenbelt development within the plant premises

11.8.4. Land Environment Proposed expansion shall be carried out in the same plot area and no additional plot shall be added. Anticipated Impacts along with its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 11.9




Land Acquisition & Conversion of Land

For Proposed Expansion Proposed Expansion shall be carried out in the same plot premises hence





Change in Topography and Geology

Excavation work and leveling of proposed site for construction

Very Minimal leveling of site as proposed site has flat terrain

Soil Erosion Loosening of top soil due to excavation

Care will be taken to compact the soil after refilling so that, soil erosion and consequent soil import is avoided

Generation of Debris Construction activity Waste generated will be reused for construction activities

Contamination of Soil Leakage of oil from vehicles & DG Sets

DG Set shall be installed on concrete roof with proper oil collection system


Soil Contamination

Manufacturing Process and ETP Operation

Hazardous waste generated shall be stored, transport and disposed as per The Hazardous and Other Waste (Management & Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016

Hazardous Waste shall be stored in a Isolated and designated storage area with non percolated flooring and care will be taken that no Hazardous Waste shall be placed on barren land

Chemicals required for ETP shall be stored in a designated storage room

Leachate from storage site shall be treated in the ETP

DG sets, transformer, vehicle maintenance, fuel carrying vehicle accidents, etc.

Containment of contaminated land/soil in earmarked areas will be sent to CHWTSDF

Soil Erosion Runoff during monsoon Care will be taken to compact the soil after refilling so that, soil erosion and consequent soil import is avoided

Contamination of land due to discharge of untreated effluent and sewage

Discharge of untreated effluent and sewage

Industry has provided ETP of 600CMD and STP of 200CMD for treating the generated effluent and sewage

For proposed activity industry shall be providing additional ETP of 650CMD and STP of 50CMD thus accounting to 1250CMD and 250CMD respectively

The treated effluent shall be reused in Cooling Tower and treated sewage shall be discharged for gardening

11.8.5. Ecological Environment Environmental Impacts on ecological environment during construction phase and operation phase along with its mitigation measures are enlisted in Table 11.10



Table 11.10 Impacts On Ecological Environment and Mitigation Measures



Loss of vegetation associated with site clearance, road construction etc.

Construction activities for land preparation and site development

There shall be minimal clearance of site that too restricted to the wild grass only

Construction shall be carried out on barren land designated for industrial activity only

Deposition of fine dust on leaves and plants due to emission

Transportation and Construction activity

Construction activities will be temporary and restricted to plant premises

All the construction raw materials will be covered with tarpaulin to emit the chances of fugitive dust emissions

Regular sprinkling of water will be done to suppress dust generation

Plantation as per landscaping plan using native flora, which will enhance the overall ecology of the area

Topsoil removed from an area during construction, will be replaced & reused


Impact on Fauna & Flora due emissions

Industrial Activity

Adequate stack height with adequate APCE for proper dilution and dispersion of pollutants


Detailed environmental impact matrix considering proposed mitigation measures to mitgate the anticipated environmental impacts are preared for construction phase and operation phase. Cumulative Impact Matrix of proposed expansion is presented in Table 11.11

Table 11.11 Cumulative Impact Matrix

Environmental Attributes Cumulative score

for each parameter

Cumulative score for

each attribute, Si

Relative Importance of

each attribute, Wi (%)


Air Environment


Odour 0

Water Environment


Water Quantity -4

Land Environment


Topography 1

Soil Quality 3





Aesthesis 6

Economic Environment 52 5 2.6



Employment 21





The matrix analysis reveals that the cumulative value of significance of the project, in terms of the impacts on the environment, without mitigation measures and with mitigation measures works out to be, (-28.7) and (+1.65) respectively. Therefore, it can be indicated that the proposed project would be posing Marginal Positive impacts on the environment. Apart from them, there are significant positive impacts on the environment due to the proposed project. From the overall study and evaluation of impacts, it can be concluded that the overall negative impacts from various polluting sources on different environmental attributes are negligible with proper EMP in place. Even some of the negative impacts can be converted into positive beneficial impacts with proper and timely implementation of EMP. Hence, the project can be considered environmentally safe & fit. 11.9 Corporate Environment Responsibility [CER] As per the new Office Memorandum dated 1.05.2018 issued by MoEF&CC, GBL has to contribute 0.75% of Additional Project Cost (Brownfield project) (i.e. 150 Lakh) towards Corporate Environmental Responsibility (CER) activity which will bring environmental development in the nearby areas of the Company . GBL shall carry out various activities which shall uplift the living standards of nearby villages and this shall result in the strengthening the Socio-economic status of surrounding areas. Details of CER activites and allocated budget is presented in the Tabel 11.12

Table 11.12 CER Activites Along with Allocated Budget

CER Activity Amount [INR]


1,50,38,000


Providing Dustbins



Road [Making Road]



Rain Water Harvesting, Soil Moisture Conservation Works

Avenue Plantation


11.10 Corporate Social Responsibility [CSR] Godavari Biorefineries Ltd. [GBL] is doing activities of Corporate Social Responsibility on founder’s philosophy “What We Receive Gives Back Multi Fold”. The Company’s CSR activities are focused on different sectors with main emphasis on promotion of education, health, gender equity and empowering women towards holistic betterment of society. Different CSR Activities to be carried by Godavari Biorefineries Ltd, Sakarwadi is enlisted in Tabel 11.13



Table 11.13 Proposed CSR Activites of GBL

Sr. No.


provision in Lakhs













Total 502

11.11 Environment Monitoring And Management Plant Environment monitoring is prescribed during pre-construction, construction and operation phase. Environmental monitoring will comply Air, Water, Soil, Ecology, and Noise parameters as per monitoring compliance norms and schedule. All parameters will be tested as per standard tools and methods and obtained results should be compared with CPCB norms. Details of environmental activities along with budgetory allocation is presented in Table 11.14

Table 11.14 EMP Cost

Sr. No.

Activity





304 15 250 15 554 30


1081 100 800 100 1881.3 200



10 4 25 5 35 9


81 5 40 3 121 8


40 26 50 15 90 41



22 0 50 0 72 0

TOTAL 1,558.30 301.00 1,245.00 339.00 2,803.30 640.00

CHAPTER 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

EIA/EMP Report Chapter 12 Disclosure of Consultant

CHAPTER 12

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS INTRODUCTION Building Environment (India) Pvt. Ltd. is a 'QCI Accredited - Environmental Consulting

Organization'. The company works at the interface where infrastructure and environment

interact with the aim of bridging the gap between the two and thrives to address

environmental concerns holistically which is the need of the hour. We therefore help for

better building’s environment and in doing so build the environment through our varied

services.

This report is released for the purpose of obtaining Environment clearance for project, under

the provision of EIA notification dated 14th September 2006, of M/s. Godavari Biorefineries

Limited. (GBL), Information provided (unless attributed to referenced third parties) is

otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written

consent of Building Environment India Pvt. Ltd.

EIA REPORT DETAILS

Report Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan

Report

Project Details

Name of the

Report


EIA / EMP Report, Proposed Expansion of Organic Chemicals from 6,715.00

MT/Month to 20,090.94 MT/Month.

Located at Gut No. 159-165, 180/1, 180/2, 181/1, 181/2, 187/1, 187/2,188, 189,

199, 158, 167-178, 511, 139/2

A/p -Sakarwadi, Taluka - Kopargaon, District - Ahmednagar, Maharashtra Client M/s. Godavari Biorefineries Limited

Prepared by Building Environment India Pvt Ltd.

Contact Details

Head Office:

Building Environment India Pvt Ltd,

401, 4th Floor, Dakshina Building,

Beside Raigad Bhavan, Sector 11,

C.B.D Belapur, Navi Mumbai,

Maharashtra 400614

NABET Accreditation No. – NABET/EIA/1821/RA 0133

EC Application Reference Document

TOR Issued: TOR Letter Reference letter No. IA-J-1011/154/2019-IA-II(I) dated 13th May 2019

Issue Order


Date Building Environment India Pvt Ltd. GBL

Originated, Checked and approved Checked by Approved by

Name Signature Name Signature

Sanjay Shevkar

Mr. Balchandra B. Bakshi

Disclaimer

Building Environment India Pvt. Ltd. has taken all reasonable precaution in the preparation of

this report as per its auditable quality plan. Building Environment India Pvt. Ltd. also believes

that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is

impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. Building Environment

India Pvt. Ltd. therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of

the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice

related to the individual situation.


LIST OF EC & FAE ENGAGED

Nature of Work Person Responsible (s) Name of the person(s) responsible

Site Visit EIA Coordinator Mr. Sanjay Shevkar

Team member EC Mr. Nilesh Potdar

As per terms of

reference given

in MoEF EIA

manual, the

baseline data

generation for

different

environmental

parameters

All FAEs (In-house& Empanelled) each for the below given respective

functional area

AREA FAE FAA Team Member

Land Use Mr. Hrushikesh

Kolatkar Anand Kirpekar

Air AP

Mr. Ashvin Badge

upto October 2020

Sanjay Shevkar

Mr.Ashok

Shamrao

Bandagar

Priyanka

Naikodi

Nishu Singh

Noise Mr. Sanjay Shevkar

Water Mr. Sanjay Shevkar

Geology &

Hydrogeology

Bhushan Kachawe --

Soil Conservation Ms. Shraddha Gathe

Risk & Hazard

Assessment

Nilesh Potdar

Mahalaxmi

Nilanje

Solid Waste

Management Mr. Sanjay Shevkar

Saumya R

Sharma

Ecology &

Biodiversity

Dr. Sandhya

Clemente Preeti Dalvi

Socioeconomic Mr. Hrushikesh

Kolatkar


Declaration by Experts contributing to the EIA/ EMP Report preparation for M/s. Godavari

Biorefineries Limited, EIA / EMP Report, Proposed Expansion of Organic Chemicals from

6,715.00 MT/Month to 20,090.94 MT/Month.

I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the

above EIA.

EIA Coordinator:

Name Sanjay Shvekar

Period of Involvement 2019 to till date

Contact Information

Address

Building Environment India Pvt. Ltd,

401, Dakshina Building

Next to Raigad Bhawan,

Sector 11, CBD Belapur – 400614

Navi Mumbai, Maharashtra

Contact Number

Tel. No.: 91-22-41237073

[email protected]

M /S. GODAVARI BIOREFINERIES LTD.

Documents

Transcript of M /S. GODAVARI BIOREFINERIES LTD.